FALMOUTH BANCORP INC
S-4EF, 1996-11-27
Previous: CASULL ARMS CORP, SB-2, 1996-11-27
Next: BSM BANCORP, S-4, 1996-11-27



                                                     Registration No.333-_______
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 ---------------
                                    Form S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 ---------------

                             Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>                                    <C>          
          Delaware                                   6035                          Application pending
(State or other jurisdiction of          (Primary Standard Industrial                 (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)             Classification Code Number)               Identification No.)

</TABLE>
                         c/o Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                                20 Davis Straits
                          Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540
                                 (508) 548-3500
                        (Address, including ZIP Code, and
                    telephone number, including area code, of
                    registrant's principal executive offices)

                                 ---------------

                              SANTO P. PASQUALUCCI
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                         c/o Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                                20 Davis Straits
                          Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540
                                 (508) 548-3500
                     (Name, address, including ZIP Code, and
                        telephone number, including area
                           code, of agent for service)
                                 ---------------

                                 with a copy to:
                            RICHARD A. SCHABERG, ESQ.
                             Thacher Proffitt & Wood
                               1500 K Street, N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                                 (202) 347-8400
                                 ---------------
              Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of
              the securities to the public: As soon as practicable
                  after the effective date of this Registration
                                   Statement.
                                 ---------------

         If the  securities  being  registered on this Form are being offered in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. |X|
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
====================================================================================================================================
<S>                            <C>                 <C>                         <C>                               <C>    
  Title of each Class of        Amount to be           Proposed Maximum              Proposed Maximum                 Amount of
Securities to be Registered    Registered(1)      Offering Price Per Share(2)  Aggregate Offering Price (2)       Registration Fee
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Common Stock,             1,454,750                  $14.00                     $20,366,500                     $4,073
      $0.01 par value
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)      Based upon 1,454,750 shares of common stock of Falmouth  Bancorp,  Inc.
         to be issued in exchange  for the same number of shares of common stock
         of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank in connection with the reorganization of
         Falmouth    Co-operative    Bank   as    described    in   the    Proxy
         Statement-Prospectus.
(2)      The proposed maximum offering price per share reflects the market price
         of the common stock of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank to be converted and
         exchanged in connection with the reorganization  described in the Proxy
         Statement-Prospectus,  computed in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1) under
         the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  It is based on the average of
         the high and low prices of the common stock on November  21,  1996,  as
         reported on the American Stock Exchange. The proposed maximum aggregate
         offering price is estimated  solely for the purpose of calculating  the
         registration fee.

    This  Registration  Statement  shall  become  effective in  accordance  with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.

                               Cross Reference Sheet Required by Item 501(b) of Regulation S-B
<S>       <C>                                                                        <C>   
                                Caption                                               Caption in Proxy Statement-Prospectus
                                -------                                               -------------------------------------

I.       INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

         A.       Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside
                  Front Cover Page of Prospectus.......................               Facing Page; Cross-Reference Sheet; Notice
                                                                                      of Annual Meeting of Stockholders; Outside
                                                                                      Front Cover Page of Proxy Statement-
                                                                                      Prospectus.

         B.       Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                  Prospectus...........................................               Available Information; Table of Contents.

         C.       Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
                  Charges and Other Information........................               Summary of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus;
                                                                                      General Information; Proposal 6--
                                                                                      Formation of Holding Company-- Terms
                                                                                      and Conditions to the Reorganization.

         D.       Terms of the Transaction.............................               Summary of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus;
                                                                                      General Information; Proposal 6--
                                                                                      Formation of Holding Company--
                                                                                      Conditions to the Reorganization, Description
                                                                                      of Bancorp Capital Stock, Certain
                                                                                      Differences in Stockholder Rights, Tax
                                                                                      Consequences of the Reorganization,
                                                                                      Accounting Treatment of the Reorganization,
                                                                                      Market for the Common Stock; Appendix C
                                                                                     -- Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.

         E.       Pro Forma Financial Information......................               Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization.

         F.       Material Contracts with the Company Being
                  Acquired.............................................               Proposal 1-- Election of Directors--
                                                                                      Employee Benefit Plans, Employment
                                                                                      Agreement; Proposal 4-- 1997 Stock Option
                                                                                      Plan; Appendix A-- 1997 Stock Option
                                                                                      Plan; Proposal 5-- Recognition and
                                                                                      Retention Plan; Appendix B-- Recognition
                                                                                      and Retention Plan; Proposal 6-- Formation
                                                                                      of Holding Company-- Management of
                                                                                      Falmouth; Appendix C-- Agreement and
                                                                                      Plan of Reorganization.

         G.       Additional Information Required for
                  Reoffering by Persons and Parties Deemed to
                  be Underwriters......................................               Not Applicable.

         H.       Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............               Not Applicable.




<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                Caption                                               Caption in Proxy Statement-Prospectus
                                -------                                               -------------------------------------

         I.       Disclosure of Commission Position on
                  Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.......               Proposal 6-- Formation of Holding
                                                                                      Company-- Certain Differences in
                                                                                      Stockholder Rights-- Limitation of Liability
                                                                                      and Indemnification of Directors, Officers
                                                                                      and Employees.

II.      INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

         A.       Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants..........               Not Applicable.

         B.       Incorporation of Certain Information by
                  Reference............................................               Not Applicable.

         C.       Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
                  Registrants..........................................               Not Applicable.

         D.       Incorporation of Certain Information by
                  Reference............................................               Not Applicable.

         E.       Information with Respect to Registrants Other
                  Than S-3 or S-2 Registrants..........................               Proposal 6-- Formation of Holding
                                                                                      Company-- Parties to the Reorganization,
                                                                                      Business of Bancorp, Description of Bancorp
                                                                                      Capital Stock, Market for the Common
                                                                                      Stock, Dividend Policy, Regulation and
                                                                                      Supervision, Management of Bancorp.

III.     INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY BEING
         ACQUIRED

         A.       Information with Respect to S-3 Companies............               Not Applicable.

         B.       Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
                  Companies............................................               Not Applicable.

         C.       Information with Respect to Companies Other
                  Than S-3 or S-2 Companies............................               Proposal 6-- Formation of Holding
                                                                                      Company-- Parties to the Reorganization,
                                                                                      Business of the Bank, Market for the
                                                                                      Common Stock, Dividend Policy, Regulation
                                                                                      and Supervision, Management's Discussion
                                                                                      and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                                                                                      Results of Operations, Management of
                                                                                      Falmouth.



<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                Caption                                               Caption in Proxy Statement-Prospectus
                                -------                                               -------------------------------------

IV.      VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

         A.       Information if Proxies, Consents or
                  Authorization are to Be Solicited....................               Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders;
                                                                                      Summary of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus;
                                                                                      General Information; Proposal 1-- Election
                                                                                      of Directors; Proposal 2-- Ratification of
                                                                                      Appointment of Independent Auditors;
                                                                                      Proposal 3-- Election of Clerk; Proposal 4
                                                                                     -- 1997 Stock Option Plan; Proposal 5--
                                                                                      Recognition and Retention Plan; Proposal 6
                                                                                     -- Formation of Holding Company--
                                                                                      Conditions to the Reorganization,
                                                                                      Management of Bancorp, Management of
                                                                                      Falmouth; Appendix A-- 1997 Stock Option
                                                                                      Plan; Appendix B-- Recognition and
                                                                                      Retention Plan; Appendix D-- Dissenters'
                                                                                      Appraisal Rights.

         B.       Information if Proxies, Consents or
                  Authorizations are Not to Be Solicited or in an
                  Exchange Offer.......................................               Not Applicable.



</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                   [Letterhead of Falmouth Co-operative Bank]




                                                              December ___, 1996


Dear Stockholder:

         You are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  1997  annual  meeting  of
stockholders of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank  ("Falmouth" or the "Bank"),  which
will be held on  January  21,  1997 at 3:00 p.m.  Eastern  Standard  time at the
Quality Inn, 921 Jones Road, Falmouth, Massachusetts (the "Annual Meeting").

         At the Annual Meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote upon: (1)
the election of three directors to serve for a three-year term expiring in 2000;
(2) the  ratification  of the  appointment  of Shatswell  MacLeod & Co., P.C. as
independent auditors for the Bank for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1997;
(3) the  election  of a Clerk of the Bank to serve  until the Bank's 1998 annual
meeting of stockholders;  (4) the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside  Directors,
Officers and Employees of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank; (5) the 1997 Recognition
and  Retention  Plan for Outside  Directors,  Officers and Employees of Falmouth
Cooperative  Bank; and (6) a proposal to form a holding  company for the Bank by
the adoption and approval of an Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization,  dated as
of November 25, 1996, among the Bank and Falmouth Bancorp,  Inc., a newly-formed
Delaware  business  corporation  organized at the  direction of the Bank to be a
bank holding company with the Bank as its wholly-owned subsidiary.  In addition,
management  will report on the  operations  and activities of the Bank and there
will be an opportunity for you to ask questions about the Bank's business.

         The Board of Directors  believes that a holding company  structure will
better  position   Falmouth  to  compete  in  the  markets  that  it  serves  by
facilitating  acquisitions  of other  savings  institutions,  by  providing  tax
savings  on  earnings  from  investments  held by the  holding  company,  and by
enhancing  stockholder value by permitting stock repurchases without adverse tax
consequences.

         It is very  important  that your  shares be  represented  at the Annual
Meeting,  regardless of whether or not you plan to attend in person. A plurality
of the  votes  is  sufficient  to  elect  directors.  A  majority  of the  votes
represented  in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting is
necessary to ratify the appointment of the  independent  auditors and to elect a
Clerk of the  Bank.  The  adoption  of the  Stock  Option  Plan and the RRP each
require the approval of votes  representing a majority of the outstanding shares
of the Bank's  common  stock.  The  adoption  of the  holding  company  proposal
requires the approval of votes representing two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of the Bank's  common  stock.  A failure to vote will have the same  effect as a
vote against  proposals  4, 5 and 6. I urge you to execute,  date and return the
enclosed proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope as soon as possible to
ensure that your shares will be voted at the Annual Meeting.

                 YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN
                     TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING IN PERSON

         The Board of Directors of Falmouth has  determined  that the matters to
be  considered at the Annual  Meeting are in the best  interests of the Bank and
its stockholders.  For the reasons set forth in the Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,
the Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR each matter to be considered.

                                           Sincerely yours,


                                           Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>



                               -------------------

                           Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                               -------------------


                    Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders


                         To Be Held on January 21, 1997

         NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 1997 annual meeting of  stockholders of
Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank  ("Falmouth" or the "Bank") will be held on January
21, 1997 at 3:00 p.m.  Eastern Standard time at the Quality Inn, 921 Jones Road,
Falmouth,  Massachusetts  02540 (the "Annual  Meeting").  The Annual Meeting has
been called for the following purposes:

         1.       To elect  three  directors  to  serve  for a  three-year  term
                  expiring at the 2000 annual meeting and until their respective
                  successors have been duly elected and qualified;

         2.       To ratify the appointment of Shatswell  MacLeod & Co., P.C. as
                  independent   auditors  for  the  Bank  for  the  year  ending
                  September 30, 1997;

         3.       To elect a Clerk of the Bank to serve  until  the 1998  annual
                  meeting of stockholders;

         4.       Approval of the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside  Directors,
                  Officers and Employees of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank ("Stock
                  Option  Plan") (a copy of the Stock Option Plan is attached as
                  Appendix  A to the  Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  accompanying
                  this Notice);

         5.       Approval  of the  1997  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan  for
                  Outside   Directors,   Officers  and   Employees  of  Falmouth
                  Co-operative  Bank  ("RRP") (a copy of the RRP is  attached as
                  Appendix  B to the  Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  accompanying
                  this Notice);

         6.       To  consider  and vote upon the  formation  of a bank  holding
                  company  for  Falmouth  by the  adoption  and  approval  of an
                  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization  dated as of November 25,
                  1996 (the "Plan of  Reorganization"  or "Plan") by and between
                  the  Bank  and  Falmouth  Bancorp,   Inc.  ("Bancorp"  or  the
                  "Company"),   pursuant  to  which  Falmouth  will  become  the
                  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Bancorp and all of the outstanding
                  shares of common stock of Falmouth  (other than shares held by
                  stockholders  exercising  dissenters'  rights, if any) will be
                  converted  into and  exchanged  for, on a  one-for-one  basis,
                  shares  of  common  stock  of  Bancorp  (a copy of the Plan is
                  attached  as  Appendix  C to  the  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus
                  accompanying this Notice); and

         7.       To transact  such other  business as may properly  come before
                  the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         Pursuant to the Bylaws of Falmouth,  the Board of  Directors  has fixed
December  13,  1996 as the record  date for the  determination  of  stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting and at any  adjournment
or postponement thereof. Only holders of the Bank's common stock as of the close
of business on the record date will be entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting or
any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         Each Falmouth stockholder has the right to demand from Falmouth payment
for the fair value of his or her shares;  provided,  that such  stockholder  (1)
files  with  Falmouth,  before  the vote on the  approval  of the Plan,  written
objection  demanding  payment  for the  shares  at  fair  value  if the  Plan is
approved,  and (2) does not vote such shares in favor of the Plan.  Falmouth and
any such  stockholder  shall in such case have the  rights  and duties and shall
follow the procedures set forth in Sections 86 through 98 of Chapter 156B of the
General Laws of Massachusetts,  a copy of which is attached as Appendix D to the
Proxy Statement-Prospectus accompanying this Notice.

<PAGE>



         THE  FALMOUTH   BOARD  OF   DIRECTORS   UNANIMOUSLY   RECOMMENDS   THAT
STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF EACH  PROPOSAL TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING.

         WE URGE YOU TO  SIGN,  DATE  AND  RETURN  THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY  CARD AS
PROMPTLY AS  POSSIBLE,  WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON.
THE  PROXY  MAY BE  REVOKED  AT ANY TIME  PRIOR TO ITS  EXERCISE  IN THE  MANNER
DESCRIBED IN THE ATTACHED PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS. ANY STOCKHOLDER PRESENT AT
THE ANNUAL  MEETING,  INCLUDING ANY  ADJOURNMENT OR  POSTPONEMENT  THEREOF,  MAY
REVOKE SUCH HOLDER'S PROXY AND VOTE PERSONALLY ON EACH MATTER BROUGHT BEFORE THE
ANNUAL MEETING.



                                              By Order of the Board of Directors





                                              John A. DeMello
                                              Clerk

Falmouth, Massachusetts
December ___, 1996

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


AVAILABLE INFORMATION......................................................... 3
SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS..................................... 4
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK.................... 9
GENERAL INFORMATION...........................................................10
         General  ............................................................10
         Record Date and Voting...............................................10
         Vote Required........................................................11
         Rights of Dissenting Stockholders....................................11
         Revocability of Proxies..............................................12
         Solicitation of Proxies..............................................12
         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners......................12
         Stock Ownership of Management........................................13
PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING................................15
PROPOSAL 1        ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.......................................15
         General  ............................................................15
         Vote Required........................................................15
         Information with Respect to Nominees and Continuing Directors........15
         Nominees for Election as Directors...................................16
         Continuing Directors.................................................16
         Board and Committee Meetings.........................................17
         Directors' Compensation..............................................17
         Summary Compensation Table...........................................18
         Certain Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreement..............18
         Transactions with Certain Related Persons............................21
         Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 
                of 1934...................................................... 21
PROPOSAL 2        RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS.........22
PROPOSAL 3        ELECTION OF CLERK...........................................22
PROPOSAL 4        STOCK OPTION PLAN...........................................23
         General Plan Information.............................................23
         Purpose of the Stock Option Plan.....................................23
         Vote Required........................................................23
         Regulatory Restrictions and Conditions to Implementation.............23
         Description of the Stock Option Plan.................................24
         New Plan Benefits....................................................25
         Termination or Amendment of the Stock Option Plan....................26
         Effect of Reorganization on Stock Option Plan........................26
         Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................26
PROPOSAL 5        RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN..............................27
         General Plan Information.............................................27
         Purpose of the RRP...................................................27
         Vote Required........................................................27
         Regulatory Restrictions and Conditions to Implementation.............27
         Description of the RRP...............................................28
         New Plan Benefits....................................................29
         Termination or Amendment of the RRP..................................29
         Effect of Reorganization on RRP......................................29
         Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................30
PROPOSAL 6        FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY................................30
         General  ............................................................30
         Vote Required........................................................31


                                           i

<PAGE>




PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION.................................................31
         Falmouth Co-operative Bank...........................................31
         Falmouth Bancorp, Inc................................................32
DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION.............................................32
         Reasons for the Reorganization.......................................32
         Effective Date.......................................................33
         Actions at the Effective Date........................................33
         Conditions to the Reorganization.....................................33
         Amendment and Termination ...........................................33
         Exchange of Stock Certificates.......................................34
         Effect of the Reorganization on Employee Benefit Plans...............34
DESCRIPTION OF BANCORP CAPITAL STOCK..........................................34
         General  ............................................................34
         Common Stock.........................................................35
         Bancorp Preferred Stock..............................................36
         Anti-Takeover Provisions.............................................36
DESCRIPTION OF FALMOUTH CAPITAL STOCK.........................................36
         General  ............................................................36
         The Common Stock.....................................................37
         Bank Preferred Stock.................................................37
CERTAIN DIFFERENCES IN STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.....................................37
         General  ............................................................37
         Payment of Dividends.................................................38
         Rights of Issuer to Repurchase Stock.................................38
         Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors, 
                Officers and Employees....................................... 38
         Appraisal Rights.....................................................39
         Special Meetings of Stockholders.....................................39
         Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions.....................................39
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION........................................44
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION....................................44
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK...................................................44
DIVIDEND POLICY...............................................................45
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION.........................................46
BUSINESS OF BANCORP...........................................................46
         General  ............................................................46
         Property ............................................................47
         Competition..........................................................47
         Employees............................................................47
BUSINESS OF THE BANK..........................................................47
         General  ............................................................47
         Market Area..........................................................48
         Lending Activities...................................................48
         Investment Activities................................................58
         Deposit Activity and Other Sources of Funds..........................61
         Competition..........................................................64
         Properties...........................................................64
         Employees............................................................64
         Legal Proceedings....................................................64
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION....................................................64
         Federal Taxation.....................................................64
         State Taxation.......................................................66
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION....................................................66
         General  ............................................................66
         Federal Banking Regulations..........................................67


                                           ii
<PAGE>





         Enforcement..........................................................68
         Deposit Insurance....................................................68
         Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders............................69
         Real Estate Lending Policies.........................................70
         Standards for Safety and Soundness...................................71
         Federal Home Loan Bank System........................................71
         Federal Reserve System...............................................71
         Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision...........................71
         Regulation of Holding Company........................................73
         Federal Securities Laws..............................................74
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.......................................................74
         General  ............................................................74
         Business Strategy....................................................74
         Asset/Liability Management...........................................75
         Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis...................................75
         Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields........................77
         Rate/Volume Analysis.................................................79
         Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 1996 
                 and 1995.................................................... 79
         Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 1995 and 1994.....80
         Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended 
                 September 30, 1996 and 1995................................. 80
         Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended 
                 September 30, 1995 and 1994................................. 81
         Liquidity and Capital Resources......................................82
         Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices..............................83
         Impact of New Accounting Standards...................................83
MANAGEMENT OF BANCORP.........................................................85
         Directors............................................................85
         Executive Officers...................................................85
         Compensation.........................................................85
         Employee Benefit Plans...............................................85
MANAGEMENT OF FALMOUTH........................................................85
         Directors............................................................85
         Executive Officers...................................................85
         Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans..............................86
OTHER MATTERS.................................................................86
PROPOSALS FOR 1997 ANNUAL MEETING.............................................86
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................87
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK..................F-1
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................................F-2


APPENDICES

Appendix A        Stock Option Plan
Appendix B        Recognition and Retention Plan
Appendix C        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
Appendix D        Dissenters' Appraisal Rights
Appendix E        Bancorp Certificate of Incorporation
Appendix F        Bancorp Bylaws


                                       iii

<PAGE>





                                 Proxy Statement

                           Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                                20 Davis Straits
                          Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540

                         Annual Meeting of Stockholders
                                January 21, 1997


                               -------------------

                                   Prospectus

                             Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.
                     Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share


         This document  serves as a Proxy  Statement for the 1997 annual meeting
of stockholders of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank ("Falmouth" or the "Bank"), to be
held on January 21, 1997 at 3:00 p.m.  Eastern Standard time at the Quality Inn,
921 Jones Road, Falmouth,  Massachusetts, and at any adjournment or postponement
thereof (the "Annual  Meeting"),  and is being used by the Board of Directors of
the Bank to  solicit  the  proxies  of the  Bank's  stockholders  in  connection
therewith. This Proxy Statement-Prospectus, with the accompanying proxy card, is
first being sent or given to Falmouth's  stockholders  on or about  December 16,
1996.

         As more fully described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus, the purpose
of the Annual Meeting is (1) to elect three  directors to serve for a three-year
term expiring in 2000; (2) to ratify the appointment of Shatswell MacLeod & Co.,
P.C. as independent  auditors for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  September
30,  1997;  (3) to  elect a Clerk of the Bank to  serve  until  the 1998  annual
meeting of  stockholders;  (4) to approve the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside
Directors,  Officers and Employees of Falmouth Co-operative Bank; (5) to approve
the 1997  Recognition  and Retention  Plan for Outside  Directors,  Officers and
Employees  of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank;  (6) to  consider  and vote upon the
formation  of a  bank  holding  company  by the  adoption  and  approval  of the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 25, 1996 (the "Plan of
Reorganization"   or  "Plan")  among   Falmouth  and  Falmouth   Bancorp,   Inc.
("Bancorp"),  a  newly-formed  Delaware  business  corporation  organized at the
direction  of  the  Bank  to  become  the  holding  company  for  Falmouth  (the
"Reorganization");  and (7) to transact such other business as may properly come
before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         This  document  also  serves as a  Prospectus  in  connection  with the
issuance by Bancorp of up to 1,454,750 shares of Bancorp common stock, par value
$0.01  per  share  ("Bancorp  Common  Stock").  Upon the  effective  date of the
Reorganization  (the "Effective  Date"),  all  outstanding  shares of the Bank's
common stock, par value $0.10 per share ("Bank Common Stock") (other than shares
held by stockholders  exercising  dissenters' rights, if any), will be converted
into and exchanged for an equal number of shares of Bancorp  Common Stock,  on a
one-for-one basis.

         Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and
the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"),
the  solicitation  of  stockholders  of Falmouth to approve the proposed Plan of
Reorganization  constitutes  an offering of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  Bancorp has
filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act
(the  "Registration  Statement")  with respect to such offering,  and this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  constitutes the prospectus of Bancorp filed as part of the
Registration Statement. This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus does not contain all of
the  information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the  related
exhibits,  certain parts of which are omitted in  accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the SEC.

<PAGE>



         This Proxy Statement-Prospectus shall not constitute a prospectus for a
public  reoffering  of Bancorp  Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant to the Plan of
Reorganization.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  in connection  with this offering other than those  contained in
this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  and, if given or made,  such  information  or
representation  must not be relied  upon as having been  authorized.  This Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction in which it would be unlawful
to make  such  offer  or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of  this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus, nor any offer or solicitation made hereunder, shall, under
any circumstances,  imply that the information set forth or incorporated  herein
is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

         THESE   SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION,
THE DIVISION OF BANKS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL
OR STATE AGENCY OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS SUCH  COMMISSION,
OFFICE OR OTHER  AGENCY  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT- PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         THESE  SECURITIES  ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS  OR  DEPOSITS  AND ARE NOT
INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER  GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

         The date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus is December ___, 1996.




                                       -2-

<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Falmouth is subject to the  information  reporting  requirements of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and, in
accordance  therewith,  files periodic  reports and other  information  with the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "FDIC").  Such reports and other
information  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the FDIC at 550 17th Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20429, and at
the FDIC's Northeast  Regional Office located at Westwood  Executive Center, 200
Lowder Brook Drive, Westwood, Massachusetts 02090.

         Bancorp  is  not  currently   subject  to  the  information   reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly,  has not filed reports, proxy
statements or other information with the SEC. All of the Bancorp Common Stock is
currently owned by Falmouth,  and there is, therefore,  no public trading market
for Bancorp Common Stock. If the  Reorganization is consummated,  Bancorp Common
Stock will be registered  under the Exchange Act, and Bancorp will file periodic
reports and other information with the SEC. In addition,  in accordance with the
rules  and  regulations  of the SEC  with  respect  to  annual  meetings  of the
stockholders  of Bancorp,  proxy  statements  accompanied  or preceded by annual
reports to  stockholders  will be furnished  to  stockholders  of Bancorp.  Such
reports will contain  financial  information that has been examined and reported
upon, with an opinion expressed by, an independent public accounting firm.

         This Proxy Statement-Prospectus does not contain all of the information
set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the related exhibits which Bancorp
has filed with the SEC, and to which  reference is hereby made.  Reports,  proxy
and information  statements and other  information,  including the  Registration
Statement  and  exhibits  thereto,  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference  facilities   maintained  by  the  SEC  at  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549, 7 World Trade Center,  New York,  New York 10048,  and
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661.  Copies can be obtained at prescribed  rates from the SEC Public
Reference Branch, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. The SEC also
maintains  a Web Site,  http://www.sec.gov,  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information statements and other information submitted by registrants, including
Bancorp.

         If the Plan of  Reorganization  is adopted  and  approved by the Bank's
stockholders,  Bancorp and the Bank will file an application for approval of the
Plan of  Reorganization,  pursuant  to Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General
Laws of  Massachusetts,  with  the  Division  of Banks  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts (the "Division of Banks").  The  non-confidential  portions of the
application  can be inspected at the office of the Division of Banks  located at
100 Cambridge Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02202. In addition,  Bancorp will
file with the Federal  Reserve Board (the "FRB") an application to become a bank
holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Finally,
Bancorp will file an  application  with the American  Stock Exchange in order to
list its  shares  on such  exchange  under the  symbol  "FCB,"  the same  symbol
currently used by the Bank.

         A copy of the Bank's Annual Report to Stockholders  for the fiscal year
ended  September  30,  1996  (the  "Annual   Report")   accompanies  this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus.  The Annual Report contains financial statements, prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, for the years ended
September  30, 1996 and 1995 and certain  other  information  and should be read
along with this Proxy Statement-Prospectus.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>




                    SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS

         This Summary is  qualified in its entirety by the detailed  information
contained in this Proxy  Statement-  Prospectus,  the Appendices  hereto and the
documents referred to herein.


                         Annual Meeting of Stockholders


Time and Place of the
   Annual Meeting........ The Annual Meeting will be held on January 21, 1997 at
                          3:00 p.m.  Eastern  Standard  time at the Quality Inn,
                          921 Jones Road, Falmouth,  Massachusetts. See "General
                          Information -- General."

Purpose of the Annual
   Meeting............... The  purpose  of the  Annual  Meeting  is to (1) elect
                          three  directors,  each to serve for a three-year term
                          expiring  in  2000;  (2)  ratify  the  appointment  of
                          Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C. as independent  auditors
                          for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  September 30,
                          1997; (3) elect a Clerk of the Bank to serve until the
                          1998 annual meeting of  stockholders;  (4) approve the
                          Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,  Officers and
                          Employees of Falmouth  Cooperative  Bank;  (5) approve
                          the 1997  Recognition  and Retention  Plan for Outside
                          Directors,   Officers   and   Employees   of  Falmouth
                          Co-operative Bank; (6) consider and vote upon the Plan
                          of  Reorganization  pursuant  to which  Falmouth  will
                          become the wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp, and all
                          of the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other
                          than   shares   held   by   stockholders    exercising
                          dissenters' rights, if any) will be converted into and
                          exchanged  for,  on a  one-for-one  basis,  shares  of
                          Bancorp  Common  Stock;  and (7)  transact  such other
                          business  as  may  properly  come  before  the  Annual
                          Meeting.  See  "General  Information,"  "Proposal 1 --
                          Election of Directors," "Proposal 2 -- Ratification of
                          Appointment of Independent  Auditors,"  "Proposal 3 --
                          Election of Clerk," "Proposal 4 -- Stock Option Plan,"
                          "Proposal 5 --  Recognition  and  Retention  Plan" and
                          "Proposal 6 -- Formation of Holding Company."

Record Date.............. The Board of Directors of Falmouth has fixed the close
                          of business  on  December  13, 1996 as the record date
                          (the   "Record   Date")  for  the   determination   of
                          stockholders  entitled to notice of and to vote at the
                          Annual Meeting and at any  adjournment or postponement
                          thereof.  See "General  Information -- Record Date and
                          Voting."

Beneficial Ownership by
  Directors and
  Executive Officers..... On  November  1,  1996  the  directors  and  executive
                          officers  of  Falmouth   beneficially   owned  in  the
                          aggregate  213,990  shares of Bank Common  Stock.  See
                          "General    Information   --   Stock    Ownership   of
                          Management."

Additional Information... For  additional   information,   telephone   Santo  P.
                          Pasqualucci,  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank,  at  (508)
                          548-3500.



                                       -4-

<PAGE>


                          Formation of Holding Company


The Parties to the
   Reorganization........ Falmouth Co-operative Bank and Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.

Falmouth Co-operative
   Bank.................. Falmouth  is  a  state  chartered   co-operative  bank
                          organized  under  the  rules  and  regulations  of the
                          Commonwealth of  Massachusetts.  Falmouth conducts its
                          business   through  an  office  located  at  20  Davis
                          Straits,   Falmouth,   Massachusetts  02540,  and  its
                          telephone number is (508) 548-3500.

                          On March 28, 1996,  the Bank  converted from mutual to
                          stock  form and  issued  1,454,750  shares  of  common
                          stock, par value $0.10 per share.

Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.... Bancorp is a business  corporation  incorporated  as a
                          wholly-owned  subsidiary of Falmouth under the General
                          Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Bancorp was
                          organized  at the  direction  of  Falmouth to become a
                          bank holding company with Falmouth as its wholly-owned
                          subsidiary. Bancorp will acquire all of the issued and
                          outstanding shares of the Bank Common Stock as part of
                          the Plan of Reorganization. Bancorp's telephone number
                          and address  are the same as those given for  Falmouth
                          above.

Reasons for the
   Reorganization........ The Board of Directors believes that a holding company
                          structure will better position Falmouth to (i) enhance
                          stockholder  value  by  permitting  stock  repurchases
                          without adverse tax consequences, (ii) reduce interest
                          expenses  associated  with the ESOP,  (iii)  provide a
                          source of shares to satisfy  proposed stock option and
                          restricted    stock   plans   without    dilution   to
                          stockholders,  (iv)  provide  tax  savings on earnings
                          from investments held by Bancorp and its subsidiaries,
                          and  (v)  facilitate  acquisitions  of  other  savings
                          institutions  should  such  opportunities  arise.  See
                          "Proposal  6  --  Formation  of  Holding   Company  --
                          Description of the  Reorganization  -- Reasons for the
                          Reorganization."


Description of the
   Reorganization........ Under   the  Plan  of   Reorganization,   all  of  the
                          outstanding  shares of Bank Common  Stock  (other than
                          shares  held by  stockholders  exercising  dissenters'
                          rights,  if any) will be automatically  converted into
                          and exchanged for, on a one-for-one  basis,  shares of
                          Bancorp  Common  Stock and  Falmouth  will  become the
                          wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Bancorp.  Falmouth  will
                          continue  its current  business  and  operations  as a
                          Massachusetts  chartered  co-operative  bank using its
                          current name. Certificates representing shares of Bank
                          Common Stock will  automatically  represent  shares of
                          Bancorp  Common Stock.  Stockholders  will not need to
                          exchange their Falmouth stock certificates for Bancorp
                          stock certificates.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>


                          The  Plan  of   Reorganization   is   incorporated  by
                          reference  into this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  and
                          attached  hereto as  Appendix  C. See  "Proposal  6 --
                          Formation  of Holding  Company --  Description  of the
                          Reorganization -- Conditions to the Reorganization."

Management of Bancorp.... The Board of  Directors of Bancorp is comprised of the
                          current members of the Board of Directors of the Bank.
                          The  officers  of  Bancorp  are  the  current   senior
                          officers of the Bank.  See "Proposal 6 -- Formation of
                          Holding Company" and "Management of Bancorp."

Conditions and Required
   Regulatory Approvals.. The consummation of the  Reorganization  is subject to
                          the satisfaction of a number of conditions, including:
                          (1)  the   adoption   and  approval  of  the  Plan  of
                          Reorganization  by the holders of at least  two-thirds
                          of the  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock;  (2)
                          the   approval  by  the   Division  of  Banks  of  the
                          application  of Bancorp  and the Bank to  approve  the
                          Plan of Reorganization,  which will be filed following
                          adoption and approval of the Plan of Reorganization by
                          the Bank's  stockholders;  (3) the approval of the FRB
                          of  Bancorp's  application  to  become a bank  holding
                          company;   and  (4)  the  receipt  by  Falmouth  of  a
                          favorable  opinion of counsel as to the federal income
                          tax  consequences of the  Reorganization.  There is no
                          assurance that these conditions will be satisfied. See
                          "Tax   Consequences   of   the   Reorganization"   and
                          "Description  of the  Reorganization  -- Conditions to
                          the Reorganization"  under "Proposal 6 -- Formation of
                          Holding Company."

Comparison of Stockholder
   Rights ............... The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Bancorp  (the
                          "Certificate  of  Incorporation"),  attached hereto as
                          Appendix E, and the Bylaws of Bancorp, attached hereto
                          as  Appendix  F, are  similar in many  respects to the
                          current  Charter  and  Bylaws  of  Falmouth.  However,
                          certain   differences   will   exist   following   the
                          Reorganization  between the rights of the stockholders
                          of Bancorp and those of  Falmouth.  These  differences
                          will  include  such  matters  as  limitations  on  the
                          liability of directors,  indemnification of directors,
                          officers   and   employees,   appraisal   rights   and
                          antitakeover protections. See "Proposal 6 -- Formation
                          of  Holding   Company  --   Certain   Differences   in
                          Stockholder Rights," Appendix E -- Bancorp Certificate
                          of Incorporation and Appendix F -- Bancorp Bylaws.

Anti-Takeover Effects.... The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Bancorp
                          and  the  Charter  and  Bylaws  of  Falmouth   contain
                          provisions  that may be relevant to potential  changes
                          in control.  See  "Proposal 6 --  Formation of Holding
                          Company -- Certain  Differences in Stockholder  Rights
                          -- Certain  Anti-takeover  Provisions,"  Appendix E --
                          Bancorp Certificate of Incorporation and Appendix F --
                          Bancorp Bylaws.

Federal Income Tax
   Consequences.......... The Plan of  Reorganization  is conditioned,  in part,
                          upon the  receipt by Falmouth of an opinion of counsel
                          to the effect  that for federal

                                      -6-
<PAGE>



                          income  tax  purposes:  (1) no gain  or  loss  will be
                          recognized by stockholders of Falmouth on the transfer
                          of their shares of Bank Common Stock to Bancorp solely
                          in exchange for shares of Bancorp Common Stock; (2) no
                          gain or loss will be  recognized  by Bancorp  upon its
                          receipt of shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for
                          shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock;  (3) the  aggregate
                          basis of the  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
                          received by each Falmouth stockholder will be the same
                          as the  aggregate  basis of the shares of Bank  Common
                          Stock exchanged  therefor;  and (4) the holding period
                          of the shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock to be received
                          by each Falmouth  stockholder will include the holding
                          period  of  Bank  Common  Stock  exchanged   therefor,
                          provided that each such  stockholder  held such shares
                          of  Bank  Common  Stock  as a  capital  asset  on  the
                          Effective Date.  Each  stockholder is urged to consult
                          his  or  her  own  tax  advisor  as  to  the  specific
                          consequences of the  Reorganization to the stockholder
                          under  federal,  state  and any other  applicable  tax
                          laws. See "Proposal 6 -- Formation of Holding  Company
                          -- Tax Consequences of the Reorganization."

Accounting Treatment of    
  the Reorganization..... It  is  expected  that  the  Reorganization   will  be
                          characterized as, and treated similarly to, a "pooling
                          of  interests"  for  financial  reporting  and related
                          purposes.  See  "Proposal  6 --  Formation  of Holding
                          Company    --    Accounting     Treatment    of    the
                          Reorganization."

Regulation and 
  Supervision............ After the Effective  Date,  Bancorp will be subject to
                          regulation by the FRB as a bank holding  company under
                          the BHCA and by the SEC.  Falmouth will continue to be
                          subject to regulation by the Division of Banks and the
                          FDIC. See "Proposal 6 -- Formation of Holding  Company
                          -- Regulation and Supervision."

Market for Stock......... The Bank's  Common  Stock is  currently  traded on the
                          American   Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  "FCB".
                          Following  the  Reorganization,  it is  expected  that
                          Bancorp  Common  Stock will be traded on the  American
                          Stock Exchange under the same symbol.  See "Market For
                          The  Common   Stock"  and   "Dividend   Policy"  under
                          "Proposal 6 -- Formation of Holding Company."

Effective Date........... The   Effective   Date   will  be  the   date  of  the
                          consummation  of  the  Plan  of  Reorganization.   See
                          "Proposal  6  --  Formation  of  Holding   Company  --
                          Description of the Reorganization -- Conditions to the
                          Reorganization, -- Effective Date."

Rights of Dissenting
   Stockholders.......... Holders of shares of Bank Common Stock are entitled to
                          dissent from the Plan of Reorganization and to receive
                          the fair value of their shares if they follow  certain
                          statutory  procedures  under  Massachusetts  law.  See
                          "General Information -- Appraisal Rights", "Proposal 6
                          -- Formation of Holding Company" "General  Information
                          -- Rights of Dissenting  Stockholders"  and Appendix D
                          -- Dissenters' Appraisal Rights.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>



Stockholder Vote Required
   for Approval.......... Approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  will  require
                          the  vote  of  the  holders  of   two-thirds   of  the
                          outstanding  shares of Bank Common  Stock  entitled to
                          vote thereon.

Recommendation Of
   Management............ The  Board  of  Directors   of  Falmouth   unanimously
                          recommends that  stockholders vote for the adoption of
                          the Plan of Reorganization.


                                       -8-


<PAGE>



           SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK

         The  selected  consolidated  financial  and other  data of the Bank set
forth below is derived in part from and should be read in  conjunction  with the
Financial  Statements of the Bank and Notes thereto presented  elsewhere in this
Proxy Statement-Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     At September 30,                           At April 30,
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1996         1995         1994        1993           1993(1)       1992
                                        ----         ----         ----        ----           -------       ----
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>    
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total amount of:
Assets..............................    $90,516      $73,735      $74,666     $75,144         $74,202      $72,826
Loans, net..........................     40,237       32,503       27,584      28,956          29,406       32,380
Investment Securities(2):
   Available-for-sale...............     20,249       15,514           --          --              --           --
   Held-to-maturity.................     24,212       16,315       38,992      35,326          34,574       30,343
Deposits............................     66,438       64,780       66,428      67,571          66,321       66,623
Stockholders' equity/Net worth(3)...     21,914        8,435        7,847       7,196           6,774        6,108
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                             Year Ended September 30,                  Year Ended April 30,
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1996         1995        1994        1993(1)        1993(1)       1992
                                    ----         ----        ----        -------        -------       ----
                                                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>   
Selected Operating Data:
Interest and dividend income....     $5,576       $4,815      $4,629       $5,207        $5,483        $6,143
Interest expense on deposits and
  borrowings....................      2,833        2,487       2,137        2,455         2,750         3,912
                                      -----        -----       -----        -----         -----         -----
Net interest income.............      2,743        2,328       2,492        2,752         2,733         2,231
Provision for possible loan losses       51           --           9           --           178           156
Net interest income after provision
for possible loan losses........      2,692        2,328       2,483        2,752         2,555         1,075
Other income:
     Gain (loss) on sales of
     investment securities, net.          2           16          16           48            --           (24)
     Other......................        123           99         214          140           117           112
           Total other income...        125          115         230          188           117            88
Operating expenses..............      1,888        1,793       1,615        1,652         1,541         1,474
                                      -----        -----       -----        -----         -----         -----
Income before income taxes......        929          650       1,098        1,288         1,131           689
Income taxes....................        359          211         447          470           465           275
                                        ---          ---         ---          ---           ---           ---
Income before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting
  principle.....................        570          439         651          818           666           414
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principles.........         --           --          --          106            --            --
                                        ---          ---         ---          ---           ---           ---            
Net income......................     $  570       $  439      $  651       $  924        $  666        $  414
                                     ======       ======      ======       ======        ======        ======
Net income per common share (4)         .32           --          --           --            --            --
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding(5)....     1,454,750        --          --           --            --            --
</TABLE>



(1)  During  1993,  the Bank  changed  its  fiscal  year  end  from  April 30 to
     September 30. Throughout this Proxy Statement- Prospectus,  information for
     the year ended September 30, 1993 represents a twelve-month audited period.
(2)  Effective  October  1,  1994,  the  Bank  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
     Accounting  Standards  No. 115 which  requires  the  classification  of the
     Bank's investment securities as "trading securities," "held-to-maturity" or
     "available-for-sale."   See   "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
     Financial  Condition and Results of Operations -- Impact of New  Accounting
     Standards."
(3)  Includes unrealized gain on  available-for-sale  securities of $144,000 and
     $149,000, net of tax, at September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(4)  Amount calculated from March 28, 1996, the date of Conversion, to September
     30, 1996.  For the twelve months ended  September 30, 1996,  net income per
     share of common stock was $0.39.
(5)  Calculated from March 28, 1996,  the date of  Conversion,  to September 30,
     1996.

                                       -9-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           At or for the Year
                                              At or for the Year Ended September 30,        Ended April 30,
                                              --------------------------------------        ---------------
                                             1996        1995       1994        1993          1993       1992
                                             ----        ----       ----        ----          ----       ----
<S>                                            <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>  
Interest rate spread information:(1)
  Average during period...................     2.59%       2.95%      3.21%       3.56%         3.48%      2.84%
  End of period...........................     2.73        2.97       3.12        3.52          3.71       2.89
Net interest margin(2)....................     3.40        3.33       3.49        3.80          3.75       3.16
Return on average assets..................      .69         .61        .88        1.23           .89        .58
Return on average equity..................     3.51        5.48       8.52       13.55         10.13       7.13
Non-performing loans as a percent of
  total loans.............................      .03          --       1.15        1.17          1.52       2.72

Non-performing assets as a percent of
  total assets............................      .02          --        .43         .57           .61       1.45

Allowance for possible loan losses as a
percent of non-performing loans...........  3557.14          --      96.27       80.99         61.42      28.62

Capital Ratios:
  Average equity to average assets........    19.56       11.08      10.36        9.10          8.76       7.97
  Regulatory Tier 1 leverage capital ratio    24.27       11.52      10.55        9.54          9.00       8.39
</TABLE>

- - ---------------------------


(1)  Interest rate spread  represents the difference  between  weighted  average
     yield  on  interest-earning   assets  and  the  weighted  average  cost  of
     interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income  divided by average
     interest-earning assets.


                               GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL

         This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is being furnished to stockholders of
Falmouth,  in  connection  with the  solicitation  of  proxies  by the  Board of
Directors of Falmouth to be used at the Annual Meeting to be held on January 21,
1997,  at 3:00 p.m.  Eastern  Standard  time at the Quality Inn, 921 Jones Road,
Falmouth, Massachusetts, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         Holders of Bank Common Stock are requested  promptly to sign,  date and
return the  accompanying  proxy card to Falmouth in the  enclosed  postage-paid,
addressed envelope.  Failure to return a properly executed proxy card or to vote
at the Annual Meeting will have the same effect as a vote against Proposals 4, 5
and 6.

RECORD DATE AND VOTING

         The Board of  Directors  of Falmouth has fixed the close of business on
December  13,  1996 as the Record Date for the  determination  of the holders of
Bank  Common  Stock  entitled  to  receive  notice of and to vote at the  Annual
Meeting. Only holders of record of Bank Common Stock at the close of business on
that date will be entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting and at any  adjournment
or postponement thereof. At the close of business on the Record Date, there were
1,454,750 shares of Bank Common Stock outstanding.

         Each holder of shares of Bank Common  Stock  outstanding  on the Record
Date will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record upon each matter
properly  submitted at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement
thereof. The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of at least a

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock entitled
to vote at the Annual  Meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum at the Annual
Meeting.  If a quorum is not  obtained,  or if fewer shares of Bank Common Stock
are voted in favor of any of Proposals 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 than the number  required
for  approval,  it is expected  that the Annual  Meeting  will be  postponed  or
adjourned for the purpose of allowing  additional time for obtaining  additional
proxies or votes.  At any  subsequent  reconvening  of the Annual  Meeting,  all
proxies will be voted in the same manner as such  proxies  would have been voted
at the original  convening of the Annual  Meeting  (except for any proxies which
have theretofore effectively been revoked or withdrawn).

         If the  enclosed  proxy  card is  properly  executed  and  received  by
Falmouth  in time to be voted at the  Annual  Meeting,  the  shares  represented
thereby will be voted in accordance  with the  instructions  marked on the proxy
card. Executed proxy cards without voting instructions will be voted FOR each of
the  proposals  set  forth in the  accompanying  Notice  of  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

         Management  is not aware of any  matters  other than those set forth in
the Notice of Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  that may be brought  before the
Annual  Meeting.  If any other matters  properly come before the Annual Meeting,
including,  among  other  things,  a motion to  adjourn or  postpone  the Annual
Meeting  to  another  time or  place  or  both  for the  purpose  of  soliciting
additional  proxies or otherwise,  the persons named in the  accompanying  proxy
will vote the  shares  represented  by all  properly  executed  proxies  on such
matters in such  manner as shall be  determined  by a  majority  of the Board of
Directors of Falmouth.

VOTE REQUIRED

         The vote required for each  proposal is set forth in the  discussion of
such proposal under the caption "-- Vote Required."

RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS

         Massachusetts  law provides that  stockholders of record of the Bank on
December 13, 1996 have the right to dissent from the Reorganization  and, if the
Reorganization is consummated,  to receive  compensation equal to the fair value
of their shares. Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise their dissent and
appraisal  rights must follow the procedures set forth in Sections 86 through 98
of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  as
summarized below and included as Appendix D to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus.
Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise their dissent and appraisal rights
are urged to read  Appendix D in its entirety  since  failure to comply with the
procedures  set forth  therein may result in the loss of dissent  and  appraisal
rights.

         To exercise  dissent and appraisal  rights under  Massachusetts  law, a
stockholder must (1) file with the Bank, before the stockholder vote on the Plan
of Reorganization,  a written objection to the Reorganization stating that he or
she intends to demand  payment  for his or her shares,  (2) not vote in favor of
the Plan of Reorganization,  and (3) within 20 days after the date of mailing to
him or her of a written  notice that the  Reorganization  has become  effective,
make  written  demand  upon the Bank for  payment  of his or her  shares  and an
appraisal of the value  thereof.  A stockholder  who fails to satisfy all of the
conditions  set forth above will not acquire the right to payment for his or her
shares under  Massachusetts law. Signed proxies that are returned but left blank
will be voted for the  Reorganization;  therefore,  in order to be assured  that
shares are not voted in favor of the Plan of Reorganization,  a stockholder must
either vote in person or by proxy against the Plan of  Reorganization or abstain
from  voting.  Failure  to vote  against  the  Plan of  Reorganization  will not
constitute a waiver of dissent and appraisal rights.

         After  making  written  demand  for  payment  of his or her  shares  as
provided above, the Bank will pay to such dissenting  stockholder the fair value
of his or her shares  within 30 days after the  expiration  of the period during
which such demand may be made.  If within this 30-day period the parties fail to
agree as to the fair value of the shares,  the Bank or stockholder  may,  within
four months after the expiration of such 30- day period,  demand a determination
of the value of the stock by filing a bill in equity with the Superior Court

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



in Barnstable  County.  For the purpose of a Superior Court  determination,  the
value of the shares of the Bank will be  determined  as of the day preceding the
vote of the  Bank's  stockholders  on the Plan of  Reorganization  and  shall be
exclusive of any element of value arising from the expectation of accomplishment
of the  Reorganization.  Upon making written demand for payment,  the dissenting
stockholder  will not  thereafter  be  entitled  to  notice  of any  meeting  of
stockholders,  to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to receive dividends or
other  distributions  on the Bank's  common  stock  (except  dividends  or other
distributions  payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior to the
date of the vote approving the  Reorganization)  unless (1) neither the Bank nor
the dissenting  stockholder  files a bill in equity within four months demanding
judicial appraisal of the value of the stock, (2) a bill in equity, if filed, is
dismissed  as to that  stockholder,  or (3) the  stockholder  delivers a written
withdrawal  of his or her  objection  to, and  indicates an  acceptance  of, the
Reorganization, with the written approval of the Bank.

         The costs of the bill in equity  required  under  Massachusetts  law in
order  to  determine  the  value  of the  Bank's  common  stock,  including  the
reasonable  compensation  and  expenses of any master  appointed by the Superior
Court,  but  exclusive  of fees of counsel or of experts  retained by any party,
shall be  determined  by the  Superior  Court and taxed upon the  parties to the
bill, or any of them, in such manner as appears to be equitable, except that all
costs of giving notice to stockholders  will be paid by the Bank.  Interest will
be paid upon any award from the date of the vote  approving the  Reorganization,
and the Superior Court may, on application  of any interested  party,  determine
the amount of interest to be paid in the case of any stockholder.

REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES

         The  presence  of  a  stockholder   at  the  Annual  Meeting  will  not
automatically revoke such stockholder's proxy. However, a stockholder may revoke
a proxy at any time prior to its exercise by (i)  delivering to the Clerk of the
Bank a written notice of revocation prior to the Annual Meeting, (ii) delivering
to the  Clerk of the Bank  prior to the  Annual  Meeting a duly  executed  proxy
bearing a later date or (iii)  attending  the Annual  Meeting,  filing a written
notice of revocation with the Clerk of the Bank, and voting in person.

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

         In addition to solicitation by mail, directors,  officers and employees
of Falmouth and its subsidiaries may solicit proxies for the Annual Meeting from
Falmouth stockholders  personally or by telephone or telegram without additional
remuneration  therefor.  Falmouth will also provide  persons,  firms,  banks and
corporations holding shares in their names or in the names of nominees, which in
either case are beneficially owned by others,  proxy material for transmittal to
such beneficial  owners and will reimburse such record owners for their expenses
in doing so. Falmouth has retained Chase Mellon  Shareholder  Services to aid in
the  solicitation  of  proxies  at a fee of $4,000  plus  expenses.  The cost of
solicitation of proxies for the Falmouth  Annual Meeting,  including the fees of
Chase  Mellon  Shareholder  Services,  will be borne  by  Falmouth.  A  Falmouth
stockholder  may  authorize  another  person or persons to act for him or her as
proxy by transmitting or authorizing the  transmission of a telegram,  cablegram
or other means of electronic  transmission to Chase Mellon Shareholder Services,
provided  that any  such  telegram,  cablegram  or  other  means  of  electronic
transmission  must either set forth or be submitted with information  (such as a
prescribed  identification  code)  from  which  it can be  determined  that  the
telegram,  cablegram or other  electronic  transmission  was  authorized  by the
stockholder.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

          The following table sets forth certain information as to those persons
believed  by  management  to be  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  5%  of  the
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock on November 1, 1996, except as otherwise
indicated.  Other than the beneficial  owner listed below, the Bank is not aware
of any person or group that  beneficially  owns more than 5% of the  outstanding
shares of Bank Common Stock as of November 1, 1996.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                          Amount and                   Percent of
                                                                           Nature of                    Shares of
                           Name and Address                               Beneficial                  Common Stock
Title of Class             of Beneficial Owner                             Ownership                 Outstanding (1)
- - --------------             -------------------                             ---------                 ---------------

<S>                        <C>                                             <C>                           <C> 
Common Stock               Falmouth Co-operative Bank                       82,921                        5.7%
                             Employee Stock Ownership
                             Plan (the "ESOP")
                           20 Davis Straits
                           Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540
</TABLE>


(1)      The total number of shares of Bank Common Stock outstanding on November
         1, 1996 was 1,454,750 shares.

(2)      The  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  ("ESOP")  is  administered  by a
         committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "ESOP Committee").  The
         ESOP's  assets  are  held in a trust  (the  "ESOP  Trust"),  for  which
         directors  Gardner L. Lewis, John L. Lynch, Jr. and Armand Ortins serve
         as trustees (the "ESOP Trustee"). The ESOP Trust purchased these shares
         with funds  borrowed from a third-party  lender and intends to allocate
         them to employees over a period of ten years. If the  Reorganization is
         consummated,  Bancorp  intends to assume the loan to the ESOP currently
         held by the third party lender.  See "Proposal 6-- Formation of Holding
         Company--   Description  of  the   Reorganization--   Reasons  for  the
         Reorganization."  The terms of the ESOP  provide  that,  subject to the
         ESOP Trustee's fiduciary responsibilities under the Employee Retirement
         Income  Security Act of 1974,  ("ERISA")  as amended,  the ESOP Trustee
         will vote,  tender or exchange  shares of Bank Common Stock held in the
         ESOP Trust in  accordance  with the following  rules.  The ESOP Trustee
         will vote tender or exchange  shares of Bank Common Stock  allocated to
         participants'  accounts in accordance with  instructions  received from
         the  participants.  As of September 30, 1996,  4,364 shares held by the
         ESOP Trust were allocated.  The ESOP Trustee will vote allocated shares
         as to which no  instructions  are received and any shares that have not
         been  allocated to  participants'  accounts in the same  proportion  as
         allocated  shares  with  respect  to which  the ESOP  Trustee  receives
         instructions  are voted.  The ESOP  Trustee will tender or exchange any
         shares  in the  suspense  account  or  that  otherwise  have  not  been
         allocated to participants' accounts in the same proportion as allocated
         shares with respect to which the ESOP Trustee receives instructions are
         tendered or exchanged.  With respect to allocated shares as to which no
         instructions  are  received,  the ESOP  Trustee  will be deemed to have
         received  instructions not to tender or exchange such shares. Except as
         described above, the ESOP Committee has sole investment  power,  except
         in limited  circumstances,  but no voting  power  over all Bank  Common
         Stock held in the ESOP Trust.

STOCK OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

         The following table sets forth information as of November 1, 1996 as to
shares of Bank Common Stock beneficially owned by each director of the Bank, the
Named Executive Officer of the Bank identified in the Summary Compensation Table
appearing in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  and all  directors  and executive
officers as a group.  Ownership  information is based upon information furnished
by the  respective  individuals.  For purposes of this table,  an  individual is
considered to  "beneficially  own" any securities (a) over which such individual
exercises  sole or  shared  voting or  investment  power,  or (b) of which  such
individual has the right to acquire beneficial ownership, including the right to
acquire  beneficial  ownership by the exercise of stock options,  within 60 days
after  November 1, 1996. As used herein,  "voting  power"  includes the power to
vote, or direct the voting of, such securities,  and "investment power" includes
the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, such  securities.  Except
as  otherwise  indicated,  each person and the group shown in the table has sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated.



                                      -13-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                             Amount and             Percent of
                                                                              Nature of               Common
                                                                             Beneficial                Stock
Name                                                 Title                    Ownership            Outstanding(1)
- - ----                                                 -----                    ---------            --------------
<S>                                     <C>                                  <C>                    <C>
Santo P. Pasqualucci(2)                  President, Chief                  
                                           Executive Officer and                    25,826                1.78%
                                           Director
John W. Holland, Jr.(3)                  Director                                    2,500               *
James A. Keefe                           Director                                   17,669                1.21%
Gardner L. Lewis(4)                      Director                                    7,069               *
John J. Lynch, Jr.                       Director                                   25,000                1.72%
Ronald L. McLane                         Director                                    1,500               *
Eileen C. Miskell(5)                     Director                                    5,000               *
Robert H. Moore                          Director                                    3,000               *
Walter A. Murphy                         Chairman of the Board                      10,000               *
William E. Newton                        Director                                   15,000                1.03%
Armand Ortins                            Director                                    3,000               *
All directors and executive
officers as a group                                                                213,990               14.71%
(15 persons)(6)(7)

</TABLE>

*        Less than 1% of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock.

(1)      Percentages  with  respect to each person or group of persons have been
         calculated on the basis of 1,454,750  shares of Bank Common Stock,  the
         number of shares  outstanding  as of  November  1, 1996.  No officer or
         director has the right to acquire  beneficial  ownership of  additional
         shares of Bank Common Stock within 60 days after November 1, 1996.

(2)      Includes 659 shares allocated to Mr.  Pasqualucci  under the ESOP as to
         which he has sole voting  power,  but no  investment  power,  except in
         limited circumstances.

(3)      Includes  500 shares held  jointly  with  spouse and 2,000  shares held
         solely by spouse.

(4)      Includes  4,700  shares  over  which  Mr.  Lewis  has sole  voting  and
         investment  power and 2,369  shares  over  which Mr.  Lewis has  shared
         voting and investment power.

(5)      Includes  1,000  shares  over  which Ms.  Miskell  has sole  voting and
         investment  power and 4,000  shares  over which Ms.  Miskell has shared
         voting and investment power.

(6)      Includes  1,949 shares held by the ESOP Trust that have been  allocated
         as of September  30, 1996 to the  individual  accounts of the executive
         officers  under the ESOP and as to which such  executive  officers have
         sole  voting  power,  but  no  investment  power,   except  in  limited
         circumstances.  Also  includes  2,415 shares held by the ESOP Trust and
         allocated to the individual  accounts of the other Bank employees under
         the ESOP,  and as to which such employees have sole voting power but no
         investment power except in limited circumstances.  Also includes 82,921
         unallocated  shares held by the ESOP Trust as to which the ESOP Trustee
         may be deemed to share voting and investment power.

(7)      Includes 56,764 shares over which the directors and executive  officers
         share voting and investment power.


                                      -14-


<PAGE>




                 PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING

                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 1

                              ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
                          -----------------------------


GENERAL

         The Bylaws of the Bank  provide  that the Board of  Directors  shall be
divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. The directors
of each class serve for a term of three years, with one class elected each year.
In all cases, directors serve until their successors are elected and qualified.

         The Falmouth Board of Directors  currently  consists of eleven members.
The terms of three  directors  expire at the Annual  Meeting.  Each of the three
incumbent  directors,  James A. Keefe, Ronald L. McLane and Robert H. Moore, has
been nominated by the Board of Directors to serve for a three-year term expiring
at the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  to be held in 2000,  or  until  their
successors are otherwise duly elected and qualified.  Each nominee has consented
to being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus and to serve if elected.

         If any  nominee  is unable  to serve,  the  shares  represented  by all
properly  executed  proxies  which have not been  revoked  will be voted for the
election of a substitute  as the Board of Directors may recommend or the size of
the Board of Directors  may be reduced to eliminate  the vacancy.  At this time,
the Board knows of no reason why any nominee might be unavailable to serve.

VOTE REQUIRED

         Directors  are elected by a plurality of the votes cast in person or by
proxy at the Annual Meeting. The holders of Bank Common Stock may not vote their
shares  cumulatively  for the election of directors.  Shares  underlying  broker
non-votes  will not be  counted  as having  been voted in person or by proxy and
will have no effect on the election of directors.

INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO NOMINEES AND CONTINUING DIRECTORS

         The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each
nominee for election as a director and each director  whose term does not expire
at the Annual Meeting  ("Continuing  Director").  There are no  arrangements  or
understandings  between the Bank and any  director or nominee  pursuant to which
such  person  was  elected  or  nominated  to be a  director  of the  Bank.  For
information  with  respect to security  ownership  of  directors,  see  "General
Information -- Stock Ownership of Management."


                                      -15-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




          Nominees                Age(1)         Term Expires           Positions Held with the Bank         Director Since
          --------                ------         ------------           ----------------------------         --------------


<S>                                 <C>              <C>                         <C>                             <C> 
James A. Keefe                      70               1997                         Director                        1973

Ronald L. McLane                    79               1997                         Director                        1970

Robert H. Moore                     63               1997                         Director                        1976

CONTINUING DIRECTORS

John W. Holland, Jr.                71               1999                         Director                        1966

Gardner L. Lewis                    59               1999                         Director                        1993

John J. Lynch, Jr.                  69               1998                         Director                        1970

Eileen C. Miskell                   38               1999                         Director                        1994

Walter A. Murphy                    70               1998                  Chairman of the Board                  1969

William E. Newton                   58               1998                         Director                        1975

Armand Ortins                       77               1999                         Director                        1966

Santo P. Pasqualucci                57               1998                President, Chief Executive               1993
                                                                            Officer and Director

- - ----------
</TABLE>

(1)      As of November 1, 1996.


         The principal  occupation  and business  experience of each nominee for
election as director and each Continuing Director is set forth below.

NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS

         James A. Keefe has been a principal  of Falmouth  Ford,  an  automobile
dealership, since October of 1966.

         Ronald L. McLane has been  retired for the past five years.  Previously
Mr. McLane was a building contractor in the Falmouth area.

         Robert H.  Moore has worked as an agent  with the Paul  Peters  Agency,
Inc., a general insurance agency located in Falmouth, since May of 1960.

CONTINUING DIRECTORS

         John W.  Holland,  Jr. is an  attorney  with the law firm of  Holland &
Delaney, Falmouth, Massachusetts. Mr. Holland has provided legal services to the
Bank at its request from time to time.

         Gardner  L.  Lewis is  currently  retired.  He owned and  operated  The
Pancake Man, a family restaurant located in Falmouth, from 1964 to 1994.

         John J. Lynch, Jr. has served as President of Paul Peters Agency, Inc.,
a general insurance agency located in Falmouth, since 1957.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>



         Eileen  C.  Miskell,  CPA,  is  Treasurer  of Wood  Lumber  Company  in
Falmouth, Massachusetts. Prior thereto, she was an accountant at the New England
Deaconess Hospital.

         Walter A. Murphy  served as President of the Bank from 1968 to 1992 and
continues to serve as its Chairman of the Board.

         William E. Newton has worked as a  contractor  and has been a principal
of C. H. Newton Builders, Inc. in West Falmouth since 1965.

         Armand  Ortins has been retired since 1984.  Previously  Mr. Ortins was
owner and operator of a local photo sales and service retail store.

         Santo  P.  Pasqualucci  has  served  as  President  of the  Bank  since
December, 1992. Prior to that time, he served as the President of a savings bank
for six years.  He has served the  banking  community  of  Massachusetts  for 30
years.

                  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
           A VOTE "FOR" ALL OF THE NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS

         The Board of Directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
Board and its committees. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors are held on
a monthly  basis.  The Board of Directors  held twelve  regular  meetings and no
special  meetings  during the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1996. No director
attended fewer than 75% of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees
on which such director served during this period.

         The  Board  of  Directors  of the Bank has  established  the  following
committees:

         The Executive  Committee  consists of Directors  Keefe,  Lewis,  Lynch,
Newton, Pasqualucci,  and Miskell (alternate). The Executive Committee considers
strategic,  planning and industry issues and is authorized to act as appropriate
between meetings of the Board of Directors.

         The Audit Committee  consists of Directors  Miskell,  Lewis and Ortins.
The Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for review of the  annual  audit with the
Bank's  outside  auditors and to report any  substantive  issues  thereon to the
Board.

         The  Security  Committee  consists  of  Directors  McLane,   Moore  and
Pasqualucci.  The  Security  Committee  reviews the loan  collateral,  appraisal
reports on real estate,  and  authorizes  the funding of real estate  loans.  In
addition, the Committee authorizes the release of periodic draws on construction
loans.

         The  Board  of  Directors,  acting  as  nominating  committee,  met  in
September,  1996 to select the  nominees for election as directors at the Annual
Meeting.  In accordance with the Bylaws of the Bank, no nominations for election
as  directors,  except those made by the Board acting as  nominating  committee,
shall be voted upon at the Annual Meeting unless properly made by a stockholder.
To be timely, notice of a stockholder's nomination for an annual meeting must be
delivered  to the Clerk of the Bank no later  than five days prior to the Annual
Meeting.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

         Director's Fees.  Members of Falmouth's Board of Directors receive fees
of $400 per Board  Meeting,  and fees  ranging  from $100 to $300 per  committee
meeting  attended.  The Chairman of the Board  receives  $700 per Board  Meeting
attended.  Total  directors'  fees for fiscal 1996 were $87,220,  which includes
$4,400 in bonuses paid to directors during fiscal 1996.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>




SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

         The following  table sets forth cash and noncash  compensation  for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 awarded to or earned by the
Bank's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and by each  other  executive  officer  whose
compensation  exceeded  $100,000 for services  rendered in all capacities to the
Bank  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1996  ("Named  Executive
Officers").  No other officers received total compensation in excess of $100,000
in fiscal 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                                          Long Term Compensation
                                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                       Annual Compensation(1)           Awards                  Payouts
                                                       ----------------------   ------------------------        -------
             (a)                  (b)          (c)         (d)          (e)          (f)       (g)          (h)             (i)
                                                                       Other     Restricted
                                                                      Annual        Stock                   LTIP         All Other
     Name and Principal                                            Compensation    Awards     Options      Payouts     Compensation
          Positions               Year      Salary($)   Bonus($)      ($)(2)       ($)(3)     (#)(3)       ($)(3)         ($)(4)
- - -------------------------         ----      ---------   --------      ------       ------     ------       ------         ------

<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>   
Santo P. Pasqualucci              1996       121,045       --         --             --         --           --           14,391
  President and Chief Executive   1995       117,545      5,877       --             --         --           --            7,175
    Officer                       1994       100,000       --         --             --         --           --            5,611

- - ----------
</TABLE>

(1)      Under Annual  Compensation,  the column titled  "Salary"  includes base
         salary, amounts deferred under the Bank's 401(k) plan (but not matching
         contributions   from  the  Bank)  and  payroll  deductions  for  health
         insurance under the Bank's health insurance plan.
(2)      For fiscal 1996, there were no: (a) perquisites with an aggregate value
         for any named  individual  in excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of
         the total of the  individual's  salary  and  bonus  for the  year;  (b)
         payments   of   above-market    preferential   earnings   on   deferred
         compensation;  (c)  payments  of  earnings  with  respect to  long-term
         incentive  plans prior to  settlement  or  maturation;  (d) tax payment
         reimbursements; or (e) preferential discounts on stock.
(3)      During  the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1996,  the Bank did not
         maintain  any  restricted  stock,   stock  option  or  other  long-term
         incentive plans.
(4)      Includes  (i) the dollar value of  premiums,  if any,  paid by the Bank
         with respect to term life  insurance  (other than group term  insurance
         coverage  under  a  plan  available  to   substantially   all  salaried
         employees) for the benefit of the executive officer and (ii) the Bank's
         contributions  on behalf of the executive  officer to the Bank's 401(k)
         plan  and  the  ESOP.  See  "--  Certain  Employee  Benefit  Plans  and
         Employment  Agreement  --  Retirement  Plans"  and "--  Employee  Stock
         Ownership Plan and Trust."


CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         Employment Agreement. The Bank has entered into an employment agreement
(the "Employment Agreement") with Mr. Santo P. Pasqualucci, the Bank's President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and the  Named  Executive  Officer  of the  Bank
identified  in  the  Summary   Compensation   Table   appearing  in  this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus.   Mr.   Pasqualucci  is  responsible  for  overseeing  all
operations of the Bank.

         The Employment  Agreement became effective on March 27, 1996,  provides
for a term of four years and  provides  for an annual base  salary  equal to Mr.
Pasqualucci's  existing  base  salary  rate in effect on the date of the  Bank's
conversion  from mutual to stock form (the  "Conversion").  On each  anniversary
date from the date of  commencement  of the  Employment  Agreement,  the term of
employment  will be extended for an additional  one-year  period beyond the then
effective  expiration  date, upon a determination by the Board of Directors that
the performance of Mr.  Pasqualucci has met the required  performance  standards
and that such Employment Agreement should be extended.  The Employment Agreement
provides Mr. Pasqualucci with a salary review by the Board of Directors not less
often than annually, as well as with inclusion in any

                                       -18

<PAGE>



discretionary  bonus  plans,  retirement  and medical  plans,  customary  fringe
benefits and vacation and sick leave.  The  Employment  Agreement will terminate
upon death or  disability,  and is terminable by the Bank for "cause" as defined
in the Employment Agreement. In the event of termination for cause, no severance
benefits are available. If the Bank terminates Mr. Pasqualucci without cause, he
will be entitled to a  continuation  of his salary and benefits from the date of
termination  through the  remaining  term of the  Employment  Agreement.  If the
Employment  Agreement is terminated due to his  "disability"  (as defined in the
Employment Agreement), Mr. Pasqualucci will be entitled to a continuation of his
salary at  three-quarters  level and benefits until he becomes  employed  again,
reaches age 65 or dies. In the event of death during the term of the  Employment
Agreement,  his estate will be entitled to receive his salary through the end of
the month of his death.

         The Employment  Agreement contain  provisions stating that in the event
of involuntary  termination of employment in connection with, or within one-year
after,  any "change in control" (as defined in the  Employment  Agreement),  Mr.
Pasqualucci  will be paid within 10 days of such  termination an amount equal to
2.99 times his "base amount," as defined in Section  280G(b)(3) of the Code. The
Employment Agreement also provides for a lump sum payment of the payments due to
Mr. Pasqualucci for the remaining term of the Employment Agreement to be made in
the event of his voluntary  termination of employment,  upon the occurrence,  or
within 60 days  thereafter,  of  certain  specified  events  which have not been
consented to in writing by Mr.  Pasqualucci,  including (i) the requirement that
he perform his principal  executive functions more than 35 miles from the Bank's
current  primary  office,  (ii)  a  material  reduction  in  his  authority  and
responsibility,  (iii)  liquidation or dissolution of the Bank and (iv) a breach
of the Employment  Agreement by the Bank.  The aggregate  payments that would be
made to Mr.  Pasqualucci  assuming  his  termination  of  employment  under  the
foregoing  circumstances  at  September  30, 1996 would have been  approximately
$340,322.  These provisions may have an  anti-takeover  effect by making it more
expensive for a potential acquiror to obtain control of the Bank.

         Retirement  Plans.  The Bank is a participant in the  retirement  plans
sponsored by the Co-operative Bank Employees Retirement  Association  ("CBERA").
Two plans are provided:  a defined  contribution plan (the "401(k) Plan"), under
which employee  contributions are matched by contributions  from the Bank, and a
Defined  Benefit Plan that is funded  solely by the  employer.  Employees of the
Bank are  eligible  for  enrollment  in these Plans after  attaining  age 21 and
completing one year of service  (defined as a 12-month period  commencing on the
date of hire during which the employee has worked at least 1,000 hours).

         Under the 401(k) Plan,  the Bank provides a 50% match of  participating
employees'  contributions  up to a limit  of 5% of  salary.  Under  the  Defined
Benefit Plan, upon reaching the age of 65,  participants are entitled to receive
their vested account  balances in a lump sum or  periodically  in the form of an
annuity.   Annual  retirement  benefits  under  the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  are
determined  according to the following formula: one percent of the final average
compensation  paid over the employee's  three  consecutive  highest years,  plus
one-half percent of the amount by which the above average exceeds the employee's
average Social  Security Wage Base for a designated  period,  times all years of
service since January 1, 1989.

         The following table sets forth the estimated annual benefits that would
be payable  under the Defined  Benefit Plan in the form of a single life annuity
before  reduction for the social  security  amount upon retirement at the normal
retirement date. The amounts are expressed at various levels of compensation and
years of service.


                                       -19

<PAGE>




                               Pension Plan Table
                                      Years of Credited Service
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
       Average     
       Earnings            10              15              20             25
       --------            --              --              --             --
    $  20,000        $   2,000       $   3,000       $   4,000      $   5,000
       40,000            4,535           6,802           9,070         11,337
       60,000            7,535          11,302          15,070         18,837
       80,000           10,535          15,802          21,070         26,337
      100,000           13,535          20,302          27,070         33,837
      120,000           16,535          24,802          33,070         41,337
      140,000           19,535          29,302          39,070         48,837
      160,000           21,535          32,302          43,070         53,837


         For purposes of determining the estimated annual benefits that would be
payable  under  the  Defined  Benefit  Plan to Santo P.  Pasqualucci,  the Named
Executive Officer listed in the Summary  Compensation Table, as of September 30,
1996, Mr.  Pasqualucci had completed  three years,  ten months of service to the
Bank and had final average compensation of $117,684.

         Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust. The Bank has established,  for
the  benefit of eligible  employees,  an ESOP and  related  trust  which  became
effective upon completion of the Conversion.  Substantially all employees of the
Bank who have  attained age 21 and have  completed  six months of service may be
eligible to become participants in the ESOP. The ESOP purchased 87,285 shares of
Bank Common Stock issued in the Conversion. In order to fund the ESOP's purchase
of the  Bank  Common  Stock,  the Bank  borrowed  funds  equal to the  aggregate
purchase price of the Bank Common Stock. Although  contributions to the ESOP are
discretionary,  the Bank makes annual  contributions to the ESOP in an aggregate
amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement on the debt. The
ESOP loan is for a term of 10 years,  bearing  interest at the rate of 8.15% per
annum and calls for level annual payments of principal and interest  designed to
amortize the loan over its term. The loan also permits optional pre-payment. The
Bank may make additional annual  contributions to the ESOP to the maximum extent
deductible for federal income purposes.

         Shares  purchased by the ESOP are pledged as  collateral  for the loan,
and held in a suspense account until released for allocation among  participants
in the ESOP as the loan is repaid.  The pledged shares will be released annually
from the suspense account in an amount proportional to the repayment of the ESOP
loan for each plan year, and allocated among the accounts of participants on the
basis of the participant's compensation for the year of allocation. Participants
will be fully  vested at all times as to any shares that have been  allocated to
their  account.  Vested  benefits  may be paid in a single sum or in the form of
shares of Bank Common Stock and are payable upon death,  retirement at age 65 or
older, disability or separation from service.

         In connection  with the  establishment  of the ESOP, a Committee of the
Bank's  Board of  Directors  was  appointed  to  administer  the ESOP (the "ESOP
Committee").  The  trustees of the ESOP are  directors  Gardner  Lewis,  John J.
Lynch,  Jr. and Armand  Ortins.  The ESOP  Committee  may  instruct the trustees
regarding  investment  of funds  contributed  to the  ESOP.  The ESOP  trustees,
subject to their fiduciary duty, must vote all allocated shares held in the ESOP
in accordance with the instructions of the  participating  employees.  Under the
ESOP, unallocated shares will be voted in a manner calculated to most accurately
reflect  the  instructions  it has  received  from  participants  regarding  the
allocated stock as long as such vote is in accordance with the provisions of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").

         The ESOP may  purchase  additional  shares of Bank Common  Stock in the
future,  in the open market yor  otherwise,  and may do so either on a leveraged
basis  with  borrowed   funds  or  with  cash   dividends,   periodic   employer
contributions  or other cash flow.  Whether such  purchases will be made and the
terms and

                                      -20-

<PAGE>



conditions of any such  purchases  will be determined by the ESOP's  fiduciaries
taking  into  account  such  factors  as they  consider  relevant  at the  time,
including their judgment as to the attractiveness of the Bank Common Stock as an
investment,  the price at which Bank Common Stock may be  purchased  and, in the
case of leveraged  purchases,  the terms and  conditions on which borrowed funds
are available and the  willingness of the Bank to offer purchase money financing
or guarantee purchase money financing offered by third parties.

         If the  Reorganization  is  consummated,  the ESOP will be  assumed  by
Bancorp  and shares of Bank  Common  Stock  held by the ESOP will  automatically
become shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  Bancorp will also adopt and assume the
ESOP loan,  which is currently held by a third party lender.  See "Proposal 6 --
Formation of Holding Company -- Description of  Reorganization  -- Effect of the
Reorganization on Employee Benefit Plans."

TRANSACTIONS WITH CERTAIN RELATED PERSONS

         From  time to time  Falmouth  makes  mortgage  or  other  loans  to its
directors. Prior to the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery
and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA"),  Falmouth had a policy of offering loans
to directors,  officers and employees on terms substantially equivalent to those
offered to the public.

         Under FIRREA,  loans to Falmouth's directors are required to be made on
terms  substantially  the same as those  offered in comparable  transactions  to
other persons.  Furthermore,  FIRREA generally prohibits loans above the greater
of $25,000  or 5.0% of  Falmouth's  capital  and  surplus  (up to  $500,000)  to
directors and officers and their  affiliates,  unless such loans are approved in
advance by a  disinterested  majority of the Board of Directors.  As a matter of
policy,  loans to directors of the Bank, as well as other affiliated  persons or
entities,  currently  are  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with other persons,  do not
involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable
features, and are approved by the Board of Directors.

         In addition  to these  provisions  of federal  law,  Massachusetts  law
requires that loans by a co-operative bank to its officers and directors be made
on  non-preferential  terms and  receive the prior  approval of a  disinterested
majority of the board of directors. Further, loans by a co-operative bank to its
own  officers  may  not  exceed  $20,000  for  general  purposes;   $75,000  for
educational purposes;  and $275,000 for residential home mortgage purposes.  All
loans by a  co-operative  bank to its  officers and  directors  must be reported
annually to the Commissioner.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         Section  16(a) of the  Exchange  Act  requires  the  Bank's  directors,
executive  officers,  and any person holding more than ten percent of the Bank's
Common  Stock to file with the FDIC  reports  of  ownership  changes.  Officers,
directors and greater than ten percent  stockholders are required to furnish the
Bank with  copies of all  Section  16(a)  forms they file.  Based  solely on its
review of the copies of such forms  received  by it, or written  representations
from certain reporting persons,  the Bank believes that all filing  requirements
applicable  to its  executive  officers,  directors and greater than ten percent
beneficial owners were complied with.



                                      -21-

<PAGE>



                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 2

                         RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                          -----------------------------

         The Board of Directors has  appointed  the firm of Shatswell  MacLeod &
Co.,  P.C.  as  independent  auditors  for the Bank for the fiscal  year  ending
September  30,  1997,  subject  to  ratification  of  such  appointment  by  the
stockholders.  Representatives  of Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C. are expected to
be present at the Annual Meeting to respond to questions and to make a statement
if they desire to do so.

         On July 16, 1996,  the Board of  Directors  voted to engage the firm of
Shatswell  MacLeod & Co.,  P.C.  as the Bank's  independent  auditor.  Shatswell
MacLeod & Co., P.C.  replaced Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit Dempsey & Oman,  P.C.,
the Bank's  independent  auditor for the 1995 fiscal year.  The Bank's  business
relationship  with Keith Hersey Sheehan  Benoit Dempsey & Oman,  P.C. had always
been good and the decision to change  independent  auditors was mutually  agreed
upon.

         None of the reports of Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit Dempsey & Oman, P.C.
on the  financial  statements  of the Bank for the two most recent  fiscal years
contained  an adverse  opinion or a  disclaimer  of opinion or was  qualified or
modified as to  uncertainty,  audit scope or accounting  principles.  During the
Bank's two most recent fiscal years, there was no disagreement with Keith Hersey
Sheehan  Benoit Dempsey & Oman,  P.C. on any matter of accounting  principles or
practices,  financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which
disagreement,  if not  resolved  to the  satisfaction  of that firm,  would have
caused  it to make  reference  to the  subject  matter  of the  disagreement  in
connection with its reports.


         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE
        RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF SHATSWELL MACLEOD & CO., P.C.
                      AS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS FOR THE BANK.


                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 3

                                ELECTION OF CLERK
                          -----------------------------

         Under  Massachusetts  law and the Bylaws of the Bank,  a Clerk is to be
elected by the Bank's stockholders at the Annual Meeting or at a special meeting
called for that  purpose.  The Board of  Directors  may fill any  vacancy in the
Clerk's office until the next meeting of stockholders.

         The Board of Directors  has  nominated  John A. DeMello to serve as the
Clerk of the Bank until the 1998  annual  meeting of  stockholders  or until his
successor is chosen and qualified.  The Clerk serves in an official capacity and
is authorized to execute various corporate  documents on behalf of the Bank. Mr.
DeMello is currently  the Bank's Clerk and has served as Clerk for 22 years.  He
has also  served as Vice  President/Loan  Officer  of the Bank since 1972 and is
currently Vice President/Compliance.


         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE
           ELECTION OF JOHN A. DEMELLO TO SERVE AS CLERK OF THE BANK.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>




                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 4

                                STOCK OPTION PLAN
                          -----------------------------


GENERAL PLAN INFORMATION

         The Bank has adopted,  subject to approval by  stockholders of the Bank
and the  Division of Banks,  the 1997 Stock  Option Plan for Outside  Directors,
Officers and Employees of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank (the "Stock Option Plan").
The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase Common Stock
of the Bank ("Options") to certain officers,  employees and outside directors of
the  Bank.  The  Stock  Option  Plan  is  not  subject  to  ERISA  and  is not a
tax-qualified plan under the Code. The principal  provisions of the Stock Option
Plan are summarized  below.  The full text of the Stock Option Plan is set forth
as Appendix A to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  to which  reference is made,
and the summary provided below is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

PURPOSE OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The  purpose  of the Stock  Option  Plan is to  promote  the growth and
profitability  of the Bank,  to provide  certain  key  officers,  employees  and
directors  of the Bank with an  incentive to achieve  corporate  objectives,  to
attract and retain  individuals  of  outstanding  competence and to provide such
individuals with an equity interest in the Bank.

VOTE REQUIRED

         Approval of the Stock Option Plan  requires the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of  the  outstanding   shares  of  the  Bank.  The  required  vote  of
stockholders  on the Stock  Option Plan is based upon the number of  outstanding
shares  of Bank  Common  Stock,  and not the  number  of those  shares  that are
actually  voted.  Accordingly,  the failure to submit a proxy card or to vote in
person at the Annual  Meeting or an  abstention  from  voting will have the same
effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.  Broker  non-votes will not
be counted as having been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting and
will have the same effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.

REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS TO IMPLEMENTATION

         The Stock Option Plan is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the
FDIC and the percentage  limitations of the regulations  issued by the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (the "OTS")  with  respect to stock  option  plans or other
management or employee  stock benefit plans that are  established or implemented
by a state-chartered  bank within one year after conversion from mutual to stock
form.  The  restrictions  apply to the Stock Option Plan because the  Conversion
occurred  within one year prior to the date of this Annual  Meeting.  To satisfy
these  requirements,  the Stock Option Plan  provides that (i) no Options may be
granted prior to the date on which a majority of the Bank's  outstanding  shares
approve the Stock Option Plan or before March 28, 1997, whichever is later; (ii)
no individual  officer or employee may be granted  Options to purchase more than
36,368  Shares;  and (iii) no  individual  director  may be  granted  Options to
purchase  more than 7,273  shares and  directors  may not be granted  Options to
purchase more than 43,642 shares in the aggregate.

         In addition,  if the Stock Option Plan is approved by stockholders,  it
will be subject to the  approval of the Division of Banks,  which also  requires
that,  for a three year period  following  conversion,  any stock  benefit  plan
(including  management  contracts)  must be reviewed  for  reasonableness  by an
independent  third party  compensation  consultant  approved by the  Division of
Banks. The maximum number of shares which

                                      -23-

<PAGE>



would be issued under the Stock Option Plan will not exceed 145,475  shares,  or
more than 10% of the stock that was issued in the Conversion.

         Management  of the Bank has been advised by its legal  counsel that the
Stock Option Plan complies with the FDIC regulations, the percentage limitations
of the OTS regulations and the regulations of the Division of Banks. Neither the
FDIC, the OTS or the Division of Banks has endorsed or approved the Stock Option
Plan and there are no  assurances  that the  Division of Banks will  approve the
Stock Option Plan, if it is approved by stockholders.  In that event, no options
will be granted under the Stock Option Plan.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN

         Administration.  The  members  of the  Compensation  Committee  who are
disinterested  directors  (the "Option  Committee")  will  administer  the Stock
Option Plan and will determine, within the limitations of the Stock Option Plan,
the officers and employees to whom Options will be granted, the number of shares
subject  to each  Option,  the  terms  of  such  Options  (including  provisions
regarding  exercisability and acceleration of exercisability) and the procedures
by which the Options may be exercised.  Options  granted to directors  under the
Stock Option Plan are by automatic  formula grant,  and the Option Committee has
no  discretion  over the  material  terms of such  grants.  Subject  to  certain
specific  limitations and  restrictions  set forth in the Stock Option Plan, the
Option  Committee  has full and final  authority to  interpret  the Stock Option
Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations, if any, relating to
the Stock Option Plan and to make all determinations  necessary or advisable for
the  administration  of the  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  costs  and  expenses  of
administering the Stock Option Plan will be borne by the Bank.

         Stock  Subject to the Stock Option Plan.  Upon receipt of all necessary
regulatory and  stockholder  approvals,  the Bank will reserve 145,475 shares of
Bank Common Stock ("Option Shares") for issuance upon exercise of Options.  This
amount represents 10% of the shares issued in the Conversion. Such Option Shares
may be authorized and unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired
by the Company.  See  "Proposal 6 -- Formation of Holding  Company."  Any Option
Shares  subject  to grants  under  the Stock  Option  Plan  which  expire or are
terminated,  forfeited or cancelled  without  having been exercised or vested in
full,  shall again be available  for  purposes of the Stock  Option Plan.  As of
November 21, 1996, the aggregate fair market value of the Option Shares reserved
for issuance was $2,036,650,  based on the closing sales price per share of Bank
Common Stock of $14.00 on the American Stock Exchange on November 21, 1996.

         Eligibility.  Any  employee  of the  Bank,  the  Bank or any  affiliate
approved  by the Board who is selected  by the Option  Committee  is eligible to
participate in the Stock Option Plan as an "Eligible Individual." As of November
15,  1996,  there  were  ____  Eligible  Individuals.  Members  of the  Board of
Directors  of the  Bank  or any  affiliate  approved  by the  Board  who are not
employees or officers of the Bank or such  affiliate are eligible to participate
as an  "Eligible  Director."  As of November  15,  1996,  there were 10 Eligible
Directors.

         Terms and Conditions of Options Granted to Officers and Employees.  The
Stock Option Plan  provides for the grant of options which qualify for favorable
federal  income  tax  treatment  as  "incentive  stock  options"   ("ISOs")  and
non-qualified stock options which do not so qualify ("NQSOs").  ISOs are subject
to certain restrictions under the Code. A maximum of 36,368 shares may be issued
to any one  officer or employee  upon  exercise  of  Options.  Unless  otherwise
designated by the Option Committee,  Options granted under the Stock Option Plan
will be NQSOs, will be exercisable at a price per share equal to the fair market
value of a share of  Common  Stock on the date of the  Option  grant and will be
exercisable  for a period of ten years after the date of grant (or for a shorter
period ending three months after the option  holder's  termination of employment
for reasons  other than death,  disability or retirement or discharge for cause,
one year after  termination of employment due to death disability or retirement,
or immediately upon termination for cause). In no event may an Option be granted
with an exercise  price per share that is less than fair market value of a share
of Bank Common Stock when the Option is granted. On each anniversary of the date
stockholder  approval  is obtained  until all  Options  subject to the grant are
exercisable,  the Option will become  exercisable as to 20% of the Option Shares
as to which the option holder's  outstanding Option has been granted.  An option
holder's

                                      -24-


<PAGE>



right to exercise  Options is suspended during any period when the option holder
is the subject of a pending  proceeding to terminate his or her  employment  for
cause.  If the Option expires during such  suspension,  the Bank will,  upon the
employee's reinstatement,  pay damages equal to the value of the expired Options
less the exercise price.

         Upon the  exercise  of an Option,  the  Exercise  Price must be paid in
full.  Payment may be made in cash or in such other  consideration as the Option
Committee deems  appropriate,  including,  but not limited to, Bank Common Stock
already owned by the option holder or Option Shares to be acquired by the option
holder upon exercise of the Option. Options may be transferred prior to exercise
only to certain family members, certain non-profit  organizations,  and on death
of the option holder.

         Terms and Conditions of Options Granted to Outside Directors. Effective
on the Stock Option Plan Effective Date, each person who is an Eligible Director
on such date will be granted a NQSO to purchase a number of Option  Shares to be
determined by the Committee in consultation with an employee benefits consultant
and not to exceed 7,273 for any individual  Eligible Director and 43,642 for all
Eligible  Directors in the  aggregate.  Such Options will have an Exercise Price
equal to the fair market  value of a share of Bank  Common  Stock on the date of
grant and an Exercise Period commencing on the date of grant and expiring on the
earliest  of (i) the date he or she ceases to be an Eligible  Director  due to a
removal for cause (in accordance with the Bylaws of the Bank or other affiliate,
as applicable)  and (ii) the last day of the ten-year  period  commencing on the
date the  Option  was  granted.  On each  anniversary  of the  date  stockholder
approval  is  obtained  until  all  Option  Shares  subject  to  the  grant  are
exercisable,  the Option will become  exercisable as to 20% of the Option Shares
as to which his or her  outstanding  Option has been granted.  All Option Shares
not  previously  purchased or available for purchase  will become  available for
purchase on the date of the option  holder's  death or  disability as defined in
the Stock  Option  Plan.  A maximum of 43,642  shares may be issued to  Eligible
Directors upon exercise of Options.

         Options granted to directors under the Stock Option Plan will be NQSOs.
Upon the exercise of an Option, the Exercise Price must be paid in full. Payment
may be made in cash or in such other consideration as the Option Committee deems
appropriate,  including,  but not limited to, Bank Common Stock already owned by
the option  holder or Option  Shares to be  acquired  by the option  holder upon
exercise of the Option.

         Mergers and Reorganizations;  Adjustments for Extraordinary  Dividends.
The number of shares  available  under the Stock Option Plan and the outstanding
options  will be  adjusted  to reflect  any  merger,  consolidation  or business
reorganization  in which the Bank is the  surviving  entity,  and to reflect any
stock split,  stock  dividend or other event  generally  affecting the number of
shares. If a merger,  consolidation or other business  reorganization occurs and
the Bank is not the surviving entity,  outstanding Options may be cancelled upon
30 days'  written  notice  to the  option  holder so long as the  option  holder
receives  payment  determined  by the  Board to be the  equivalent  value of the
cancelled Options. The Stock Option Plan provides that the Bank will make a cash
payment to option  holders to  equitably  reflect  any  extraordinary  non-stock
dividend that may be paid which results in a non-taxable  return of capital.  No
representation is made that any such dividend will be declared or paid.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

         As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  no grants have been
made  under the Stock  Option  Plan.  It is not  determinable  at this time what
benefits,  if any, outside  directors,  officers or employees will receive under
the Stock  Option  Plan.  See "--  Regulatory  Restrictions  and  Conditions  to
Implementation."


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN

         Unless  sooner  terminated,   the  Stock  Option  Plan  will  terminate
automatically  on the day  preceding the tenth  anniversary  of the Stock Option
Plan Effective Date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Stock Option Plan in
whole or in part at any time prior to the tenth  anniversary of the Stock Option
Plan Effective  Date by giving written notice of such  suspension or termination
to the Option  Committee.  In the event of any  suspension or termination of the
Stock Option Plan, all Options  theretofore  granted under the Stock Option Plan
that are  outstanding on the date of such suspension or termination of the Stock
Option Plan will remain  outstanding under the terms of the agreements  granting
such Options.

         The Board may amend or revise the Stock Option Plan in whole or in part
at any time,  but if the  amendment  or revision  amends a material  term of the
Stock Option Plan, such amendment or revision will be subject to approval by the
stockholders of the Bank to the extent required to comply with Section 162(m) of
the Code.

EFFECT OF REORGANIZATION ON STOCK OPTION PLAN

         If the Plan of  Reorganization  is adopted and approved by stockholders
at the Annual  Meeting,  on the  Effective  Date,  Bancorp will adopt and assume
sponsorship  of the Stock Option Plan,  including all of the Bank's  obligations
with respect to any outstanding  options  pursuant to such plan. All outstanding
options to purchase Bank Common Stock granted  pursuant to the Stock Option Plan
prior to the  Reorganization  will become options to purchase the same number of
shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock with the same terms,  conditions  and  exercise
price as the original options granted.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  discussion  is intended  only as a summary and does not
purport to be a comprehensive  description of the federal tax laws,  regulations
and policies  affecting  the Bank and  recipients  of ISOs and NQSOs that may be
granted under the Stock Option Plan.  Any change in applicable law or regulation
or in the policies of various taxing  authorities  may have a material effect on
the discussion contained herein.

         There are no federal income tax consequences for the Bank or the option
holder at the time an ISO is granted or upon the exercise of an ISO. If there is
no sale or other  disposition of the shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO
within two years  after the date the ISO was  granted,  or within one year after
the exercise of the ISO,  then at no time will any amount be  deductible  by the
Bank with respect to the ISO. If the option holder exercises an ISO and sells or
otherwise  disposes of the shares so acquired  after  satisfying  the  foregoing
holding period requirements,  then he will realize a capital gain or loss on the
sale or  disposition.  If the  option  holder  exercises  his ISO and  sells  or
disposes  of his  shares  prior  to  satisfying  the  foregoing  holding  period
requirements, then an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized
upon the sale or other  disposition  of such  shares and the price paid for such
shares upon the exercise of the ISO will be includible in the ordinary income of
such person,  and such amount will  ordinarily  be deductible by the Bank at the
time it is includible in such person's income.

         With  respect to the grant of NQSOs,  there are no  federal  income tax
consequences  for the Bank or the option  holder at the date of the grant.  Upon
the  exercise  of a NQSO,  an amount  equal to the  difference  between the fair
market  value of the  shares to be  purchased  on the date of  exercise  and the
aggregate purchase price of such shares is generally  includible in the ordinary
income of the person  exercising such NQSO,  although such inclusion may be at a
later date in the case of an option  holder  whose  disposition  of such  shares
could result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. The Bank will
ordinarily  be entitled to a deduction  for federal  income tax  purposes at the
time the option  holder is taxed on the exercise of the NQSO equal to the amount
which the option  holder is  required  to include as  ordinary  income.  Section
162(m) of the Code limits the Bank's  deductions  of  compensation  in excess of
$1,000,000  per year for the chief  executive  officer  and the four  other most
highly paid executives  named in its proxy  statement,  but provides for certain
exceptions for performance based compensation. The Bank intends the Stock Option
Plan to comply with the

                                      -26-

<PAGE>



requirements for an exception to Section 162(m) applicable to stock option plans
so that the Bank's deduction for  compensation  related to the exercise of stock
options would not be subject to the $1,000,000  limitation.  No executive of the
Bank currently receives compensation subject to this limitation.

         The  foregoing   statements  are  intended  to  summarize  the  general
principles of current  federal  income tax law applicable to Options that may be
granted under the Stock Option Plan. State and local tax  consequences  also may
be significant.


       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL
        OF THE 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND
                    EMPLOYEES OF FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK.


                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 5

                         RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN

                          -----------------------------

GENERAL PLAN INFORMATION

         The Bank has adopted,  subject to the approval by  stockholders  of the
Bank, the 1997  Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside  Directors,  Officers
and  Employees  of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank  ("RRP").  The RRP  provides for
restricted stock awards  ("Awards") to certain  officers,  employees and outside
directors.  The RRP will not take effect,  and no Awards granted thereunder will
be effective, prior to the date of such shareholder approval ("Effective Date").
The  RRP is not  subject  to  ERISA.  The  principal  provisions  of the RRP are
summarized  below.  The full text of the RRP is set forth as  Appendix B to this
Proxy  Statement,  to which reference is made, and the summary provided below is
qualified in its entirety by such reference.

PURPOSE OF THE RRP

         The purpose of the RRP is to advance the  interests of the Bank and its
stockholders by providing current  officers,  employees and outside directors of
the Bank and its affiliates  with an incentive to achieve  corporate  objectives
and by attracting  and retaining  officers,  employees and outside  directors of
outstanding competence through the award of equity interests in the Bank.

VOTE REQUIRED

         Approval of the RRP requires the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
outstanding  shares of the Bank. The required vote of stockholders on the RRP is
based upon the number of  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock,  and not the
number of those  shares that are  actually  voted.  Accordingly,  the failure to
submit a proxy card or to vote in person at the Annual  Meeting or an abstention
from  voting  will have the same  effect as a "NO"  vote  with  respect  to this
proposal. Broker non-votes will not be counted as having been voted in person or
by proxy at the Annual Meeting and will have the same effect as a "NO" vote with
respect to this proposal.

REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS TO IMPLEMENTATION

         The RRP is subject to certain  restrictions imposed by the FDIC and the
percentage  limitations  of the  regulations  issued by the OTS with  respect to
stock option plans or other  management or employee stock benefit plans that are
established  or  implemented  by a  state-chartered  bank  within one year after
conversion

                                      -27-

<PAGE>



from  mutual  to stock  form.  The  restrictions  apply to the RRP  because  the
Conversion occurred within one year prior to the date of this Annual Meeting. To
satisfy these  requirements,  the RRP provides that (i) no Awards may be granted
prior to the date on which a majority of the Bank's  outstanding  shares approve
the RRP or before March 28, 1997,  whichever  is later;  and (ii) no  individual
officer or  employee  may be granted  Awards of more than  14,547  shares and no
outside director may be granted Awards of more than 2,909.

         In addition, if the RRP is approved by stockholders, it will be subject
to the approval of the Division of Banks,  which also requires that, for a three
year period following  conversion,  any stock benefit plan (including management
contracts)  must be reviewed for  reasonableness  by an independent  third party
compensation consultant approved by the Division of Banks. The maximum number of
Awards which would be made under the RRP will not exceed 58,190 shares,  or more
than 4% of the stock that was issued in the Conversion.

         Management  of the Bank has been advised by its legal  counsel that the
RRP complies with the FDIC  regulations,  the percentage  limitations of the OTS
regulations and the regulations of the Division of Banks.  Neither the FDIC, the
OTS or the  Division of Banks has  endorsed or approved the RRP and there are no
assurances that the Division of Banks will approve the RRP, if it is approved by
stockholders. In that event, no Awards will be made under the RRP.

DESCRIPTION OF THE RRP

         Administration.   The  committee   administering   the  RRP  (the  "RRP
Committee")  will be comprised of at least three  directors of the Bank, and all
directors on the RRP Committee will be  "disinterested  directors" (as that term
is  defined  under  Section  16(b)  and the rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder)  who  are  not  currently  and  have  not at  any  time  during  the
immediately  preceding  one-year  period  been an  employee  of the  Bank or any
affiliates. The RRP Committee will determine, within the limitations of the RRP,
the officers and employees to whom Awards will be granted,  the number of shares
subject to each Award, the terms of such Awards (including  provisions regarding
exercisability and acceleration of  exercisability)  and the procedures by which
the Awards shall be exercised. Awards granted to outside directors under the RRP
are by automatic  formula  grant,  and the RRP Committee has no discretion  over
such grants.  Subject to certain specific limitations and restrictions set forth
in the RRP, the RRP Committee has full and final authority to interpret the RRP,
to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations,  if any, relating to the
RRP and to make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration
of the RRP. The costs and expenses of administering the RRP will be borne by the
Bank and not charged to any grant of an Award nor to any participating  officer,
employee or outside director.

         Stock Subject to the RRP. The Bank will establish a trust ("Trust") and
will contribute,  or cause to be contributed,  to the Trust,  from time to time,
such amounts of money or property as shall be  determined  by the Board,  in its
discretion.  No contributions by participants will be permitted.  A trustee will
invest the assets of the Trust in Shares and in such other investments including
savings  accounts,  time or other interest bearing deposits in or other interest
bearing  obligations of the Bank, in such  proportions as shall be determined by
the RRP Committee. In no event shall the assets of the Trust be used to purchase
more than 58,190  Shares.  As of November 21, 1996,  the  aggregate  fair market
value of the Shares proposed to be authorized for the RRP was $814,660, based on
the closing  sales price per share of $14.00 on the American  Stock  Exchange on
November 21, 1996.

         Eligibility. Any employee of the Bank or its affiliates who is selected
by the RRP  Committee  is eligible  to  participate  in the RRP as an  "Eligible
Individual."  As of  November  15,  1996,  there were __  Eligible  Individuals.
Members of the board of directors of the Bank who are not  employees or officers
of the Bank are  eligible to  participate  in the  Director  RRP as an "Eligible
Director." As of November 15, 1996, there were ten Eligible Directors.

         Terms  and  Conditions  of  Awards.  The  RRP  Committee  may,  in  its
discretion,  grant Awards of restricted stock to Eligible  Individuals.  The RRP
Committee will determine at the time of the grant the

                                      -28-

<PAGE>



number of Shares subject to an Award and the vesting schedule  applicable to the
Award  and  may,  in  its  discretion,  establish  other  terms  and  conditions
applicable to the Award.

         On the Effective Date, each Eligible  Director will be granted an Award
of a number of shares to be determined by the Committee in consultation  with an
employee  benefits  consultant and not to exceed 2,909 shares for any individual
and 17,457 for all Eligible  Directors in the aggregate.  Each Award will become
vested and distributable at a rate of 20% on each anniversary date of the grant,
but such Award will become fully vested on the date of the Award  holder's death
or Disability.

         Stock  subject  to  Awards is held in trust  pursuant  to the RRP until
vested. An individual to whom an Award is granted is entitled to exercise voting
rights and  receive  cash  dividends  with  respect  to stock  subject to Awards
granted to him whether or not vested.  The RRP Committee  will  exercise  voting
rights with  respect to shares in the RRP trust that have not been  allocated as
directed by the individuals  eligible to participate in the RRP,  whether or not
such individuals have been granted as Award. The shares covered by an Award will
become  vested  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Award  and as  soon as
practicable  following such vesting, the trustee will transfer the shares to the
recipient. Unless the RRP Committee provides otherwise, the shares covered by an
Award  will  vest  20%  each  year for five  years;  however,  if the  recipient
terminates employment with the Bank on account of his death or disability, or in
the event of a tender  offer for, or a change of control of, the Bank,  then any
shares  covered  by the  Award  will  become  100%  vested as of the date of his
termination of employment with the Bank or as of the commencement of such tender
offer or the effective date of such change of control.  If an individual covered
by an Award  terminates  employment  for reasons other than death or disability,
the individual  forfeits all rights to his unvested shares  remaining in the RRP
trust.  Shares distributed to any person pursuant to an Award generally will not
be transferable for six months following the date of distribution.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

         As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  no grants have been
made under the RRP. It is not  determinable at this time what benefits,  if any,
outside  directors,  officers or employees  will receive  under the RRP. See "--
Regulatory Restrictions and Conditions to Implementation."

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE RRP

         The Board may suspend or  terminate  the RRP in whole or in part at any
time prior to the tenth  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date by giving  written
notice of such  suspension or termination to the RRP Committee,  but the RRP may
not be terminated while there are outstanding  Awards that may thereafter become
vested.  Upon the  termination of the RRP, the trustee shall make  distributions
from the Trust in such  amounts  and to such  persons as the RRP  Committee  may
direct and shall return the remaining assets of the Trust, if any, to the Bank.

         The Board may amend or revise  the RRP in whole or in part at any time,
but if the amendment or revision (1) materially  increases the benefits accruing
under the RRP, (2) materially increases the number of Shares which may be issued
under the RRP or (3) materially  modifies the requirements as to eligibility for
Awards under the RRP, such  amendment or revision will be subject to approval by
the shareholders of the Bank. Subject to these above provisions,  the Board will
also have  broad  authority  to amend the RRP to take into  account  changes  in
applicable  securities  and tax  laws  and  accounting  rules,  as well as other
developments.

EFFECT OF REORGANIZATION ON RRP

         If the RRP is approved by stockholders  at the Annual  Meeting,  on the
Effective Date,  Bancorp will adopt and assume sponsorship of the RRP, including
all of Falmouth's  obligations with respect to any outstanding  restricted stock
granted  pursuant to the RRP and all grants of restricted  shares of Bank Common
Stock granted pursuant to the RRP prior to the Reorganization will become grants
of restricted shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

                                      -29-

<PAGE>


FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  discussion  is intended  only as a summary and does not
purport to be a comprehensive  description of the federal tax laws,  regulations
and policies  affecting  the Bank and  recipients  of Awards that may be granted
under the RRP. Any  descriptions  of the  provisions  of any law,  regulation or
policy  contained  herein are  qualified  in their  entirety by reference to the
particular law, regulation or policy. Any change in applicable law or regulation
or in the policies of various taxing  authorities  may have a material effect on
the discussion  contained  herein.  The RRP does not constitute a qualified plan
under Section 401(a) of the Code.

         The award of Shares under the RRP does not result in federal income tax
consequences to either the Bank or the award  recipient.  Upon the vesting of an
award and the distribution of the vested shares,  the award recipient  generally
will be required to include in ordinary  income,  for the taxable  year in which
the vesting  date occur,  an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares
on the  vesting  date,  and the  Bank  generally  will  be  allowed  to  claim a
deduction,  for  compensation  expense,  in a like  amount.  To the extent  that
dividends  are paid with  respect  to  unvested  shares  held  under the RRP and
distributed  to the award  recipient,  such  dividend  amounts will  likewise be
includible in the ordinary income of the recipient and allowable as a deduction,
for compensation  expense, to the Bank. Dividends declared and paid with respect
to vested shares, as well as any gain or loss realized upon an award recipient's
disposition of the shares,  will be treated as dividend  income and capital gain
or loss, respectively, in the same manner as for other shareholders.

         The  foregoing   statements  are  intended  to  summarize  the  general
principles of current  federal  income tax law  applicable to Awards that may be
granted under the RRP. State and local tax consequences also may be significant.
Participants  are  advised  to  consult  with  their tax  advisor  as to the tax
consequences of the RRP.

           THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR"
         APPROVAL OF THE 1997 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE
        DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK.



                          -----------------------------

                                   PROPOSAL 6

                          FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY
                          -----------------------------

GENERAL

         Bancorp and  Falmouth  entered  into the Plan of  Reorganization  as of
November 25, 1996,  pursuant to which Bancorp will become a bank holding company
with  Falmouth  as  its  wholly-owned   subsidiary.   A  copy  of  the  Plan  of
Reorganization is set forth as Appendix C to this Proxy Statement-Prospectus and
is incorporated  herein by reference.  The discussion  below is qualified in its
entirety  by  such  reference.  Bancorp  is  a  newly-formed  Delaware  business
corporation  that was  organized by Falmouth  for the purpose of  effecting  the
Reorganization and,  therefore,  has no operating history. If the Reorganization
is approved by the holders of Bank Common Stock, and subject to the satisfaction
of all  other  conditions  set  forth in the Plan of  Reorganization,  including
receipt of all required regulatory approvals,  on the Effective Date, all of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by stockholders
exercising dissenters' rights, if any) will be converted into and exchanged for,
on a one-for-one basis, shares of Bancorp Common Stock.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



         After the Effective Date,  Falmouth will continue its existing business
and operations as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp. The consolidated assets,
liabilities,  stockholders'  equity and income of Bancorp immediately  following
the Effective  Date will be the same as those of Falmouth  immediately  prior to
the Effective Date. The Board of Directors of Bancorp is, and upon the Effective
Date will  continue  to be,  comprised  of the  current  members of the Board of
Directors of Falmouth.  The officers of Bancorp are, and upon the Effective Date
will continue to be, certain  current  officers of Falmouth.  See "Management of
Bancorp."   Falmouth  will   continue  to  operate  under  the  name   "Falmouth
Co-operative  Bank" and its deposit  accounts will continue to be insured by the
Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("BIF") of the FDIC and the Share  Insurance  Fund of the
Co-operative  Central Bank.  The  corporate  existence of Falmouth will continue
unaffected  and  unimpaired  by  the  Reorganization,  except  that  all  of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by stockholders
exercising  dissenters'  rights,  if any) will be owned by  Bancorp.  Falmouth's
stockholders  prior  to  the  Effective  Date  will,  in  turn,  own  all of the
outstanding  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock,  having  received  that stock in
exchange for their shares of Bank Common Stock as part of the Reorganization.

VOTE REQUIRED

         Approval  of the  Plan  of  Reorganization  requires  the  approval  of
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares  of  the  Bank.  The  required  vote  of
stockholders  on the  Plan  of  Reorganization  is  based  upon  the  number  of
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, and not the number of those shares that
are actually voted.  Accordingly,  the failure to submit a proxy card or to vote
in person at the Annual Meeting or an abstention  from voting will have the same
effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.  Broker  non-votes will not
be counted as having been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting and
will have the same effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.

          THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE PROPOSED
         REORGANIZATION AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" ADOPTION
                         OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.


                          PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION

FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

         The  Bank  was  founded  in 1925 as a  Massachusetts  chartered  mutual
co-operative bank with its office in Falmouth, Massachusetts. The Bank completed
its conversion to stock form on March 28, 1996, and issued  1,454,750  shares of
common  stock at $10.00  per  share.  The Bank's  deposits  have been  federally
insured since 1986 and are currently  insured by the BIF and the Share Insurance
Fund of the  Co-operative  Central  Bank.  The Bank  has  been a  member  of the
Co-operative  Central Bank since 1932 and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank
of  Boston  since  1975.  The  Bank is  subject  to  comprehensive  examination,
supervision, and regulation by the Commissioner of the Division of Banks and the
FDIC.

         The Bank  considers  its primary  market  area to be the  Massachusetts
communities  of  Falmouth  and  Mashpee  located  in  the  Cape  Cod  region  of
Massachusetts.  The Bank serves its market area  through its office in Falmouth,
Massachusetts  and will serve its market  area  through a new branch  located in
East  Falmouth,  which is expected to open in February,  1997. The Bank competes
with 15 branches of financial  institutions  (including national banks,  savings
banks,  savings and loans and credit unions) which are headquartered  outside of
its  market  area.  The  Bank  is the  only  independent  financial  institution
headquartered in Falmouth.

         The  business  of the Bank  primarily  consists of  attracting  savings
deposits from the general public and investing such deposits in loans secured by
single-family residential real estate and investment securities,  including U.S.
Government and Agency securities and  interest-earning  deposits.  Falmouth also
makes commercial real estate loans and consumer loans, including passbook loans,
automobile,  home equity and other  consumer  loans.  Falmouth  originates  both
fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans and emphasizes the

                                      -31-


<PAGE>



origination of residential  real estate mortgage loans with adjustable  interest
rates,  and makes other  investments  which allow Falmouth to more closely match
the interest rate and maturities of its assets and liabilities.

         Falmouth's  business  strategy  is to  operate  as a  well-capitalized,
profitable and independent  community bank dedicated to financing home ownership
and consumer and small business needs in its market area and to provide  quality
service to its customers. The Bank has implemented this strategy by: (i) closely
monitoring  the  needs  of  customers  and  providing   quality  service;   (ii)
emphasizing  consumer-oriented banking by originating residential mortgage loans
and  consumer  loans,  and by offering  checking  accounts  and other  financial
services and  products;  (iii)  focusing on  expanding  the volume of the Bank's
existing lending  activities to produce moderate increases in loan originations;
(iv) maintaining high asset quality through conservative underwriting standards;
(v) maintaining capital in excess of regulatory requirements; and (vi) producing
stable earnings.

FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.

         Bancorp was  organized in November,  1996 at the direction of the Board
of Directors of the Bank to become a bank holding  company with  Falmouth as its
wholly-owned subsidiary.  Bancorp, upon the approval of the Division of Banks to
acquire  the Bank  and the  approval  by the FRB of  Bancorp's  application  for
approval to become a bank holding company,  will be subject to regulation by the
FRB. See  "Regulation  and  Supervision -- Regulation of Holding  Company." Upon
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  Bancorp will have no  significant  assets
other  than  the  shares  of  the  Bank's   capital   stock   acquired   in  the
Reorganization,  and will have no  significant  liabilities.  The  management of
Bancorp is set forth under  "Management  of  Bancorp."  Initially,  Bancorp will
neither own nor lease any property, but will instead use the premises, equipment
and  furniture  of the Bank.  At the present  time,  Bancorp  does not intend to
employ any persons other than certain executive  officers,  but will utilize the
support staff of the Bank from time to time.  Additional employees will be hired
as appropriate, to the extent Bancorp expands its business in the future.

         Bancorp's  executive  office is located at 20 Davis Straits,  Falmouth,
Massachusetts 02540 and its telephone number is (508) 548-3500.


                        DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION

REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION

         The Board of Directors  believes that a holding company  structure will
better  position  Falmouth to compete in the markets that it serves by providing
Falmouth with greater flexibility to conduct its banking business. The formation
of a holding company will permit management greater  flexibility with respect to
the  enhancement  of  stockholder  value  through,   among  other  things,   the
implementation  of a stock  repurchase  program.  After  the  Reorganization  is
completed,  the Board of Directors  may consider  the  establishment  of a stock
repurchase program by evaluating the holding company's financial condition,  the
value of its common stock and the available strategic alternatives for enhancing
stockholder value. The Bank can not repurchase its own shares without taking the
risk of triggering potentially severe adverse tax consequences,  but the holding
company may do so without  such tax  consequences  after the  Reorganization  is
completed.  Repurchased shares may be used to fund the Stock Option Plan and the
RRP, if implemented.  In addition,  Bancorp will assume the ESOP loan,  which is
currently  held by a third party lender,  and thereby  reduce  interest  expense
associated  with the ESOP debt.  In the future,  Bancorp may acquire or organize
other  operating  subsidiaries,  including other savings  institutions,  without
merging  such  institutions  with  Falmouth.  In addition,  the holding  company
structure  will permit  Bancorp and Falmouth,  as a combined  entity,  to record
significant tax savings on earnings generated by investments held at the holding
company level.


                                      -32-

<PAGE>

EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Effective Date will be the fifth business day following the date on
which the  Commissioner  of the  Division of Banks files the Plan in  accordance
with the  provisions  of  Section  26B of  Chapter  172 of the  General  Laws of
Massachusetts, providing all conditions precedent are satisfied.

ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Reorganization will be accomplished through the following steps:

         1.       Bancorp has been incorporated as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
                  Falmouth.  The  primary  purpose  of  Bancorp is to become the
                  holding company for Falmouth.

         2.       At the Effective Date, Bancorp  automatically will acquire all
                  shares of Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately
                  prior to the Effective Date.

         3.       At the  Effective  Date,  the  holders  of the  shares of Bank
                  Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the
                  Effective Date  automatically  will become owners of one share
                  of Bancorp  Common  Stock for each share of Bank Common  Stock
                  held by them immediately prior to the Effective Date.

         4.       All shares acquired by Falmouth as a result of the exercise of
                  dissenters' rights will be cancelled upon receipt.

         After  consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Bank expects to make a
capital  contribution  to  Bancorp  by  transferring  investment  securities  to
Bancorp,  which may be used to conduct the activities  described in "Reasons for
the Reorganization" including funding stock repurchase programs, if implemented,
or cash dividends,  if declared.  See "Dividend Policy." There are no assurances
that the Bank will obtain regulatory approval for the Reorganization or that, if
the Reorganization is consummated, Bancorp will conduct such activities.

CONDITIONS TO THE REORGANIZATION

         The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that the  obligations of Falmouth
and Bancorp to consummate the  Reorganization are subject to the satisfaction of
the following  conditions:  (1) the approval of the Plan of Reorganization by an
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Bank Common  Stock;  (2) the approval by the Division of Banks of Bancorp and
the Bank's  application  for  approval  of the Plan of  Reorganization;  (3) the
approval by the FRB of Bancorp's  application to become a holding  Company under
the BHCA;  (4) the  receipt of a  favorable  ruling  from the  Internal  Revenue
Service  or a  favorable  opinion  of  counsel  as to  the  federal  income  tax
consequences of the Reorganization; (5) the registration with the SEC of Bancorp
Common Stock under the Securities Act; (6) compliance with all applicable  state
securities  or "blue sky" laws  relating to the  issuance  and  distribution  of
Bancorp  Common Stock;  and (7) the receipt of all other  consents and approvals
and the satisfaction of all other requirements  necessary to the consummation of
the  Reorganization.  There are no  assurances  that  these  conditions  will be
satisfied and that the Reorganization will be consummated.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         The  Plan of  Reorganization  provides  that it may be  amended  by the
parties  thereto  in  whole  or in part at any time  prior  to its  approval  by
stockholders  and  subsequent  to approval by  stockholders,  if approved by the
Division of Banks.

         The Plan of  Reorganization  further provides that it may be terminated
at any time prior to the Effective Date (whether before or after approval by the
stockholders of Falmouth) if the Reorganization

                                      -33-
[<PAGE>



becomes  inadvisable  in the  opinion of the Board of  Directors  of Falmouth or
Bancorp  due to (1)  the  number  of  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  owned  by
stockholders  exercising  dissenters' rights; (2) an action, suit, proceeding or
claim that has been made or threatened  relating to the Plan of  Reorganization;
or (3) any other reason.

EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

         In connection with the exchange of Bank Common Stock for Bancorp Common
Stock,  it will not be necessary for  stockholders of Falmouth to exchange their
certificates  for certificates  representing  shares of Bancorp Common Stock. On
the Effective Date,  non-dissenting  stockholders of Falmouth automatically will
become  stockholders of Bancorp and each  outstanding  certificate  representing
shares of Bank Common Stock will automatically represent, and will be deemed for
all  purposes  to  evidence  ownership  of, the same number of shares of Bancorp
Common Stock.

         After the Effective Date, as currently outstanding certificates of Bank
Common Stock are presented  for transfer,  or, upon the request of any holder of
Bank Common Stock,  the  registrar and transfer  agent for Bank Common Stock and
Bancorp  Common Stock (the "Transfer  Agent") will issue new stock  certificates
representing  the same number of shares of Bancorp Common Stock as the number of
shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  surrendered  therefor.  Upon  surrender,   each
certificate  representing  Bank  Common  Stock  will  be  cancelled.  After  the
Effective Date, there will be no further  registration of transfers of shares of
Bank Common Stock on the records of Falmouth.

EFFECT OF THE REORGANIZATION ON EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         On the Effective  Date, the ESOP will be assumed by Bancorp.  Shares of
Bank Common Stock held by the ESOP will  automatically  become shares of Bancorp
Common  Stock.  Bancorp  will also  adopt and  assume  the ESOP  loan,  which is
currently held by a third party lender.

         If the Stock  Option  Plan is approved  by  stockholders  at the Annual
Meeting, on the Effective Date, Bancorp will adopt and assume sponsorship of the
Stock Option Plan,  and all  outstanding  options to purchase  Bank Common Stock
granted  pursuant  to the Stock  Option  Plan prior to the  Reorganization  will
become  options to purchase  the same number of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock
with the same terms,  conditions  and  exercise  price as the  original  options
granted.

         If the RRP is approved by stockholders  at the Annual  Meeting,  on the
Effective Date,  Bancorp will adopt and assume sponsorship of the RRP, including
all of Falmouth's  obligations with respect to any outstanding  restricted stock
granted  pursuant to the RRP and all grants of restricted  shares of Bank Common
Stock granted pursuant to the RRP prior to the Reorganization will become grants
of restricted shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

         The  Reorganization  will not trigger any change in control  provisions
contained in any of the  employment  agreements  with the Bank's  officers.  All
other   employee   benefit   plans  of  Falmouth   will  be   unchanged  by  the
Reorganization. See "Management of Falmouth -- Compensation and Employee Benefit
Plans."


                      DESCRIPTION OF BANCORP CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

         The Certificate of Incorporation of Bancorp  authorizes the issuance of
capital stock  consisting of 5,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $0.01
per share, and 500,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"Bancorp  Preferred  Stock").  There are 100  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock
currently  issued and  outstanding,  all of which are owned by Falmouth.  On the
Effective Date, such shares

                                      -34-

<PAGE>



will be  cancelled,  and there will be,  subject to the exercise of  dissenters'
rights,  if any,  1,454,750  shares  outstanding  as a result of the exchange of
shares of Bancorp  Common Stock for shares of Bank Common Stock.  Because all of
the issued and outstanding shares of Bancorp Common Stock are owned by Falmouth,
there is currently  no  established  public  trading  market for Bancorp  Common
Stock.

         In the future,  the authorized  but unissued and  unreserved  shares of
Bancorp Common Stock and the authorized and unissued shares of Bancorp Preferred
Stock will be available for issuance for general corporate purposes,  including,
but not limited to, possible issuance as stock dividends or stock splits, future
mergers or  acquisitions,  or future  private  placements  or public  offerings.
Bancorp's  Board of Directors may (i) divide,  and cause the issuance of, one or
more series of the authorized  shares of Bancorp  Preferred Stock,  (ii) fix the
number of shares  constituting  any such new series,  and (iii) fix the dividend
rate,  terms,  conditions,  conversion and exchange  rights,  redemption  rights
(including sinking fund provisions),  liquidation preferences and voting rights,
if any, of any such new series.  Such rights and  preferences may be superior to
those of Bancorp Common Stock.  Except as otherwise may be required to approve a
merger or other transaction in which the additional authorized shares of Bancorp
Common Stock or authorized shares of Bancorp Preferred Stock would be issued, no
stockholder  approval  will be required  for the issuance of those  shares.  See
"Certain  Differences in  Stockholder  Rights" for a discussion of the rights of
the  holders of Bancorp  Common  Stock as compared to the holders of Bank Common
Stock.  In addition,  the Company may be  restricted  in its ability to register
additional shares of capital stock after completion of the Reorganization due to
certain  requirements of the SEC related to financial statement  disclosures and
related  disclosures.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

COMMON STOCK

         General.  Each  share of  Bancorp  Common  Stock has the same  relative
rights as, and is  identical  in all  respects  to,  each other share of Bancorp
Common Stock.  Until such time as voting Bancorp  Preferred Stock is issued,  if
ever,  the holders of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock will  possess all rights,
including  exclusive voting rights,  pertaining to the capital stock of Bancorp.
The relative  rights of shares of Bancorp Common Stock do not differ  materially
from the relative rights of shares of Bank Common Stock.

         Dividend  Rights.  The holders of Bancorp Common Stock will be entitled
to dividends  when,  as and if declared by Bancorp's  Board of Directors  out of
funds  legally  available  therefor.  The payment of  dividends  by Bancorp will
depend on Bancorp's net income, financial condition, regulatory requirements and
other  factors,  including the results of Falmouth's  operations.  See "Dividend
Policy" for  restrictions  on the payment of dividends on Bancorp  Common Stock.
Bancorp has no present intention to pay dividends,  but may consider doing so in
the future.

         Voting  Rights.  Each share of Bancorp  Common  Stock will  entitle the
holder thereof to one vote on all matters upon which stockholders have the right
to vote.  In addition,  the Board of Directors of Bancorp is  classified so that
approximately one-third of the directors will be elected each year. Stockholders
of Bancorp  will not be  entitled to  cumulate  their votes for the  election of
directors.   See  "Certain   Differences  in   Stockholder   Rights  --  Certain
Anti-Takeover Provisions."

         Liquidation  Rights.  In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up of  Bancorp,  the holders of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock will be
entitled to receive,  after payment of all debts and  liabilities of Bancorp and
subject to the prior rights,  if any, of holders of shares of Bancorp  Preferred
Stock, all remaining assets of Bancorp  available for distribution in cash or in
kind. In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of Falmouth,
Bancorp,  as the holder of all shares of Bank Common Stock,  upon  completion of
the  Reorganization,  would be  entitled  to receive  payment  of all debt,  and
liabilities of Falmouth  (including all deposits and accrued  interest  thereon)
and all remaining  assets of Falmouth  available for  distribution in cash or in
kind.


                                      -35-

<PAGE>



         Preemptive  Rights;  Redemption.  Holders of shares of  Bancorp  Common
Stock will not be entitled to preemptive  rights with respect to any shares that
may be issued. Bancorp Common Stock is not subject to call or redemption.

BANCORP PREFERRED STOCK

         No  Bancorp  Preferred  Stock is being  issued in  connection  with the
Reorganization  and the Board of  Directors  of Bancorp  has no present  plan or
intention to issue any Bancorp  Preferred  Stock.  The Board of  Directors  may,
without action of the stockholders of Bancorp, issue shares of Bancorp Preferred
Stock  from  time  to  time  in one  or  more  series  with  distinctive  serial
designations, preferences, limitations and other rights.

         The Board of Directors is authorized to determine,  among other things,
with  respect  to each  series  which  may be  issued:  (i) the  dividend  rate,
conditions of payment of dividends,  dividend  preferences,  if any, and whether
dividends  would be cumulative and, if so, the date from which dividends on such
series would accumulate; (ii) whether, and upon what terms, such series would be
redeemable  and,  if so,  the  redemption  price  and terms  and  conditions  of
redemption; (iii) the preference, if any, to which such series would be entitled
in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up
of  Bancorp;  (iv)  whether  or not a sinking  fund  would be  provided  for the
redemption  of such  series and, if so, the terms and  conditions  thereof;  (v)
whether,  and  upon  what  terms,  such  series  would  be  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for shares of any other class of capital  stock or other series of
Bancorp  Preferred Stock; and (vi) whether,  and to what extent,  the holders of
such series would enjoy voting rights,  if any, in addition to those  prescribed
by law. With regard to dividends,  redemption and  liquidation  preference,  any
particular  series of Bancorp  Preferred  Stock may rank  junior to, on a parity
with or senior to any other series of Bancorp Preferred Stock.

         It is not possible to state the actual effect of the  authorization  of
Bancorp  Preferred  Stock upon the rights of  holders of Bancorp  Common  Stock,
until the Board of Directors  determines the specific rights of the holders of a
series of Bancorp  Preferred  Stock.  However,  such effects  might  include (a)
restrictions  on  dividends  on Bancorp  Common  Stock if  dividends  on Bancorp
Preferred  Stock have not been paid; (b) dilution of the voting power of Bancorp
Common Stock to the extent that Bancorp  Preferred Stock has voting rights;  (c)
dilution  of the equity  interest  of Bancorp  Common  Stock to the extent  that
Bancorp  Preferred  Stock is converted into Bancorp Common Stock; or (d) Bancorp
Common Stock not being  entitled to share in Bancorp's  assets upon  liquidation
until satisfaction of any liquidation  preference granted the holders of Bancorp
Preferred Stock.  Issuance of Bancorp Preferred Stock, while providing desirable
flexibility  in  connection  with  possible  acquisitions  and  other  corporate
purposes,  could make it more  difficult for a third party to acquire a majority
of the outstanding voting stock. Accordingly,  the issuance of Bancorp Preferred
Stock may be used as an  "anti-takeover"  device  without  further action on the
part of the stockholders of Bancorp.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         See "Certain Differences in Stockholder Rights -- Certain Anti-Takeover
Provisions" for a description of certain provisions contained in the Certificate
of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of Bancorp that might have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of Bancorp.


                      DESCRIPTION OF FALMOUTH CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

         The Bank's Charter authorizes the issuance of up to 2,500,000 shares of
common  stock,  par value $0.10 per share (the "Bank Common  Stock") and 500,000
shares of serial preferred stock, par value $0.10 per share (the "Bank Preferred
Stock").  The Bank  Preferred  Stock may be issued in classes and series  having
such rights, preferences,  privileges and restrictions as the Board of Directors
of the Bank may determine from time to time.

                                      -36-

<PAGE>


         The  Bank  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  by the Bank in one or more
series from time to time as  determined  by the Bank's board of directors by the
adoption of  resolutions  and the filing of a certificate  of  establishment  of
preferred   stock  with  the   Secretary  of  State  of  the   Commonwealth   of
Massachusetts.  No Bank  Preferred  Stock  has been  authorized  by the Board of
Directors at this time.

THE COMMON STOCK

         Under the Bank's Charter, each holder of shares of Bank Common Stock is
entitled to one vote per share on all matters requiring  stockholder  action and
to  participate  equally  (subject  to any  preference  which may  hereafter  be
established in favor of the Bank Preferred Stock) with the other holders of Bank
Common  Stock  in any  dividends,  when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board  of
Directors  of the Bank from funds  legally  available  therefor.  See  "Dividend
Policy."  Subject  to  any  preferential  rights  established  in  favor  of any
outstanding Bank Preferred Stock, each share of Bank Common Stock is entitled to
equal rights in the event of  liquidation.  Stockholders of Falmouth do not have
the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

         The holders of the Bank Common Stock have no preemptive or other rights
to subscribe  for  additional  shares of any class of capital stock of the Bank.
Without  preemptive  rights, a stockholder's  ownership  position in the Bank is
subject to  dilution  if  additional  shares of capital  stock are issued by the
Bank. The Bank Common Stock is not redeemable.

BANK PREFERRED STOCK

         The Board of Directors may,  without action of the  stockholders of the
Bank,  issue  shares of Bank  Preferred  Stock  from time to time in one or more
series with distinctive serial designations,  preferences, limitations and other
rights. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the same features with
respect to the Bank Preferred Stock as those of Bancorp Preferred Stock.

         No Bank  Preferred  Stock  is  being  issued  in  connection  with  the
Reorganization and there is currently no Bank Preferred Stock  outstanding.  The
Board of  Directors  of the Bank has no present  plan or  intention to issue any
Bank Preferred Stock.


                    CERTAIN DIFFERENCES IN STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

GENERAL

         The rights of the holders of Bank Common Stock are  currently  governed
by  Massachusetts  banking law and by Falmouth's  Charter and the Bylaws adopted
thereunder.  The rights of the holders of Bancorp  Common Stock will be governed
by Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  ("DGCL"),  by Bancorp's  Certificate  of
Incorporation   and  the  Bylaws  adopted   thereunder  and  by  the  applicable
regulations of the SEC.  Certain  differences  in stockholder  rights arise from
this change of governing law. The following  discussion  summarizes the material
differences as reflected in Bancorp's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
and is not intended to be a complete statement of all differences  affecting the
rights  of  stockholders.  This  discussion  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to Bancorp's  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which
are  attached  hereto  as  Appendix  E and  Appendix  F,  respectively.  If  the
Reorganization   is  not  consummated,   any  action  affecting  the  rights  of
stockholders of Falmouth,  including any change in control,  will continue to be
subject to the  relevant  provisions  of  Falmouth's  Charter and Bylaws and the
Massachusetts  banking law.  For a  description  of Bancorp  Common  Stock,  see
"Description  of Bancorp  Capital Stock -- Common  Stock." For a description  of
provisions  contained in the Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws of Bancorp
that  may  be  deemed  to  have  an  anti-takeover   effect,   see  "--  Certain
Anti-Takeover Provisions."


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

         The  ability  of  Falmouth  to pay  dividends  on its  common  stock is
restricted by  Massachusetts  banking law and by tax  considerations  related to
state-chartered  banks.  Falmouth may only pay dividends on its capital stock if
such  payment  would not  impair  its  capital  stock and  surplus  account.  No
dividends may be paid if such dividends would reduce stockholders' equity of the
Bank below the  amount of the  liquidation  account  required  by  Massachusetts
conversion regulations. In addition, the Bank may not pay dividends in excess of
current  earnings  for three  years  following  the  Conversion.  See  "Dividend
Policy."  Although  Bancorp's  ability to pay  dividends  will not be subject to
these restrictions, such restrictions will indirectly affect the Company because
dividends from the Bank will be a primary source of funds of the Company for the
payment of dividends to stockholders of the Company.  Bancorp will be limited by
certain  restrictions  imposed  generally on Delaware  corporations.  Subject to
certain limitations and exceptions, dividends may be paid only out of a Delaware
corporation's surplus (as defined by the DGCL) or its net profits for the fiscal
year in which the dividend is declared  and/or the  preceding  fiscal year.  See
"Dividend  Policy" and  "Regulation  and  Supervision  --  Regulation of Holding
Company." Bancorp intends to continue the Bank's current dividend policy.

RIGHTS OF ISSUER TO REPURCHASE STOCK

         Under the Massachusetts  banking law, Falmouth may repurchase its stock
under  certain  specific  conditions,  but only with the prior  approval  of the
Division of Banks.  See "Dividend  Policy" Under the DGCL, no prior  approval is
required  and,  therefore,  Bancorp will be allowed to purchase its own stock in
the  open  market  subject  to  applicable  law and the  availability  of  funds
therefor. Under certain circumstances, stock repurchases by Bancorp will require
the prior approval of the Federal  Reserve Bank of Boston.  See  "Regulation and
Supervision  --  Bank  Holding  Company  Regulation"  for a  description  of the
restrictions  on the  repurchase  by Bancorp of its stock.  Bancorp may consider
repurchases  of its stock in the  future,  but there  can be no  assurance  that
Bancorp will conduct such repurchases.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

         The Certificate of Incorporation  of Bancorp  contains  provisions that
limit the personal  liability of directors to Bancorp or to its stockholders for
monetary  damages  for  breach of  fiduciary  duty,  except to the  extent  such
limitation is not permitted by the DGCL.  Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides
that such a provision  shall not eliminate or limit the personal  liability of a
director (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its  stockholders;  (2) for acts or omissions  not in good faith or involving
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law; (3) under Section 174 of
the DGCL,  which  imposes  liability  for the  unlawful  payment of dividends or
unlawful stock purchase or redemption; or (4) for any transaction from which the
director  received an improper  personal  benefit.  The  provisions in Bancorp's
Certificate of Incorporation apply only to the liability of a director acting in
his capacity as such and not to actions  brought other than by a stockholder  or
Bancorp. Bancorp's Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that require
indemnification  of the  directors and officers and permits  indemnification  of
employees  of Bancorp  and any of its  direct or  indirect  subsidiaries.  To be
entitled to  indemnification,  it must be determined that, in general terms, the
person acted in good faith and in a manner believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best  interests of Bancorp and,  with respect to a criminal  action,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

         Massachusetts law permits institutions to indemnify directors, officers
and employees or agents, as provided in (i) the Charter, (ii) a bylaw adopted by
stockholders  or (iii) a vote adopted by the holders of a majority of the shares
of stock  entitled  to vote on the  election  of  directors.  Falmouth's  Bylaws
include a provision  indemnifying  directors  and  officers of the Bank  against
expenses  arising  out of  litigation  or  other  proceedings  relating  to such
person's activities as a director or officer of the Bank.

         Bancorp's  Certificate of Incorporation  defines in greater detail than
the  Massachusetts  banking  law the  circumstances  under which a person may be
entitled to indemnification and the procedures for obtaining

                                      -38-

<PAGE>

indemnification  and for  resolving  disputes  over  indemnification.  Under the
Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, as amended  ("FDIA"),  both Falmouth and Bancorp
would  be  prohibited  from  paying  any  indemnification  with  respect  to any
liability  or legal  expense  incurred  by a director,  officer,  or employee as
result of an action or proceeding  by a federal  banking  agency  resulting in a
civil money penalty or certain other remedies against such person.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers or persons  controlling  Bancorp
pursuant  to the  forgoing  provisions,  Bancorp has been  informed  that in the
opinion of the  Commission,  such  indemnification  is against  public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

         Under  Massachusetts  law, a stockholder of a  Massachusetts  chartered
co-operative  bank, such as the Bank, which engages in a merger or consolidation
has the  right to demand  from such  co-operative  bank  payment  of the fair or
appraised  value  of his or her  stock  in the  co-operative  bank,  subject  to
specified procedural  requirements.  The Massachusetts  regulations  governing a
stockholder's appraisal rights are attached hereto as Appendix D.

         After  the  Reorganization,  the  rights  of  appraisal  of  dissenting
stockholders  will be governed by the DGCL.  The DGCL provides  that  dissenting
stockholders  have  appraisal  rights in certain  instances.  However,  the DGCL
generally does not confer appraisal  rights if a corporation's  stock is held of
record  by more  than  2,000  stockholders,  or if it is  listed  on a  national
securities  exchange or listed on the Nasdaq  National  Market System,  provided
that  stockholders  receive only certain forms of  consideration in exchange for
their shares of stock.

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         The Bank's Bylaws provide that special  meetings of the stockholders of
the Bank may be  called  by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President,  or a
majority of the Board of Directors.  The Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
and  Bylaws  contain  a  provision   pursuant  to  which  special   meetings  of
stockholders  of the Company may only be called by the  Chairman,  the President
and Chief Executive Officer,  or by resolution of at least  three-fourths of the
Directors then in office.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         General.  The principal  purpose of any  anti-takeover  provision is to
protect the interests of a corporation  and its  stockholders  in the event of a
sudden  takeover  attempt.  Such  provisions  are  intended to require a hostile
purchaser to deal fairly with stockholders and to give a corporation's  board of
directors a better opportunity to analyze prospective business  combinations and
tender  offers,  evaluate  alternatives,  and make  careful  recommendations  to
stockholders. Such provisions could have the effect of making more difficult, or
discourage,  a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or assumption of control and
change of incumbent management,  even when a majority of stockholders  considers
such a course to be in its best  interests.  However,  the Board of Directors of
the Bank and  Bancorp  believes  that the  disadvantages  of  discouraging  such
actions are outweighed by the best interests of the  stockholders as a whole and
by the  benefits  obtained by  protecting  the ability of the Board to negotiate
with a  proponent  of an  unfriendly  or  unsolicited  proposal  to take over or
restructure the Bank or Bancorp.

         The  following  discussion  focuses on certain  provisions of Bancorp's
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and, where applicable, the corresponding
provisions of Falmouth's  Charter and Bylaws that could be relevant to change in
control situations and that may affect the rights of stockholders.

         Capital  Stock.  Falmouth's  Charter  authorizes  the issuance of up to
2,500,000  shares of common stock and 500,000 shares of serial  preferred  stock
and Bancorp's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance

                                      -39-

<PAGE>



of up to 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 500,000 shares of preferred stock.
Although neither Falmouth nor Bancorp has any  arrangements,  understandings  or
plans at the present time for the issuance or use of additional shares of common
stock or any of the shares of authorized  preferred  stock,  the availability of
such shares will provide  Falmouth or Bancorp with  flexibility  in  structuring
financings and acquisitions and meeting other corporate needs that may arise.

         As permitted by the DGCL,  Bancorp's  Board of Directors  may,  without
stockholder  approval,  issue  additional  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock or
authorize  the  issuance  of  a  series  of  preferred  stock  with  rights  and
preferences  that  could  impede  the  completion  of  a  transaction  to  which
management is opposed.  Bancorp's  ability to issue additional  capital stock is
subject to applicable  law,  including  the duty of directors to exercise  their
business judgment in the best interests of Bancorp and its stockholders.

         Board of Directors.  Falmouth's  Charter  provides that the  authorized
number of directors shall not be fewer than seven nor more than twenty-five,  as
fixed in Falmouth's  Bylaws.  Bancorp's  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
also provide  that the  authorized  number of directors  shall not be fewer than
seven nor more than twenty-five, with the exact number to be fixed by resolution
of Bancorp's Board of Directors. The Board of Bancorp will initially be composed
of eleven directors,  the same number of directors currently on Falmouth's Board
of  Directors.  See  "Management  of Bancorp."  Falmouth's  Bylaws and Bancorp's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  provide for a board of  directors  that is to be
divided  into  three  classes,  which  shall be as  nearly  equal in  number  as
possible. The power to fill vacancies for each of Falmouth and Bancorp is vested
in their respective  Boards of Directors.  The overall effect of such provisions
may be to  prevent a person or entity  from  immediately  acquiring  control  of
Falmouth  or Bancorp  through an  increase  in the number of  directors  and the
election  of such person or of such  person's or entity's  nominees to fill such
newly created vacancies.

         The DGCL provides that a director  serving on a classified board may be
removed by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon, but
only for cause, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.  The
Bylaws of Falmouth provide that any director may be removed only for cause, at a
special  meeting of  stockholders  by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the
shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  Bancorp's Certificate
of  Incorporation  provides that any director may be removed only for cause by a
vote of the holders of 80% of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of
directors.  The  classified  Board of Directors,  the enhanced  requirement  for
removal of directors of Bancorp and the related provisions discussed above could
make it more  difficult  for  stockholders  to force an immediate  change in the
composition  of a majority  of the  composition  of a  majority  of the Board of
Directors.

         Action Without a Stockholder Meeting.  Falmouth's Bylaws do not provide
for  action  by  stockholders  without  a  meeting.   Bancorp's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  affirmatively  prohibits stockholder action by written consent in
lieu of an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

         Notice of Director  Nominations and Stockholder  Proposals.  The Bank's
Bylaws  provide  that  stockholders  may  submit  nominations  for  election  of
directors  to the Clerk of the Bank at least  five days prior to the date of the
annual meeting of Stockholders but do not provide for stockholder  submission of
other new business.

         Bancorp's Bylaws provide that all nominations for election to the Board
of Directors and  proposals  for any new business,  other than those made by the
Chairman  of  the  Board,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  or by
resolution of at least  three-fourths of the directors then in office,  shall be
made by a stockholder who has complied with the written notice provisions in the
Bylaws, which generally provide for 60 days notice to the Secretary of Bancorp.

         The Bylaw procedures  regarding  stockholder  proposals and nominations
are intended to provide the Board of  Directors of Bancorp with the  information
deemed  necessary to evaluate a  stockholder  proposal or  nomination  and other
relevant information,  such as existing stockholder support, as well as the time
necessary to consider and evaluate such information in advance of a meeting. The
procedures will give incumbent

                                      -40-

<PAGE>



directors advance notice of a business proposal or nomination.  This may make it
easier for incumbent  directors to defeat a stockholder  proposal or nomination,
even when certain  stockholders  may view such  proposal or nomination as in the
best interests of the Company or its stockholders.

         Stockholder  Vote Required to Approve  Certain  Business  Combinations.
Under   the   Bank's   Charter,   business   combinations,   such  as   mergers,
consolidations,  purchases  and sales of  substantially  all of the assets of an
institution,   require  the  approval  of  the  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the
outstanding voting stock entitled to vote thereon.  This provision is comparable
to the provision in Bancorp's Certificate of Incorporation discussed below.

         Bancorp's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  requires the approval of the
holders of at least 80% of the  Company's  outstanding  shares of voting  stock,
together  with the  affirmative  vote of the  Company's  outstanding  shares not
beneficially  owned by an Interested  Stockholder  (as defined below) to approve
certain "Business  Combinations," as defined therein, and related  transactions.
Under Delaware law,  absent this  provision,  Business  Combinations,  including
mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of a
corporation must, subject to certain exceptions,  be approved by the vote of the
holders  of only a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the
Company  and any  other  affected  class of  stock.  Under  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  at least 80% approval of  stockholders is required in connection
with any  transaction  involving an Interested  Stockholder  except (i) in cases
where the  proposed  transaction  has been  approved in advance by a majority of
those members of the Company's Board of Directors who are unaffiliated  with the
Interested  Stockholder and were directors prior to the time when the Interested
Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder or (ii) if the proposed transaction
meets  certain  conditions  set forth  therein  which are designed to afford the
stockholders a fair price in consideration  for their shares in which case, if a
stockholder  vote is  required,  approval of only a majority of the  outstanding
shares of voting stock would be sufficient. The term "Interested Stockholder" is
defined to include any  individual,  corporation,  partnership  or other  entity
(other than the Company or its subsidiary)  which owns beneficially or controls,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of
the Company.  This provision of the Certificate of Incorporation  applies to any
"Business   Combination,"  which  is  defined  to  include  (i)  any  merger  or
consolidation  of the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  with  or  into  any
Interested   Stockholder  or  Affiliate  (as  defined  in  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation) of an Interested  Stockholder;  (ii) any sale,  lease,  exchange,
mortgage,  pledge,  transfer,  or other  disposition  to or with any  Interested
Stockholder  or Affiliate of 5% or more of the assets of the Company or combined
assets of the Company and its subsidiary;  (iii) the issuance or transfer to any
Interested  Stockholder  or its Affiliate by the Company (or any  subsidiary) of
any  securities  of  the  Company  other  than  on  a  pro  rata  basis  to  all
stockholders;  (iv) the adoption of any plan for the  liquidation or dissolution
of the  Company  proposed  by or on  behalf  of any  Interested  Stockholder  or
Affiliate thereof; and (v) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization,
merger or  consolidation  of the Company which has the effect of increasing  the
proportionate  share of  Common  Stock or any  class of  equity  or  convertible
securities  of  the  Company  owned  directly  or  indirectly  by an  Interested
Stockholder or Affiliate thereof.

         Evaluation of Offers.  The Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company
provides that the Board of Directors of the Company,  when  evaluating any offer
to the Company from another party to (i) make a tender or exchange offer for any
equity  security of the  Company,  (ii) merge or  consolidate  the Company  with
another  corporation  or entity or (iii)  purchase or  otherwise  acquire all or
substantially  all  of  the  properties  and  assets  of the  Company,  may,  in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining  what is in the best
interest  of  the  Company  and  the  stockholders  of  the  Company,  give  due
consideration to the extent permitted by law to all relevant factors, including,
without limitation,  the financial and managerial resources and future prospects
of the other party,  the possible effects on the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries  and on the  employees,  customers,  suppliers and creditors of the
Company  and its  subsidiaries,  the  effects  on the  communities  in which the
Company's and its  subsidiaries'  facilities  are located and the commitment and
ability of the other  party to remain  faithful  to the  special  mission of the
Company and its  subsidiaries  in the  communities  in which the Company and its
subsidiaries  are located in the  tradition  begun by the Bank.  By having these
standards in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company,  the Board of
Directors  may be in a stronger  position  to oppose such a  transaction  if the
Board concludes that the transaction would not be in

                                      -41-

<PAGE>



the best  interest of the Company,  even if the price  offered is  significantly
greater  than the then market price of any equity  security of the Company.  The
Bank's Charter includes a comparable provision.

         Amendment  of  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws.  Falmouth's
Charter provides that amendments of the Charter must be proposed by the Board of
Directors  and  approved  by the  holders  of a majority  of the total  votes of
stockholders  entitled  to vote  thereon at a meeting.  Falmouth's  Charter  and
Bylaws  permit the  amendment of the Bylaws by a vote of two-thirds of the Board
of  Directors  or by holders of  two-thirds  of the total votes of  stockholders
present in person or by proxy at a meeting and entitled to vote thereon.

         Bancorp's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  generally  provides that, in
addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required by  applicable  law and any voting
rights granted to or held by holders of any series of Bancorp  Preferred  Stock,
any alteration,  amendment, repeal or rescission (collectively, any "Change") of
any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority
of the  directors of Bancorp then in office and by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of a majority (or such greater  proportion  as may otherwise be required
pursuant to any specific  provision of the Certificate of  Incorporation) of the
total  votes  eligible to be cast by the  holders of all  outstanding  shares of
Bancorp Common Stock entitled to vote. In addition to the above  requirement,  a
Change to certain  provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation  must also be
approved  either (i) by not less than a  majority  of the  authorized  number of
directors and, if one or more Interested  Stockholders exist, by not less than a
majority of the  Disinterested  Directors or (ii) by the affirmative vote of the
holders of not less than  two-thirds  of the total votes  eligible to be cast by
the holders of all outstanding  shares of the capital stock of Bancorp  entitled
to vote thereon and, if the Change is proposed by or on behalf of an  Interested
Stockholder  or a director who is an  Affiliate  or  Associate of an  Interested
Stockholder,  by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority
of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast by holders of all  outstanding  shares
entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested  Stockholder or
an Affiliate  or  Associate  thereof.  Amendment  of the  provision  relating to
business  combinations  must also be  approved  by either (i) a majority  of the
Disinterested  Directors,  or (ii) the affirmative  vote of not less than eighty
percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of
all outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock,  voting together as a single class,
together with the  affirmative  vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the
total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by the  holders of all  outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock not beneficially owned by any Interested  Stockholder
or  Affiliate  or  Associate  thereof,   voting  together  as  a  single  class.
Capitalized   terms  are  as  defined  in  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation.
Furthermore, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that provisions
of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws that contain supermajority voting
requirements may not be altered,  amended,  repealed or rescinded without a vote
of the Board or holders of capital  stock  entitled to vote  thereon that is not
less  than  the  supermajority   specified  in  such  provision.   Absent  these
provisions,  the DGCL provides that a corporation's certificate of incorporation
and  bylaws may be amended  by the  holders of a majority  of the  corporation's
outstanding  capital stock. The Certificate of Incorporation  also provides that
the Board of Directors is authorized to make,  alter,  amend,  rescind or repeal
any of the Company's Bylaws in accordance with the terms thereof,  regardless of
whether the Bylaw was  adopted  initially  by the  stockholders.  However,  this
authorization  neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their
power to adopt,  amend,  rescind  or  repeal  any  Bylaw  under the DGCL.  These
provisions  could  have the  effect  of  discouraging  a  tender  offer or other
takeover  attempt where the ability to make  fundamental  changes  through Bylaw
amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

         The provisions of Bancorp's  Certificate of Incorporation  limiting the
liability  of  directors,  as  described  above,  may not be repealed or amended
without the  affirmative  vote of the holders of 80% of the total votes eligible
to be cast by the holders of all of the outstanding  shares of the capital stock
of Bancorp entitled to vote thereon.

         Section 203 of Delaware  General  Corporate  Law. The State of Delaware
has  a  statute  designed  to  provide  Delaware  corporations  with  additional
protection against hostile takeovers. The takeover statute, which is codified in
Section 203 of the DGCL  ("Section  203"),  is intended  to  discourage  certain
takeover  practices by impeding  the ability of a hostile  acquiror to engage in
certain transactions with the target company.


                                      -42-

<PAGE>



         In general,  Section 203 provides that a "Person" (as defined  therein)
who owns 15% or more of the outstanding  voting stock of a Delaware  corporation
(a "Section 203  Stockholder")  may not  consummate  a merger or other  business
combination  transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year
period  following the date such "Person" became a Section 203  Stockholder.  The
term  "business  combination"  is  defined  broadly  to  cover a wide  range  of
corporate transactions  including mergers, sales of assets,  issuances of stock,
transactions  with  subsidiaries and the receipt of  disproportionate  financial
benefits.

         The statute exempts the following transactions from the requirements of
Section 203: (i) any business  combination if, prior to the date a person became
Section 203  Stockholder,  the Board of Directors  approved  either the business
combination  or the  transaction  which  resulted  in the  stockholder  becoming
Section 203 Stockholder;  (ii) any business  combination  involving a person who
acquired at least 85% of the  outstanding  voting  stock in the  transaction  in
which he became Section 203 Stockholder,  with the number of shares  outstanding
calculated  without regard to those shares owned by the corporation's  directors
who are also officers and by certain  employee  stock plans;  (iii) any business
combination  with  Section  203  Stockholder  that is  approved  by the Board of
Directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding  voting stock not owned by
the Section 203  Stockholder;  and (iv) certain business  combinations  that are
proposed  after the  corporation  had received other  acquisition  proposals and
which are approved or not opposed by a majority of certain continuing members of
the Board of Directors.  A corporation may exempt itself from the requirement of
the statute by adopting an  amendment to its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or
Bylaws  electing  not to be governed by Section  203. At the present  time,  the
Board of Directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.

         Additional Change in Control  Regulation.  The acquisition of more than
ten  percent  (10%)  of  either  Bancorp  Common  Stock  or  Bank  Common  Stock
outstanding may, in certain  circumstances,  be subject to the provisions of the
Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (the "Change in Bank Control Act").  The FDIC
has also adopted a  regulation  pursuant to the Change in Bank Control Act which
generally  requires  persons  who at any time  intend to  acquire  control of an
FDIC-insured state-chartered non-member bank, including a converted co-operative
bank such as the Bank,  either directly or indirectly  through an acquisition of
control of Bancorp to provide 60 days prior written notice and certain financial
and other information to the FDIC. Control for the purpose of this Act exists in
situations  in  which  the  acquiring  party  has  voting  control  of at  least
twenty-five  percent  (25%) of any class of voting  stock or the power to direct
the  management  or  policies  of the  Bank  or  Bancorp.  However,  under  FDIC
regulations,  control is presumed to exist where the acquiring  party has voting
control of at least ten percent  (10%) of any class of voting  securities if (i)
the Bank or Bancorp has a class of voting  securities  which is registered under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (ii) the acquiring party would be the largest
holder  of a class of voting  shares of the Bank or  Bancorp.  The  statute  and
underlying  regulations  authorize the FDIC to disapprove a proposed acquisition
on certain specified grounds.  In some  circumstances,  similar filings with the
Commissioner may be required under the Massachusetts Change in Bank Control Act.

         Prior  approval of the FRB would be  required  for any  acquisition  of
control  of the Bank or  Bancorp  by any bank  holding  company  under  the Bank
Holding  Company Act ("BHCA")  and  approval by the Board of Bank  Incorporation
would be required  under  Massachusetts  law.  Control for  purposes of the BHCA
would be based on, among other things, a twenty-five  percent (25%) voting stock
test or on the ability of the holding company  otherwise to control the election
of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank or Bancorp.  As part of such
acquisition,  the acquiring  company  (unless  already so  registered)  would be
required to register as a bank holding company under the BHCA.

         The  Exchange  Act  requires  that  a  purchaser  of  any  class  of  a
corporation's  securities  registered  under the Exchange Act notify the SEC and
such  corporation  within  ten  days  after  its  purchases  exceed  5%  of  the
outstanding  shares of that class of  securities.  This notice must disclose the
background  and identity of the  purchaser,  the source and amount of funds used
for the  purchase,  the  number of  shares  owned  and,  if the  purpose  of the
transaction  is to  acquire  control  of the  corporation,  any  plans  to alter
materially the corporation's  business or corporate structure.  In addition, any
tender offer to acquire a corporation's securities is subject to the limitations
and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act.


                                      -43-
<PAGE>




                     TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The consummation of the  Reorganization  is conditioned,  in part, upon
receipt by Falmouth of an opinion of counsel to Falmouth to the effect that, for
federal  income  tax  purposes:  (1) no  gain  or loss  will  be  recognized  by
stockholders of Falmouth on the transfer of their shares of Bank Common Stock to
Bancorp solely in exchange for Bancorp Common Stock; (2) no gain or loss will be
recognized  by  Bancorp  upon its  receipt  of  shares of Bank  Common  Stock in
exchange for shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock;  (3) the  aggregate  basis of the
shares of Bancorp Common Stock to be received by each Falmouth  stockholder will
be the same as the aggregate  basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock exchanged
therefor;  and (4) the holding  period of Bancorp Common Stock to be received by
each Falmouth  stockholder will include the holding period of the shares of Bank
Common Stock exchanged therefor, provided that such stockholder held such shares
of Bank Common Stock as a capital asset on the Effective Date.

         John P.  Conroy,  P.C.,  has  opined,  subject to the  limitations  and
qualifications  in its opinion,  that the  Reorganization  will not be a taxable
transaction to Bancorp, Falmouth or Falmouth's stockholders (who do not elect to
exercise  dissenters'  rights) for Massachusetts  state income and corporate tax
purposes.

         Thacher   Proffitt  &  Wood,  the  Bank's   special   counsel  for  the
Reorganization,  will not  express an  opinion  as to whether or to what  extent
payments to stockholders who exercise dissenters' rights or payments by Falmouth
to Bancorp of an amount that  exceeds the current and  accumulated  earnings and
profits of Falmouth  will cause  Falmouth to have income.  In addition,  Thacher
Proffitt  & Wood will not  express  an  opinion  as to the tax  consequences  to
stockholders of exercising their  dissenters'  rights with respect to any shares
of Bank Common Stock.

         Each  stockholder  is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor as to
the  specific  consequences  of  the  Reorganization  to the  stockholder  under
federal, state and any other applicable laws.


                   ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The  Reorganization  is  expected to be  characterized  as, and treated
similarly to, a "pooling of interests"  (rather than a "purchase") for financial
reporting  and related  purposes,  with the result that the accounts of Falmouth
and Bancorp will be combined.


                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         Although  there is an  established  market for the Bank's common stock,
which currently is quoted on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "FCB,"
Bancorp,  as a newly  formed  corporation,  has never issued  capital  stock and
consequently  there is no  established  market for Bancorp  Common Stock.  It is
expected  that  Bancorp  Common  Stock will be at least as liquid as Bank Common
Stock since the number of outstanding  shares of Bancorp Common Stock  following
the Reorganization will match the number of shares of Bank Common Stock prior to
the Reorganization. However, there can be no assurance that an active and liquid
trading market for Bancorp Common Stock will be maintained.

         At November 1, 1996,  there were 1,454,750  shares of Bank Common Stock
outstanding  which were held of record by approximately  900  stockholders,  not
including  persons or entities  who hold the stock in nominee or  "street"  name
through various  brokerage  firms.  Since March 28, 1996, the date of the Bank's
Conversion,  the Bank Common  Stock has traded on the  American  Stock  Exchange
under the symbol  "FCB." The  following  table  shows the high and low per share
sales prices of the Bank Common Stock as reported on the American Stock Exchange
since the Conversion.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Price Range
                                                                    --------------------------------------
                          Quarter Ended                                  High                  Low
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------        ----                  ---
<S>                                                                <C>                    <C>  
Fiscal year ended September 30, 1996:
     Second Quarter ended March 31, 1996.........................   $   11 1/8            $   10 5/8
     Third Quarter ended June 30, 1996...........................       11 5/8                10 1/8
     Fourth Quarter ended September 30, 1996.....................       12 7/8                10 1/4

Fiscal year ending September 30, 1997:
     First Quarter (through November 21, 1996)...................       14 7/8                12 1/2

</TABLE>


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Board of Directors  of Bancorp  will have the  authority to declare
dividends  on  Bancorp  Common  Stock,   subject  to  statutory  and  regulatory
requirements.  The Board of  Directors  plans to  continue  the  Bank's  current
dividend  policy  for  the  Bancorp  Common  Stock;  however,  there  can  be no
assurances  that this  dividend  policy  will  continue  in the  future.  Future
declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of
factors,  including investment  opportunities  available to Bancorp or Falmouth,
capital requirements,  regulatory limitations,  Bancorp's and Falmouth's results
of operations, financial and tax considerations and general economic conditions.
After consummation of the Reorganization, management of the Bank expects to make
a capital  contribution  to Bancorp by  transferring  investment  securities  to
Bancorp,  which may be used by Bancorp after the  Reorganization to, among other
things, fund cash dividends that may be declared.

         Since   the   Conversion   and   as  of  the   date   of   this   Proxy
Statement-Prospectus,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Falmouth  has  declared  a
quarterly  cash  dividend  of $0.05 per share of Bank Common  Stock,  payable on
December  15, 1996 to  stockholders  of record on  December  2, 1996.  There are
significant  regulatory  limitations  on the  Bank's  ability  to pay  dividends
depending on its capital structure and the overall health of the institution. An
insured depository institution may not make a capital distribution if, following
such distribution,  the institution will be  "undercapitalized"  as that term is
defined for purposes of the prompt  corrective  action provisions of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA"). Pursuant to the Bank's
formal dividend policy, the Board of Directors has determined that the Bank will
not pay  dividends in excess of current  earnings for the three years  following
the  Conversion,  and will not pay dividends from borrowed funds or nonrecurring
gains.  As a condition  to the  approval of the  Conversion,  any change in this
policy to permit the payment of  dividends in excess of current  earnings  would
require the prior approval of the Commissioner.

         The Bank is also prohibited from paying any dividend which would reduce
the Bank's  total  regulatory  capital  below the amount then  required  for the
liquidation  account  established for the benefit of the Bank's Eligible Account
Holders at the time of the Conversion.

         Unlike the Bank, Bancorp is not subject to Division of Banks regulatory
restrictions  on the payment of  dividends  to its  stockholders,  although  the
source of such  dividends  could be, in part,  dependent upon dividends from the
Bank in addition to the net proceeds  retained by Bancorp and earnings  thereon.
Bancorp is subject to the  requirements  of Delaware law, which  generally limit
dividends  to an amount  equal to the excess of the net  assets of Bancorp  (the
amount by which  total  assets  exceed  total  liabilities)  over its  statutory
capital,  or if there is no such  excess,  to its net  profits  for the  current
and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.



                                      -45-

<PAGE>



                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

         The  following  table  presents  the  capitalization  of Falmouth as of
September 30, 1996 and the pro forma consolidated  capitalization of Bancorp and
its subsidiary,  Falmouth,  as of September 30, 1996, as adjusted to give effect
to the Reorganization as described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      Falmouth                      Bancorp and Subsidiary
                                                             ---------------------------       --------------------------------
                                                                        (In thousands, except share amounts)
                                                                        ------------------------------------

                                                              Shares            Amount             Shares             Amount
                                                              ------            ------             ------             ------

<S>                                                          <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>    
Stockholders' equity:

Preferred  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share for  
Bancorp,  $0.10 per share for Falmouth:
         Authorized..................................          500,000                --            500,000             --
         Issued and outstanding......................               --                --                 --             --

Common  stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share  for  
Bancorp,  $0.10  per share for Falmouth:
         Authorized..................................        2,500,000                --          5,000,000              -- 
         Issued and outstanding......................        1,454,750          $    145          1,454,750         $    15

Unearned ESOP shares.................................         (82,901)              (829)           (82,901)            (829)

Additional paid-in capital ..........................                             13,598                              13,598

Retained earnings (deficit)..........................                              8,856                               8,856

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale
net of tax...........................................                                144                                 144
                                                                                     ---                                 ---

Total stockholders' equity...........................                            $21,914                            $ 21,784
                                                                                 =======                            ========

</TABLE>




                               BUSINESS OF BANCORP

GENERAL

         Bancorp is a business corporation organized under the laws of the State
of Delaware on November 25, 1996. The only office of Bancorp,  and its principal
place of business,  is located at the  administrative  offices of Falmouth at 20
Davis Straits,  Falmouth,  Massachusetts  02540.  Bancorp's  telephone number is
(508) 548-3500.

         Bancorp was organized  for the purpose of becoming the holding  company
of  Falmouth.  On the  Effective  Date,  Falmouth  will  become  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  Bancorp,  which  thereby  will become a bank  company,  and each
stockholder  of Falmouth will,  subject to the exercise of  dissenters'  rights,
become a stockholder of Bancorp without any change in the number of shares owned
or in respective ownership percentages.

         Bancorp has not yet  undertaken any operating  business  activities and
does not  currently  propose  to do so. In the  future,  Bancorp  may  become an
operating company or acquire other co-operative banks,  commercial banks or bank
holding  companies,  or engage in or acquire such other activities or businesses
as may be permitted by applicable  law,  although  there are no present plans or
intentions to do so.

         After  consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Bank expects to make a
capital  contribution  to  Bancorp  by  transferring  investment  securities  to
Bancorp, which may be used to conduct the activities described in "Proposal 6 --
Formation of Holding Company -- Description of the Reorganization -- Reasons for
the

                                      -46-

<PAGE>



Reorganization," including funding stock repurchase programs, if implemented, or
cash dividends, if declared. See "Dividend Policy." There are no assurances that
the Bank will obtain regulatory  approval for the Reorganization or that, if the
Reorganization is consummated, Bancorp will conduct such activities.

PROPERTY

         Initially,  Bancorp  will  neither  own nor lease any real or  personal
property but will  utilize the  premises  and  property of Falmouth  without the
payment of any rental fees to Falmouth.

COMPETITION

         It is expected that for the near future the primary business of Bancorp
will be the ongoing business of Falmouth.  Therefore, the competitive conditions
to be faced by Bancorp will be the same as those faced by Falmouth. In addition,
many banks and  financial  institutions  have  formed,  or are in the process of
forming,  holding  companies.  It is likely that these  holding  companies  will
attempt  to  acquire  banks,   thrift   institutions  or  companies  engaged  in
bank-related activities.  Thus, Bancorp will face competition in undertaking any
such acquisitions and in operating subsequent to any such acquisitions.  Bancorp
has no present  plans or  intentions  to undertake  any such  acquisitions.  See
"Business of the Bank -- Competition."

EMPLOYEES

         At the  present  time,  Bancorp  does not intend to have any  employees
other than its  management.  See  "Management  of  Bancorp." It will utilize the
support  staff of Falmouth from time to time without the payment of any fees. If
Bancorp  acquires  other  financial  institutions  or  pursues  other  lines  of
business, it may at such time hire additional employees.

                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

GENERAL

         The  Bank  was  founded  in 1925 as a  Massachusetts  chartered  mutual
co-operative  bank  with  its  office  in  Falmouth,  Massachusetts.  The  Bank,
currently a  Massachusetts  chartered  stock  co-operative  bank,  completed its
conversion  to stock  form on March 28,  1996,  and issued  1,454,750  shares of
common  stock at $10.00  per  share.  The Bank's  deposits  have been  federally
insured  since  1986 and  currently  are  insured by the BIF of the FDIC and the
Share  Insurance  Fund of the  Co-operative  Central  Bank.  The Bank has been a
member of the  Co-operative  Central Bank since 1932 and a member of the Federal
Home  Loan Bank of Boston  since  1975.  The Bank is  subject  to  comprehensive
examination,  supervision, and regulation by the Commissioner of the Division of
Banks and the FDIC.

         The Bank serves its primary market area, the Massachusetts  communities
of Falmouth and Mashpee located in the Cape Cod region of Massachusetts, through
its office in Falmouth,  Massachusetts.  In February,  1997, the Bank expects to
open a new branch  located in East  Falmouth.  The Bank  competes  with  fifteen
branches of financial  institutions  (including  national banks,  savings banks,
savings and loans and credit unions) which are headquartered  outside its market
area. The Bank is the only independent  financial  institution  headquartered in
Falmouth.

         The  business  of the Bank  primarily  consists of  attracting  savings
deposits from the general public and investing such deposits in loans secured by
single-family  residential  real  estate and  investment  securities,  including
United States  Government and Agency securities and  interest-earning  deposits.
Falmouth also makes  commercial real estate loans and consumer loans,  including
passbook  loans,  automobile,  home equity and other  consumer  loans.  Falmouth
originates  both  fixed-rate  and  adjustable-rate   loans  and  emphasizes  the
origination of residential  real estate mortgage loans with adjustable  interest
rates,  and makes other  investments  which allow Falmouth to more closely match
the interest rate and maturities of its assets and liabilities.


                                      -47-

<PAGE>



         Falmouth's  business  strategy  is to  operate  as a  well-capitalized,
profitable and independent  community bank dedicated to financing home ownership
and consumer and small business needs in its market area and to provide  quality
service  to its  customers.  The Bank has  implemented  this  strategy  by:  (i)
monitoring  closely the needs of customers and providing  quality service;  (ii)
emphasizing  consumer-oriented banking by originating residential mortgage loans
and  consumer  loans,  and by offering  checking  accounts  and other  financial
services and  products;  (iii)  focusing on  expanding  the volume of the Bank's
existing lending  activities to produce moderate increases in loan originations;
(iv) maintaining high asset quality through conservative underwriting standards;
(v) maintaining capital in excess of regulatory requirements; and (vi) producing
stable earnings.

MARKET AREA

         Falmouth's  office is  located  in  Falmouth,  Massachusetts.  The Bank
considers its primary market area to be the  communities of Falmouth and Mashpee
in Barnstable  County,  Massachusetts.  The year-round  population of Barnstable
County is 186,605  (based on the 1990  Census).  This  county is in the Cape Cod
region of Massachusetts,  approximately 72 miles south of Boston, Massachusetts.
The majority of the Bank's  lending has been in Falmouth  and Mashpee.  The Cape
Cod region is a major recreational  resort/retirement  community,  with seasonal
tourism being the most  significant  economic  activity.  Falmouth's  year-round
population  of  approximately   27,000  increases  to  a  summer  population  of
approximately  68,000.  Visitors find accommodations in the many motels,  hotels
and inns in the area.  Falmouth  has  approximately  44 miles of ocean and lakes
shoreline.  There are nine  harbors and inlets,  some with docking and most with
mooring facilities.  Two major harbors offer access, via ferry, to the island of
Martha's  Vineyard  with  service to the island of  Nantucket  during the summer
months from Woods Hole. As well as swimming, boating, fishing and other forms of
water recreation, Falmouth also has four public and two private golf courses.

         The major  employers in the Falmouth area are Woods Hole  Oceanographic
Institute,  with  approximately  800  employees,  Falmouth  Hospital,  with  750
employees and Woods Hole, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket  Steamship  Authority,
with 500 employees. Other major employers include Marine Biological Laboratories
and ORE International, Inc. The housing vacancy rate in Falmouth, which is where
a majority of the Bank's loans are located,  was approximately  3.8% at December
31, 1994.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

         General.  Falmouth originates loans entirely through its office located
in Falmouth,  Massachusetts and through originations made by the Bank's two loan
originators.  The principal  lending  activity of the Bank is the origination of
conventional  mortgage  loans  for the  purpose  of  purchasing  or  refinancing
owner-occupied,  one- to  four-family  residential  properties in its designated
community  reinvestment area of the Massachusetts towns of Falmouth and Mashpee.
To a lesser  extent,  the Bank also  originates  consumer  loans  including home
equity and passbook loans and  commercial  loans.  The Bank also  originates and
retains in its loan portfolio  adjustable-rate  loans and fixed-rate  loans with
maturities  of up to 15 years.  Historically,  fixed-rate  loans  with  terms in
excess of 15 years were sold in the secondary  market.  Beginning in March 1995,
the Bank has begun to retain  its  fixed-rate  loans  with terms in excess of 15
years in the  portfolio.  The Bank is a  qualified  seller/servicer  for Federal
National Mortgage  Corporation  ("FNMA") and was servicing $444,000 in loans for
FNMA at September  30,  1996.  The Bank's five  largest  loans to one  borrower,
outstanding as of September 30, 1996, ranged from $255,000 to $1.2 million.

         Loan Portfolio.  The following table presents selected data relating to
the  composition  of  Falmouth's  loan  portfolio  by type of loan on the  dates
indicated.

                                      -48-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                At September 30,
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1996                    1995                     1994                      1993               
                                      ----                    ----                     ----                      ----               
                               Amount       Percent      Amount    Percent     Amount       Percent       Amount       Percent      
                               ------       -------      ------    -------     ------       -------       ------       -------      
                                                                                                (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>        
Residential mortgage loans...   $35,671      86.02%    $26,094      78.66%    $22,029          78.33%     $22,923         78.05%    

Commercial real estate loans.     2,670       6.45       3,538      10.66       3,111          11.06        2,886          9.83     

Consumer loans...............       771       1.86         819       2.47         832           2.96        1,104          3.76     

Home equity loans............     1,683       4.06       1,890       5.70       2,150           7.65        2,456          8.36     

Commercial loans.............       665       1.61         830       2.51          --             --           --            --     
                                 ------    ------       ------    ------       ------        ------        ------       ------      

   Total loans...............    41,460    100.00%      33,171    100.00%      28,122        100.00%       29,369       100.00%     



Less:

   Deferred loan origination
     fees....................       143                    121                    101                          96                   

   Unadvanced principal......       582                    102                    127                          40                   

   Allowance for possible
     loan losses.............       498                    445                    310                         277                   
                                -------                -------                -------                     -------                   

   Loans, net................   $40,237                $32,503                $27,584                     $28,956                   
                                =======                =======                =======                     =======                   

</TABLE>

                                  (CONTINUED)



                                                 At April 30,
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                       1993                        1992
                                       ----                        ----
                               Amount       Percent         Amount       Percent
                               ------       -------         ------       -------
                                             (Dollars in thousands)

Residential mortgage loans... $22,829        76.52%        $25,356        77.27%

Commercial real estate loans.   3,023        10.13           3,260         9.94

Consumer loans...............   1,484         4.97           1,746         5.32

Home equity loans............   2,500         8.38           2,450         7.47

Commercial loans.............      --           --              --           --
                               ------      ------           ------      ------ 

   Total loans...............  29,836      100.00%          32,812      100.00%



Less:

   Deferred loan origination
     fees....................      93                           94

   Unadvanced principal......      60                           83

   Allowance for possible
     loan losses.............     277                          255
                              -------                      -------

   Loans, net................ $29,406                      $32,380
                              =======                      =======


                                      -49-

<PAGE>

         One- to  Four-Family  Residential  Real  Estate  Lending.  The  primary
emphasis of  Falmouth's  lending  activity is the  origination  of  conventional
mortgage  loans  on  one-  to  four-family   residential  dwellings  located  in
Falmouth's  primary  market  area.  As of September  30, 1996,  loans on one- to
four-family  residential  properties  accounted  for 86.02% of  Falmouth's  loan
portfolio.

         Falmouth's  mortgage loan originations are for terms of up to 30 years,
amortized  on a monthly  basis  with  interest  and  principal  due each  month.
Residential real estate loans often remain outstanding for significantly shorter
periods than their  contractual terms as borrowers may refinance or prepay loans
at their  option,  without  penalty.  Conventional  residential  mortgage  loans
granted by Falmouth  customarily  contain  "due-on-sale"  clauses  which  permit
Falmouth to accelerate the  indebtedness  of the loan upon transfer of ownership
of the mortgaged property.

         Falmouth makes  conventional  mortgage loans and Falmouth uses standard
FNMA documents, to allow for the sale of loans in the secondary mortgage market.
Falmouth's lending policies generally limit the maximum  loan-to-value  ratio on
mortgage loans secured by owner-occupied  properties to 95% of the lesser of the
appraised  value or purchase  price of the  property,  with the  condition  that
private  mortgage  insurance is required on loans with a loan-to-value  ratio in
excess of 80%.

         Falmouth,  since the early 1980s, has offered adjustable-rate  mortgage
loans with terms of up to 30 years.  Adjustable-rate  loans  offered by Falmouth
include loans which  reprice every one,  three and five years and provide for an
interest rate which is based on the interest rate paid on United States Treasury
securities of a corresponding  term, plus a margin of 2.75%.  Falmouth currently
offers  adjustable-rate loans with initial rates below those which would prevail
under the foregoing computations,  based upon the Bank's determination of market
factors and competitive rates for adjustable-rate  loans in its market area. For
adjustable-rate  loans,  borrowers  are  qualified  at the initial  rate plus an
anticipated upward adjustment of 200 basis points.

         Falmouth   retains  all   adjustable-rate   mortgages  it   originates.
Falmouth's  adjustable-rate  mortgages include caps on increases or decreases of
2% per year,  and 6% over the life of the loan (3% per  adjustment,  and 5% over
the life of the loan for  three-year  adjustable-rate  loans).  The retention of
adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  in  Falmouth's  loan  portfolio  helps  reduce
Falmouth's  exposure  to  increases  in  interest  rates.  However,   there  are
unquantifiable  credit risks  resulting  from potential  increased  costs to the
borrower as a result of  repricing  of  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans.  It is
possible that during periods of rising  interest  rates,  the risk of default on
adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans may  increase due to the upward  adjustment  of
interest cost to the borrower.

         During the year ended  September  30, 1996,  Falmouth  originated  $6.5
million  in  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  and $6.6  million  in  fixed-rate
mortgage loans.  Approximately 13.3% of all loan originations during fiscal 1996
were  refinancings of loans already in Falmouth's  loan portfolio.  At September
30, 1996,  Falmouth's loan portfolio  included $20.8 million in  adjustable-rate
one- to four-family  residential  mortgage  loans or 50.18% of Falmouth's  total
loan portfolio,  and $14.9 million in fixed-rate one- to four-family residential
mortgage loans, or 35.86% of Falmouth's total loan portfolio.

         The Bank engages in a limited amount of  construction  lending  usually
for   the    construction    of    single    family    residences.    Most   are
construction/permanent  loans  structured  to become  permanent  loans  upon the
completion of construction. All construction loans are secured by first liens on
the  property.  Loan  proceeds are  disbursed  as  construction  progresses  and
inspections warrant.  Loans involving  construction  financing present a greater
risk than loans for the purchase of existing homes,  since collateral values and
construction  costs can only be estimated at the time the loan is approved.  Due
to the small amount of construction  loans in the Bank's portfolio,  the risk in
this area is limited.

         Commercial  Real  Estate  Loans.  At  September  30,  1996,  the Bank's
commercial  real estate loan  portfolio  consisted  of 22 loans,  totaling  $2.7
million,  or 6.45% of total loans.  The Bank's largest loan is a commercial loan
with an  outstanding  balance of $795,000 at  September  30, 1996  secured by an
office complex located in Falmouth, Massachusetts.

                                      -50-

<PAGE>

         Commercial real estate lending entails  additional  risks compared with
one- to four-family  residential  lending.  For example,  commercial real estate
loans  typically  involve large loan  balances to single  borrowers or groups of
related  borrowers  and the  payment  experience  on  such  loans  is  typically
dependent  on the  successful  operation  of a real  estate  project  and/or the
collateral  value of the commercial  real estate securing the loan. At September
30, 1996, all of the Bank's commercial real estate loans were performing.

         Home Equity Loans. Falmouth also originates home equity loans which are
loans  secured  by  available  equity  based on the  appraised  value of one- to
four-family residential property. If the Bank currently holds the first mortgage
on the property  securing the loan, home equity loans will be made for up to 80%
of the tax assessed or appraised  value of the property  (less the amount of the
first mortgage). If the Bank does not hold the first mortgage, home equity loans
are limited to 70% of the  appraised  value of the property  (less the amount of
the first  mortgage).  Home equity loans have an adjustable  interest rate which
ranges from 0% to 1% above the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal
and have terms of ten years or less.  At September  30, 1996,  the Bank had $4.0
million in home equity loans with unused credit available to existing  borrowers
of $2.4 million.

         Consumer  Loans.  The Bank's  consumer loans consist of passbook loans,
and other consumer loans, including automobile loans. At September 30, 1996, the
consumer loan  portfolio  totaled  $771,000,  or 1.86% of total loans.  Consumer
loans  generally  are  offered  for terms of up to five years at fixed  interest
rates. Consumer loans do not exceed $15,000 individually.  Management expects to
continue  to promote  consumer  loans as part of its  strategy to provide a wide
range of personal financial services to its customers and as a means to increase
the yield on the Bank's loan portfolio.

         The Bank makes loans up to 90% of the amount of the depositor's savings
account  balance.  The  interest  rate on the loan is 4.0%  higher than the rate
being paid on regular savings accounts and 3% higher than the rate being paid on
certificates of deposit.  The Bank also makes other consumer loans, which may or
may not be secured. The terms of such loans usually depend on the collateral. At
September 30, 1996,  the total amount of passbook and other  consumer  loans was
$594,000.

         The Bank makes loans for  automobiles,  both new and used,  directly to
the borrowers.  The loans are generally  limited to 80% of the purchase price or
the retail value listed by the National  Automobile  Dealers Book.  The terms of
the loans are determined by the age and condition of the  collateral.  Collision
insurance  policies are required on all these loans.  At September 30, 1996, the
total amount of automobile loans was $113,000.

         Consumer loans  generally are originated at higher  interest rates than
residential  mortgage  loans  but also  tend to have a higher  credit  risk than
residential  loans  due to the  loan  being  unsecured  or  secured  by  rapidly
depreciable  assets.  Despite  these risks,  the Bank's  level of consumer  loan
delinquencies  generally has been low. No assurance can be given,  however, that
the Bank's delinquency rate on consumer loans will continue to remain low in the
future, or that the Bank will not incur future losses on these activities.

         Commercial  Loans.  In August 1994,  the Bank hired a  commercial  loan
officer with over 18 years of experience  in commercial  lending in the Falmouth
market for the purpose of  establishing  a  commercial  lending  program for the
Bank.  The Bank  intends  to pursue on a  selective  basis  the  origination  of
commercial  loans to meet the working capital and short-term  financing needs of
established  local  businesses.  Unless  otherwise  structured  as a mortgage on
commercial  real estate,  it is anticipated  that such loans would  generally be
limited to terms of five years or less.  Substantially all such commercial loans
would have  variable  interest  rates tied to the prime rate as  reported in the
Wall Street Journal.  Whenever possible, the Bank will collateralize these loans
with a lien on commercial real estate, or alternatively, with a lien on business
assets  and  equipment  and  the  personal  guarantees  from  principals  of the
borrower. Commercial loans are not expected to comprise a significant portion of
the Bank's loan portfolio in the foreseeable  future.  At September 30, 1996 the
Bank's commercial loan portfolio consisted of 23 loans, totaling $665,000.


                                      -51-

<PAGE>


         Commercial  business loans generally are considered to involve a higher
degree of risk than residential  mortgage loans because the collateral may be in
the form of intangible assets and/or inventory  subject to market  obsolescence.
Commercial  loans also may  involve  relatively  large loan  balances  to single
borrowers  or groups of  related  borrowers,  with the  repayment  of such loans
typically  dependent  on the  successful  operation  and  income  stream  of the
borrower.  Such risks can be affected  significantly by economic conditions.  In
addition,  commercial business lending generally requires  substantially greater
oversight efforts compared to residential real estate lending.

         Loan Commitments. The Bank makes a 60-day loan commitment to borrowers.
At September 30,1996, the Bank had $1.5 million in loan commitments outstanding,
all for the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

         Loan  Solicitation and Loan Fees. Loan  originations are derived from a
number of sources, including the Bank's existing customers, referrals, realtors,
advertising and "walk-in" customers at the Bank's office.

         In November  1994 and in February  1996,  the Bank added two  full-time
residential loan  originators who are compensated by salary and commission.  The
originators  meet with  applicants at their  convenience and location and are in
regular  contact  with real estate  brokers,  attorneys,  accountants,  building
contractors, developers and others in the Bank's local market area. The Bank has
recently  increased its  advertising in locally  distributed  newspapers and has
begun to utilize local radio advertising to increase market share of residential
loan originations.

         Upon  receipt of a loan  application  from a  prospective  borrower,  a
credit  report and  verifications  are  ordered to verify  specific  information
relating to the loan applicant's employment, income and credit standing. For all
mortgage loans, an appraisal of real estate intended to secure the proposed loan
is obtained  from an  independent  fee  appraiser  who has been  approved by the
Bank's Board of Directors. Fire and casualty insurance are required on all loans
secured by improved real estate.

         Insurance on other  collateral  is required  unless  waived by the loan
committee.  The  Board  of  Directors  of the Bank  has the  responsibility  and
authority for the general  supervision  over the loan policies of the Bank.  The
Board has established  written lending  policies for the Bank. All  applications
for  residential and commercial  real estate  mortgages and commercial  business
loans must be ratified by the Bank's Board of  Directors.  In addition,  certain
designated  officers  of the Bank have  limited  authority  to approve  consumer
loans.

         Interest  rates  charged  by  the  Bank  on  all  loans  are  primarily
determined  by  competitive  loan rates  offered in its market area and the Bank
generally  charges an origination  fee on new mortgage  loans.  The  origination
fees, net of direct  origination  costs,  are deferred and amortized into income
over the life of the loan.  At September  30, 1996,  the amount of deferred loan
origination fees was $143,000.

         Loan Maturities.  The following table sets forth certain information at
September 30, 1996  regarding the dollar amount of loans  maturing in the Bank's
portfolio  based on their  contractual  terms to maturity,  including  scheduled
repayments  of  principal.  Demand  loans,  loans  having no stated  schedule of
repayments  and no stated  maturity,  and  overdrafts are reported as due in one
year or less.

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    At September 30, 1996
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                       Real               Consumer             Total
                                                      Estate              and Other            Loans
                                                      ------              ---------            -----

                                                                        (In thousands)

Total loans scheduled to mature:

<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                <C>    
   In one year or less.........................      $ 1,548               $   703            $ 2,251

   After one year through five years...........        3,262                   441              3,703

   Beyond five years...........................       34,781                    --             34,781
                                                      ------               -------             ------

     Total.....................................      $39,591               $ 1,144            $40,735
                                                     =======               =======            =======

Loan balance by type scheduled to 
  mature after one year:

   Fixed.......................................      $14,163               $   441            $14,604

   Adjustable..................................       23,880                    --             23,880

</TABLE>

         Originations  and  Sales of  Loans.  The  following  table  sets  forth
information  with respect to originations  and sales of loans during the periods
indicated.

         Originations  for the year ended  September 30, 1996 have increased due
to the addition of a mortgage loan  originator and a senior  commercial  lending
officer. Loan sales were reduced during the same period as the Bank has begun to
retain  certain  fixed-rate  loans with  terms of  greater  than 15 years in its
portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Years Ended September 30,                          Years Ended April 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------         -------------------------------
                                         1996          1995            1994          1993                1993            1992
                                         ----          ----            ----          ----                ----            ----
                                                                               (In thousands)

<S>                                  <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>                <C>               <C>     
Beginning balance..................  $ 32,948      $  27,894        $  29,233     $  31,310          $  32,635         $ 34,941
                                     --------      ---------        ---------     ---------          ---------         --------

  Mortgage loan originations(1)....    13,090          8,722            6,214         7,586              5,334            7,088

  Consumer loan
    originations...................     1,844            964              613           559                445              373

  Commercial loan
    originations...................     1,321          1,127               --            --                 --              --

Less:
  Amortization and payoffs(2)......    (8,468)        (5,310)          (5,496)       (4,990)            (5,552)          (5,299)

  Transfers to OREO................        --             --               --            --                (92)            (533)

    Net loans originated...........     7,787          5,503            1,331         3,155                135            1,629
                                        -----          -----            -----         -----                ---            -----

  Total loans sold.................       --            (449)          (2,670)       (5,232)            (3,087)          (3,935)
                                      -------           ----           ------        ------             ------           ------ 

Ending balance.....................  $ 40,735      $  32,948        $  27,894     $  29,233          $  29,683         $ 32,635
                                     ========      =========        =========     =========          =========         ========
- - ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes residential and commercial real estate loans.
(2)  Includes unadvanced principal.

                                       -53-
<PAGE>

   Non-Performing  Assets, Asset Classification and Allowances for Losses. Loans
are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on a non-accrual  status when, in
the  opinion of  management,  the  collection  of  principal  and  interest  are
doubtful.

   Real estate  acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure is classified as
real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When such property is acquired,
it is recorded at the lower of the unpaid  principal  balance or its fair value.
Any  required  write-down  of the  loan to its  fair  value  is  charged  to the
allowance for loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                      At September 30,                                     At April 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------------             --------------------------------
                                       1996         1995          1994          1993                 1993                 1992
                                       ----         ----          ----          ----                 ----                 ----
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>                  <C>                  <C>  
Loans 30-89 days past due
   (not included in non- 
    performing loans).............   $   81       $   --       $   62         $   --               $   59               $  699

Loans 30-89 days past due as a
    percent of total loans  ......      .20%          --%         .22%            --%                 .20%                2.21%

Non-performing loans:
    (90 days past due)
    Total non-performing loans....   $   14       $   --       $  322         $  342               $  451               $  891

OREO..............................   $   --           --           --             85                   --                  168
                                     ------         ----       ------         ------               ------               ------

    Total non-performing
      assets......................   $   14       $   --       $  322         $  427               $  451               $1,059
                                     ======         ====       ======         ======               ======               ======

Non-performing loans as a
    percent of total loans........      .04%          --%        1.15%          1.17%                1.52%                2.72%

Non-performing assets as a
    percent of total assets.......      .02%          --%         .43%           .57%                 .61%                1.45%

</TABLE>


   During the year ended  September  30, 1996,  gross  interest  income of $636,
would have been recorded on loans  accounted  for on a non-accrual  basis if the
loans had been  current  throughout  the  period.  No interest on such loans was
included  in income  during the  respective  periods.  At  September  30,  1996,
management was not aware of any loans not currently  classified as  non-accrual,
90 days past due or  restructured  but which  may be so  classified  in the near
future because of concerns over the borrower's  ability to comply with repayment
terms.

   Federal and state  regulations  require each banking  institution to classify
its  asset  quality  on  a  regular  basis.  In  addition,  in  connection  with
examinations  of such banking  institutions,  federal and state  examiners  have
authority to identify  problem  assets and, if  appropriate,  classify  them. An
asset is classified substandard if it is determined to be inadequately protected
by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral
pledged, if any. As a general rule, the Bank will classify a loan as substandard
if the Bank can no longer rely on the  borrower's  income as the primary  source
for  repayment of the  indebtedness  and must look to secondary  sources such as
guarantors or collateral.  An asset is classified as doubtful if full collection
is highly  questionable  or improbable.  An asset is classified as loss if it is
considered  uncollectible,  even if a partial  recovery could be expected in the
future.  The  regulations  also  provide  for  a  special  mention  designation,
described as assets which do not  currently  expose a banking  institution  to a
sufficient  degree  of risk to  warrant  classification  but do  possess  credit
deficiencies or potential  weaknesses  deserving  management's  close attention.
Assets  classified as substandard or doubtful  require a banking  institution to
establish general  allowances for loan losses. If an asset or portion thereof is
classified loss, a banking institution must either establish specific allowances
for loan losses in the amount of the portion of the asset  classified  loss,  or
charge off such  amount.  Examiners  may disagree  with a banking  institution's
classifications  and amounts reserved.  If a banking  institution does not agree
with an examiner's classification of an asset,

                                       -54-

<PAGE>

it may appeal this determination to the FDIC Regional Director. At September 30,
1996, the Bank had no assets  classified as special  mention,  doubtful or loss,
and $224,000 in assets designated as substandard.

   In originating loans,  Falmouth  recognizes that credit losses will occur and
that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being
made, the  creditworthiness  of the borrower over the term of the loan,  general
economic  conditions  and,  in the case of a secured  loan,  the  quality of the
security for the loan. It is management's policy to maintain an adequate general
allowance  for loan  losses  based on,  among other  things,  the Bank's and the
industry's  historical loan loss experience,  evaluation of economic  conditions
and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality.  Further, after
properties are acquired  following loan  defaults,  additional  losses may occur
with respect to such  properties  while the Bank is holding  them for sale.  The
Bank increases its allowances for loan losses and losses on real estate owned by
charging  provisions for possible  losses  against the Bank's  income.  Specific
reserves also are recognized against specific assets when warranted.

   Results  of  recent  examinations  by bank  regulators  indicate  that  these
regulators may be applying more conservative  criteria in evaluating real estate
market values,  requiring  significantly increased provisions for potential loan
losses.  While Falmouth believes it has established its existing  allowances for
loan losses in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  there
can be no assurance  that  regulators,  in reviewing the Bank's loan  portfolio,
will not request the Bank to increase its  allowance  for loan  losses,  thereby
negatively affecting the Bank's financial condition and earnings.

   In  December  1993,  the banking  regulatory  agencies,  including  the FDIC,
adopted a policy statement  regarding  maintenance of an adequate  allowance for
loan and lease losses and an effective loan review system.  This policy includes
an  arithmetic  formula for  checking  the  reasonableness  of an  institution's
allowance for loan loss estimate  compared to the average loss experience of the
industry as a whole.  Examiners will review an institution's  allowance for loan
losses  and  compare  it  against  the sum of (i) 50% of the  portfolio  that is
classified   doubtful;   (ii)  15%  of  the  portfolio  that  is  classified  as
substandard;  and (iii) for the  portions  of the  portfolio  that have not been
classified  (including  those loans  designated as special  mention),  estimated
credit losses over the upcoming twelve months given the facts and  circumstances
as of the  evaluation  date.  This amount is considered  neither a "floor" nor a
"safe  harbor" of the level of allowance for loan losses an  institution  should
maintain,  but  examiners  will view a  shortfall  relative  to the amount as an
indication  that they should  review  management's  policy on  allocating  these
allowances to determine whether it is reasonable based on all relevant factors.

   The following table analyzes activity in Falmouth's allowance for loan losses
for the periods indicated.


                                       -55-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                       Years Ended September 30,                            Years Ended April 30,
                                            -------------------------------------------------            ---------------------------
                                              1996       1995          1994            1993               1993               1992
                                              ----       ----          ----            ----               ----               ----
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>                <C>               <C>    
Average loans, net......................    $35,920     $30,134      $28,283          $29,563            $30,531           $33,467

Period-end total loans..................     40,735      32,948       27,894           29,233             29,683            31,636

Allowance for possible loan losses at
  beginning of period...................        445         310          277          $   313                255               145

Loans charged-off.......................         --          --           (2)             (37)              (157)              (47)

  Plus recoveries.......................          2         135           26                1                  1                 1

  Provision charged to operations.......         51          --            9               --                178               156
                                            -------     -------      -------          -------            -------           -------

Allowance for possible loan losses at
  end of period.........................    $   498     $   445      $   310          $   277            $   277           $   255
                                            =======     =======      =======          =======            =======           =======

Ratios:
  Allowance for possible loan losses
    as a percentage of period end totaL
     loans..............................      1.22%       1.35%        1.11%             .95%               .93%              .81%

  Allowance for possible loan losses
    as a percentage of non-performing
     loans..............................   3,557.14          --        96.27            80.99              61.42             28.62

  Net charge-offs to average loans, net.         --          --           --              .12                .51               .14

  Net charge-offs to allowance for
    possible loan losses................         --          --           --            13.36              56.67             18.43

</TABLE>


            The following table sets forth a breakdown of the allowance for loan
losses by loan  category at the dates  indicated.  Management  believes that the
allowance  can be  allocated by category  only on an  approximate  basis.  These
allocations are not necessarily  indicative of future losses and do not restrict
the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any loan category.


                                      -56-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      At September 30,                                              
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1996                   1995                      1994                       1993                    
                                ----                   ----                      ----                       ----                    
                                 Percent of                                                                                         
                                  Loans in                 Percent of                 Percent of                Percent of          
                                    Each                 Loans in Each              Loans in Each              Loans in Each        
                                 Category to              Category to                Category to                Category to         
                        Amount   Total Loans     Amount   Total Loans      Amount    Total Loans      Amount    Total Loans         
                        ------   -----------     ------   -----------      ------    -----------      ------    -----------         

                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                      <C>       <C>              <C>      <C>              <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>   
Real estate
 mortgage:
           
   Residential.......    $428       86.02%          $295      78.66%          $188       78.33%          $199       78.05%          

   Commercial........      32        6.45             96      10.66            103       11.06             63        9.83           

Commercial loans,
other................       8        1.61             32       2.51             --          --             --          --           

Consumer, including
home equity loans....      30        5.92             22       8.17             19       10.61             15       12.12           
                           --        ----             --       ----             --       -----             --       -----           

Total allowance
   for loan losses...    $498                       $445                      $310                       $277                       
                         ====                       ====                      ====                       ====                       

</TABLE>


                                  (CONTINUED)

                                              At April 30,
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                               1993                           1992
                               ----                           ----
                                     Percent of                      Percent of
                                     Loans in                        Loans in
                                        Each                            Each
                                     Category to                     Category to
                      Amount         Total Loans     Amount          Total Loans
                      ------         -----------     ------          -----------

                     

Real estate
 mortgage:

   Residential.......    $188           76.52%           $184           77.27%

   Commercial........      67           10.13              64            9.94

Commercial loans,
other................      --              --              --              --

Consumer, including
home equity loans....      22           13.35              7            12.79
                         ----                            ----

Total allowance
   for loan losses...    $277                            $255
                         ====                            ====




                                      -57-


<PAGE>



INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     General.  Falmouth  is  required  to  maintain  an amount of liquid  assets
appropriate for its level of net withdrawal savings and current  borrowings.  It
has been generally the Bank's policy to maintain a liquidity portfolio in excess
of regulatory  requirements.  At September 30, 1996, the Bank's  liquidity ratio
was 72.44%.  Liquidity  levels may be increased or decreased  depending upon the
yields   on   investment   alternatives,   management's   judgment   as  to  the
attractiveness of the yields then available in relation to other  opportunities,
management's  expectations  of the level of yield that will be  available in the
future and management's  projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be
used in Falmouth's loan origination and other activities.

     Interest income from investments in various types of liquid assets provides
a significant source of revenue for the Bank.  Beginning in the early 1980s, the
Bank  opted to  originate  primarily  adjustable-rate  mortgages  as part of its
effort to  mitigate  interest  rate risk  associated  with long term  fixed rate
loans. In addition,  as the New England economy experienced a severe downturn in
the late 1980s, the Bank maintained its conservative  underwriting  standards in
an effort to avoid asset  quality  problems and chose  instead to invest  excess
liquidity in its investment  portfolio.  Because of these  strategies,  the Bank
increased the size of its investment  portfolio relative to the size of its loan
portfolio  and  has  invested  excess  funds  in  short-term  interest-sensitive
investment  products.  The Bank's short-term  investments  include United States
Treasury securities and United States Agency securities,  commercial paper, bank
certificates  of  deposits,   equity  securities,   short-term   corporate  debt
securities  and  overnight   federal  funds.   The  balance  of  the  securities
investments maintained by the Bank in excess of regulatory requirements reflects
management's  historical  objective  of  maintaining  liquidity  at a level that
assures the availability of adequate funds, taking into account anticipated cash
flows and available sources of credit, for meeting withdrawal  requests and loan
commitments  and making other  investments.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

     The Bank  purchases  securities  through a primary  dealer of United States
Government  obligations or such other securities dealers authorized by the Board
of Directors  and requires that the  securities be delivered to the  safekeeping
agent (First  National Bank of Boston)  before the funds are  transferred to the
broker or  dealer.  Falmouth  purchases  investment  securities  pursuant  to an
investment policy established by the Board of Directors.

     All  securities  and  investments  are recorded on the books of the Bank in
accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  The Bank does not
purchase securities and investments for trading.  Effective October 1, 1994, the
Bank  implemented SFAS 115.  Available-for-sale  securities are reported at fair
value with unrealized  gains or losses  reported as a separate  component of net
worth.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of  Operations--Impact  of New Accounting  Standards."  All purchases of
securities  and  investments  conform to the Bank's  interest  rate risk policy.
Investments may be made in certificates of deposit and savings accounts in other
financial  institutions insured by the FDIC so long as the total investment with
accrued  interest  does  not  exceed  the  $100,000  insurance  limit  per  each
institution.

     The following table sets forth the scheduled  maturities,  carrying values,
market  values  and  average  yields  for the Bank's  investment  securities  at
September 30, 1996.


                                      -58-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        September 30, 1996
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   One Year or Less       One to Five Years      Five to Ten Years            More than Ten Years   
                                   ----------------       -----------------      -----------------            -------------------   
                                 Carrying    Average     Carrying    Average     Carrying   Average        Carrying    Average      
                                   Value      Yield        Value      Yield        Value     Yield           Value      Yield       
                                   -----      -----        -----      -----        -----     -----           -----      -----       
                                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>                 
U.S. Government Obligations....   $17,383       5.9%       $7,091       6.5%       $1,000      7.1%             $--        --%      

Mortgage-backed Securities.....     1,342       5.0            --        --            13      8.5            1,503       7.5       

Corporate Notes and Bonds......     6,146       6.5         4,253       6.7            22      6.5               --        --       
                                    -----                   -----                      --                    ------                 

    Total......................   $24,871       6.0%      $11,344       6.6%       $1,035      7.1%          $1,503       7.5%      
                                  =======                 =======                  ======                    ======                 

Marketable Equity Securities...                                                                                                     

FHLB Stock.....................                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                    

   Total Investment Portfolio..                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                    
</TABLE>


                                 (CONTINUED)
                                 -
                                            Total Investment Portfolio
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Carrying         Average          Market
                                      Value           Yield            Value
                                      -----           -----            -----
                                 
U.S. Government Obligations....      $25,474            6.1%           $25,469

Mortgage-backed Securities.....        2,858            6.3              2,887

Corporate Notes and Bonds......       10,421            6.6             10,440
                                      ------                            ------

    Total......................       38,753            6.3             38,796
                                                 

Marketable Equity Securities...        2,318            6.4              2,815

FHLB Stock.....................          301            6.3                301
                                         ---                               ---

   Total Investment Portfolio..      $41,372            6.3%           $41,912
                                     =======                           =======

                                      -59-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                                                    September 30, 1996
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Available-for-Sale                                  Held-to-Maturity
                                    --------------------------------------------    ------------------------------------------------
                                    Amortized      Market                            Amortized          Market
                                      Cost         Value       Percent(1)               Cost             Value            Percent(2)
                                      ----         -----       ----------               ----             -----            ----------
Investment securities(3):                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>                   <C>              <C>                  <C>  
   U.S. government obligations.....  $10,345      $10,357        55.2%                $15,128          $15,112               66.2%
   Other bonds and obligations.....    4,083        4,101        21.9                   6,338            6,339               27.8
   Marketable equity securities....    2,318        2,815        15.0                      --               --                 --
   Mortgage-backed securities(4)...    1,485        1,491         7.9                   1,373            1,396                6.0
                             --        -----        -----         ---                   -----            -----                ---
     Total Investment Portfolio....  $18,231      $18,764       100.0%                $22,839          $22,847              100.0%
                                     =======      =======       =====                 =======          =======              ===== 


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            September 30,
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1996                         1995                                   1994
                                     --------------------  ----------------------------------        -------------------------------
                                      Amount      Percent       Amount                Percent           Amount            Percent
                                      ------      -------       ------                -------           ------            -------

Investment securities(3):                                 (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>                     <C>             <C>                 <C>   
   U.S. government obligations...... $25,473        62.02%     $19,291                  62.06%         $25,834              66.73%
   Other bonds and obligations......  10,421        25.37        7,720                  24.83            8,732              22.56
   Marketable equity securities.....   2,318         5.64        2,115                   6.80            2,071               5.35
   Mortgage-backed securities(4)....   2,858         6.97        1,960                   6.31            2,075               5.36
                             --        -----         ----        -----                   ----            -----               ----
      Total Investment Portfolio.... $41,070       100.00%     $31,086                 100.00%         $38,712             100.00%
                                     =======       ======      =======                 ======          =======             ====== 
- - ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  As a percentage of market value.
(2)  As a percentage of amortized cost.
(3)  Does not  include  $4.2  million  invested in Bank  Investment  Fund One, a
     mutual   bond  fund   offered  by  the   Co-operative   Central   Bank,   a
     quasi-governmental  agency,  and  interest-earning  overnight  deposits  of
     $1,684,000 or Federal Home Loan Bank Stock of $300,900.
(4)  Consists   of   collateralized   mortgage   obligations,   GNMA  and  FHLMC
     certificates.

                                      -60-

<PAGE>

DEPOSIT ACTIVITY AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

         General.  Deposits  are the  primary  source  of  Falmouth's  funds for
lending and other investment purposes. In addition to deposits, Falmouth derives
funds from principal  repayments and interest  payments on loans and investments
as well as other  sources  arising  from  operations  in the  production  of net
earnings.  Loan repayments and interest  payments are a relatively stable source
of funds,  while deposit  inflows and outflows are  significantly  influenced by
general interest rates and money market conditions.  Borrowings may be used on a
short-term  basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from
other sources, or on a longer term basis for general business purposes.

         Deposits.  Deposits are attracted  principally  from within  Falmouth's
primary  market  area  through  the  offering  of a broad  selection  of deposit
instruments,  including passbook savings, NOW accounts,  demand deposits,  money
market accounts and  certificates  of deposit.  Deposit account terms vary, with
the principal  differences being the minimum balance required,  the time periods
the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.

         The Bank's  policies are designed  primarily to attract  deposits  from
local  residents  and  businesses  rather  than to solicit  deposits  from areas
outside its primary  market.  The Bank does not accept deposits from brokers due
to the  volatility and rate  sensitivity of such deposits.  Interest rates paid,
maturity  terms,  service fees and withdrawal  penalties are  established by the
Bank on a periodic basis.  Determination  of rates and terms are predicated upon
funds acquisition and liquidity requirements,  rates paid by competitors, growth
goals and federal regulations.

         Management  attributes  the net  decrease in deposits  before  interest
credited in recent years  primarily to the interest rates offered by the Bank as
compared  to  alternative  investments  and  increased  competition  from  other
financial institutions. As interest rates on deposits reached a twenty-year low,
depositors sought higher returns from other investments. The Bank does not offer
premiums for deposits,  and does not institute promotional programs which result
in increased rates being paid on deposits.  These strategies are consistent with
management's goals of keeping the Bank's cost of funds at moderate levels versus
competitive bank rates.

         The following table sets forth the various types of deposit accounts at
Falmouth and the balances in these accounts at September 30, 1996.

                                      -61-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   At September 30,                                                 
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1996                       1995                        1994                         1993             
                       ----------------------    ----------------------      ----------------------      -----------------------    
                        Amount      Percent       Amount       Percent        Amount       Percent         Amount       Percent     
                        ------      -------       ------       -------        ------       -------         ------       -------     
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                     <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>        
Savings deposits......  $13,986       21.1%       $13,921        21.5%         $16,092       24.2%         $16,596        24.6%     

NOW accounts..........    5,674        8.5          5,562         8.6            5,261        7.9            5,161         7.6      

Money market deposits.    7,770       11.7          8,441        13.0           10,268       15.5           10,825        16.0      
                          -----       ----          -----        ----           ------       ----           ------        ----      

  Total...............   27,430       41.3         27,924        43.1           31,621       42.6           32,582        48.2      

Demand deposits.......      943        1.4            701         1.1              141        0.2               --          --      

Certificates of
  deposit.............   38,066       53.3         36,157        55.8           34,666       52.2           34,989        51.8      
                         ------       ----         ------        ----           ------       ----           ------        ----      

  Total deposits......  $66,439      100.0%       $64,782       100.0%         $66,428      100.0%         $67,571       100.0%     
                        =======      =====        =======       =====          =======      =====          =======       =====      

</TABLE>


                                  (CONTINUED)


                                           At April 30,
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                                  1993                       1992
                         -------------------------   ------------------------
                         Amount         Percent      Amount         Percent
                         ------         -------      ------         -------
                       

Savings deposits......     $16,034         24.4%       $15,340         23.0%

NOW accounts..........       5,042          7.6          5,093          7.6

Money market deposits.      11,157         16.8         11,315         17.0
                            ------         ----         ------         ----

  Total...............      32,233         48.6         31,748         47.6

Demand deposits.......          --           --             --           --

Certificates of
  deposit.............      34,088         51.4         34,875         52.4
                            ------         ----         ------         ----

  Total deposits......     $66,321        100.0%       $66,623        100.0%
                           =======        =====        =======        ===== 




                                      -62-

<PAGE>



         For more  information  on the Bank's  deposit  accounts,  see Note 5 of
Notes to Financial Statements.

         The following table indicates the amount of the Bank's  certificates of
deposit of $100,000 or more by time  remaining  until  maturity at September 30,
1995.


             Maturity Period                      Certificates of Deposit
             ---------------                      -----------------------
                                                       (In thousands)

               0-12 months . . . . . . . .               $3,712

               1-2 years . . . . . . . . . .              1,124

               2-3 years . . . . . . . . . .                318
                                                         ------


               Total . . . . . . . . . . . .             $5,154
                                                         ======



         The following table sets forth the deposit activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Years Ended September 30,                                    Years Ended April 30,
                             ---------------------------------------------------                ------------------------------------
                                1996          1995         1994            1993                       1993                1992
                                ----          ----         ----            ----                       ----                ----
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                           <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>                        <C>                 <C>      
Deposits..................    $153,704    $  84,785     $  70,679      $  73,404                  $  76,326           $ 116,484

Withdrawals...............     155,067       88,973        73,950         76,675                     79,387             118,093
                               -------       ------        ------         ------                     ------             -------

  Net increase (decrease)
   before interest credited    (1,498)       (4,188)       (3,271)        (3,271)                    (3,061)             (1,609)

Interest credited.........       2,786        2,542         2,128          2,461                      2,759               3,912
                                 -----        -----         -----          -----                      -----               -----

  Net increase (decrease)
     in deposits..........   $   1,423    $  (1,646)    $  (1,143)     $    (810)                 $    (302)          $   2,303
                             =========    =========     =========      =========                  =========           =========
</TABLE>

   Borrowings.  Savings  deposits  historically  have been the primary source of
funds for the Bank's  lending  and  investment  activities  and for its  general
business activities.  The Bank is authorized,  however, to use advances from the
FHLB of Boston to  supplement  its supply of lendable  funds and to meet deposit
withdrawal  requirements.  Advances from the FHLB would be secured by the Bank's
stock in the FHLB and a portion of the Bank's  mortgage  loans.  The Bank had no
FHLB advances outstanding at September 30, 1996.

   The FHLB of Boston  functions as a central reserve bank providing  credit for
savings  institutions  and certain other  financial  institutions.  As a member,
Falmouth is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and is authorized to apply
for advances on the security of such stock and certain of its home mortgages and
other assets (principally, securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by
the United States) provided certain standards related to  creditworthiness  have
been met.

                                      -63-

<PAGE>

COMPETITION

   The Bank experiences substantial competition both in attracting and retaining
savings  deposits  and in  the  making  of  mortgage  and  other  loans.  Direct
competition for savings  deposits  primarily comes from larger  commercial banks
and other savings institutions located in or near the Bank's primary market area
which generally have significantly greater financial and technological resources
than the Bank.  Additional  significant  competition for savings  deposits comes
from credit unions,  money market funds and brokerage firms. The primary factors
in competing  for loans are  interest  rates and loan  origination  fees and the
range of services offered by the various financial institutions. Competition for
origination  of real estate loans normally comes from  commercial  banks,  other
thrift institutions, mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers and insurance companies.
Management  considers the Bank's competitors in its market area to consist of 15
branches of financial institutions headquartered outside of its market area. The
Bank is the only independent financial institution headquartered in Falmouth.

PROPERTIES

   The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  at September 30, 1996
regarding  Falmouth's office facility,  which is owned by Falmouth,  and certain
other information relating to this property at that date.


                     Year Completed       Square Footage        Net Book Value
                     --------------       --------------        --------------

Main Office:              1978                10,696               $317,857


   The Bank is currently  establishing a new branch location in East Falmouth to
be in operation in February,  1997. At September 30, 1996, the net book value of
Falmouth's computer equipment and other furniture, fixtures and equipment at its
existing office totaled $208,203.  For more information,  see Note 4 of Notes to
Financial Statements.

EMPLOYEES

   At November 1, 1996,  Falmouth  had 23 full-time  and 5 part-time  employees.
Falmouth's employees are not represented by a collective  bargaining  agreement,
and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   Although  Falmouth,   from  time  to  time,  is  involved  in  various  legal
proceedings  in the  normal  course of  business,  there are no  material  legal
proceedings  to which the Bank,  its  directors or its officers is a party or to
which any of its property is subject.


                           FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

   General. The following is a discussion of material federal income tax matters
and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the federal income tax
rules  applicable  to the Bank or Bancorp.  The Bank has not been audited by the
Internal Revenue Service since 1975. For federal income tax purposes,  after the
Reorganization,  Bancorp and the Bank may file  consolidated  income tax returns
and report  their  income on a fiscal  year basis  using the  accrual  method of
accounting and will be subject to federal income  taxation in the same manner as
other corporations with some exceptions,  including  particularly the Bank's tax
reserve for bad debts, discussed below.

                                      -64-

<PAGE>
   Tax Bad Debt  Reserves.  The Small  Business Job  Protection Act of 1996 (the
"1996 Tax Act"), which was enacted on August 20, 1996, made significant  changes
to  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")  relating to a
savings  institution's  use of bad debt reserves for federal income tax purposes
and requires such  institutions  to recapture  (i.e.,  take into income) certain
portions of their accumulated bad debt reserves.  The effect of the 1996 Tax Act
on the Bank is discussed below.  Prior to the enactment of the 1996 Tax Act, the
Bank was  permitted to  establish  tax reserves for bad debts and to make annual
additions  thereto,  which  additions,  within  specified  formula limits,  were
deducted in arriving at the Bank's  taxable  income.  The Bank's  deduction with
respect to  "qualifying  loans,"  which are  generally  loans secured by certain
interests in real  property,  was permitted to be computed using an amount based
on a six-year  moving average of the Bank's  charge-offs  for actual losses (the
"Experience  Method"),  or a percentage equal to 8% of the Bank's taxable income
(the  "PTI  Method"),  computed  without  regard  to  this  deduction  and  with
additional  modifications and reduced by the amount of any permitted addition to
the non-qualifying  reserve. The Bank's deduction with respect to non-qualifying
loans was required to be computed  under the  Experience  Method.  Each year the
Bank reviewed the most favorable way to calculate the deduction  attributable to
an addition to the tax bad debt reserves,  which  historically  has been the PTI
Method.

   The 1996 Tax Act.  Under the 1996 Tax Act,  the PTI Method was  repealed  for
savings  institutions  and the Bank will be required to use only the  Experience
Method  of  computing  additions  to its bad debt  reserves  for  taxable  years
beginning with the taxable year beginning October 1, 1996. In addition, the Bank
will be required to  recapture  (i.e.,  take into income) over a six year period
the excess of the balance of its bad debt  reserves for losses on  nonqualifying
and  qualifying  loans as of  September  30,  1996 over the  greater  of (a) the
balance of such  reserves as of  September  30, 1988 or (b) an amount that would
have been the  balance of such  reserves as of  September  30, 1996 had the Bank
always  computed  the  additions to its reserves  using the  Experience  Method.
However,  under the 1996 Act, such recapture  requirements will be suspended for
each of the Bank's two  successive  taxable years  beginning  October 1, 1996 in
which the Bank originates a minimum amount of certain  residential  loans during
such years that is not less than the  average of the  principal  amounts of such
loans made by the Bank during its six taxable years  preceding  October 1, 1996.
The  Bank's  post-September  30,  1988  nonqualifying  and  qualifying  bad debt
reserves at September 30, 1996 was approximately $250,000 which will require the
Bank to report an additional tax liability of approximately $100,000.  Since the
Bank has already  provided a deferred  income tax  liability  of this amount for
financial  reporting  purposes,  there will be no  adverse  impact to the Bank's
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  from  the  enactment  of this
legislation.

   Distributions.  Under  the  1996 Tax Act,  if the  Bank  makes  "non-dividend
distributions" to the Company following the consummation of the  Reorganization,
such  distributions  will be  considered  to have  been  made  from  the  Bank's
unrecaptured tax bad debt reserves  (including the balance of its reserves as of
September 30, 1988) and then from the Bank's supplemental  reserve for losses on
loans, to the extent thereof, and an amount based on the amount distributed (but
not in excess of the amount of such  reserves)  will be  included  in the Bank's
income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank's
current and accumulated  earnings and profits,  as calculated for federal income
tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock, and distributions in partial
or complete liquidation. Dividends paid out of the Bank's current or accumulated
earnings and profits will not be so included in the Bank's income.

   The  amount  of  additional   taxable  income  created  from  a  non-dividend
distribution  is an amount  that,  when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the
income,  is equal  to the  amount  of the  distribution.  Thus,  if,  after  the
Reorganization,  the Bank  makes a  non-dividend  distribution  to the  Company,
approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in
excess of the amount of such reserves) would be includible in income for federal
income tax  purposes,  assuming a 34%  federal  corporate  income tax rate.  See
"Regulation and Supervision" and "Dividend  Policy" for limits on the payment of
dividends  by the Bank.  The Bank does not  intend to pay  dividends  that would
result in a recapture of any portion of its tax bad debt reserves.

   Corporate  Alternative  Minimum  Tax.  The  Code  imposes  a tax  ("AMT")  on
alternative  minimum  taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. Only 90% of AMTI
can be offset by net operating loss

                                      -65-

<PAGE>

carryovers  of which the Bank  currently  has  none.  AMTI is also  adjusted  by
determining  the tax  treatment  of certain  items in a manner that  negates the
deferral of income  resulting  from the regular tax  treatment  of those  items.
Thus,  the Bank's AMTI is  increased  by an amount equal to 75% of the amount by
which the Bank's adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined  without
regard to this adjustment and prior to reduction for net operating  losses).  In
addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986 and before January
1, 1996,  an  environmental  tax of 0.12% of the  excess of AMTI  (with  certain
modifications)  over $2 million is imposed on corporations,  including the Bank,
whether  or not an  AMT  is  paid.  Under  pending  legislative  proposals,  the
environmental tax would be extended to taxable years beginning before January 1,
2007.  The Bank does not expect to be subject to the AMT,  but may be subject to
the environmental tax liability.

   Elimination of Dividends;  Dividends Received Deduction.  Bancorp may exclude
from its income 100% of dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same
affiliated group of corporations.  A 70% dividends received deduction  generally
applies with respect to dividends  received from domestic  corporations that are
not members of such  affiliated  group,  except that an 80%  dividends  received
deduction  applies if  Bancorp  and the Bank own more than 20% of the stock of a
corporation paying a dividend.

STATE TAXATION

   Massachusetts  Taxation.  The Bank currently  files a separate  Massachusetts
excise tax return, based on net income. The Bank is currently taxed at a rate of
11.72% on net  income,  which is  defined  as "gross  income  from all  sources,
without exclusion, less the deductions allowable by the federal Internal Revenue
Code in effect for the taxable year except for the dividends received deduction,
losses  sustained in other taxable years and state,  local,  or foreign  income,
franchise,  or capital stock taxes." Under this definition,  net income includes
any state or municipal bond interest income.  The Massachusetts  Bank excise tax
rate will decrease each year until reaching 10.50% for tax years beginning on or
after January 1, 1999.

   The Bank and  Bancorp  are not  permitted  to file a  combined  Massachusetts
excise tax return.  Bancorp will be subject to  Massachusetts  corporate  excise
tax, which is determined by two measures:  (1) the income measure, a tax of 9.5%
on net income  attributable to Massachusetts;  and (2) the non-income measure, a
tax of $2.60  per  $1,000  imposed  on  either  (a)  tangible  property,  if the
corporation  is a  tangible  property  corporation,  or (b)  net  worth,  if the
corporation is an intangible property corporation.  Unlike the definition of net
income for purposes of the Bank's taxation,  net operating loss carryovers and a
95% dividends received  deduction for intercompany  dividends is permissible for
corporations.

   Delaware  Taxation.  As a Delaware  holding  company  not  earning  income in
Delaware, Bancorp is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required
to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the State of
Delaware.

                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

GENERAL

   As a co-operative  bank chartered by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  whose
deposits  are insured by the BIF of the FDIC,  the Bank is subject to  extensive
regulation  under  state  law  with  respect  to  many  aspects  of its  banking
activities;  this state  regulation is administered by the Division of Banks. In
addition,  the FDIC levies  assessments  or deposit  insurance  premiums  and is
vested with  authority  to  supervise  the Bank and to exercise a broad range of
enforcement powers.  Finally,  the Bank is required to maintain reserves against
deposits according to a schedule established by the Federal Reserve System.

   The following  references to the laws and regulations under which the Bank is
regulated  are brief  summaries  thereof,  do not purport to be complete and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and regulations.

                                      -66-

<PAGE>

FEDERAL BANKING REGULATIONS

   Capital Requirements.  Under FDIC regulations,  insured state-chartered banks
that are not members of the Federal  Reserve System ("state  non-member  banks")
are required to maintain minimum levels of capital.  State non-member banks must
satisfy a leverage  capital  ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of at least
3%  if  the  FDIC  determines  that  the  institution  is  not  anticipating  or
experiencing  significant  growth and has well  diversified  risk,  including no
undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good
earnings  and is in general a strong  banking  organization,  rated  composite 1
under the  Uniform  Financial  Institutions  Ranking  System  (the CAMEL  rating
system) established by the Federal Financial  Institutions  Examination Council.
For all but the most highly rated institutions  meeting the conditions set forth
above,  the minimum  leverage  capital ratio is 3% plus an additional  "cushion"
amount of at least 100 to 200 basis points.  Tier 1 capital is the sum of common
stockholders'  equity,  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock (including any
related  surplus) and minority  investments in certain  subsidiaries,  less most
intangible assets.

   In addition to the leverage  ratio,  state  non-member  banks must maintain a
minimum ratio of qualifying  total  capital to  risk-weighted  assets of a least
8.0%,  of which at least 50% must be Tier 1 capital.  Qualifying  total  capital
consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or  supplementary  capital  items,  which
includes allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted
assets,  cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and long-term  preferred  stock
(original maturity of over 20 years) and certain other capital instruments.  The
includable  amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the bank's Tier
1  capital.  Qualifying  total  capital  is  reduced by the amount of the bank's
investments in banking and finance  subsidiaries  that are not  consolidated for
regulatory  capital purposes,  reciprocal  cross-holdings of capital  securities
issued by other banks and certain other deductions.

   The  risk-based  minimum  capital   requirement  is  measured  against  total
risk-weighted  assets, which equals the sum of each  on-balance-sheet  asset and
the  credit-equivalent   amount  of  each  off-balance-sheet  item  after  being
multiplied by an assigned risk weight.  Under the FDIC's  risk-weighing  system,
cash and securities  backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  government
are given a 0% risk weight. Mortgage-backed securities that are issued, or fully
guaranteed as to principal and  interest,  by the FNMA or FHLMC,  are assigned a
20% risk weight.  Single-family  first  mortgages not more than 90 days past due
with loan-to-value ratios under 80%, multi-family mortgages (maximum 36 dwelling
units) with  loan-to-value  ratios under 80% and average annual  occupancy rates
over  80%,  and  certain  qualifying  loans  for  the  construction  of  one- to
four-family  residences pre-sold to home purchasers,  are assigned a risk weight
of 50%. Consumer loans and commercial real estate loans,  repossessed assets and
assets more than 90 days past due, as well as all other assets not  specifically
categorized, are assigned a risk weight of 100%.

   The FDICIA  required  each federal  banking  agency to revise its  risk-based
capital  standards for insured  institutions to ensure that those standards take
adequate  account of interest-rate  risk ("IRR"),  concentration of credit risk,
and the risk of  nontraditional  activities,  as well as to  reflect  the actual
performance  and  expected  risk  of  loss on  multi-family  residential  loans.
Effective  September 1, 1995, the FDIC,  together with the other federal banking
agencies,  amended their capital  standards to require  consideration of IRR and
other financial and operational risks (in addition to credit risk) as factors to
be  considered  in  evaluating  capital  adequacy.  The  new  standards  require
consideration  of the  quality of a bank's  process  of  managing  its IRR,  the
overall  condition of the bank and the level of the bank's other risks for which
capital is needed.  Institutions  with  significant  IRR may be required to hold
additional capital.  The FDIC, together with the other federal banking agencies,
issued a joint policy statement,  effective June 26, 1996, providing guidance on
management of IRR,  including a discussion of the critical factors affecting the
agencies  evaluation of IRR in connection  with capital  adequacy.  The agencies
also  determined not to proceed with a previously  issued  proposal to develop a
supervisory  framework  for  measuring  IRR and, to impose an  explicit  capital
component for IRR.

   The  following  table shows the Bank's  leverage  capital  ratio,  its Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio, and its total risk-based  capital ratio, at September
30, 1996. The Bank exceeded the minimum  capital  adequacy  requirements  at the
date indicated.


                                      -67-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               At September 30, 1996
                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
                             Capital        Percent of            Capital          Percent of
                             Amount          Assets(1)          Requirement         Assets(1)
                             ------          ---------          -----------         ---------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)

<S>  <C>                     <C>              <C>                  <C>                <C>  
Tier 1 leverage capital      $21,770          24.27%               $2,691             3.00%

Tier 1 risk-based capital    $21,770          54.56%               $1,596             4.00%

Total risk-based capital     $22,268          55.81%               $3,192             8.00%

</TABLE>
- - -------------------
(1)         For  purposes  of  calculating  the Tier 1 leverage  capital  ratio,
            assets include adjusted total average assets.  In calculating Tier 1
            risk-based  capital  and  total  risk-based  capital  ratio,  assets
            include total risk-weighted assets.

ENFORCEMENT

   Under the FDIA, the FDIC has enforcement responsibility over state non-member
banks,  such as  Falmouth,  and has the  authority to bring  enforcement  action
against all "institution-related  parties," including controlling  stockholders,
officers, directors and any attorneys,  appraisers and accountants who knowingly
or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on
a bank.  Civil  penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions and range
from up to $5,000 per day at the First Tier, $25,000 per day at the Second Tier,
and when a finding of the greatest culpability is made, up to $1 million per day
at the Third Tier.  Criminal  penalties for most  financial  institution  crimes
include  fines of up to $1.0  million and  imprisonment  for up to 30 years.  In
addition,  regulators have  substantial  discretion to take  enforcement  action
against an institution  that fails to comply with its  regulatory  requirements,
particularly  with  respect to the capital  requirements.  Possible  enforcement
actions  range from the  imposition  of a capital plan and capital  directive to
receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance.

DEPOSIT INSURANCE

   The Bank is charged an annual assessment by the FDIC for insurance of deposit
accounts up to applicable  statutory  limits.  Under the  risk-based  system for
deposit  insurance  premiums that has been in effect since 1994,  the assessment
rate for an  insured  depository  institution  depends  on the  assessment  risk
classification  assigned to the institution by the FDIC,  which is determined by
the institution's  capital level and supervisory  evaluations.  Institutions are
assigned  to one  of  three  capital  groups  --  well  capitalized,  adequately
capitalized or  undercapitalized -- based on the data reported to regulators for
the date closest to the last day of the seventh month  preceding the semi-annual
assessment period. Well capitalized institutions are institutions satisfying the
following capital ratio standards:  (i) total risk-based  capital ratio of 10.0%
or greater;  (ii) Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater;  and (iii)
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Adequately  capitalized  institutions
are   institutions   that  do  not  meet  the  standards  for  well  capitalized
institutions but which satisfy the following capital ratio standards:  (i) total
risk-based  capital  ratio of 8.0% or greater;  (ii) Tier 1  risk-based  capital
ratio of 4.0% or  greater;  and (iii) Tier 1 leverage  ratio of 4.0% or greater.
Undercapitalized  institutions  consist of  institutions  that do not qualify as
either  "well  capitalized"  or  "adequately  capitalized."  Within each capital
group,  institutions  will be assigned to one of three subgroups on the basis of
supervisory  evaluations by the institution's  primary supervisory authority and
such  other   information  as  the  FDIC   determines  to  be  relevant  to  the
institution's  financial  condition and the risk posed to the deposit  insurance
fund.  Subgroup A will consist of financially sound institutions with only a few
minor   weaknesses.   Subgroup  B  consists  of  institutions  that  demonstrate
weaknesses which, if not corrected, could result in significant deterioration of
the institution and increased risk of loss to the deposit insurance fund.

                                      -68-

<PAGE>

Subgroup C consists of institutions that pose a substantial  probability of loss
to the deposit insurance fund unless effective corrective action is taken.

            On September 30, 1996, the Deposit Funds  Insurance Act of 1996 (the
"1996 Act") was  enacted  into law,  and it amended the FDIA in several  ways to
recapitalize the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which primarily insures the
deposits of savings associations,  and to reduce the disparity in the assessment
rates  for the BIF and the  SAIF  that  had  developed  in  1995.  The  1996 Act
authorized  the FDIC to impose a special  assessment  on all  institutions  with
SAIF-assessable  deposits in the amount  necessary to recapitalize  the SAIF. In
addition, the 1996 Act expanded the assessment base for the payments on the FICO
bonds,  which bonds had financed the  resolution in the 1980s of failed  savings
associations, to include the deposits of both BIF- and SAIF-insured institutions
beginning  January 1, 1997.  Until  December 31,  1999,  or such earlier date on
which the last savings  association  ceases to exist, the rate of assessment for
BIF-assessable   deposits   shall  be   one-fifth   of  the  rate   imposed   on
SAIF-assessable deposits. It has been estimated that the rate of assessments for
the payments on the FICO bonds will be 0.0129% for  BIF-assessable  deposits and
0.0644% for SAIF- assessable deposits beginning on January 1, 1997.

            The 1996 Act also  provides  that  the FDIC  cannot  assess  regular
insurance  assessments  for an insurance fund unless  required to maintain or to
achieve the  designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25%,  except on those of its member
institutions  that are not  classified as "well  capitalized"  or that have been
found to have "moderately severe" or "unsatisfactory" financial,  operational or
compliance weaknesses. The Bank has not been so classified by the FDIC.

            The 1996 Act also  provides  for the  merger  of the BIF and SAIF on
January 1, 1999, with such merger being  conditioned upon the prior  elimination
of the thrift  charter.  The  Secretary of the Treasury is required to conduct a
study of relevant  factors with respect to the  development  of a common charter
for all insured  depository  institutions and abolition of separate charters for
banks and thrifts and to report the Secretary's  conclusions and findings to the
Congress on or before March 31, 1997.

            FDIC  regulations  provide that any insured  depository  institution
with a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total  assets of less than 2.0% will be deemed
to be  operating  in an unsafe or  unsound  condition,  which  would  constitute
grounds for the initiation of termination of deposit insurance proceedings.  The
FDIC,  however,  will not initiate  termination of insurance  proceedings if the
depository  institution  has entered  into and is in  compliance  with a written
agreement with its primary regulator,  and the FDIC is a party to the agreement,
to  increase  its Tier 1 capital to such  level as the FDIC  deems  appropriate.
Insured  depository  institutions  with Tier 1 capital  equal to or greater than
2.0% of total  assets may also be deemed to be operating in an unsafe or unsound
condition notwithstanding such capital level.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND INSIDERS

   Transactions between state non-member banks and any affiliate are governed by
Sections  23A and 23B of the Federal  Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any
company or entity which  controls,  is controlled by or is under common  control
with the bank but does not include a subsidiary of the bank. Generally,  Section
23A (i) limits the  extent to which the bank or its  subsidiaries  may engage in
"covered  transactions" with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such
bank's  capital  and  surplus,  and  contains  an  aggregate  limit  on all such
transactions  with all  affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital and
surplus  and  (ii)  requires  that all such  transactions  be on terms  that are
consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term "covered transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of  guarantees  and
similar other types of transactions. In addition, most extensions of credit by a
bank to any of its affiliates  must be secured by collateral in amounts  ranging
from  100  to 130  percent  of the  loan  amounts,  depending  on  the  type  of
collateral. Section 23B requires that any covered transaction, and certain other
transactions,  including the bank's sale of assets and purchase of services from
an affiliate  must be on terms that are  substantially  the same, or at least as
favorable,  to the  institution  as  those  that  would  prevail  in  comparable
transaction with a non-affiliate.

                                      -69-

<PAGE>

   Banks are also subject to the restrictions  contained in Section 22(h) of the
Federal Reserve Act and the FRB's  Regulation O thereunder on loans to executive
officers, directors and principal stockholders.  Under Section 22(h), loans to a
director,  an executive  officer or a holder of more than 10% of the shares of a
bank, as well as certain affiliated  interests of such persons,  may not exceed,
together  with  all  other  outstanding  loans  to such  person  and  affiliated
interests,  the   loans-to-one-borrower   limit  applicable  to  national  banks
(generally 15% of an institution's unimpaired capital and surplus) and all loans
to all such persons in the aggregate may not exceed an institution's  unimpaired
capital and unimpaired surplus.  Regulation O also prohibits the making of loans
in an amount greater than the lesser of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus but
in any event over $500,000,  to a director,  executive  officer and greater than
10%  stockholder  of a bank,  and the  respective  affiliates  of such a person,
unless  such  loans  are  approved  in  advance  by a  majority  of the board of
directors of the bank, with any "interested"  director not  participating in the
voting.  Further,  the FRB  pursuant  to  Regulation  O  requires  that loans to
directors,  executive  officers and principal  stockholders (a) be made on terms
substantially  the same as those that are offered in comparable  transactions to
persons  not  affiliated  with  the  bank  and (b)  follow  credit  underwriting
procedures not less stringent than those prevailing for comparable  transactions
with  persons  not  affiliated  with the bank.  Regulation  O also  prohibits  a
depository institution from paying, with certain exceptions, an overdraft of any
of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  institution  or any of its
affiliates  unless the  overdraft  is paid  pursuant  to written  pre-authorized
extension  of  interest-bearing  extension  of credit or  transfer of funds from
another account at the bank.

   State chartered  non-member banks are further subject to the requirements and
restrictions  against  certain  tying  arrangements  and on extensions of credit
involving  correspondent  banks.  Specifically,   a  depository  institution  is
prohibited from extending credit to or offering any other service,  or fixing or
varying  the  consideration  for such  extension  of credit or  service,  on the
condition that the customer obtain some additional  service from the institution
or certain of its  affiliates  or not obtain  services  of a  competitor  of the
institution,   subject  to  certain  exceptions.   In  addition,   a  depository
institution with a correspondent  banking  relationship with another  depository
institution  is prohibited  from  extending  credit to the  executive  officers,
directors,  and  holders  of more than 10% of the stock of the other  depository
institution,  unless such extension of credit is on substantially the same terms
as those prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with other persons
and does not involve  more than the normal risk of  repayment  or present  other
unfavorable features.

REAL ESTATE LENDING POLICIES

   Under FDIC regulations which became effective March 19, 1993, state-chartered
nonmember  banks  must  adopt  and  maintain  written  policies  that  establish
appropriate  limits and standards  for  extensions of credit that are secured by
liens or  interest  in real  estate  or are made for the  purpose  of  financing
permanent  improvements  to real estate.  These  policies  must  establish  loan
portfolio diversification standards,  prudent underwriting standards,  including
loan-to-value  limits,  that  are  clear  and  measurable,  loan  administration
procedures  and  documentation,  approval and reporting  requirements.  The real
estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines
for Real Estate Lending Policies (the  "Interagency  Guidelines") that have been
adopted by the federal bank regulators.

   The  Interagency  Guidelines,  among  other  things,  call upon a  depository
institution  to establish  internal  loan-to-value  limits for real estate loans
that are not in  excess  of the  following  supervisory  limits:  (i) for  loans
secured by raw land, the supervisory  loan-to-value limit is 65% of the value of
the collateral;  (ii) for land development loans (i.e., loans for the purpose of
improving  unimproved  property  prior  to  the  erection  of  structures),  the
supervisory  limit is 75%; (iii) for loans for the  construction  of commercial,
multi-family or other  nonresidential  property,  the supervisory  limit is 80%;
(iv) for loans  for the  construction  of one- to  four-family  properties,  the
supervisory  limit is 85%; and (v) for loans secured by other improved  property
(e.g.,  farmland,  completed  commercial  property  and  other  income-producing
property including non-owner-occupied,  one- to four-family property), the limit
is 85%.  Although no supervisory  loan-to-value  limit has been  established for
owner-occupied,  one- to  four-family  and home equity  loans,  the  Interagency
Guidelines  state that for any such loan with a loan-to-value  ratio that equals
or exceeds 90% at origination,

                                      -70-

<PAGE>

an institution  should  require  appropriate  credit  enhancement in the form of
either mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral.

STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

   Under  FDICIA,  each  federal  banking  agency is required to  prescribe,  by
regulation, safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority.
The  federal  banking  agencies,  including  the FDIC,  have  adopted  standards
covering internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan
documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,
employee   compensation,   fees,  and  benefits,   asset  quality  and  earnings
sufficiency. These standards are in the form of broad guidelines for performance
that  generally  leave  to  each  institution  the  methods  for  achieving  the
objectives.  The  Bank  believes  it  meets  the  FDIC's  safety  and  soundness
standards.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM

   The Bank is a member of the FHLB System,  which  consists of twelve  regional
Federal Home Loan Banks  subject to  supervision  and  regulation by the Federal
Housing  Finance Board  ("FHFB").  The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central
credit  facility  primarily for member  institution.  As a member of the FHLB of
Boston,  the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the
FHLB of  Boston  in an amount  at least  equal to 1.0% of the  aggregate  unpaid
principal of its home  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase  contracts,  and similar
obligations  at the beginning of each year,  or 5% of its advances  (borrowings)
from the FHLB of Boston,  whichever is greater.  Falmouth was in compliance with
this  requirement  with an  investment  in FHLB of Boston stock at September 30,
1996, of $280,100.

   The FHLB of  Boston  serves  as a  reserve  or  central  bank for its  member
institutions  within its assigned  region.  It is funded primarily from proceeds
derived from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System. It offers
policies and  procedures  established  by the FHFB and the Board of Directors of
the FHLB of  Boston.  Long-term  advances  may only be made for the  purpose  of
providing funds for residential housing finance.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

   Pursuant  to  regulations  of the FRB,  a bank must  maintain  average  daily
reserves  equal to 3.0% on the first $52  million of net  transaction  accounts,
above  an  exempt  amount  of $4.3  million,  plus  10% on the  remainder.  This
percentage is subject to adjustment by the FRB. Because  required  reserves must
be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest  bearing account at
a Federal  Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve  requirement is to reduce the
amount of the institution's  interest-earning  assets. As of September 30, 1996,
the Bank met its reserve requirements.

MASSACHUSETTS BANKING LAWS AND SUPERVISION

   Massachusetts  co-operative  banks  such as the Bank are also  regulated  and
supervised  by the  Division  of Banks.  The  Division  of Banks is  required to
regularly  examine each  state-chartered  bank.  The approval of the Division of
Banks is required to establish or close branches, to merge with another bank, to
form a  bank  holding  company,  to  issue  stock  or to  undertake  many  other
activities.  Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the
regulations,  policies  and  directives  of the  Division of Banks is subject to
sanctions.  The  Division of Banks may under  certain  circumstances  suspend or
remove  directors or officers of a bank who have  violated the law,  conducted a
bank's  business  in a manner  which  is  unsafe,  unsound  or  contrary  to the
depositors' interests, or been negligent in the performance of their duties.

   All Massachusetts-chartered  co-operative banks are required to be members of
the  Co-operative  Central  Bank  and  are  subject  to  its  assessments.   The
Co-operative  Central Bank maintains the Share Insurance Fund, a private deposit
insurer, which insures all deposits in member banks in excess of FDIC deposit

                                      -71-

<PAGE>

insurance limits. In addition, the Co-operative Central Bank acts as a source of
liquidity to its members in supplying them with low-cost  funds,  and purchasing
certain qualifying obligations from them.

   Major changes in Massachusetts  law in 1982 and 1983  substantially  expanded
the powers of co-operative  banks. Their powers were made virtually identical to
those of state-chartered commercial banks and interstate banking operations were
authorized  throughout New England on a reciprocal  basis with other New England
states. In 1990,  Massachusetts law was amended to permit nationwide  interstate
banking through the holding company  structure and to restrict direct interstate
branching   and   merger   by    Massachusetts    banks.    The   powers   which
Massachusetts-chartered  co-operative  banks can  exercise  under these laws are
summarized below.

   Lending Activities.  A wide variety of mortgage loans may be made. Fixed-rate
loans,   adjustable-rate  loans,   variable-rate  loans,   participation  loans,
graduated payment loans, construction loans, condominium and co-operative loans,
second  mortgage  loans and other types of loans may be made in accordance  with
applicable   regulations.   Mortgage  loans  may  be  made  on  real  estate  in
Massachusetts  or in another New England state if he bank making the loan has an
office there or under certain other circumstances. In addition, certain mortgage
loans may be made on improved real estate located anywhere in the United States.
Commercial loans may be made to corporations  and other  commercial  enterprises
with or  without  security.  With  certain  exceptions,  such  loans may be made
without geographic limitations.  Consumer and personal loans may be made with or
without  security  and  without  geographic  limitations.  Loans  to  individual
borrowers  generally  will be limited to 20% of the total of the Bank's  capital
accounts and stockholders' equity.

   Investments Authorized. Massachusetts-chartered co-operative banks have broad
investment  powers  under   Massachusetts  law,  including   so-called  "leeway"
authority for investments that are not otherwise  specifically  authorized.  The
investment powers  authorized under  Massachusetts law are restricted by federal
law to permit only investments of the kinds that would be permitted for national
banks.  The Bank has  authority  to  invest in all of the  classes  of loans and
investments that are permitted by its existing loan and investment policies.

   Payment of  Dividends.  A  co-operative  bank only may pay  dividends  on its
capital  stock if such  payment  would not impair the bank's  capital  stock and
surplus  account.  No dividends  may be paid to  stockholders  of a bank if such
dividends would reduce  stockholders' equity of the bank below the amount of the
liquidation account required by Massachusetts conversion regulations.

   Branches.  With the approval of the Division of Banks,  bank  branches may be
established  in any city or town in  Massachusetts.  In  addition,  co-operative
banks may operate automated teller machines at any of their offices or, with the
approval of the Division of Banks, anywhere in Massachusetts. Sharing of ATMs or
"networking"  is also  permitted  with the  approval  of the  Division of Banks.
Massachusetts  chartered  co-operative  banks may also  operate  ATMs outside of
Massachusetts  if permitted to do so by the law of the jurisdiction in which the
ATM is located.

   Interstate   Acquisitions.   Subject  to  various  regulatory  approvals,   a
Massachusetts stock bank may be acquired by an out-of-state holding company and,
through its own holding company, may itself acquire out-of-state banks.

   Other  Powers.  Massachusetts-chartered  co-operative  banks  may also  lease
machinery  and  equipment,  act  as  trustee  or  custodian  for  tax  qualified
retirement plans, establish trust departments and act as professional trustee or
fiduciary,  provide payroll services for their  customers,  issue or participate
with others in the issuance of mortgage-backed securities and establish mortgage
banking companies and discount securities  brokerage  operations.  Some of these
activities require the prior approval of the Division of Banks.

                                      -72-

<PAGE>

REGULATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

   Federal Regulation.  Following  consummation of the  Reorganization,  Bancorp
will be subject to  examination,  regulation  and periodic  reporting  under the
BHCA,  as  administered  by the  FRB.  The  FRB  has  adopted  capital  adequacy
guidelines  for bank holding  companies on a  consolidated  basis  substantially
similar to those of the FDIC for the Bank.

   Bancorp  will be required to obtain the prior  approval of the FRB to acquire
all, or  substantially  all, of the assets or any bank of bank holding  company.
Prior FRB approval  will be required  for Bancorp to acquire  direct or indirect
ownership  or  control  of any  voting  securities  of any bank or bank  holding
company if,  after  giving  effect to such  acquisition,  it would,  directly or
indirectly,  own or control  more than 5% of any class of voting  shares of such
bank or bank holding company.

   Bancorp will be required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase
or redemption of its outstanding  equity  securities if the gross  consideration
for the purchase or redemption,  when combined with the net  consideration  paid
for all such purchases or redemptions  during the preceding 12 months,  is equal
to 10% or more of Bancorp's  consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such
a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would  constitute an
unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation,  FRB order or
directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. Such
notice and approval is not  required  for a bank  holding  company that would be
treated as "well capitalized" under applicable  regulations of the FRB, that has
received a composite  "1" or "2" rating at its most recent bank holding  company
inspection by the FRB, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory
issues.

   The status of Bancorp as a  registered  bank holding  company  under the BHCA
will  not  exempt  it from  certain  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations
applicable to corporations  generally,  including,  without limitation,  certain
provisions of the federal securities laws.

   In addition, a bank holding company is prohibited generally from engaging in,
or acquiring 5% or more of any class of voting securities of any company engaged
in, non-banking activities.  One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition
is for  activities  found by the FRB to be so  closely  related  to  banking  or
managing or controlling  banks as to be a proper incident  thereto.  Some of the
principal  activities that the FRB has determined by regulation to be so closely
related  to  banking  as to be a proper  incident  thereto  are:  (i)  making or
servicing  loans;  (ii)  performing  certain  data  processing  services;  (iii)
providing discount brokerage services;  (iv) acting as fiduciary,  investment or
financial  advisor;   (v)  leasing  personal  or  real  property;   (vi)  making
investments in corporations or projects designed  primarily to promote community
welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association.

   Under  FIRREA,  depository  institutions  are  liable to the FDIC for  losses
suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly
controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such
an institution in danger of default. This law would have potential applicability
if Bancorp ever acquired as a separate  subsidiary a depository  institution  in
addition to the Bank. There are no current plans for such an acquisition.

   Subsidiary   banks  of  a  bank  holding   company  are  subject  to  certain
quantitative and qualitative  restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on
any  extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from,  or letter of credit on
behalf of, the bank holding company or its  subsidiaries,  and on the investment
in or  acceptance  of  stocks  or  securities  of such  holding  company  or its
subsidiaries  as collateral  for loans.  In addition,  provisions of the Federal
Reserve Act and FRB  regulations  limit the amounts of, and  establish  required
procedures and credit  standards with respect to, loans and other  extensions of
credit to officers,  directors and principal  stockholders of the Bank, Bancorp,
any  subsidiary  of Bancorp and related  interests  of such  persons.  Moreover,
subsidiaries  of bank holding  companies are prohibited from engaging in certain
tie-in  arrangements  (with the holding company or any of its  subsidiaries)  in
connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing
of services.


                                      -73-

<PAGE>

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

   The  Company  has  filed a  registration  statement  with the SEC  under  the
Securities Act, for the registration of the Bancorp Common Stock to be exchanged
pursuant to the Reorganization. Upon completion of the Reorganization, Bancorp's
Common Stock will be registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company
will then be subject to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider trading
restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

   The registration under the Securities Act of shares of the Common Stock to be
exchanged in the Reorganization does not cover the resale of such shares. Shares
of the Common Stock  purchased by persons who are not  affiliates of the Company
may be resold  without  registration.  Shares  purchased  by an affiliate of the
Company  will be  subject  to the  resale  restrictions  of Rule 144  under  the
Securities Act. If the Company meets the current public information requirements
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the Company who complies
with the  other  conditions  of Rule  144  (including  those  that  require  the
affiliate's  sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would be
able to sell in the public market, without registration,  a number of shares not
to exceed, in any three-month  period,  the greater of (a) 1% of the outstanding
shares of the Company or (b) the average weekly volume of trading in such shares
during the preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made in the future by
the Company to permit  affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under
the Securities Act under certain circumstances.


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

   The business of the Bank  consists of  attracting  deposits  from the general
public and using  these funds to  originate  mortgage  loans  secured by one- to
four-family   residences  located  primarily  in  Falmouth,   Massachusetts  and
surrounding  areas  and  to  invest  in  United  States  Government  and  Agency
securities.  To a lesser  extent,  the Bank engages in various forms of consumer
and home equity lending. The Bank's  profitability  depends primarily on its net
interest income, which is the difference between the interest income it earns on
its loans and investment  portfolio and its cost of funds, which consists mainly
of interest  paid on deposits.  Net interest  income is affected by the relative
amounts of  interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities  and the
interest rates earned or paid on these balances.  When  interest-earning  assets
approximate or exceed interest-bearing  liabilities,  any positive interest rate
spread will generate net interest income.

   The Bank's  profitability is also affected by the level of noninterest income
and expense.  Noninterest  income or other income consists  primarily of service
fees,  late  charges  and  other  loan  fees,  and  gain on  sale of  investment
securities.  Noninterest  expense or operating  expenses consist of salaries and
benefits,  deposit  insurance  premiums  paid  to the  FDIC,  occupancy  related
expenses and other operating expenses.

   The  operations  of the  Bank,  and  banking  institutions  in  general,  are
influenced significantly by general economic conditions and related monetary and
fiscal policies of financial  institutions'  regulatory agencies.  Deposit flows
and the cost of funds are influenced by interest rates on competing  investments
and general  market rates of interest.  Lending  activities  are affected by the
demand for  financing  real estate and other  types of loans,  which in turn are
affected by the interest  rates at which such financing may be offered and other
factors affecting loan demand and the availability of funds.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

   Falmouth's business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized,  profitable
and  independent  community  bank  dedicated to  financing  home  ownership  and
consumer  needs  in its  market  area  and to  provide  quality  service  to its
customers. The Bank has implemented this strategy by: (i) closely monitoring the
needs  of  customers   and   providing   quality   service;   (ii)   emphasizing
consumer-oriented banking by originating residential

                                      -74-

<PAGE>

mortgage loans and consumer loans, and by offering  checking  accounts and other
financial services and products;  (iii) focusing on expanding lending activities
to produce  moderate  increases in loan  originations;  (iv)  maintaining  asset
quality; (v) maintaining capital in excess of regulatory requirements;  and (vi)
producing stable earnings.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

   A principal  operating objective of the Bank is to produce stable earnings by
achieving  a  favorable  interest  rate  spread  that  can be  sustained  during
fluctuations  in  prevailing   interest  rates.   Since  the  Bank's   principal
interest-earning assets have longer terms to maturity than its primary source of
funds,  i.e.,  deposit  liabilities,  increases in general  interest  rates will
generally  result in an increase in the Bank's cost of funds before the yield on
its asset portfolio adjusts upwards.  Banking institutions generally have sought
to reduce their  exposure to adverse  changes in interest rates by attempting to
achieve a closer  match  between  the  periods in which  their  interest-bearing
liabilities and  interest-earning  assets can be expected to reprice through the
origination  of  adjustable-rate  mortgages and loans with shorter terms and the
purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets.

   The term "interest rate  sensitivity"  refers to those assets and liabilities
which  mature and reprice  periodically  in response to  fluctuations  in market
rates and yields. Thrift institutions historically have operated in a mismatched
position with interest-sensitive liabilities exceeding interest-sensitive assets
in the short-term  time periods.  As noted above,  one of the principal goals of
the Bank's  asset/liability  program is to more closely  match the interest rate
sensitivity characteristics of the asset and liability portfolios.

   In order to properly manage interest rate risk, the Bank's Board of Directors
has an Executive Committee to monitor the difference between the Bank's maturing
and repricing assets and liabilities and to develop and implement  strategies to
decrease the "negative gap" between the two. The primary responsibilities of the
committee are to assess the Bank's  asset/liability mix, recommend strategies to
the Board of  Directors  that will  enhance  income  while  managing  the Bank's
vulnerability  to changes in interest rates and report to the Board of Directors
the results of the strategies used.

   Since the mid 1980s, the Bank has stressed the origination of adjustable-rate
residential mortgage loans and adjustable-rate home equity loans.  Historically,
the Bank did not retain fixed rate loans with terms in excess of 15 years in its
portfolio.  Beginning in March,  1995,  the Bank retained a portion of its fixed
rate loans with terms in excess of 15 years in the  portfolio.  At September 30,
1996,  the Bank's  loan  portfolio  included  $19.3  million of  adjustable-rate
mortgages and $1.7 million of  adjustable-rate  home equity loans which together
represent 50.1% of the Bank's total loans.  See "Business of the Bank -- Lending
Activities."

   In order to increase the interest rate  sensitivity  of its assets,  the Bank
has also maintained a consistent level of investment securities and other assets
of maturities of three years or less. At September 30, 1996,  the Bank had $27.2
million  of  investment  securities  maturing  within one year or less and $11.3
million of investment securities maturing over one through five years.

   In the future, in managing its interest rate sensitivity, the Bank intends to
continue to stress the origination of  adjustable-rate  mortgages and loans with
shorter  maturities  and the  maintenance  of a consistent  level of  short-term
securities.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

   The  matching of assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed  by  examining  the
extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by
monitoring  an  institution's  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap."  An  asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive  within a specific  period if it
will mature or reprice within that period.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is
defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing
or repricing  within a specific  time period and the amount of  interest-bearing
liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that time period. A gap is considered
positive when the amount of interest rate

                                      -75-

<PAGE>

sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities,  and
is considered  negative when the amount of interest rate  sensitive  liabilities
exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. Generally, during a period
of rising  interest  rates, a negative gap would  adversely  affect net interest
income while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest  income,
while conversely during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would
result in an increase in net interest income and a positive gap would negatively
affect net interest income.

   The  following  table sets forth the amounts of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities  outstanding  at  September  30,  1996  which  are
expected to mature or reprice in each of the time periods shown.  The investment
securities and mortgage  backed  securities in the following table are presented
at amortized cost.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              At September 30, 1996
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Over One        Over Five
                                    One Year         Through         Through         Over Ten
                                     or Less       Five Years       Ten Years          Years           Total
                                     -------       ----------       ---------          -----           -----
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>    
Interest-earning assets:
  Investment securities.........     $25,905         $11,344         $ 1,004          $   546         $38,799
  Mortgage-backed securities....       1,342              --              31            1,485           2,858
  Other interest-earning assets.       1,814           4,233              --               --           6,047
  Adjustable rate 1-4 family loans    12,160           7,906           1,001               --          21,067
  Fixed rate 1-4 family loans...          83             372           2,436           11,120          14,011
  Commercial real estate loans..       3,541           1,054              --               47           4,642
  Consumer loans................         394             694               7               49           1,144
                                         ---             ---               -               --           -----
    Total.......................      45,239          25,603           4,479           13,247          88,568
                                      ------          ------           -----           ------          ------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Certificates of deposit.......      29,719           8,306              --               41          38,066
  Money market accounts.........       7,770              --              --               --           7,770
  NOW accounts..................       5,674              --              --               --           5,674
  Passbook accounts.............      13,752              --              --               --          13,752
  ESOP loan.....................          --              --             829               --             829
                                     -------          ------             ---           ------          ------
    Total.......................      56,915           8,306             829               41          66,091
                                      ------           -----             ---               --          ------
  Interest sensitivity gap......     (11,676)         17,297           3,650           13,206          22,477
                                     -------          ------           -----           ------          ------
  Cumulative interest sensitivit
    gap.........................y    (11,676)          5,621           9,271           22,477          22,477
                                     -------           -----           -----           ------          ------
  Ratio of cumulative gap to
    total assets................       (12.9)%           6.2%           10.2%            24.8%           24.8%
                                      -----              ---            ----             ----            ---- 
</TABLE>


         Management believes the current one-year gap of negative 12.9% presents
a risk to net interest  income should a sustained  increase occur in the current
level of  interest  rates.  If  interest  rates  increase,  the Bank's  negative
one-year gap should cause the net interest  margin to decrease.  A  conservative
rate-gap  policy  provides a stable net  interest  income  margin.  Accordingly,
management  emphasizes a structured  schedule of  investments  spread by term to
maturity with greater  emphasis on maturities of one year or less. The preceding
table utilized no assumptions or adjustments  regarding  prepayment of loans and
decay rates based upon Falmouth's actual experience. Accordingly, it is possible
that the actual  interest rate  sensitivity of the Bank's assets and liabilities
could  vary  significantly  from the  information  set forth in the table due to
market and other factors.

         Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis  presented
above.  Although  certain assets and  liabilities  may have similar  maturity or
periods  of  repricing,  they may react in  different  degrees to changes in the
market  interest  rates.  The  interest  rates on  certain  types of assets  and
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates,  while
rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes

                                      -76-

<PAGE>

in market interest rates.  Certain assets,  such as  adjustable-rate  mortgages,
generally have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term
basis  and over the life of the  asset.  In the  event of a change  in  interest
rates,   prepayments   and  early   withdrawal   levels  would  likely   deviate
significantly  from those assumed in  calculating  the table.  Additionally,  an
increased  credit  risk may result as the ability of many  borrowers  to service
their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. Virtually all
of the  adjustable-rate  loans in the Bank's portfolio contain  conditions which
restrict the periodic change in interest rate.

Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields

         The  following  tables set forth  certain  information  relating to the
Bank's  average  balance  sheet and  reflects  the  average  yield on assets and
average cost of  liabilities  for the periods  indicated and the average  yields
earned  and rates  paid for the  periods  indicated.  Such  yields and costs are
derived by dividing  income or expense by the average  monthly balance of assets
or liabilities,  respectively,  for the periods presented.  Average balances are
derived  from  monthly  balances.  Management  does not believe  that the use of
monthly balances instead of daily balances has caused any material difference in
the information presented. Interest earned on loan portfolios is net of reserves
for uncollected interest.

                                      -77

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Year Ended September 30,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1996                                            1995                    
                                       ----------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------------
                                                                        Average                                         Average     
                                           Average                       Yield/            Average                       Yield/     
                                           Balance      Interest          Cost             Balance     Interest          Cost       
                                           -------      --------          ----             -------     --------          ----       
<S>                                       <C>            <C>                 <C>           <C>          <C>                 <C>     
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans, net: 
   Mortgages.........................     $ 32,693       $  2,573            7.87%         $ 26,867     $  2,113            7.86%   
   Consumer and Other................        3,694            393           10.64             3,377          313            9.27    
                                             -----            ---           -----             -----          ---            ----    
    Total loans, net.................       36,387          2,966            8.15            30,244        2,426            8.02    
   Investments.......................       37,086          2,154            5.81            34,096        2,031            5.96    
   Other earning assets..............        7,203            456            6.33             5,633          358            6.36    
                                             -----            ---            ----             -----          ---            ----    
    Total interest-earning assets....       80,676          5,576            6.91            69,973        4,815            6.88    
Cash and due from banks..............        1,080                                              910                                 
Other assets.........................        1,387                                            1,461                                 
    Total assets.....................     $ 83,143                                         $ 72,344                                 
                                          ========                                         ========                                 
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits:
   Savings deposits..................       13,829            366            2.65            14,143          358            2.53    
   NOW and demand deposit accounts...        5,972             73            1.22             4,930           74            1.50    
   Money market deposits.............        8,081            259            3.21             8,879          288            3.24    
   Certificates of deposit...........       37,198          2,100            5.65            35,386        1,768            5.00    
   Borrowed money....................          429             35            8.16                --           --           --       
                                               ---             --            ----                                                   
    Total interest-bearing liabilities      65,509          2,833            4.32            63,338        2,488            3.93    
Non-interest bearing liabilities.....        1,375                                            1,008                                 
                                             -----                                            -----                                 
    Total liabilities................       66,884                                           64,346                                 
Stockholders' equity.................       16,259                                            7,998                                 
                                            ------                                            -----                                 
    Total liabilities and stockholder
     equity..........................s'   $ 83,143                                         $ 72,344                                 
                                          ========                                         ========                                 
Net interest and dividend income.....                    $  2,743                                       $  2,327                    
                                                         ========                                       ========                    
Interest rate spread.................                                        2.59%                                          2.95%   
                                                                             ====                                           ====    
Net interest margin..................                                        3.40%                                          3.33%   
                                                                             ====                                           ====    
Ratio of average interest-earning
  assets to average interest-bearing
  liabilities........................                                      123.15%                                        110.48%   
                                                                                                                          ======    
</TABLE>
                                                        (CONTINUED)

                                                 Year Ended September 30,
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                          1994
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average
                                        Average                    Yield/
                                        Balance       Interest      Cost
                                        -------       --------      ----
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans, net: 
   Mortgages.........................   $ 25,259     $  1,838          7.28%
   Consumer and Other................      3,024          252          8.33
                                           -----          ---          ----
    Total loans, net.................     28,283        2,090          7.39
   Investments.......................     37,286        2,196          5.89
   Other earning assets..............      5,816          343          5.90
                                           -----          ---          ----
    Total interest-earning assets....     71,385        4,629          6.48
Cash and due from banks..............        810
Other assets.........................      1,499
                                           -----
    Total assets.....................   $ 73,694
                                        ========
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits:
   Savings deposits..................     15,707          397          2.53
   NOW and demand deposit accounts...      5,337           81          1.52
   Money market deposits.............     10,254          276          2.69
   Certificates of deposit...........     33,972        1,382          4.07
                                                        -----
   Borrowed money....................         --           --            --
                                          -----         -----          
    Total interest-bearing liabilities    65,270        2,136          3.27
Non-interest bearing liabilities.....        790
                                             ---
    Total liabilities................     66,060
Stockholders' equity.................      7,634
                                           -----
    Total liabilities and stockholders'
     equity..........................   $ 73,694
                                        ========
Net interest and dividend income.....                $  2,493
                                                     ========
Interest rate spread.................                                  3.21%
                                                                       ==== 
Net interest margin..................                                  3.49%
                                                                       ==== 
Ratio of average interest-earning
  assets to average interest-bearing
  liabilities........................                                109.37%
                                                                     ====== 

                                      -78-
<PAGE>

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

         The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in
interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated.  For
each  category  of  interest-earning   asset  and  interest-bearing   liability,
information  is  provided  on changes  attributable  to:  (i)  changes in volume
(changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in
rate  multiplied  by old  volume).  Changes  in  rate-volume  (changes  in  rate
multiplied by the changes in volume) are allocated  between  changes in rate and
changes in volume.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Year Ended September 30,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1996 vs. 1995                            1995 vs. 1994
                                           Increase (Decrease)                      Increase (Decrease)
                                                 Due To                                   Due To
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Volume         Rate         Total        Volume         Rate          Total
                                   ------         ----         -----        ------         ----          -----
                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>    
Interest earning assets:
  Loans                             $   494      $    46       $   540      $   151       $   185       $   336
  Investments                           277          (56)          221         (201)           51          (150)
                                        ---          ---           ---         ----            --          ---- 
    Total interest-earning assets       771          (10)          761          (50)          236           186
                                        ---          ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW and demand deposit                 14          (15)           (1)          (6)           (1)           (7)
accounts
  Savings deposits                       (8)          16             8          (39)            0           (39)
  Money Market deposits                 (27)          (2)          (29)         (41)           53            12
  Certificates of Deposit                98          234           332           56           330           386
  ESOP loan                              35           --            35           --            --            --
                                        ---          ---           ---          ---           ---           --- 
    Total interest-bearing
    liabilities                         112          233           345          (30)          382           352
                                        ---          ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
Net change in net interest income   $   659      $  (243)      $   416      $   (20)      $  (146)      $  (166)
                                    =======      =======       =======      =======       =======       ======= 
</TABLE>

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995

         The Bank's total assets  increased by $16.8 or 22.9% for the year ended
September  30, 1996 from $73.7 million in September 30, 1995 to $90.5 million at
September 30, 1996.  Total assets  increased  primarily from the proceeds of the
Bank's mutual to stock  conversion on March 28, 1996 and to a lesser extent from
the growth in  deposits.  Total net loans  were $40.2  million or 60.7% of total
deposits at  September  30, 1996 as compared to $32.5  million or 50.2% of total
deposits at  September  30,  1995,  representing  an  increase of $7.7  million.
Investment  securities  were $40.2 million or 44.5% of total assets at September
30, 1996 as compared to $32.5  million or 44.1% of total assets at September 30,
1995.  The proceeds from maturing  securities  were in part allocated to fund an
increased volume of loan production, with the balance redeployed into short-term
securities investments.  Total deposits were $66.4 million at September 30, 1996
as compared to $65.1 million at September 30, 1995. Total deposits  increased by
$1.3  million  for year  ended  September  30,  1996  despite  the $2.5  million
transferred  from  deposits to purchase the Bank's  initial  public  offering of
stock on March 28, 1996. Stockholders' equity was $21.9 million at September 30,
1996 as  compared  to a net worth of $8.4  million at  September  30,  1995,  an
increase of $13.5 million  which was  primarily the result of the  conversion of
the Bank from mutual to stock form. The issuance of 1,454,750 common shares at a
par value of $.10 per share provided capital of $145,475 with additional paid-in
capital  of  $13.6   million  and  unearned   ESOP  shares   costing   $872,850.
Stockholders'  equity  reported at September  30, 1996 was $21.9  million  which
included an  unrealized  gain in  available-for-sale  securities of $144,000 and
retained  earnings of $8.9 million.  The ratio of stockholders'  equity to total
assets was 24.2% at September 30, 1996 and the

                                      -79-
<PAGE>

book value per share of common stock was $15.06. Historical net income per share
of common stock from March 28, 1996 (date of  conversion)  to September 30, 1996
was $.32.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1994

         The Bank's  total  assets  decreased  by $931,000 or 1.25% for the year
ended  September  30, 1995,  from $74.7  million at September  30, 1994 to $73.7
million at September  30, 1995.  Total net loans were $27.6  million or 41.5% of
total  deposits at September  30, 1994 as compared to $32.5  million or 50.2% of
total deposits at September 30, 1995,  representing an increase of $4.9 million.
Investment  securities  held by the Bank decreased from $39.0 million in 1994 to
$31.8  million in 1995.  The  proceeds  from  maturing  securities  were in part
allocated to fund the increased volume of loan production as well as net deposit
withdrawals,  with the balance redeployed in short-term securities  investments.
While  total  deposits  declined by $1.6  million or 2.5% from $66.4  million at
September 30, 1994 to $64.8 million at September 30, 1995,  net worth  increased
by 7.5% to $8.4  million at  September  30, 1995 as a result of the  transfer of
$439,000  from net income and the addition to net worth at September 30, 1995 of
$149,000 resulting from the unrealized gain on available- for-sale securities.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995

         Net Income. The Bank's net income for the twelve months ended September
30, 1996 was $570,000 as compared to $439,000 for twelve months ended  September
30, 1995.  The  $131,000  increase in net income was  primarily  the result of a
$760,000  increase in interest and dividend  income which was partly offset by a
$346,000  increase in interest  expense on deposit and borrowed  funds,  $95,000
increase in operating expenses and a $148,000 increase in income taxes.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income for the twelve months ended
September  30, 1996 was  $2,743,000  as compared  to  $2,328,000  for the twelve
months ended  September 30, 1995. The $415,000  increase in net interest  income
was the result of the increase in interest  income on loans and securities  that
more than  off-setting  the increase in interest  expense on  deposits.  The net
interest  margin for the twelve  months  ended  September  30, 1996 was 3.40% an
increase of .07% as compared to 3.33% for the months ended  September  30, 1995.
The return on average assets for the twelve months ended  September 30, 1996 was
 .69%,  an  increase of .08% as compared to .61% for the same period of the prior
year.  The primary  reason for the increase in the return on average  assets was
the deployment of proceeds from maturing  securities into an increased volume of
residential loan originations during the year ended September 30, 1996.

         Interest  Income.  Total  interest and  dividend  income for the twelve
months  ended  September  30,  1996 was  $5,576,000,  an increase of $761,000 as
compared to  $4,815,000  for the twelve  months ended  September  30, 1995.  The
increase  in  interest  and  dividend  income  was due  primarily  to a $518,000
increase in  interest  income on loans and a $242,000  increase in interest  and
dividends on securities  and short-term  investments.  The increases in interest
income on loans and securities was, for the most part, the result of an increase
in the volume of loans and securities held.

         Interest  Expense.   Interest  expense  for  the  twelve  months  ended
September  30,  1996 was  $2,833,000,  an  increase  of  $346,000 as compared to
$2,487,000  for the twelve  months ended  September  30,  1995.  The increase in
interest expense was due to higher deposit rates paid on primarily  certificates
of deposit accounts during the period.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan losses for
the twelve months ended  September 30, 1996 was $51,000 was compared to zero for
the twelve months ended  September  30, 1995.  The increase in the amount of the
provision  for  possible  loan  losses was in  response  to the  increase in the
balance of loans held by the Bank and the Bank's  commitment to maintain general
loan loss reserves at adequate levels.

                                      -80-

<PAGE>

         Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income or other income for the twelve
months  ended  September  30, 1996 was  $125,000 as compared to $115,000 for the
twelve months ended  September 30, 1995. The $10,000  increase was due to modest
increases  in income from  service  charges and other fee income  coupled with a
moderate increase in other fee income that offset a decrease in gain on sales of
investment securities.

         Operating  Expense.  Operating  expenses  for the twelve  months  ended
September  30, 1996 were  $1,888,000  as compared to  $1,793,000  for the twelve
months ended  September 30, 1995.  The $95,000  increase was primarily due to an
increase in salaries and employee benefits of $104,000, an increase in legal and
professional  fees of $48,000  and an increase  in other  operating  expenses of
$63,000  offset by a decrease in deposit  insurance  expense of  $100,000  and a
decrease in  director's  fees of  $10,000.  It is  expected  that the  leasehold
improvements and non-interest  expenses will increase during fiscal 1997 as work
progresses  on the new  branch  located  in  East  Falmouth  scheduled  to be in
operation in February, 1997.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1994

         Net Income. The Bank's net income for the year ended September 30, 1995
was $439,000 as compared to $651,000 for the year ended September 30, 1994. This
$212,000  decrease in net income  during the period was the result of a $164,000
decline  in net  interest  income  and an  increase  of  $178,000  in  operating
expenses,  partially  offset by a $236,000  decrease in the provision for income
taxes.  During  fiscal year ended  September  30,  1995,  the  general  level of
short-term  interest  rates  experienced  a gradual 60 basis  point  increase by
mid-year and a decline of approximately  90 basis points by year-end,  resulting
in a net 30 basis  point  decrease  during  fiscal  1995.  The  general  rise in
interest  rates in the  first  half of  fiscal  1995  coupled  with a  liability
sensitive  interest  rate  exposure  produced a $350,000  increase  in  interest
expense which was only partially offset by a $186,000 rise in interest income.

         Interest  Income.  Total  interest  and  dividend  income  increased by
$186,000  or 4.0% from $4.6  million for year ended  September  30, 1994 to $4.8
million for year ended  September 30, 1995. The increase in interest  income was
in part the result of loan originations of $4.9 million funded by maturing lower
yield investment securities.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased by approximately $350,000
or 16.4% from $2.1 million for the year ended September 30, 1994 to $2.5 million
for year ended  September  30,  1995.  The  primary  reason for the  increase in
interest expense was the increase in the general level of interest rates driving
an increase in both the rollover rates for certificates of deposit and the rates
paid on money market deposit  accounts.  This rate increase  offset a decline of
$1.6 million in total deposits from $66.4 million at September 30, 1994 to $64.8
million at September 30, 1995.

         Net  Interest  Income.  The net  interest  income  for the  year  ended
September  30, 1995 was $2.3  million as  compared to $2.5  million for the year
ended  September  30,  1994,  a decline of 6.6%.  The  $164,000  decrease in net
interest  income can be attributed to a combination of the $186,000  increase in
interest and dividend  income and the $350,000  increase in interest  expense on
deposits.  The average  yield on interest  earning  assets  increased by .40% to
6.88%  for  the  year  ended   September   30,   1995.   The  average   cost  on
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  by .66% to 3.93%  for the  year  ended
September 30, 1995.  The return on average  assets for the year ended  September
30, 1995 was .61%, a decrease of .27% as compared to prior year.

         Provision for Possible  Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses for
the year ended  September 30, 1995 was zero dollars as compared to $9,000 to the
year ended September 30, 1994.

         At September  30, 1994,  the balance for  allowance for loan losses was
$310,000 or 1.1% of total loans.  During the year ended September 30, 1995, zero
dollars were charged  against the  allowance  for loan losses while  $135,000 in
recoveries was credited to the allowance for loan losses. At September 30, 1995,
the balance of allowance for loan losses was  $445,000,  which was 1.4% of total
loans.

                                      -81-

<PAGE>

         Other Income.  Non-interest  income or other income was $97,000 for the
year  ended  September  30,  1995 as  compared  to  $214,000  for the year ended
September 30, 1994. The $117,000  decrease was primarily the result of a $33,000
decrease in service fees, as the Bank reduced  service charges on several of its
deposit  products  in an  attempt to retain and  attract  accounts,  a full cash
recovery of $34,000 in connection with a defalcation  and a special  dividend of
$24,000 from the  Co-operative  Central Bank during the year ended September 30,
1994. The net gain on sales of investment securities was $16,000 for each of the
years ended September 30, 1995 and September 30, 1994.

         Operating Expenses. Operating expense increased from $1,615,000 for the
year ended  September  30, 1994 to $1,793,000  for the year ended  September 30,
1995. The increase of $178,000 or 10.9% mainly resulted from a $140,000 increase
in  compensation  primarily due to the addition of a commercial  lending officer
and  residential  loan  originator  to the Bank's  staff.  The one time  charges
associated with the conversion of the Bank's data processing to another provider
coupled with an increase in Bank's administrative  deposit expense account for a
$28,000 increase over the prior year. Annual operating  expenses are expected to
increase by approximately  $210,000 in future periods due to the Bank's plans to
establish a new branch location.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Bank's primary sources of funds consist of deposits,  repayment and
prepayment of loans and mortgaged-backed  securities,  maturities of investments
and  interest-bearing  deposits,  and  funds  provided  from  operations.  While
scheduled  repayments of loans and mortgage-backed  securities and maturities of
investment  securities are predictable sources of funds,  deposit flows and loan
prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by the general  level of interest  rates,
economic  conditions  and  competition.  The Bank uses its  liquidity  resources
principally  to fund existing and future loan  commitments,  to fund net deposit
outflows, to invest in other interest-earning assets, to maintain liquidity, and
to meet operating  expenses.  Management believes that loan repayments and other
sources of funds will be adequate to meet the Bank's  liquidity needs for fiscal
year 1997.

         The Bank is required to maintain adequate levels of liquid assets. This
guideline,  which may be varied  depending upon economic  conditions and deposit
flows,  is based upon a percentage of deposits and  short-term  borrowings.  The
Bank  has  historically  maintained  a level  of  liquid  assets  in  excess  of
regulatory  requirements.The  Bank's  liquidity  ratio at September 30, 1996 was
72.4%.

         A major portion of the Bank's  liquidity  consists of  short-term  U.S.
Government  obligations.  The level of these  assets is  dependent on the Bank's
operating,  investing, lending and financing activities during any given period.
At September 30, 1996, regulatory liquidity totaled $48.2 million.

         The primary  investing  activities of the Bank include  origination  of
loans and purchase of investment securities. During the year ended September 30,
1996, purchases of investment securities and mortgage-backed  securities totaled
$43.2 million,  while loan originations totaled $16.3 million. These investments
were funded  primarily  from loan  repayments  of $8.5  million  and  investment
security maturities of $33.3 million.

         Liquidity  management  is  both  a  daily  and  long-term  function  of
management.  If the Bank  requires  funds  beyond its ability to  generate  them
internally,  the Bank  believes that it could borrow  additional  funds from the
FHLB of Boston. At September 30, 1996, the Bank had no outstanding advances from
the FHLB of Boston.

         At  September  30,  1996,  the  Bank had $1.5  million  in  outstanding
commitments  to  originate  loans.  The  Bank  anticipates  that  it  will  have
sufficient  funds  available to meet its current loan  origination  commitments.
Certificates  of  deposit  which  are  scheduled  to  mature in one year or less
totaled  $29.7 million at September  30, 1996.  Based on historical  experience,
management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with
the Bank.

                                      -82-

<PAGE>

         At September 30, 1996, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory  capital
requirements.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

         The financial  statements and related data  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which
require the measurement of financial position and results of operations in terms
of historical  dollars without  considering  changes in the relative  purchasing
power of money over time because of inflation. Unlike most industrial companies,
virtually all of the assets and  liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature.
As a  result,  interest  rates  have a more  significant  impact  on the  Bank's
performance  than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do
not  necessarily  move in the same  direction  or in the same  magnitude  as the
prices of goods and services.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         The Bank  accounts  for the ESOP  under  Statement  of  Position  93-6,
"Employers'  Accounting for Employee Stock  Ownership  Plans" ("SOP 93-6").  SOP
93-6 measures  compensation  expense  recorded by employers for leveraged  ESOPs
using  the fair  value of ESOP  shares.  Under  SOP  93-6,  the Bank  recognizes
compensation  cost equal to the fair value of the ESOP shares during the periods
in which they become committed to be released. To the extent that the fair value
of  the  Bank's  ESOP  shares  differs  from  the  cost  of  such  shares,  this
differential  is  charged  or  credited  to equity.  Employers  with  internally
leveraged  ESOPs do not report the loan receivable from the ESOP as an asset and
do not report the ESOP debt as a liability.

         In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board the ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed of"
("SFAS 121").  Various assets are excluded from the scope of SFAS 121, including
financial  instruments,  which constitute most of the Bank's assets.  For assets
included in the scope of SFAS 121,  such as office  property and  equipment,  an
impairment  loss must be  recognized  when the  estimate  of total  undiscounted
future cash flows  attributable  to the asset is less than the asset's  carrying
value.  Measurement  of the  impairment  loss is based on the fair  value of the
asset.  SFAS 121 is effective for financial  statements  issued for fiscal years
beginning  after December 15, 1995.  SFAS 121 did not have a material  impact on
the Bank's results of operations or financial position.

         In  May  1995,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 122,  "Accounting  for Mortgage  Servicing  Rights," ("SFAS 122"),
which amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 65, "Accounting for
Certain  Mortgage  Banking  Activities."  SFAS 122 is effective for the Bank for
fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1996. SFAS 122 requires that entities
recognize,  as  separate  assets,  rights to service  mortgage  loans for others
regardless of how those servicing  rights are acquired.  Additionally,  SFAS 122
requires  that  the  capitalized  mortgage  servicing  rights  be  assesses  for
impairment  based on the fair value of those rights and that the  impairment  be
recognized through a valuation allowance. These requirements will accelerate the
income recognition associated with mortgage banking activities,  increase future
operating  expense due to the  amortization  of  servicing  rights and will also
result in  greater  earnings  volatility  for  those  institutions  involved  in
mortgage banking activities.  Management of the Bank does not expect SFAS 122 to
have  a  material  impact  on the  Bank's  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations,  because the Bank does not currently  conduct any material  mortgage
banking activities or purchase loan servicing rights.

         In November  1995,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), which
is effective for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  September  30, 1997.  This
statement  established  financial  accounting standards for stock-based employee
compensation  plans.  SFAS 123  permits  the Bank to choose  either the new fair
value  based  method,  or  the  current  accounting   prescribed  by  Accounting
Principles  Board ("APB")  Opinion 25, using the intrinsic value based method of
accounting for its stock-based compensation arrangements.  SFAS 123 requires pro
forma disclosures of net earnings and earnings per share computed as if the fair
value based  method had been  applied in APB Opinion 25. SFAS 123 applies to all
stock-based employee compensation plans in which an

                                      -83-

<PAGE>

employer  grants  shares of its stock or other equity  instruments  to employees
except for employee  stock  ownership  plans.  SFAS 123 also applies to plans in
which the employer incurs liabilities to employees in amounts based on the price
of the  employer's  stock,  (e.g.  stock option  plans,  stock  purchase  plans,
restricted stock plans and stock appreciation  rights).  SFAS 123 also specifies
the accounting for transactions in which a company issues stock options or other
equity  instruments for services provided by nonemployees or to acquire goods or
services from outside suppliers or vendors.  The recognition  provisions of SFAS
123 for  companies  choosing  to  adopt  the new  fair  value  based  method  of
accounting for stock-based compensation  arrangements may be adopted immediately
and will apply to all transactions entered into in fiscal years that begin after
December 15, 1995.  The  disclosure  provisions  of SFAS 123 are  effective  for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995,  however,  disclosure of the pro
forma net  earnings  and  earnings  per share,  as if the fair  value  method of
accounting for stock-based  compensation  had been elected,  is required for all
awards  granted in fiscal years  beginning  after December 31, 1994. The Company
and/or the Bank expect to account for stock-based  compensation  arrangements as
prescribed in APB Opinion 25, if such plans are implemented.

         In June  1996,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 125,  "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial  Assets
and   Extinguishments  of  Liabilities"  ("SFAS  125"),  which  supersedes  FASB
Statements  No.  76,  "Extinguishments  of  Debt,"  and No.  77,  "Reporting  by
Transferors for Transfers of Receivables  with Recourse." This statement  amends
FASB Statement No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities," and amends and extends to all servicing assets and liabilities, the
accounting standards for mortgage servicing rights now set forth in SFAS 65, and
supersedes  SFAS 122. SFAS 125 provides  accounting and reporting  standards for
transfers and servicing of financial assets and  extinguishments of liabilities.
After a transfer of financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes  the financial and
servicing  assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred,  derecognizes
financial assets when control has been surrendered and derecognizes  liabilities
when  extinguished.  SFAS 125 provides  consistent  standards for distinguishing
transfers of  financial  assets that are sales from  transfers  that are secured
borrowings.  A transfer of financial  assets in which the transferor  surrenders
control  over  those  assets  is  accounted  for as a sale  to the  extent  that
consideration  other than  beneficial  interests  in the  transferred  assets is
received in exchange.

         SFAS 125 further requires that liabilities and derivatives  incurred or
obtained by transferors  as part of a transfer of financial  assets be initially
measured at fair value, if practicable.  It also requires that servicing  assets
and other retained interests in the transferred assets be measured by allocating
the  previous  carrying  amount  between the assets  sold,  if any, and retained
interests,  if any,  based  on their  relative  fair  values  on the date of the
transfer.  SFAS 125 also  requires  that  servicing  assets and  liabilities  be
subsequently  measured by (a)  amortization in proportion to and over the period
of  estimated  net  servicing  income  or loss  and  (b)  assessment  for  asset
impairment or increased obligation based on their fair values. SFAS 125 requires
that debtors reclassify  financial assets pledged as collateral and that secured
parties  recognize  those assets and their  obligation to return them to certain
circumstances in which the secured party has taken control of those assets. SFAS
125  requires  that a liability  be  derecognized  if and only if either (i) the
debtor pays the creditor and is relieved of its  obligation for the liability or
(ii) the debtor is legally  released  from being the primary  obligor  under the
liability either  judicially or by the creditor.  Therefore,  a liability is not
considered extinguished by an in-substance defeasance.

         SFAS 125 is effective for  transfers and servicing of financial  assets
and extinguishments of liabilities  occurring after December 31, 1996, and is to
be applied prospectively.  Earlier or retroactive  application is not permitted.
Management of the Bank has not evaluated the impact,  if any, of the adoption of
SFAS 125 on the Bank's financial condition or results of operations.

                                      -84-

<PAGE>

                              MANAGEMENT OF BANCORP

DIRECTORS

         The Board of  Directors  of  Bancorp  currently  consists  of the eight
Continuing  Directors of Falmouth and the three  directors who are nominated for
re-election at the Annual  Meeting.  See "Proposal 1 -- Election of Directors --
Information with Respect to Nominees and Continuing Directors." The directors of
Bancorp are divided into three  classes,  with one class to be elected each year
at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of Bancorp.  Directors  elected at each
annual  meeting will serve for a term of three years and until their  successors
are duly elected and qualified.  Approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  by the
holders of Bank Common Stock at the Annual Meeting will be deemed to be approval
of such persons as the directors of Bancorp  without  further action and without
changes in classes or terms. There are no arrangements or understandings between
Bancorp and any person pursuant to which such person was elected as a director.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The executive officers of Bancorp are: Santo P. Pasqualucci,  President
and Chief  Executive  Officer;  George E. Young,  III, Vice  President and Chief
Financial Officer; and John A. DeMello, Secretary.

COMPENSATION

         It is expected  that until such time as the officers  and  directors of
Falmouth  devote  significant  time  to the  separate  management  of  Bancorp's
affairs,  which is not expected to occur until Bancorp becomes actively involved
in  additional  businesses,  no  separate  compensation  will be paid for  their
services to Bancorp.  However,  Bancorp may determine that such  compensation is
appropriate in the future and may at such time enter into  employment  contracts
with certain key executive officers. See "Management of Falmouth -- Compensation
and Employee Benefit Plans."

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         As the directors,  officers and employees of Bancorp will not initially
be  compensated  by Bancorp  but will  continue to serve and be  compensated  by
Falmouth,  no separate  benefit plans for  directors,  officers and employees of
Bancorp are  anticipated  at this time.  Falmouth  will continue to maintain its
other  benefit  programs.  See  "Proposal 1 -- Election of  Directors -- Certain
Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreement."


                             MANAGEMENT OF FALMOUTH

DIRECTORS

         For  information  with respect to nominees for election as directors of
the Bank at the Annual  Meeting and the other  directors of the Bank,  including
their age, business experience,  compensation paid by the Bank, stock ownership,
and service on committees of the Board of Directors, see "Proposal 1 -- Election
of Directors."

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The  Reorganization  will not result in any change of the  officers  of
Falmouth.  The age at November 1, 1996 and  position  held with the Bank of each
person currently serving as an executive officer of Falmouth is set forth below.
In addition, a brief biography of each individual is provided.

                                      -85-

<PAGE>

            Name                     Age                       Position
            ----                     ---                       --------

Santo P. Pasqualucci                  57      President and Chief Executive
                                              Officer

George E. Young, III                  51      Vice President and Chief
                                              Financial Officer

Sharon L. Shoner                      45      Vice President/Loan Production

Ronald Garcia                         45      Vice President/Commercial
                                              Lending

John A. DeMello                       59      Secretary


                  SANTO P.  PASQUALUCCI,  age 57, has served as President of the
Bank since December,  1992.  Prior to that time, he served as the President of a
savings bank for six years. He has served the banking community of Massachusetts
for 30 years.

                  GEORGE E. YOUNG,  III,  age 51, has served with the Bank since
1991.  He was Treasurer  and  Auditor/Compliance  Officer from 1973 to 1991 with
another  savings  institution.   Mr.  Young  is  currently  Vice  President  and
Treasurer.

                  SHARON L. SHONER,  age 45, has served with the Loan Department
of the Bank since 1977. She is currently Vice President/Loan Production.

                  RONALD GARCIA, age 45, has served as Vice President/Commercial
Lending  since  August,  1994.  Prior  thereto,  he  was a  Vice  President  and
commercial loan officer for Falmouth National Bank/Bank of Boston.

                  JOHN A.  DEMELLO,  age 59, has  served as Vice  President/Loan
Officer of the Bank since 1972. He is currently Vice President/Compliance.

COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         For a discussion of the compensation paid to certain executive officers
of Falmouth,  employment  agreements  entered  into with  certain of  Falmouth's
officers and a  description  of the  material  benefit  plans and programs  with
respect to  Falmouth's  executive  officers,  see  "Proposal  1 --  Election  of
Directors -- Summary Compensation Table," "-- Certain Employee Benefit Plans and
Employment Agreement."


                                  OTHER MATTERS

         As of the  date  of  this  Proxy-Statement  Prospectus,  the  Board  of
Directors knows of no business which will be presented for  consideration at the
Annual  Meeting  other  than as  stated  in the  Notice  of  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.  If, however, other matters are properly brought before the Annual
Meeting, it is the intention of the Board of Directors to direct the vote of the
shares  represented  by proxy on such  matters  in  accordance  with  their best
judgment.

                                      -86-

<PAGE>

                        PROPOSALS FOR 1997 ANNUAL MEETING

         Any stockholder  wishing to have a proposal,  including  nominations to
the Board of Directors,  considered for inclusion in Bancorp's  proxy  statement
and form of proxy relating to the 1998 Annual Meeting of  stockholders  must, in
addition to other  applicable  requirements,  set forth such proposal in writing
and file it with the  Corporate  Secretary  of Bancorp  on or before  August 19,
1997. If the  Reorganization  is not consummated,  any such proposal must be set
forth in writing and filed with the Clerk of the Bank on or before September 17,
1997.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         A  copy  of  the  Annual  Report  containing  financial  statements  at
September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995, prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, accompanies this Proxy Statement-Prospectus. The
financial statements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1996 and September
30, 1995 have been  audited by  Shatswell  MacLeod & Co.,  P.C. and Keith Hersey
Sheehan  Benoit  Dempsey  &  Oman,  P.C.,  respectively.  The  reports  of  each
independent  auditor thereon appear in this Proxy  Statement-  Prospectus and in
the Annual  Report.  An  additional  copy of the Annual Report will be furnished
without charge to stockholders upon request.

         The  Bank is  required  to file an  annual  report  on Form F-2 for its
fiscal year ended  September  30, 1996 with the FDIC.  Stockholders  may obtain,
free of charge, a copy of such annual report (excluding  exhibits) by writing to
George  E.  Young,  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank,  20 Davis  Straits,  Falmouth,
Massachusetts 02540.


TO ASSURE THAT YOUR SHARES ARE REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL  MEETING,  PLEASE SIGN,
DATE  AND  PROMPTLY  RETURN  THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROXY  CARD IN THE  POSTAGE-PAID
ENVELOPE PROVIDED.

                                              By Order of the Board of Directors


                                              John A. DeMello
                                              Clerk

Falmouth, Massachusetts
December ___, 1996

                                      -87-

<PAGE>

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          OF FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

Independent Auditors' Report of Shatswell
       MacLeod & Co., P.C....................................................F-2

Independent Auditors' Report of Keith Hersey Sheehan 
       Benoit Dempsey & Oman, P.C............................................F-3

Balance Sheet at September 30, 1996 and 1995.................................F-4

Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994...F-5

Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity at 
       September 30, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993...............................F-6

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995
       and 1994..............................................................F-7

Notes to Financial Statements................................................F-9


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                       SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.
                                 83 PINE STREET
                     WEST PEABODY, MASSACHUSETTS 01960-3635
                                 (508) 535-0206



The Board of Directors
Falmouth Co-operative Bank
Falmouth, Massachusetts


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                          ----------------------------

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Falmount  Co-operative Bank as
of  September  30,  1996  and the  related  statements  of  income,  changes  in
stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the year then  ended.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's  Management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial  statements  based on our audit. The
financial statements of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank as of September 30, 1995 and
1994,  we audited by other  auditors  whose  report  dated  November  20,  1995,
expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a resonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the 1996 financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank
as of September 30, 1996,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows
for the year ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note 1 to the  financial  statements,  the  Bank  adopted  the
provisions of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities" as of October 1, 1994.

                                              SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

October 18, 1996
  except for Note 14,
  as to which the
  date is November 19, 1996


                                      F-2
<PAGE>
15 Christy's Drive
Brockton, MA 02401
Tel 508-583-6519
Fax 508-586-7565

17 Accord Park Drive
Norwell, MA 02061
Tel 617-878-8850
Fax 617-871-0250


                KEITH HERSEY SHEEHAN BENOIT DEMPSEY & OMAN, P.C.

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
                          ----------------------------

To The Finance Committee
The Falmouth Cooperative Bank
Falmouth, Massachusetts


We have  audited the  accompanying  statements  of  financial  condition  of The
Falmouth  Cooperative  Bank as of September  30, 1995 and 1994,  and the related
statements of income,  changes in net worth and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year  period ended September 30, 1995.  These financial  statements
are the  responsibility  of the  Bank's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial  statments.  As audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statment  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a resonalble basis for our opinion.

In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of The Falmouth Cooperative Bank as of
September 30, 1995 and 1994,  and the results of its  operations  and cash flows
for each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,  1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


November 20, 1995


                                      F-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                                            --------------------------

                                                  BALANCE SHEETS
                                                  --------------

                                            September 30, 1996 and 1995
                                            ---------------------------

ASSETS                                                                                  1996               1995
- - ------                                                                              --------------     ------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>               <C>         
Cash and due from banks                                                              $  1,171,761      $  3,597,614
Federal funds sold                                                                      1,583,437
                                                                                    -------------    --------------
           Total cash and cash equivalents                                              2,755,198         3,597,614
Investments in available-for-sale securities (at fair value)                           22,713,053        19,541,740
Investments in held-to-maturity securities (fair values of $22,845,398
   as of September 30, 1996 and $16,047,468 as of September 30, 1995)                  22,839,596        16,034,740
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                                     300,900           280,100
Loans, net                                                                             40,236,846        32,502,902
Premises and equipment                                                                    526,061           531,247
Accrued interest receivable                                                               746,601           519,793
Cooperative Central Bank Reserve Fund Deposit                                             285,680           285,680
Other assets                                                                              112,173           385,252
                                                                                   --------------    --------------
                                                                                      $90,516,108       $73,679,068
                                                                                      ===========       ===========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Demand deposits                                                                      $  8,713,244      $  9,142,238
Savings and NOW deposits                                                               19,660,383        19,761,461
Time deposits                                                                          38,065,803        36,156,852
                                                                                     ------------    --------------
           Total deposits                                                              66,439,430        65,060,551
Deferred income taxes                                                                      49,248            53,300
Other liabilities                                                                         123,608            95,151
Due to broker                                                                           1,000,000
Income taxes payable                                                                      156,027            26,427
Treasury tax and loan account                                                               4,170             8,353
Employee Stock Ownership Plan loan                                                        829,208
                                                                                   --------------    --------------
           Total liabilities                                                           68,601,691        65,243,782
                                                                                     ------------      ------------
Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, par value $.10 per share, authorized 500,000 shares;
     none issued
   Common stock, par value $.10 per share, authorized 2,500,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding 1,454,750 shares                                              145,475
   Paid-in capital                                                                     13,598,174
   Retained earnings                                                                    8,856,291
   Surplus                                                                                                8,286,070
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan loan                                                    (829,208)
   Net unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities                           143,685           149,216
                                                                                   --------------    --------------
           Total stockholders' equity                                                  21,914,417         8,435,286
                                                                                     ------------     -------------
                                                                                      $90,516,108      $ 73,679,068
                                                                                      ===========      ============

</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                                            --------------------------

                                               STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                               --------------------

                                   Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                   ---------------------------------------------

                                                                        1996             1995              1994
                                                                   -------------    -------------     -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>       
Interest and dividend income:
   Interest and fees on loans                                         $2,966,330       $2,448,193        $2,089,452
   Interest and dividends on investment securities                     2,457,953        2,289,648         2,484,210
   Interest on short-term investments                                    151,549           77,540            55,052
                                                                    ------------    -------------     -------------
           Total interest and dividend income                          5,575,832        4,815,381         4,628,714
                                                                     -----------      -----------       -----------
Interest expense:
   Interest expense on deposits                                        2,797,827        2,486,994         2,136,299
   Interest expense on borrowings                                         35,060
                                                                   -------------    -------------     -------------
           Total interest expense                                      2,832,887        2,486,994         2,136,299
                                                                     -----------      -----------       -----------
           Net interest income                                         2,742,945        2,328,387         2,492,415
Provision for possible loan losses                                        51,000                              9,000
                                                                   -------------    --------------   --------------  
           Net interest income after provision for possible
              loan losses                                              2,691,945        2,328,387         2,483,415
                                                                     -----------     ------------       -----------
Other income:
   Service charges                                                        53,094           49,789            80,236
   Other fee income                                                       34,650           31,998            33,881
   Other non-interest income                                              35,258           17,182            99,580
   Gain on sales of investment securities, net                             2,338           16,079            15,777
                                                                  --------------    -------------     -------------
           Total other income                                            125,340          115,048           229,474
                                                                    ------------     ------------      ------------
Other expense:
   Salaries and employee benefits                                      1,165,167        1,061,389           891,177
   Deposit insurance expense                                               7,666          107,554           150,828
   Other real estate owned expense                                                          2,447             1,833
   Data processing expense                                               111,410          119,129            99,656
   Director's fees                                                        57,100           66,900            70,900
   Legal and professional fees                                            58,485            9,884            29,538
   Other operating expenses                                              488,636          425,996           371,550
                                                                    ------------     ------------      ------------
           Total other expense                                         1,888,464        1,793,299         1,615,482
                                                                     -----------      -----------       -----------
           Income before income taxes                                    928,821          650,136         1,097,407
Income taxes                                                             358,600          210,900           446,800
                                                                    ------------     ------------      ------------
           Net income                                                $   570,221      $   439,236       $   650,607
                                                                     ===========      ===========       ===========

</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>


                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                           --------------------------

                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  ---------------------------------------------

                  Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  ---------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Net
                                                                                       Unrealized          Employee
                                                                                       Holding             Stock
                                                                                       Gain on             Ownership
                                  Common        Paid-in       Retained                  Available-for-      Plan
                                  Stock         Capital       Earnings     Surplus     Sale Securities     Loan            Total
                                  -----         -------       --------     -------     ---------------     ----            -----
<S>                             <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance, September 30, 1993      $           $              $            $7,196,227     $                $               $7,196,227
Net income                                                                  650,607                                         650,607
                                 -------     ----------     ----------   ----------     -------          ----------      ----------
Balance, September 30, 1994                                               7,846,834                                       7,846,834
Net income                                                                  439,236                                         439,236
Net unrealized gain on
   available-for-sale securities                                                         149,216                            149,216
                                 -------     ----------     ----------   ----------     -------          ----------      ---------- 
Balance, September 30, 1995                                               8,286,070      149,216                          8,435,286
Transfer of surplus to retained
   earnings                                                  8,286,070   (8,286,070)
Issuance of common stock          145,475     13,598,174                                                                 13,743,649
Employee Stock Ownership
   Plan loan                                                                                              (872,850)        (872,850)
Principal payments on Employee
   Stock Ownership Plan loan                                                                                43,642           43,642
Net income                                                     570,221                                                     570,221
Net change in unrealized
   holding gain on available-    
   for-sale securities                                                                                      (5,531)          (5,531)
                                 -------     ----------     ----------   ----------     -------          ----------      ----------
Balance, September 30, 1996      $145,475    $13,598,174    $8,856,291   $              $143,685         $(829,208)     $21,914,417
                                 ========    ===========    ==========   =============   ========       ===========     ===========

</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                                                --------------------------

                                                 STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                 ------------------------

                                       Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                       ------------------------'---------------------

                                                                      1996               1995                1994
                                                                -----------------   ----------------      ------------
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>               <C>          
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                                      $     570,221    $     439,236     $     650,607
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
         Provision for possible loan losses                               51,000                              9,000
         Net (accretion) amortization of investment
           securities                                                    (51,206)         (51,139)           75,402
         Amortization of net deferred loan fees                           22,246           20,264           (20,336)
         Gain on sales of investment securities, net                      (2,338)         (16,079)          (15,777)
         Deferred taxes                                                   (6,432)          (3,000)           56,800
         Depreciation                                                     55,908           33,912            37,133
         (Increase) decrease in other assets                              46,271          (97,919)           21,510
         Increase in other liabilities                                 1,160,306            6,719            15,331
                                                                   -------------  ---------------   ---------------

   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                 1,845,976          331,994           829,670
                                                                   -------------    -------------    --------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchases of available-for-sale securities                        (25,655,599)
   Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities                  237,841
   Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities          22,300,000
   Purchases of held-to-maturity securities                          (17,564,866)
   Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities            10,750,416
   Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                              (20,800)
   Proceeds from the sale of and maturity of investment
     securities                                                                        22,973,324        16,034,737
   Purchases of investment securities                                                 (15,095,206)      (16,041,458)
   Proceeds from principal repayment on mortgage-
     backed investments                                                                   115,264            41,061
   Purchases of mortgage-backed investments                                                              (1,059,919)
   Net (increase) decrease in loans                                   (7,807,190)      (4,939,160)        1,383,277
   Purchase of premises and equipment                                    (50,722)        (196,066)          (19,931)
   Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned                                                             85,000
                                                                   -------------  ---------------    ---------------

   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities               (17,810,920)       2,858,156           422,767
                                                                    ------------  ---------------    --------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                             14,547,500
   Costs related to issuance of common stock                            (803,851)
   Net decrease in deposits, excluding certificate accounts             (530,072)      (3,199,188)       (1,075,465)
   Proceeds from issuance of certificates of deposit, net
     of payments for maturities                                        1,908,951        1,563,406           (68,380)
                                                                   -------------   --------------   ---------------

   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                15,122,528       (1,635,782)       (1,143,845)
                                                                    ------------    -------------     -------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                        (842,416)       1,554,368           108,592
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                       3,597,614        2,043,246         1,934,654
                                                                   -------------    -------------     -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                          $  2,755,198     $  3,597,614      $  2,043,246
                                                                    ============     ============      ============

</TABLE>
                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                           --------------------------
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            ------------------------

                  Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  ---------------------------------------------
                                   (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      1996             1995              1994
                                                                ----------------    -------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>       
Supplemental disclosures:
   Interest paid on deposits                                          $2,832,887       $2,486,994        $2,136,299
   Income taxes paid                                                     229,000          213,762           380,968
   Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes        143,685          149,216

</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                           --------------------------

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          -----------------------------

                  Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  ---------------------------------------------

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - ---------------------------------------------------

This summary of significant  accounting  policies of Falmouth  Co-Operative Bank
(Bank) is presented to assist in understanding the Bank's financial  statements.
These accounting  policies conform to generally accepted  accounting  principles
and prevailing practices within the banking industry. In preparing the financial
statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the  reported  values of assets and  liabilities  at the balance  sheet date and
income  and  expenses  for the year.  Actual  results  could  differ  from those
estimates. The estimates that are particularly susceptible to change in the near
term relate to the allowance for possible loan losses and the valuation of other
real estate owned.

The Bank's loans are principally secured by real estate located on Cape Cod. The
collectibility  of the Bank's  loans and the  recovery of the full book value of
other real estate owned are dependent upon market conditions.

         ORGANIZATION:

         As of March 28, 1996, the Bank converted from a Massachusetts chartered
         mutual   co-operative   bank  to  a   Massachusetts   chartered   stock
         co-operative  bank. The Bank was organized in 1925. Its two offices are
         in Falmouth, which is in the Cape Cod region of Massachusetts. The Bank
         is monitored by two  regulators,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Corp.
         (FDIC) and the bank commissioner for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

         For purposes of reporting cash flow, cash and cash equivalents  include
         cash on hand, cash items, due from banks and federal funds sold.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

         As of October 1, 1994,  the Bank adopted the provisions of Statement of
         Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
         Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities." The Statement  establishes
         standards for all debt  securities and for equity  securities that have
         readily determinable fair values. As required under SFAS No. 115, prior
         year financial statements were not restated.

         SFAS  No.  115  requires  that  investments  in  debt  securities  that
         management has the positive intent and ability to  hold-to-maturity  be
         classified  as  "held-to-maturity"  and  reflected at  amortized  cost.
         Investments  that are purchased and held principally for the purpose of
         selling them in the near term are  classified  as "trading  securities"
         and reflected on the balance sheet at fair value, with unrealized gains
         and losses  included in earnings.  Investments not classified as either
         of the above are  classified as  "available-for-sale"  and reflected on
         the  balance  sheet at fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains and losses
         excluded  from  earnings  and  reported as a separate  component of net
         worth. The cumulative  effect of the change in accounting  principle as
         of  September  30, 1995,  was to increase net worth,  net of income tax
         effects,  by $149,216.  There was no effect on 1995 net income relating
         to the adoption of SFAS No. 115.

         Prior to September 30, 1995,  debt  securities  that management had the
         intent and ability to hold until  maturity were  reflected at amortized
         cost.  Marketable  equity  securities  were  stated  at  the  lower  of
         aggregate  cost or fair value.  Net  unrealized  losses  applicable  to
         marketable  equity  securities were reflected as a charge to net worth.
         For all years presented,  restricted equity securities are reflected at
         cost.  Purchase  premiums and  discounts are amortized to earnings by a
         method  that  approximates  the  interest  method over the terms of the
         investments. Declines in the value of investments that are deemed to be
         other than temporary are reflected in earnings when  identified.  Gains
         and losses on disposition  of investments  are computed by the specific
         identification method.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>


         For regulatory capital purposes,  unrealized gains or losses, after tax
         effects, on securities available-for-sale are not recognized.

         LOANS AND ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE:

         Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for
         the  foreseeable  future or until  maturity  or payoff are  reported at
         their  outstanding  principal  balances  reduced by unadvanced funds on
         mortgage  loans,  net deferred loan fees and the allowance for possible
         loan losses.

         When a loan  is put on  non-accrual  status,  all  interest  previously
         accrued, but not collected,  is reversed against interest income in the
         current period.

         Net deferred  loan fees are  amortized on the interest  method over the
         contractual life of the loan.

         The Bank's lending activities are conducted  principally in the Greater
         Falmouth  Massachusetts area. The Bank grants single family residential
         loans,  commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, equity lines of
         credit and installment  loans.  In addition,  the Bank grants loans for
         the construction of residential  homes.  Most loans granted by the Bank
         are  collateralized by real estate. A significant  volume of the Bank's
         loans have been associated with owner-occupied single family mortgages.
         The  ability  and  willingness  of the single  family  residential  and
         consumer  borrowers to honor their  repayment  commitments is generally
         dependent  on  the  level  of  overall  economic  activity  within  the
         borrowers'  geographic  areas and real estate  values.  The ability and
         willingness of commercial real estate, commercial and construction loan
         borrowers to honor their repayment  commitments is generally  dependent
         on the  health of the real  estate  economic  sector in the  borrowers'
         geographic areas and the general economy.

         ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES:

         The  allowance  for  loan  losses  has  been   established   to  absorb
         foreseeable  losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The provisions for
         loan losses and the level of the allowance  are evaluated  periodically
         by management  and the Board of  Directors.  These  provisions  are the
         results  of the  Bank's  internal  loan  review,  historical  loan loss
         experience,  trends in  delinquent  and  non-accrual  loans,  known and
         inherent risks in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio,  adverse
         situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay,  collateral
         values, an estimate of potential loss exposure on significant  credits,
         concentrations  of  credit,   and  present  and  prospective   economic
         conditions based on facts then known.

         Periodically,  management reviews the portfolio,  classifying each loan
         into  categories by assessing the degree of risk involved.  Considering
         this review,  the Bank  establishes  the adequacy of its  allowance and
         necessary additions are charged to operations through the provision for
         loan losses.

         As of  October  1,  1995,  the  Bank  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
         Accounting  Standards No. 114,  "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
         of a Loan," as amended  by SFAS No.  118.  According  to SFAS No. 114 a
         loan is impaired when, based on current  information and events,  it is
         probable  that a creditor  will be unable to collect  all  amounts  due
         according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Statement
         requires  that  impaired  loans be  measured on a loan by loan basis by
         either the present  value of expected  future cash flows  discounted at
         the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's observable market price,
         or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if the  loan  is  collateral
         dependent.

         The  Statement  is  applicable  to all loans,  except  large  groups of
         smaller balance  homogeneous loans that are collectively  evaluated for
         impairment,  loans that are  measured  at fair value or at the lower of
         cost  or  fair  value,   leases,   and  convertible  or  nonconvertible
         debentures and bonds and other debt securities.  The Bank considers its
         residential   real  estate  loans  and  consumer  loans  that  are  not
         individually   significant  to  be  large  groups  of  smaller  balance
         homogeneous loans.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>


         Factors  considered  by management in  determining  impairment  include
         payment  status,  net  worth and  collateral  value.  An  insignificant
         payment  delay or an  insignificant  shortfall  in payment  does not in
         itself result in the review of a loan for impairment.  The Bank applies
         SFAS No. 114 on a loan-by-loan  basis. The Bank does not apply SFAS No.
         114 to aggregations of loans that have risk  characteristics  in common
         with other impaired loans.  Interest on a loan is not generally accrued
         when the loan becomes ninety or more days overdue. The Bank may place a
         loan on nonaccrual status but not classify it as impaired, if (i) it is
         probable that the Bank will collect all amounts due in accordance  with
         the  contractual  terms of the loan or (ii) the loan is an individually
         insignificant  residential  mortgage  loan or consumer  loan.  Impaired
         loans are charged-off when management  believes that the collectibility
         of the loan's principal is remote.

         The  financial  statement  impact of adopting  the  provisions  of this
         Statement was not material.

         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

         Land is carried at cost; bank premises and equipment are stated at cost
         less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is provided for over the
         estimated  useful  lives of the assets  computed on  straight-line  and
         accelerated  methods.  Maintenance  and  repair  costs are  charged  to
         earnings when incurred while major  expenditures  for  betterments  are
         capitalized and depreciated.

         OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED:

         Other real estate  owned  (OREO) is held for sale and is  comprised  of
         properties acquired through foreclosure  proceedings or acceptance of a
         deed in lieu of  foreclosure  and is  reported  at the lower of cost or
         fair value less  estimated  costs to sell and an allowance  for losses.
         Expenses of holding properties are charged to operations in the current
         period.

         The  recognition  of gains  and  losses  on the sale of real  estate is
         dependent  upon  whether  the  nature  and terms of the sale and future
         involvement of the Bank in the property sold meet certain requirements.
         If the transaction does not meet these requirements, income recognition
         is deferred and income is recognized  when the  requirements  have been
         met.

         Beginning on October 1, 1995, in accordance with Statement of Financial
         Accounting  Standards No. 114,  "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
         of a Loan," the Bank classifies  loans as  in-substance  repossessed or
         foreclosed  if the Bank  receives  physical  possession of the debtor's
         assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place.

         DEPOSIT INSURANCE:

         The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
         Corporation  (FDIC). The FDIC provides deposit insurance up to $100,000
         per  depositor  and normally  charges  member banks a premium  based on
         deposits.  The  premium  increased  to 26 cents per $100 of deposits on
         June 1, 1993. However,  those banks classified as well-capitalized were
         permitted  to retain the rate of 23 cents per $100 of  deposits.  As of
         May 31,  1995,  the  premium  charge was reduced to 4 cents per $100 of
         deposits.  The Bank carries additional  insurance provided by the Share
         Insurance  Fund of The  Cooperative  Central Bank  whereby  deposits in
         excess of $100,000 per depositor are insured in full.

         COOPERATIVE CENTRAL BANK RESERVE FUND DEPOSIT:

         The Reserve Fund was established for liquidity purposes and consists of
         deposits  required of all insured  cooperative  banks in Massachusetts.
         The Fund is used by the Central Bank to advance  funds to member banks,
         but such  advances  generally are not made until Federal Home Loan Bank
         and commercial bank sources of borrowings have been exhausted. The Bank
         has not  borrowed  funds  from the  Central  Bank since  rejoining  the
         Federal Home Loan Bank on January 2, 1975.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>


         INCOME TAXES:

         The Bank recognizes income taxes under the assets and liability method.
         The  objective  of the  asset  and  liability  method  is to  establish
         deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  for the  temporary  differences
         between the financial  reporting  basis and the tax basis of the Bank's
         assets and  liabilities  at enacted tax rates  expected to be in effect
         when such. amounts are realized or settled.  Deferred tax assets may be
         recognized  only where  based on  available  evidence it is more likely
         than not that the asset will  ultimately  be realized.  Future  taxable
         income may be considered as a potential source of available evidence.

         For  regulatory  capital  purposes,  the  recognition  of deferred  tax
         assets,  when  realization  of such is  dependent  on an  institution's
         future  taxable  income is limited to the amount  that can be  realized
         within one year or 10% of core capital, whichever is less.

         RETIREMENT PLAN:

         The compensation cost of an employee's pension benefit is recognized on
         the net periodic  pension cost method over the  employee's  approximate
         service period. The aggregate cost method is used for funding purposes.

         FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About
         Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires that the Bank disclose
         estimated fair value for its financial instruments.  Fair value methods
         and  assumptions  used  by  the  Bank  in  estimating  its  fair  value
         disclosures are as follows:

         Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance
         sheet for cash and federal  funds sold  approximate  those assets' fair
         values.

         Securities  (including  mortgage-backed  securities):  Fair  values for
         securities  are based on quoted  market  prices,  where  available.  If
         quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted
         market prices of comparable instruments.

         Loans receivable:  For variable-rate  loans that reprice frequently and
         with no  significant  change in credit  risk,  fair values are based on
         carrying  values.  The fair values for other loans are estimated  using
         discounted  cash flow analyses,  using interest rates  currently  being
         offered for loans with similar  terms to  borrowers  of similar  credit
         quality. The carrying amount of accrued interest  approximates its fair
         value.

         Deposit  liabilities:  The fair values  disclosed  for demand  deposits
         (e.g., interest and non-interest  checking,  passbook savings and money
         market  accounts)  are, by  definition,  equal to the amount payable on
         demand at the  reporting  date (i.e.,  their  carrying  amounts).  Fair
         values for  fixed-rate  certificates  of deposit are estimated  using a
         discounted cash flow  calculation that applies interest rates currently
         being  offered on  certificates  to a schedule of  aggregated  expected
         monthly maturities on time deposits.

         Off-balance  sheet  instruments:  The  fair  value  of  commitments  to
         originate loans is estimated using the fees currently  charged to enter
         similar  agreements,  taking into  account the  remaining  terms of the
         agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  For
         fixed-rate loan commitments and the unadvanced  portion of loans,  fair
         value also considers the difference  between current levels of interest
         rates and the committed  rates.  The fair value of letters of credit is
         based  on fees  currently  charged  for  similar  agreements  or on the
         estimated  cost to terminate  them or otherwise  settle the  obligation
         with the counterparties at the reporting date.

         EARNINGS PER SHARE:

         Because of the Bank's  conversion in mid 1996 from mutual form to stock
         ownership,  a presentation  of earnings per share for fiscal 1996 would
         not be meaningful.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>


NOTE 2 - INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES
- - ----------------------------------

Debt and equity  securities have been classified in the balance sheets according
to management's  intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate
fair values are as follows as of September 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Gross         Gross
                                                                         Unrealized    Unrealized
                                                          Amortized         Holding       Holding         Fair
                                                          Cost Basis         Gains         Losses        Value
                                                          ----------         -----         ------        -----
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>        
Available-for-sale:
   September 30, 1996:
     Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
       and other U.S. government corporations
       and agencies                                        $10,345,434    $  21,408    $    9,823      $10,357,019
     Other debt securities                                   4,082,553       19,826         1,421        4,100,958
     Mortgage-backed securities                              1,485,000        5,643                      1,490,643
     Equity securities                                       6,551,133      546,755       333,455        6,764,433
                                                         -------------    ---------     ---------    -------------
                                                           $22,464,120     $593,632      $344,699      $22,713,053
                                                           ===========     ========      ========      ===========

   September 30, 1995:
     Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
       and other U.S. government corporations
       and agencies                                       $  9,314,533    $  41,226     $  30,188     $  9,325,571
     Other debt securities                                   3,621,193       27,726        15,266        3,633,653
     Equity securities                                       6,347,498      502,323       267,305        6,582,516
                                                         -------------    ---------     ---------    -------------
                                                           $19,283,224     $571,275      $312,759      $19,541,740
                                                           ===========     ========      ========      ===========

                                                                             Gross         Gross
                                                                         Unrealized    Unrealized
                                                          Amortized         Holding       Holding         Fair
                                                          Cost Basis         Gains         Losses        Value
                                                          ----------         -----         ------        -----
Held-to-maturity:
   September 30, 1996:
     Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
       and other U.S. government corporations
       and agencies                                        $15,128,466     $  8,534       $25,437      $15,111,563
     Other debt securities                                   6,338,239        8,026         7,460        6,338,805
     Mortgage-backed securities                              1,372,891       26,206         4,067        1,395,030
                                                         -------------     --------     ---------    -------------
                                                           $22,839,596      $42,766       $36,964      $22,845,398
                                                           ===========      =======       =======      ===========

   September 30, 1995:
     Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
       and other U.S. government corporations
       and agencies                                       $  9,976,125     $ 26,968       $25,074     $  9,978,019
     Other debt securities                                   4,099,043       14,811        12,316        4,101,538
     Mortgage-backed securities                              1,959,572       23,535        15,196        1,967,911
                                                         -------------     --------      --------     ------------
                                                           $16,034,740      $65,314       $52,586      $16,047,468
                                                           ===========      =======       =======      ===========

</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>


The scheduled maturities of held-to-maturity  securities and  available-for-sale
securities  (other than equity  securities)  were as follows as of September 30,
1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Held-to-maturity                  Available-for-sale
                                                               securities:                        securities:
                                                    -------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                       Amortized                          Amortized
                                                          Cost             Fair              Cost             Fair
                                                          Basis            Value             Basis            Value
                                                          -----            -----             -----            -----
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>         
Due within one year                                   $14,469,782       $14,471,535     $  9,058,672      $  9,071,011
Due after one year through five years                   6,996,923         6,978,833        4,347,736         4,365,076
Due after five years through ten years                                                     1,021,579         1,021,890
Mortgage-backed securities                              1,372,891         1,395,030        1,485,000         1,490,643
                                                    -------------     -------------    -------------     -------------
                                                      $22,839,596       $22,845,398      $15,912,987       $15,948,620
                                                      ===========       ===========      ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

For the year  ended  September  30,  1996,  proceeds  from  sales of  securities
available-for-sale amounted to $237,841. Gross realized gains and gross realized
losses on those sales  amounted to $24,775 and  $22,437,  respectively.  For the
year  ended   September   30,   1995,   proceeds   from   sales  of   securities
available-for-sale amounted to $458,738. Gross realized gains and gross realized
losses on those sales  amounted to $62,402 and  $26,910,  respectively.  For the
year ended  September  30,  1994,  proceeds  from the sales of  securities  were
$1,641,837.  Gross  realized  gains and  gross  realized  losses on those  sales
amounted to $39,495 and $23,718, respectively.

The  aggregate  carrying  amount and fair value of  securities  of issuers which
exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity were as follows as of September 30, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Amortized
                                                                                         Cost              Fair
                 Issuer                                                                  Basis            Value
                 ------                                                                ----------        ----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>       
Bank Investment Fund One                                                               $4,232,557        $3,949,279
                                                                                       ==========        ==========

NOTE 3 - LOANS
- - --------------

Loans consisted of the following as of September 30:

                                                                                         1996              1995
                                                                                    --------------   --------------
Mortgage Loans:
   Residential                                                                        $33,993,747       $26,093,790
   Commercial                                                                           4,346,891         3,538,212
   Equity lines of credit                                                               1,682,916         1,889,816
                                                                                     ------------      ------------
           Total principal balances                                                    40,023,554        31,521,818
   Less: Unadvanced principal on construction loans                                      (289,442)         (102,191)
        Net deferred loan fees                                                           (143,126)         (120,880)
                                                                                     ------------      ------------
           Total mortgage loans                                                        39,590,986        31,298,747
                                                                                     ------------      ------------
Other Loans:
   Commercial                                                                             372,836           830,122
   Consumer                                                                               771,247           819,249
                                                                                     ------------     -------------
           Total other loans                                                            1,144,083         1,649,371
                                                                                     ------------     -------------
              Total loans                                                              40,735,069        32,948,118
Allowance for possible loan losses                                                       (498,223)         (445,216)
                                                                                     ------------     -------------
              Loans, net                                                              $40,236,846       $32,502,902
                                                                                      ===========       ===========

Interest  accrued and unpaid on  non-accrual  loans as of September 30, 1994 was
$119,630.
</TABLE>
                                      F-14


<PAGE>


Included in loans are amounts due to the Bank from certain  officers,  directors
and employees of the Bank.  Loans to officers,  directors and employees  totaled
$552,088 as of September  30,  1996.  During the year ended  September  30, 1996
total payments amounted to $410,992 and principal advances totaled $427,567.

Changes in the  allowance for possible loan losses were as follows for the years
ended September 30:

                                      1996             1995              1994
                                   -----------      -----------       -------
Balance at beginning of period        $445,216         $309,931      $276,842
Provision for loan losses               51,000                          9,000
Recoveries                               2,007          135,285        25,980
Loans charged off                                                      (1,891)
                                 -------------   --------------    -----------
Balance at end of period              $498,223         $445,216      $309,931
                                      ========         ========      ========

As of  September  30,  1996 there were no loans  that met the  definition  of an
impaired loan in Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 114. There was
no  investment  in  impaired  loans or  related  interest-income  recognized  on
impaired loans during the year ended September 30, 1996.

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
- - -------------------------------

The following is a summary of premises and equipment as of September 30:

                                                 1996                1995
                                             -------------     -------------
Bank building                                  $   615,219       $   591,035
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                  459,492           432,954
Vehicle                                             25,071            25,071
                                            --------------     -------------
                                                 1,099,782         1,049,060
Accumulated depreciation                          (573,721)         (517,813)
                                              ------------      ------------
                                               $   526,061       $   531,247
                                               ===========       ===========

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS
- - -----------------

The  aggregate  amount of time deposit  accounts  (including  CDs),  each with a
minimum denomination of $100,000,  was approximately  $5,153,781 as of September
30, 1996.

For time deposits as of September 30, 1996,  the aggregate  amount of maturities
for each of the following  five years ended  September 30 and  thereafter are as
follows:

                                                             (in thousands)
                  1997                                           $29,718
                  1998                                             6,117
                  1999                                             2,103
                  2000                                                86
                  2001                                                 1
                  2002 and thereafter                                 41
                                                             -----------
                                                                 $38,066
                                                                 =======

                                      F-15
<PAGE>


NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES
- - ---------------------

The  components  of income  tax  expense  are as  follows  for the  years  ended
September 30:

                                   1996             1995              1994
                                 ----------      -----------       -------
Current:
   Federal                         $241,168         $140,650          $265,000
   State                            111,000           73,250           125,000
                                  ---------       ----------         ---------
                                    352,168          213,900           390,000
                                  ---------        ---------         ---------
Deferred:
   Federal                            9,154           10,185            20,840
   State                              3,710            4,297             8,791
                                 ----------      -----------       -----------
                                     12,864           14,482            29,631
                                 ----------       ----------        ----------
                                    365,032          228,382           419,631
Changes in valuation allowance       (6,432)         (17,482)           27,169
                                 ----------       ----------        ----------
        Total income tax expense   $358,600         $210,900          $446,800
                                   ========         ========          ========

The  deferred  income tax  provision  is a result of certain  income and expense
items being  accounted  for in different  time periods for  financial  reporting
purposes than for income tax purposes.

The components of net deferred tax liability are as follows as of September 30:

                                                   1996              1995
                                                 ----------       -------
Deferred tax asset:
   Federal                                         $179,442          $185,562
   State                                             76,053            78,253
                                                 ----------        ----------
                                                    255,495           263,815
   Valuation allowance on asset                     (45,500)          (55,984)
                                                 ----------        ----------
                                                    209,995           207,831
                                                  ---------         ---------
Deferred tax liability:
   Federal                                         (182,131)         (183,674)
   State                                            (77,112)          (77,457)
                                                 ----------        ----------
                                                   (259,243)         (261,131)
                                                 ----------        ----------
Net deferred tax liability                        $ (49,248)        $ (53,300)
                                                  =========         =========

The tax  effects of each type of item that gives rise to  deferred  taxes are as
follows as of September 30:

                                                    1996              1995
                                                 -----------       -------
Allowance for loan losses                           $111,327          $119,647
Deferred income                                       60,006            51,108
Unrealized loss on securities                       (105,248)         (109,300)
Reserve for contingencies                             16,143            17,159
Excess depreciation                                  (89,262)          (83,262)
Other                                                                    7,332
                                                 -----------       -----------
                                                      (7,034)            2,684
Valuation allowance                                  (42,214)          (55,984)
                                                  ----------        ----------
Net deferred tax liability                         $ (49,248)        $ (53,300)
                                                   =========         =========

A summary of the change in the net deferred tax  liability is as follows for the
years ended September 30:

                                                    1996              1995
                                                   ---------       -------
Balance at beginning of year                       $ (53,300)        $  53,000
Deferred tax provision                                (6,432)          (14,482)
Deferred tax liability on SFAS 115 unrealized
   gain on available-for-sale securities               4,052          (109,300)
Utilization of valuation allowance                     6,432            17,482
                                                   ---------        ----------
Balance at end of year                             $ (49,248)        $ (53,300)
                                                   =========         =========

                                      F-16

<PAGE>




The reasons for the differences  between the tax at the statutory federal income
rate and the  effective  tax rate are  summarized as follows for the years ended
September 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1996             1995              1994
                                                                     -----------      -----------       -------
<S>                      <C>                                            <C>              <C>               <C>     
Tax at statutory rate of 34%                                            $315,799         $221,046          $373,118
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit                                   66,858           53,832            90,866
Utilization (provision) of deferred tax asset valuation reserve           (6,432)         (17,482)           27,169
Dividend received deduction                                              (33,051)         (33,504)          (31,815)
Other, net                                                                15,426          (12,992)          (12,538)
                                                                      ----------       ----------        ----------
Income tax provision                                                    $358,600         $210,900          $446,800
                                                                        ========         ========          ========
</TABLE>

As part of the Adoption Tax Credit within the Minimum Wage Bill that was enacted
into law on August 20, 1996 the Section 593 tax additions to the reserve for bad
debts was repealed,  effective for taxable years  beginning  after  December 31,
1995.  Thus,  the Bank will be allowed a tax  deduction  for bad debts under the
experience method only starting with the year beginning October 1, 1996.

As part of this  legislation the Bank will have to recapture into taxable income
the excess of the tax reserve for bad debts at  September  30, 1996 over the tax
reserve at April 30, 1988.  It is estimated  that the  recapture  amount will be
approximately  $250,000  resulting in Federal and Massachusetts  income taxes of
approximately  $100,000 which will be paid over a six year period  starting with
the tax year beginning  October 1, 1998.  This tax has been provided for in past
years and will not result in any charge to earnings.

NOTE 7 - EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT, PENSION PLANS AND BENEFITS
- - --------------------------------------------------------

The  Bank  is  a  participant  in  the  Cooperative  Banks  Employee  Retirement
Association  Defined  Contribution  and Defined Benefit Plans (a  multi-employer
plan). The plans provide benefits to substantially  all of the Bank's employees.
Benefits  under  the  defined  contribution  plan are based on a  percentage  of
employee  contributions  while benefits under the defined benefit plan are based
primarily on years of service and  employees'  compensation.  The Bank's funding
policy for the defined  benefit plan is to fund amounts  required by  applicable
regulations  and which are tax  deductible.  Amounts  charged to retirement fund
expense for the years ending  September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 totaled $93,870,
$84,144 and $72,551, respectively.

Effective  March 1996 the Bank adopted the Falmouth  Co-Operative  Bank Employee
Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP).

On March 26, 1996 the ESOP borrowed  $872,850 from  Bridgewater  Savings Bank to
purchase 87,285 shares of the stock of Falmouth  Co-Operative  Bank. The loan is
secured  by a  pledge  of  the  stock  purchased.  The  Bank  will  make  annual
contributions  to the ESOP in  amounts  determined  by the  Board of  Directors.
Dividends received by the ESOP may be credited to participants'  accounts or may
be used to repay the ESOP's debt.

Any  shares of the Bank  purchased  by the ESOP are  subject  to the  accounting
specified by the American  Institute of CPA's Statement of Position 93-6.  Under
the statement, as any shares are released from collateral,  the Bank will report
compensation  expense  equal to the current  market  price of the shares and the
shares will be outstanding  for  earnings-per-share  computations.  Also, as the
shares are released,  the related  dividends  will be recorded as a reduction of
retained  earnings and dividends on the  allocated  shares will be recorded as a
reduction of debt and accrued interest.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>


The shares purchased by the ESOP were pledged as collateral for its debt. As the
debt is repaid,  shares are released  from  collateral  and  allocated to active
employees, based on the proportion of debt service paid in the year. The debt of
the ESOP is  recorded as debt of the Bank and the shares  pledged as  collateral
are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the balance sheet.  The ESOP shares were
as follows as of September 30, 1996:

Unreleased shares                                                     87,285
                                                                      ------
Total ESOP shares                                                     87,285
                                                                      ======

Estimated fair value of unreleased shares as of September 30:     $1,091,063
                                                                  ==========

For the first five years of the ESOP debt, the interest rate per annum is 8.15%.
At the end of said five  year  period,  the  interest  rate per  annum  shall be
adjusted to equal 2.65 percentage  points above the weekly average yield on U.S.
Treasury  Securities  adjusted to a constant  maturity  of five years.  Interest
expense on the note was $35,060 for the year ended September 30, 1996.

Although the Bank has guaranteed  payment of the loan, and annual  contributions
to the plan are discretionary, an implied guarantee exists as the only source of
income  available to the Employee Stock  Ownership Plan for payments on the loan
is from  the  normal  retirement  contributions  made by the  Bank to the  plan.
Contributions  to the ESOP  Plan by the Bank  were  $78,702  for the year  ended
September  30,  1996 and ESOP  compensation  expense  was  $43,642.  The minimum
principal payments due on the loan are as follows as of September 30, 1996:

           Principal
           1997                                               $  61,388
           1998                                                  66,582
           1999                                                  72,216
           2000                                                  78,327
           2001                                                  84,955
           Years thereafter                                     465,740
                                                              ---------
                Total due                                      $829,208
                                                               ========

NOTE 8 - REGULATORY MATTERS
- - ---------------------------

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements can
initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional  discretionary - actions by
regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could have a direct  material  effect on the
Bank's  financial   statements.   Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific
capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,
liabilities and certain  off-balance-sheet  items as calculated under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and  classification  are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings and other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require the Bank to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table
below)  of  total  and  Tier  I  capital  (as  defined  in the  regulations)  to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined).  Management  believes,  as of September 30, 1996,  that the
Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of September 30, 1996, the most recent  notification from the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  categorized  the  Bank  as  well-capitalized  under  the
regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be categorized as well
capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total  risk-based,  Tier I risk-based
and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or
events  since that  notification  that  management  believes  have  changed  the
institution's category.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
                                                                      For Capital                            
                                                      Actual         Adequacy Purposes:                      
                                                      ------         ------------------                      
                                              Amount      Ratio      Amount        Ratio                     
                                              ------      -----      ------        -----                     
                                                                 (Dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>                    <C>       
As of September 30, 1996:
   Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)     $22,268    55.81%    $3,192  greater than or equal to 8.0%    
   Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)    $21,770    54.56%    $1,596  greater than or equal to 4.0%    
   Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)          $21,770    24.27%    $3,588  greater than or equal to 4.0%    
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      To Be Well
                                                   Capitalized Under
                                                   Prompt Corrective
                                                 Action Provisions :
                                                 -------------------
                                                 Amount       Ratio
                                                 ------       -----
                                              
<S>                                             <C>  
As of September 30, 1996:
   Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)       $3,990      greater than or equal to 10.0%
   Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)      $2,394      greater than or equal to  6.0%
   Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)            $4,485      greater than or equal to  5.0%

</TABLE>

As of September 30, 1995, the capital ratios of the Bank significantly  exceeded
minimum applicable regulatory  requirements with a capital ratio of 10.89% and a
risk-based capital ratio of 27.30% (unaudited).

The ability of the Bank to pay  dividends on its common stock is  restricted  by
Massachusetts  banking law. No  dividends  may be paid if such  dividends  would
reduce  stockholders'  equity of the Bank  below the  amount of the  liquidation
account required by Massachusetts  conversion  regulations and described in Note
10. In addition,  the Bank may not pay  dividends in excess of current  earnings
for three years following the conversion of the Bank from mutual to stock form.

NOTE 9 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- - ------------------------------

The Bank is party to financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its  customers.  These
financial  instruments  include  commitments to originate loans. The instruments
involve,  to varying  degrees,  elements  of credit risk in excess of the amount
recognized  in the balance  sheets.  The contract  amounts of those  instruments
reflect  the  extent  of  involvement  the Bank  has in  particular  classes  of
financial instruments.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the other
party to the financial  instrument  for loan  commitments  is represented by the
contractual amounts of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies
in making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as it does for on-balance
sheet instruments.

Commitments  to originate  loans are  agreements to lend to a customer  provided
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments are expected to expire
without  being  drawn  upon,  the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily
represent  future  cash   requirements.   The  Bank  evaluates  each  customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained,  if
deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit,  is based on management's
credit  evaluation  of the  borrower.  Collateral  held varies,  but may include
secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable,  inventory, property, plant
and equipment and income-producing properties.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>


The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments,  all of which are
held or issued for purposes  other than trading,  are as follows as of September
30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996                                 1995
                                                  ------------------------------------------     -----------------------
                                                     Carrying          Fair             Carrying           Fair
                                                     Amount            Value            Amount             Value
                                                     ------            -----            ------             -----
<S>                                               <C>             <C>                <C>               <C>         
Financial assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                      $  2,755,198    $  2,755,198       $  3,597,614      $  3,597,614
   Available-for-sale securities                    22,713,053      22,713,053         19,541,740        19,541,740
   Held-to-maturity securities                      22,839,596      22,845,398         16,034,740        16,047,468
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock                        300,900         300,900            280,100           280,100
   Loans                                            40,236,846      39,971,000         32,502,902        32,502,902*
   Accrued interest receivable                         746,601         746,601            519,793           519,793
   Cooperative Central Bank Reserve Fund Deposit       285,680         285,680            285,680           285,680

Financial liabilities:
   Deposits                                         66,205,112      66,298,000         64,781,669        64,781,669*
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan loan                  829,208         813,025

The  carrying  amounts of  financial  instruments  shown in the above  table are
included in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.  Accounting policies
related to financial instruments are described in Note 1.

* At September  30, 1995,  the carrying  values of total loans and total deposit
liabilities approximated their estimated fair values.

Notional amounts of financial  instrument  liabilities  with  off-balance  sheet
credit risk are as follows as of September 30:
</TABLE>

                                                          1996          1995
                                                      -----------   ----------
Commitments to grant mortgage loans                    $1,781,455      385,000
Unadvanced funds on construction loans                    289,442      102,191
Unadvanced funds on home equity lines of credit         2,361,777    1,396,384
Unadvanced funds on commercial lines of credit            292,500      205,000
                                                     ------------   ----------
                                                       $4,725,174   $2,088,575
                                                       ==========   ==========

There is no material  difference  between the notional  amount and the estimated
fair value of the off-balance sheet liabilities as of September 30, 1996.

The Bank has no derivative  financial  instruments  subject to the provisions of
SFAS No. 119 "Disclosure About Derivative  Financial  Instruments and Fair Value
of Financial Instruments."

NOTE 10 - CONVERSION
- - --------------------

On March 28,  1996,  The  Falmouth  Co-Operative  Bank  converted  from a mutual
cooperative bank to a  Massachusetts-chartered  capital stock  cooperative bank.
The Bank issued 1,454,750 shares of common stock through a public offering which
provided net proceeds of $13,743,649 after conversion costs of $803,851.

At the time of  conversion  to stock form,  the Bank  established  a liquidation
account in an amount  equal to the Bank's net worth as of the date of the latest
financial  statements included in the final Offering Circular used in connection
with the Conversion.  In accordance with Massachusetts statutes, the liquidation
account is maintained for the benefit of Eligible  Account  Holders who continue
to maintain their  accounts in the Bank after the  conversion.  The  liquidation
account is reduced  annually to the extent that  Eligible  Account  Holders have
reduced their  qualifying  deposits.  Subsequent  increases  will not restore an
Eligible Account Holder's interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a
complete  liquidation,  each  Eligible  Account  Holder is entitled to receive a
distribution  from the  liquidation  account  in a  proportionate  amount to the
current adjusted  qualifying  balances for the account then held. The balance in
the liquidation account was $________ as of September 30, 1996.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>


NOTE 11 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
- - -------------------------------

The Bank has  employment  agreements  with its  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  and  its  Vice  President  and  Treasurer.  The  employment  agreements
generally  provide  for the  continued  payment of  specified  compensation  and
benefits for specified periods after termination,  unless the termination is for
"cause" as defined  in the  employment  agreements.  The  employment  agreements
provide for the payment, under certain  circumstances,  of lump-sum amounts upon
termination  following a "change in control" as defined in the  Agreements.  The
employment  agreements  also provide for  lump-sum  payments in the event of the
officers'  voluntary  termination  of  employment  on the  occurrence of certain
specified events.

NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
- - ------------------------------------------------

The Bank is obligated under certain  agreements  issued during the normal course
of business which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

The Bank is obligated under a lease agreement covering the branch office located
in East Falmouth, Massachusetts. This agreement is considered to be an operating
lease.  The lease term is for five years  with three  extension  periods of five
years each.  The total minimum rental due in future periods under this agreement
is as follows as of September 30, 1996:

           1997                                               $  20,000
           1998                                                  20,000
           1999                                                  20,000
           2000                                                  20,000
           2001                                                  20,000
                                                             ----------
           Total minimum lease payments                        $100,000
                                                               ========

The  lease  contains   provisions  for  escalation  of  minimum  lease  payments
contingent upon percentage increases in the consumer price index.

NOTE 13 - RECLASSIFICATION
- - --------------------------

Certain amounts in the prior years have been  reclassified to be consistent with
the current year's statement presentation.

NOTE 14 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT, PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
- - --------------------------------------------------

As of November 19, 1996 the Bank entered into a Plan of Reorganization  pursuant
to which  the Bank  will  become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of a bank  holding
company  which  was  newly  formed  for the  purpose  of  effecting  the Plan of
Reorganization.  The Plan of  Reorganization  is subject of the  approval of the
Bank's stockholders and regulators.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX A

================================================================================

























                           1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR

                    OUTSIDE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

                          OF FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK





                         ------------------------------









                            Adopted November 19, 1996
                        Effective as of January 21, 1997



================================================================================

<PAGE>








<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

                                    ARTICLE I


<S>                <C>                                                                          <C>
                                     PURPOSE
 Section 1.1       General Purpose of the Plan.................................................  1

                                   ARTICLE II

                  DEFINITIONS
 Section 2.1       Bank........................................................................  1
 Section 2.2       Board.......................................................................  1
 Section 2.3       Change in Control...........................................................  1
 Section 2.4       Code........................................................................  2
 Section 2.5       Committee...................................................................  2
 Section 2.6       Company.....................................................................  2
 Section 2.7       Disability..................................................................  2
 Section 2.8       Disinterested Board Member..................................................  2
 Section 2.9       Effective Date..............................................................  3
 Section 2.10      Eligible Director...........................................................  3
 Section 2.11      Eligible Employee...........................................................  3
 Section 2.12      Employer....................................................................  3
 Section 2.13      Exchange Act................................................................  3
 Section 2.14      Exercise Price..............................................................  3
 Section 2.15      Fair Market Value...........................................................  3
 Section 2.16      Family Member...............................................................  3
 Section 2.17      Incentive Stock Option......................................................  3
 Section 2.18      Non-Qualified Stock Option..................................................  3
 Section 2.19      Option......................................................................  3
 Section 2.20      Option Period...............................................................  4
 Section 2.21      Person......................................................................  4
 Section 2.22      Plan........................................................................  4
 Section 2.23      Retirement..................................................................  4
 Section 2.24      Share.......................................................................  4

                                   ARTICLE III

               AVAILABLE SHARES
 Section 3.1       Available Shares............................................................  4

                                   ARTICLE IV

                ADMINISTRATION
 Section 4.1       Committee...................................................................  4
 Section 4.2       Committee Action............................................................  5
 Section 4.3       Committee Responsibilities..................................................  5


                                       A-i

<PAGE>



                                                                                              Page
                                                                                              ----

                                    ARTICLE V

     STOCK OPTIONS FOR ELIGIBLE DIRECTORS
 Section 5.1       In General..................................................................  5
 Section 5.2       Exercise Price..............................................................  6
 Section 5.3       Option Period...............................................................  6

                                   ARTICLE VI

     STOCK OPTIONS FOR ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES
 Section 6.1       Size of Option..............................................................  7
 Section 6.2       Grant of Options............................................................  7
 Section 6.3       Exercise Price..............................................................  7
 Section 6.4       Option Period...............................................................  7
 Section 6.5       Required Regulatory Provisions..............................................  8
 Section 6.6       Additional Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options..........................  9

                                   ARTICLE VII

             OPTIONS -- IN GENERAL
 Section 7.1       Method of Exercise.......................................................... 10
 Section 7.2       Limitations on Options...................................................... 10

                                  ARTICLE VIII

           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 Section 8.1       Termination................................................................. 11
 Section 8.2       Amendment................................................................... 11
 Section 8.3       Adjustments in the Event of a Business Reorganization....................... 11

                                   ARTICLE IX

                 MISCELLANEOUS
 Section 9.1       Status as an Employee Benefit Plan.......................................... 12
 Section 9.2       No Right to Continued Employment............................................ 12
 Section 9.3       Construction of Language.................................................... 12
 Section 9.4       Governing Law............................................................... 12
 Section 9.5       Headings.................................................................... 13
 Section 9.6       Non-Alienation of Benefits.................................................. 13
 Section 9.7       Taxes....................................................................... 13
 Section 9.8       Required Approvals.......................................................... 13
 Section 9.9       Notices..................................................................... 13
</TABLE>

                                      A-ii

<PAGE>










                             1997 Stock Option Plan

                                       for

                    Outside Directors, Officers and Employees

                                       of

                           Falmouth Co-operative Bank



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     PURPOSE


                  Section 1.1 General Purpose of the Plan.

                  The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  promote  the  growth  and
profitability  of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank, to provide  eligible  directors,
certain  key  officers  and  employees  of  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank and its
affiliates  with an incentive to achieve  corporate  objectives,  to attract and
retain  individuals  of outstanding  competence and to provide such  individuals
with an equity interest in Falmouth Co-operative Bank.



                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS


                  The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this
Plan, unless a different meaning is plainly indicated by the context:

                  Section  2.1  Bank  means   Falmouth   Co-operative   Bank,  a
cooperative bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,
and any successor thereto.

                  Section 2.2 Board means the board of directors of the Company.

                  Section  2.3  Change in  Control  means  any of the  following
events:

               (a) the  occurrence of any event upon which any "person" (as such
          term is used in sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Securities  Exchange
          Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act")), other than (A) a trustee or
          other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan
          maintained  for  the  benefit  of  employees  of  the  Company;  (B) a
          corporation owned, directly or indirectly,  by the stockholders of the
          Company in  substantially  the same  proportions as their ownership of
          stock of the Company;  or (C) any group constituting a person in which
          employees  of  the  Company  are  substantial  members,   becomes  the
          "beneficial  owner" (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
          Exchange  Act),  directly or indirectly,  of securities  issued by the
          Company  representing  25% or more of the combined voting power of all
          of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

               (b) the occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on
          the date the Plan is adopted are members of the Board,  together  with
          individuals whose election by the

                                       A-1

<PAGE>



         Board or  nomination  for election by the  Company's  stockholders  was
         approved by the affirmative  vote of at least two-thirds of the members
         of the Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
         date  this  Plan  is  adopted  or  whose  nomination  or  election  was
         previously  so approved,  cease for any reason to constitute a majority
         of the members of the Board, but excluding,  for this purpose, any such
         individual whose initial  assumption of office is in connection with an
         actual or  threatened  election  contest  relating  to the  election of
         directors  of the  Company  (as such  terms are used in Rule  14a-11 of
         Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

                  (c)      the shareholders of the Company approve either:

                           (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any
                  other  corporation,  other  than  a  merger  or  consolidation
                  following   which  both  of  the  following   conditions   are
                  satisfied:

                                    (A) either  (I) the  members of the Board of
                           the  Company  immediately  prior  to such  merger  or
                           consolidation  constitute  at least a majority of the
                           members  of the  governing  body  of the  institution
                           resulting from such merger or consolidation;  or (II)
                           the shareholders of the Company own securities of the
                           institution    resulting    from   such   merger   or
                           consolidation   representing   80%  or  more  of  the
                           combined  voting power of all such  securities of the
                           resulting    institution    then    outstanding    in
                           substantially the same proportions as their ownership
                           of  voting  securities  of  the  Company  immediately
                           before such merger or consolidation; and

                                    (B)  the  entity  which  results  from  such
                           merger or  consolidation  expressly agrees in writing
                           to assume and perform the Company's obligations under
                           the Plan; or

                    (ii) a plan of  complete  liquidation  of the  Company or an
               agreement  for the sale or  disposition  by the Company of all or
               substantially all of its assets; or

               (d) any event that would be described in section  2.3(a),  (b) or
          (c) if "the Bank" were substituted for "the Company" therein.

                  Section  2.4 Code  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986
(including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).

                  Section 2.5 Committee means the Committee described in section
4.1.

                  Section 2.6       Company means:

               (a) for so long as  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank is not a  wholly
          owned  subsidiary of a parent holding company,  Falmouth  Co-operative
          Bank; and

               (b) from and after the date on which Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank
          becomes a wholly owned  subsidiary of a parent holding  company,  such
          parent holding company.

                  Section 2.7 Disability means a condition of total  incapacity,
mental or physical,  for further  performance of duty with the Company which the
Committee shall have determined,  on the basis of competent medical evidence, is
likely to be permanent.

                  Section 2.8  Disinterested  Board Member means a member of the
Board who (a) is not a current  employee of the Company or a subsidiary,  (b) is
not a former  employee  of the  Company  who  receives  compensation  for  prior
services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified  retirement plan) during the
taxable year,  (c) has not been an officer of the Company,  (d) does not receive
remuneration from the Company or a subsidiary, either directly or indirectly, in
any capacity other than as a director and (e) does

                                       A-2

<PAGE>



not  possess  an  interest  in any other  transaction,  and is not  engaged in a
business  relationship,  for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item
404(a) or (b) of the proxy  solicitation  rules of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.  The term  Disinterested  Board Member shall be  interpreted in such
manner as shall be necessary to conform to the requirements of section 162(m) of
the Code and Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

                  Section 2.9 Effective  Date means  January 21, 1997,  provided
that the Plan shall then or thereafter be approved by the  Commissioner of Banks
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                  Section 2.10 Eligible  Director means a member of the board of
directors  of an  Employer  who is not  also an  employee  or an  officer  of an
Employer.

                  Section 2.11  Eligible  Employee  means any employee  whom the
Committee  may  determine  to be a key officer or  employee  of an Employer  and
select to receive a grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan.

                  Section  2.12  Employer  means the  Company,  the Bank and any
successor thereto and, with the prior approval of the Board, and subject to such
terms and  conditions  as may be imposed by the Board,  any other  savings bank,
savings and loan association, bank, corporation,  financial institution or other
business organization or institution.

                  Section 2.13 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  Section 2.14 Exercise Price means the price per Share at which
Shares  subject to an Option  may be  purchased  upon  exercise  of the  Option,
determined in accordance with section 5.4.

                  Section 2.15 Fair Market Value means,  with respect to a Share
on a specified date:

               (a) the final reported sales price on the date in question (or if
          there is no reported sale on such date, on the last  preceding date on
          which  any  reported  sale  occurred)  as  reported  in the  principal
          consolidated  reporting  system with respect to  securities  listed or
          admitted to trading on the principal United States securities exchange
          on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading; or

               (b) if the Shares are not  listed or  admitted  to trading on any
          such  exchange,  the closing bid quotation  with respect to a Share on
          such date on the National  Association of Securities Dealers Automated
          Quotations  System,  or, if no such quotation is provided,  on another
          similar system, selected by the Committee, then in use; or

               (c) if  sections  2.15(a)  and (b) are not  applicable,  the fair
          market value of a Share as the Committee may determine.

                  Section 2.16 Family Member means the spouse,  parent, child or
sibling of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee.

                  Section 2.17 Incentive  Stock Option means a right to purchase
Shares that is granted to Eligible  Employees  pursuant to section 6.1,  that is
designated by the Committee to be an Incentive Stock Option and that is intended
to satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.

                  Section  2.18  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  means a right  to
purchase  Shares that is granted  pursuant to sections  5.1 or 6.1. For Eligible
Employees,  an Option  will be a  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  (a) if it is not
designated  by the  Committee to be an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  or (b) to the
extent that it does not satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.

                  Section 2.19 Option means either an Incentive  Stock Option or
a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

                                       A-3

<PAGE>




                  Section 2.20 Option  Period  means the period  during which an
Option may be exercised, determined in accordance with sections 5.3 and 6.4.

                  Section  2.21 Person means an  individual,  a  corporation,  a
bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan association, a financial institution, a
partnership,  an association,  a joint-stock  company,  a trust,  an estate,  an
unincorporated organization and any other business organization or institution.

                  Section 2.22 Plan means the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside
Directors, Officers and Employees of Falmouth Co-operative Bank, as amended from
time to time.

                  Section  2.23  Retirement  means  retirement  at or after  the
normal or early retirement date set forth in any  tax-qualified  retirement plan
of the Bank.

                  Section  2.24 Share means a share of Common  Stock,  par value
$.10 per share, of Falmouth Co-operative Bank.



                                   ARTICLE III

                                AVAILABLE SHARES


                  Section 3.1 Available Shares.

                  Subject to section 8.3, the maximum aggregate number of Shares
with  respect to which  Options may be granted at any time shall be equal to the
excess of:

                  (a)      145,475 Shares; over

                  (b)      the sum of:

                         (i)  the  number  of  Shares  with   respect  to  which
                    previously  granted  Options  may then or in the  future  be
                    exercised; plus

                         (ii)  the  number  of  Shares  with  respect  to  which
                    previously granted Options have been exercised.

A maximum aggregate of 101,833 Shares may be granted to Eligible Employees and a
maximum  aggregate of 43,642  Shares may be granted to Eligible  Directors.  For
purposes of this section 3.1, an Option shall not be  considered  as having been
exercised  to the extent that such Option  terminates  by reason  other than the
purchase of related Shares; provided,  however, that for purposes of meeting the
requirements  of  section  162(m) of the Code,  no  Eligible  Employee  who is a
covered  employee  under  section  162(m) of the Code  shall  receive a grant of
Options in excess of the amount specified under this section 3.1, computed as if
any Option which is cancelled reduced the maximum number of Shares.



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 ADMINISTRATION


                  Section 4.1 Committee.

                  The  Plan  shall  be   administered  by  the  members  of  the
Compensation  Committee of the Company who are Disinterested  Board Members.  If
the Committee consists of fewer than two Disinterested

                                       A-4
[
<PAGE>



Board  Members,  then the Board shall appoint to the Committee  such  additional
Disinterested  Board  Members as shall be  necessary  to provide for a Committee
consisting of at least two Disinterested Board Members.


                  Section 4.2 Committee Action.

                  The  Committee  shall  hold such  meetings,  and may make such
administrative  rules and regulations,  as it may deem proper. A majority of the
members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the action of a majority
of the  members  of the  Committee  present  at a  meeting  at which a quorum is
present,  as well as actions taken pursuant to the unanimous  written consent of
all of the members of the Committee  without holding a meeting,  shall be deemed
to be actions of the Committee.  All actions of the Committee shall be final and
conclusive  and shall be  binding  upon the  Company  and all  other  interested
parties.  Any Person  dealing  with the  Committee  shall be fully  protected in
relying upon any written notice,  instruction,  direction or other communication
signed by the secretary of the Committee and one member of the Committee, by two
members of the Committee or by a representative  of the Committee  authorized to
sign the same in its behalf.


                  Section 4.3 Committee Responsibilities.

                  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Plan and such
limitations  as may be  imposed  from time to time by the Board,  the  Committee
shall be responsible for the overall  management and  administration of the Plan
and shall have such  authority as shall be necessary or  appropriate in order to
carry out its responsibilities, including, without limitation, the authority:

               (a) to  interpret  and construe  the Plan,  and to determine  all
          questions  that  may  arise  under  the  Plan  as to  eligibility  for
          participation  in the  Plan,  the  number  of  Shares  subject  to the
          Options, if any, to be granted, and the terms and conditions thereof;

               (b) to adopt rules and regulations and to prescribe forms for the
          operation and administration of the Plan; and

               (c) to take any other action not inconsistent with the provisions
          of the Plan that it may deem necessary or appropriate.



                                    ARTICLE V

                      STOCK OPTIONS FOR ELIGIBLE DIRECTORS


                  Section 5.1 In General.

                  (a) On the Effective  Date,  each Eligible  Director  shall be
granted  an Option to  purchase  a number  of  Shares  to be  determined  by the
Committee in consultation with an employee benefits consultant and not to exceed
7,273 for any individual Eligible Director and 43,642 for all Eligible Directors
in the aggregate.

                  (b) Any  Option  granted  under  this  section  5.1  shall  be
evidenced  by a written  agreement  which  shall  specify  the  number of Shares
covered by the Option,  the Exercise  Price for the Shares subject to the Option
and the Option Period, all as determined  pursuant to this Article V. The Option
agreement  shall also set forth  specifically  or  incorporate  by reference the
applicable provisions of the Plan.



                                       A-5

<PAGE>



                  Section 5.2       Exercise Price.

                  The price per Share at which an Option  granted to an Eligible
Director under section 5.1 may be exercised  shall be the Fair Market Value of a
Share on the date on which the Option is granted.


                  Section 5.3       Option Period.

                  (a) Subject to section 5.3(b),  the Option Period during which
an Option  granted to an Eligible  Director  under  section 5.1 may be exercised
shall commence on the date the Option is granted and shall expire on the earlier
of:

               (i) removal for cause in accordance  with the Employer's  bylaws;
          or

               (ii) the last day of the ten-year  period  commencing on the date
          on which the Option was granted.

                  (b) During the Option Period,  the maximum number of Shares as
to which an outstanding Option may be exercised shall be as follows:

               (i) prior to the first  anniversary of the date on which the Plan
          is approved by shareholders  pursuant to section 9.8, the Option shall
          not be exercisable;

               (ii) on and after the first anniversary,  but prior to the second
          anniversary, of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders
          pursuant to section  9.8,  the Option may be exercised as to a maximum
          of twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Option;

               (iii) on and after the second anniversary, but prior to the third
          anniversary, of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders
          pursuant to section  9.8,  the Option may be exercised as to a maximum
          of forty  percent  (40%) of the  Shares  subject  to the  Option  when
          granted,  including in such number any optioned Shares purchased prior
          to such second anniversary;

               (iv) on and after the third anniversary,  but prior to the fourth
          anniversary, of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders
          pursuant to section  9.8,  the Option may be exercised as to a maximum
          of sixty  percent  (60%) of the  Shares  subject  to the  Option  when
          granted,  including in such number any optioned Shares purchased prior
          to such third anniversary;

               (v) on and after the fourth  anniversary,  but prior to the fifth
          anniversary, of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders
          pursuant to section  9.8,  the Option may be exercised as to a maximum
          of eighty  percent  (80%) of the Shares  subject  to the  Option  when
          granted,  including in such number any optioned Shares purchased prior
          to such fourth anniversary; and

               (vi) on and after the fifth  anniversary of the date on which the
          Plan is approved by  shareholders  pursuant to section 9.8 and for the
          remainder of the Option Period,  the Option may be exercised as to the
          entire number of optioned Shares not theretofore purchased;

provided,  however, that such an Option shall become fully exercisable,  and all
optioned Shares not previously purchased shall become available for purchase, on
the date of the Option  holder's  death or  Disability,  Retirement or Change in
Control, in each case while the Option holder is an Eligible Director.




                                       A-6

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                      STOCK OPTIONS FOR ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES


                  Section 6.1 Size of Option.

                  Subject to sections  6.2 and 6.5 and such  limitations  as the
Board may from time to time impose, the number of Shares as to which an Eligible
Employee may be granted  Options shall be determined  by the  Committee,  in its
discretion. Except as provided in section 6.5, the maximum number of Shares that
may be optioned to any one individual under this Plan during its entire duration
shall be the entire number of Shares available under section 3.1 of the Plan.


                  Section 6.2 Grant of Options.

                  (a) Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may,
in its discretion,  grant to an Eligible  Employee an Option to purchase Shares.
The Option for such Eligible  Employee must be designated as either an Incentive
Stock Option or a  Non-Qualified  Stock Option and, if not designated as either,
shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

                  (b) Any  Option  granted  under  this  section  6.2  shall  be
evidenced by a written agreement which shall:

                    (i) specify the number of Shares covered by the Option;

                    (ii) specify the Exercise  Price,  determined  in accordance
               with section 6.3, for the Shares subject to the Option;

                    (iii)  specify the Option  Period  determined  in accordance
               with section 6.4;

                    (iv) set forth  specifically or incorporate by reference the
               applicable provisions of the Plan; and

                    (v) contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent
               with the Plan as the Committee may, in its discretion,  prescribe
               with respect to an Option granted to an Eligible Employee.


                  Section 6.3 Exercise Price.

                  The price per Share at which an Option  granted to an Eligible
Employee  may  be  exercised  shall  be  determined  by  the  Committee,  in its
discretion;  provided,  however,  that the Exercise Price shall not be less than
the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Option is granted.


                  Section 6.4 Option Period.

                  Subject to section  6.5,  the Option  Period  during  which an
Option  granted to an Eligible  Employee may be exercised  shall commence on the
date specified by the Committee in the Option  agreement and shall expire on the
date  specified  in the Option  agreement  or, if no date is  specified,  on the
earliest of:

                  (a) the close of business  on the last day of the  three-month
         period commencing on the date of the Eligible Employee's termination of
         employment  with  the  Employer,  other  than on  account  of  death or
         Disability, Retirement or a Termination for Cause;


                                       A-7

<PAGE>



               (b) the close of business on the last day of the one-year  period
          commencing  on the  date of the  Eligible  Employee's  termination  of
          employment with all Employers due to death, Disability or Retirement;

               (c) the date and time when the Eligible  Employee ceases to be an
          employee of all Employers due to a Termination for Cause; and

               (d) the last day of the ten-year period commencing on the date on
          which the Option was granted.


                  Section 6.5 Required Regulatory Provisions.

                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary:

               (a) no Option shall be granted to an Eligible  Employee under the
          Plan prior to shareholder approval under section 9.8.

               (b) no Eligible  Employee may be granted Options to purchase more
          than 36,368 Shares.

               (c) each Option  granted to an  Eligible  Employee  shall  become
          exercisable as follows:

                    (i) prior to the first  anniversary of the date on which the
               Plan is approved by  shareholders  pursuant to section  9.8,  the
               Option shall not be exercisable;

                    (ii) on and after the  first  anniversary,  but prior to the
               second anniversary,  of the date on which the Plan is approved by
               shareholders pursuant to section 9.8, the Option may be exercised
               as to a maximum of twenty  percent (20%) of the Shares subject to
               the Option when granted;

                    (iii) on and after the second anniversary,  but prior to the
               third  anniversary,  of the date on which the Plan is approved by
               shareholders pursuant to section 9.8, the Option may be exercised
               as to a maximum of forty percent  (40%) of the Shares  subject to
               the Option when  granted,  including in such forty  percent (40%)
               any optioned Shares purchased prior to such second anniversary;

                    (iv) on and after the  third  anniversary,  but prior to the
               fourth anniversary,  of the date on which the Plan is approved by
               shareholders pursuant to section 9.8, the Option may be exercised
               as to a maximum of sixty percent  (60%) of the Shares  subject to
               the Option when  granted,  including in such sixty  percent (60%)
               any optioned Shares purchased prior to such third anniversary;

                    (v) on and after the  fourth  anniversary,  but prior to the
               fifth  anniversary,  of the date on which the Plan is approved by
               shareholders pursuant to section 9.8, the Option may be exercised
               as to a maximum of eighty  percent (80%) of the Shares subject to
               the Option when granted,  including in such eighty  percent (80%)
               any optioned Shares  purchased prior to such fourth  anniversary;
               and

                    (vi) on and after the fifth anniversary of the date on which
               the Plan is approved by shareholders  pursuant to section 9.8 and
               for  the  remainder  of the  Option  Period,  the  Option  may be
               exercised  as  to  the  entire  number  of  optioned  Shares  not
               theretofore purchased;


                                       A-8

<PAGE>



               provided,  however,  that  such  an  Option  shall  become  fully
               exercisable,  and all optioned  Shares not  previously  purchased
               shall become  available for  purchase,  on the date of the Option
               holder's death or Disability, Retirement or Change in Control, in
               each case while the Option holder is an Eligible Employee.


                  Section  6.6  Additional   Restrictions   on  Incentive  Stock
Options.

                  In  addition  to the  limitations  of section  7.2,  an Option
granted to an Eligible  Employee  designated by the Committee to be an Incentive
Stock Option shall be subject to the following limitations:

          (a) If,  for any  calendar  year,  the sum of (i)  plus  (ii)  exceeds
     $100,000, where (i) equals the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date
     of the grant) of Shares  subject to an Option  intended to be an  Incentive
     Stock Option which first become available for purchase during such calendar
     year,  and (ii) equals the Fair Market Value  (determined as of the date of
     grant) of Shares  subject to any other  options  intended  to be  Incentive
     Stock Options and  previously  granted to the same Eligible  Employee which
     first become  exercisable in such calendar year, then that number of Shares
     optioned  which causes the sum of (i) and (ii) to exceed  $100,000 shall be
     deemed to be Shares optioned  pursuant to a  Non-Qualified  Stock Option or
     Non-Qualified  Stock Options,  with the same terms as the Option or Options
     intended to be an Incentive Stock Option;

          (b) The  Exercise  Price of an Incentive  Stock  Option  granted to an
     Eligible  Employee  who,  at the time the Option is  granted,  owns  Shares
     comprising  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
     of stock of the  Company  shall not be less  than  110% of the Fair  Market
     Value of a Share, and if an Option  designated as an Incentive Stock Option
     shall  be  granted  at  an  Exercise  Price  that  does  not  satisfy  this
     requirement, the designated Exercise Price shall be observed and the Option
     shall be treated as a Non- Qualified Stock Option;

          (c) The  Option  Period of an  Incentive  Stock  Option  granted to an
     Eligible  Employee  who,  at the time the Option is  granted,  owns  Shares
     comprising  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
     of stock of the Company,  shall expire no later than the fifth  anniversary
     of the date on which the Option was granted, and if an Option designated as
     an Incentive  Stock Option shall be granted for an Option  Period that does
     not  satisfy  this  requirement,  the  designated  Option  Period  shall be
     observed and the Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option;

          (d) An Incentive Stock Option that is exercised  during its designated
     Option Period but more than:

               (i) three (3) months after the termination of employment with the
          Company, a parent or a subsidiary (other than on account of disability
          within the  meaning of section  22(e)(3)  of the Code or death) of the
          Eligible Employee to whom it was granted; and

               (ii)  one  (1)  year  after  such  individual's   termination  of
          employment  with  the  Company,  a  parent  or  a  subsidiary  due  to
          disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

     may be  exercised  in  accordance  with its  terms but shall at the time of
     exercise be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and

          (e)  Except  with the prior  written  approval  of the  Committee,  no
     individual shall dispose of Shares acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an
     Incentive Stock Option until after the later of (i) the second  anniversary
     of the date on which the  Incentive  Stock Option was granted,  or (ii) the
     first anniversary of the date on which the Shares were acquired.

                                       A-9

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              OPTIONS -- IN GENERAL


                  Section 7.1       Method of Exercise.

                  (a)  Subject  to the  limitations  of the Plan and the  Option
agreement,  an Option holder may, at any time during the Option Period, exercise
his or her right to  purchase  all or any part of the Shares to which the Option
relates;  provided,  however,  that the  minimum  number of Shares  which may be
purchased  at any time  shall be 100,  or, if less,  the total  number of Shares
relating to the Option which remain unpurchased. An Option holder shall exercise
an Option to purchase Shares by:

          (i) giving written notice to the Committee, in such form and manner as
     the Committee may prescribe, of his or her intent to exercise the Option;

          (ii) delivering to the Committee full payment, consistent with section
     7.1(b), for the Shares as to which the Option is to be exercised; and

          (iii)  satisfying  such other  conditions  as may be prescribed in the
     Option agreement.

                  (b) The Exercise Price of Shares to be purchased upon exercise
of any Option shall be paid in full in cash (by  certified or bank check or such
other  instrument as the Company may accept) or, if and to the extent  permitted
by the  Committee,  by one or more of the  following:  (i) in the form of Shares
already owned by the Option holder having an aggregate  Fair Market Value on the
date the Option is exercised  equal to the aggregate  Exercise Price to be paid;
(ii) by requesting the Company to cancel without payment Options  outstanding to
such Person for that number of Shares whose  aggregate  Fair Market Value on the
date of exercise,  when reduced by their aggregate  Exercise  Price,  equals the
aggregate  Exercise  Price  of  the  Options  being  exercised;  or  (iii)  by a
combination thereof.  Payment for any Shares to be purchased upon exercise of an
Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the
Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver
promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan  proceeds to pay the purchase
price.  To facilitate the foregoing,  the Company may enter into  agreements for
coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.

                  (c) When the requirements of sections 7.1(a) and (b) have been
satisfied,  the  Committee  shall take such action as is  necessary to cause the
issuance of a stock certificate evidencing the Option holder's ownership of such
Shares.  The  Person  exercising  the  Option  shall have no right to vote or to
receive dividends,  nor have any other rights with respect to the Shares,  prior
to the date as of which such Shares are  transferred to such Person on the stock
transfer  records  of the  Company,  and no  adjustments  shall  be made for any
dividends  or other  rights for which the record date is prior to the date as of
which such transfer is effected, except as may be required under section 8.3.


                  Section 7.2       Limitations on Options.

                  (a) An Option by its terms  shall not be  transferable  by the
Option holder other than to Family  Members or by will or by the laws of descent
and  distribution  and shall be  exercisable,  during the lifetime of the Option
holder, only by the Option holder or a Family Member. Any such transfer shall be
effected by written  notice to the Company  given in such form and manner as the
Committee may prescribe and shall be recognized  only if such notice is received
by the  Company  prior to the death of the  person  giving it.  Thereafter,  the
transferee  shall  have,  with  respect  to  such  Option,  all of  the  rights,
privileges and  obligations  which would attach  thereunder to the transferor if
the Option were issued to such transferor.  If a privilege of the Option depends
on the life, employment or other status of the transferor, such privilege of the
Option for the transferee  shall  continue to depend on the life,  employment or
other status of the transferor.

                                      A-10

<PAGE>



The Committee shall have full and exclusive authority to interpret and apply the
provisions of this Plan to transferees to the extent not specifically  described
herein.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  is  not
transferable  by an Eligible  Employee other than by will or the laws of descent
and distribution, and is exercisable, during his lifetime, solely by him.

                  (b) The Company's obligation to deliver Shares with respect to
an Option shall, if the Committee so requests,  be conditioned  upon the receipt
of a representation as to the investment  intention of the Option holder to whom
such Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the Committee  shall determine
to be  necessary  or  advisable  to comply  with the  provisions  of  applicable
federal,  state or local law.  It may be provided  that any such  representation
shall  become  inoperative  upon  a  registration  of the  Shares  or  upon  the
occurrence of any other event eliminating the necessity of such  representation.
The Company  shall not be required to deliver any Shares under the Plan prior to
(i) the  admission  of such  Shares to  listing on any stock  exchange  on which
Shares may then be listed,  or (ii) the completion of such registration or other
qualification  under  any  state  or  federal  law,  rule or  regulation  as the
Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


                  Section 8.1       Termination.

                  The Board may  suspend  or  terminate  the Plan in whole or in
part at any time prior to the tenth  anniversary of the Effective Date by giving
written notice of such suspension or termination to the Committee. Unless sooner
terminated,  the Plan shall  terminate  automatically  on the day  preceding the
tenth  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date.  In the event of any  suspension or
termination of the Plan, all Options theretofore granted under the Plan that are
outstanding  on the date of such  suspension  or  termination  of the Plan shall
remain  outstanding  and  exercisable  for  the  period  and  on the  terms  and
conditions set forth in the Option agreements evidencing such Options.


                  Section 8.2       Amendment.

                  The Board may amend or revise  the Plan in whole or in part at
any time; provided, however, that, to the extent required to comply with section
162(m) of the Code,  no such  amendment  or revision  shall be  effective  if it
amends a material term of the Plan unless  approved by the holders of a majority
of the voting shares of the Company.


                  Section   8.3   Adjustments   in  the  Event  of  a   Business
Reorganization.

                  (a) In  the  event  of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  other
business reorganization in which the Company is the surviving entity, and in the
event of any stock split, stock dividend or other event generally  affecting the
number of Shares  held by each  Person who is then a holder of record of Shares,
the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and the number of Shares
available  pursuant  to section 3.1 shall be adjusted to account for such event.
Such  adjustment  shall be effected by  multiplying  such number of Shares by an
amount  equal to the number of Shares  that would be owned after such event by a
Person who,  immediately  prior to such  event,  was the holder of record of one
Share,  and the Exercise  Price of the Options shall be adjusted by dividing the
Exercise Price by such number of Shares;  provided,  however, that the Committee
may, in its discretion, establish another appropriate method of adjustment.

                  (b) In  the  event  of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  other
business  reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving  entity,  any
Options  granted under the Plan which remain  outstanding may be cancelled as of
the  effective  date of such  merger,  consolidation,  business  reorganization,
liquidation or sale

                                      A-11

<PAGE>



by the Board  upon 30 days'  written  notice  to the  Option  holder;  provided,
however,  that on or as soon as practicable  following the date of cancellation,
each Option  holder shall  receive a monetary  payment in such amount,  or other
property  of such kind and value,  as the Board  determines  in good faith to be
equivalent in value to the Options that have been cancelled.

                  (c) In the event that the  Company  shall  declare and pay any
dividend with respect to Shares (other than a dividend  payable in Shares) which
results in a  nontaxable  return of capital to the holders of Shares for federal
income tax  purposes or  otherwise  than by  dividend  makes a  distribution  of
property  to the holders of its Shares,  the  Company  shall make an  equivalent
payment to each Person holding an  outstanding  Option as of the record date for
such  dividend.  Such payment shall be made at  substantially  the same time, in
substantially  the same form and in  substantially  the same amount per optioned
Share as the dividend or other  distribution  paid with  respect to  outstanding
Shares;  provided,  however, that if any dividend or distribution on outstanding
Shares is paid in  property  other than cash,  the  Company,  in its  discretion
applied  uniformly to all outstanding  Options,  may make such payment in a cash
amount per optioned Share equal in fair market value to the fair market value of
the non-cash dividend or distribution.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS


                  Section 9.1 Status as an Employee Benefit Plan.

                  This Plan is not  intended  to satisfy  the  requirements  for
qualification  under section  401(a) of the Code or to satisfy the  definitional
requirements  for an "employee  benefit plan" under section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended.  It is intended to be a
non-qualified  incentive compensation program that is exempt from the regulatory
requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
The Plan shall be construed and administered so as to effectuate this intent.


                  Section 9.2 No Right to Continued Employment.

                  Neither the  establishment  of the Plan nor any  provisions of
the Plan nor any action of the Board or the  Committee  with respect to the Plan
shall be held or  construed  to confer  upon any  Eligible  Director or Eligible
Employee  any right to a  continuation  of his or her  position as a director or
employee of the Company.  The Employers reserve the right to remove any Eligible
Director or dismiss any Eligible  Employee or  otherwise  deal with any Eligible
Director or Eligible Employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been
adopted.


                  Section 9.3 Construction of Language.

                  Whenever  appropriate in the Plan,  words used in the singular
may be read in the plural, words used in the plural may be read in the singular,
and words importing the masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the
feminine or the neuter.  Any  reference  to an Article or section  number  shall
refer to an Article or section of this Plan unless otherwise indicated.


                  Section 9.4 Governing Law.

                  The  Plan  shall  be  construed,   administered  and  enforced
according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect
to the conflict of laws principles thereof,  except to the extent that such laws
are preempted by federal law.


                                      A-12

<PAGE>



                  Section 9.5 Headings.

                  The headings of Articles and sections are included  solely for
convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the
text of the Plan, the text shall control.


                  Section 9.6 Non-Alienation of Benefits.

                  The right to  receive a  benefit  under the Plan  shall not be
subject in any manner to anticipation,  alienation or assignment, nor shall such
right be liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagements or
torts,  except to the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations order as
defined in section 414(p) of the Code.


                  Section 9.7 Taxes.

                  The  Company  shall have the right to deduct  from all amounts
paid by the Company in cash with  respect to an Option  under the Plan any taxes
required by law to be withheld with respect to such Option.  Where any Person is
entitled to receive  Shares  pursuant to the exercise of an Option,  the Company
shall have the right to require such Person to pay the Company the amount of any
tax which the Company is required to withhold  with respect to such Shares,  or,
in lieu thereof,  to retain,  or to sell without notice, a sufficient  number of
Shares to cover the amount required to be withheld.


                  Section 9.8 Required Approvals.

                  The Plan shall not be effective or implemented unless approved
by  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority  of the Shares  present  and
entitled  to vote at a  meeting  duly  called  and held for  such  purpose.  The
effectiveness  of the Plan and any awards made  hereunder  shall be  conditioned
upon approval of the Plan by the  Commissioner  of Banks of the  Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.


                  Section 9.9 Notices.

                  Any communication  required or permitted to be given under the
Plan,  including  any  notice,  direction,  designation,  comment,  instruction,
objection or waiver,  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
at such time as it is  delivered  personally  or five (5) days after  mailing if
mailed,  postage  prepaid,  by  registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below, or at such other
address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:

                    (a) If to the Committee:

                           Compensation Committee
                           c/o  Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                           20 Davis Straits
                           Falmouth, Massachusetts  02340

                           Attention:  Clerk

                    (b) If to an Option holder,  to the Option holder's  address
               as shown in the Employer's records.


                                      A-13

<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX B


================================================================================











                     1997 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN FOR

                    OUTSIDE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

                                       OF

                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK






                         ------------------------------










                          Adopted on November 19, 1996
                        Effective as of January 21, 1997


================================================================================

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                      Page

                                    ARTICLE I

<S>               <C>                                                                                    <C>
                            PURPOSE

Section 1.1       General Purpose of the Plan..........................................................  1


                                   ARTICLE II

                          DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1       Award................................................................................  1
Section 2.2       Award Date...........................................................................  1
Section 2.3       Bank.................................................................................  1
Section 2.4       Beneficiary..........................................................................  1
Section 2.5       Board................................................................................  1
Section 2.6       Change of Control....................................................................  1
Section 2.7       Code.................................................................................  3
Section 2.8       Committee............................................................................  3
Section 2.9       Company..............................................................................  3
Section 2.10      Disability...........................................................................  3
Section 2.11      Disinterested Board Member...........................................................  3
Section 2.12      Effective Date.......................................................................  3
Section 2.13      Eligible Director....................................................................  3
Section 2.14      Eligible Employee....................................................................  3
Section 2.15      Employer.............................................................................  3
Section 2.16      Exchange Act.........................................................................  4
Section 2.17      Person...............................................................................  4
Section 2.18      Plan.................................................................................  4
Section 2.19      Share................................................................................  4
Section 2.20      Trust................................................................................  4
Section 2.21      Trust Agreement......................................................................  4
Section 2.22      Trust Fund...........................................................................  4
Section 2.23      Trustee..............................................................................  4


                                   ARTICLE III

                  SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER PLAN

Section 3.1       Shares Available Under Plan..........................................................  4




                                       B-i
<PAGE>




                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        ADMINISTRATION

Section 4.1       Committee............................................................................  5
Section 4.2       Committee Action.....................................................................  5
Section 4.3       Committee Responsibilities...........................................................  5


                                    ARTICLE V

                        THE TRUST FUND

Section 5.1       Contributions........................................................................  6
Section 5.2       The Trust Fund.......................................................................  6
Section 5.3       Investments..........................................................................  6


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            AWARDS

Section 6.1       To Eligible Directors................................................................  6
Section 6.2       To Eligible Employees................................................................  7
Section 6.3       Awards in General....................................................................  7
Section 6.4       Share Allocations....................................................................  7
Section 6.5       Dividend Rights......................................................................  7
Section 6.6       Voting Rights........................................................................  8
Section 6.7       Tender Offers........................................................................  8
Section 6.8       Limitations on Awards................................................................  9


                                   ARTICLE VII

              VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

Section 7.1       Vesting of Shares Granted to Eligible Directors...................................... 10
Section 7.2       Vesting of Shares Granted to Eligible Employees...................................... 10
Section 7.3       Designation of Beneficiary........................................................... 10
Section 7.4       Manner of Distribution............................................................... 11
Section 7.5       Taxes................................................................................ 11





                                  ARTICLE VIII

                   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Section 8.1       Termination.......................................................................... 11

                                      B-ii
<PAGE>




                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----

Section 8.2       Amendment............................................................................ 12
Section 8.3       Adjustments in the Event of a Business Reorganization................................ 12


                                   ARTICLE IX

                         MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1       Status as an Employee Benefit Plan................................................... 12
Section 9.2       No Right to Continued Employment..................................................... 13
Section 9.3       Construction of Language............................................................. 13
Section 9.4       Governing Law........................................................................ 13
Section 9.5       Headings............................................................................. 13
Section 9.6       Non-Alienation of Benefits........................................................... 13
Section 9.7       Notices.............................................................................. 13
Section 9.8       Required Approvals................................................................... 14



                                      B-iii
</TABLE>

<PAGE>







                       1997 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN
                  FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
                                       OF
                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     PURPOSE


                  Section 1.1   General Purpose of the Plan.

                  The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  promote  the  growth  and
profitability of Falmouth  Co-operative Bank and to provide eligible  directors,
certain  key  officers  and  employees  of  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank with an
incentive to achieve corporate objectives,  to attract and retain directors, key
officers and employees of outstanding  competence and to provide such directors,
officers and employees with an equity interest in Falmouth Co-operative Bank.



                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS


                  The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this
Plan, unless a different meaning is plainly indicated by the context:

                  Section  2.1  Award  means a grant of  Shares  to an  Eligible
Director or Eligible Employee pursuant to section 6.1 or 6.2.

                  Section 2.2 Award Date  means,  with  respect to a  particular
Award,  the date specified by the Committee in the notice of the Award issued to
the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee by the Committee, pursuant to section
6.1 or 6.2.

                  Section 2.3 Bank means  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank,  a stock
cooperative bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,
and any successor thereto.

                  Section  2.4  Beneficiary  means the Person  designated  by an
Eligible  Director or  Eligible  Employee  pursuant  to section  7.3, to receive
distribution of any Shares available for distribution to such Eligible  Director
or Eligible  Employee,  in the event such Eligible Director or Eligible Employee
dies prior to receiving distribution of such Shares.

                  Section 2.5 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  Section  2.6  Change of  Control  means  any of the  following
events:

                  (a) the  occurrence  of any event upon which any  "person" (as
         such  term  is used in  sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act")),  other than (A) a
         trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
         plan  maintained  for the benefit of employees  of the  Company;  (B) a
         corporation owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the stockholders of the
         Company in substantially the same

                                       B-1
    

<PAGE>



         proportions  as their  ownership  of stock of the  Company;  or (C) any
         group  constituting  a person in which  employees  of the  Company  are
         substantial members, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule
         13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,  of
         securities  issued  by the  Company  representing  25% or  more  of the
         combined  voting  power  of  all  of  the  Company's  then  outstanding
         securities; or

                  (b) the occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who
         on the date the Plan is adopted are members of the Board, together with
         individuals  whose  election by the Board or nomination for election by
         the Company's  stockholders  was approved by the affirmative vote of at
         least  two-thirds  of the  members of the Board then in office who were
         either  members  of the Board on the date this Plan is adopted or whose
         nomination or election was previously so approved, cease for any reason
         to  constitute a majority of the members of the Board,  but  excluding,
         for this  purpose,  any such  individual  whose  initial  assumption of
         office is in connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest
         relating to the election of directors of the Company (as such terms are
         used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Exchange
         Act); or

                  (c)      the shareholders of the Company approve either:

                           (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any
                  other  corporation,  other  than  a  merger  or  consolidation
                  following   which  both  of  the  following   conditions   are
                  satisfied:

                                    (A) either  (I) the  members of the Board of
                           the  Company  immediately  prior  to such  merger  or
                           consolidation  constitute  at least a majority of the
                           members  of the  governing  body  of the  institution
                           resulting from such merger or consolidation;  or (II)
                           the shareholders of the Company own securities of the
                           institution    resulting    from   such   merger   or
                           consolidation   representing   80%  or  more  of  the
                           combined  voting power of all such  securities of the
                           resulting    institution    then    outstanding    in
                           substantially the same proportions as their ownership
                           of  voting  securities  of  the  Company  immediately
                           before such merger or consolidation; and

                                    (B)  the  entity  which  results  from  such
                           merger or  consolidation  expressly agrees in writing
                           to assume and perform the Company's obligations under
                           the Plan; or

                            (ii) a plan of complete  liquidation  of the Company
                   or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of
                   all or substantially all of its assets; or

                  (d) any event that would be described in section  2.6(a),  (b)
         or (c) if "the Bank" were substituted for "the Company" therein.

                  Section  2.7 Code  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986
(including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).

                  Section 2.8 Committee means the Committee described in section
4.1.

                  Section 2.9  Company means:

                   (a) for so  long  as  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank,  is not a
         wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  a  parent  holding   company,   Falmouth
         Co-operative Bank; and

                  (b) from and  after  the date on which  Falmouth  Co-operative
         Bank becomes a wholly owned  subsidiary  of a parent  holding  company,
         such parent holding company.


                                       B-2
    

<PAGE>



                  Section 2.10 Disability means a condition of total incapacity,
mental or physical,  for further  performance of duty with the Company which the
Committee shall have determined,  on the basis of competent medical evidence, is
likely to be permanent.

                  Section 2.11 Disinterested  Board Member means a member of the
Board who (a) is not a current employee of the Company or a subsidiary, (b) does
not receive  remuneration  from the Company or a subsidiary,  either directly or
indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director and (c) does not possess an
interest  in  any  other   transaction,   and  is  not  engaged  in  a  business
relationship,  for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) or
(b) of the proxy solicitation  rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
The term Disinterested Board Member shall be interpreted in such manner as shall
be necessary to conform to the requirements of Rule 16b-3  promulgated under the
Exchange Act.

                  Section 2.12 Effective  Date means January 21, 1997,  provided
that the Plan shall then or thereafter be approved by the  Commissioner of Banks
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                  Section 2.13 Eligible  Director means a member of the board of
directors of the Employer who is not also an employee of any Employer.

                  Section 2.14  Eligible  Employee  means any employee  whom the
Committee  may  determine  to be a key officer or employee of the  Employer  and
select to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

                  Section  2.15  Employer  means the  Company,  the Bank and any
successor thereto and, with the prior approval of the Board, and subject to such
terms and  conditions  as may be imposed by the Board,  any other  savings bank,
savings and loan association, bank, corporation,  financial institution or other
business organization or institution.

                  Section 2.16  Exchange Act means the  Securities  and Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                  Section  2.17 Person means an  individual,  a  corporation,  a
bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan association, a financial institution, a
partnership,  an association,  a joint-stock  company,  a trust,  an estate,  an
unincorporated organization and any other business organization or institution.

                  Section  2.18 Plan means the 1997  Recognition  and  Retention
Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Falmouth Co-operative Bank
as amended from time to time.

                  Section 2.19   Share means a share of common stock of Falmouth
 Co-operative Bank, par value $.10 per share.

                  Section  2.20  Trust means the legal  relationship  created by
the Trust Agreement pursuant to which the Trustee holds the Trust Fund in trust.
The Trust may be referred to as the  "Recognition  and  Retention  Plan Trust of
Falmouth Co-operative Bank."

                  Section  2.21  Trust  Agreement  means the  agreement  between
Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank and the  Trustee  therein  named  or its  successor
pursuant to which the Trust Fund shall be held in trust.

                  Section  2.22  Trust  Fund  means the  corpus  (consisting  of
contributions  paid  over to the  Trustee,  and  investments  thereof),  and all
earnings,  appreciations or additions  thereof and thereto,  held by the Trustee
under the Trust  Agreement in accordance  with the Plan,  less any  depreciation
thereof and any payments made therefrom pursuant to the Plan.

                  Section 2.23 Trustee  means the Trustee of the Trust Fund from
time to time in office.  The Trustee  shall serve as Trustee until it is removed
or resigns  from  office and is  replaced  by a  successor  Trustee or  Trustees
appointed by Falmouth Co-operative Bank.




                                       B-3
    

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                           SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER PLAN


                   Section 3.1 Shares Available Under Plan.

                  The maximum  number of Shares  under the Plan shall be 58,190.
An aggregate maximum of 17,457 Shares may be granted to Eligible Directors, with
a maximum of 2,909 granted to any one Eligible Director.



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 ADMINISTRATION


                   Section 4.1 Committee.

                  The  Plan  shall  be   administered  by  the  members  of  the
Compensation Committee of Falmouth Co-operative Bank who are Disinterested Board
Members.  If the  Committee  consists  of  fewer  than two  Disinterested  Board
Members,  then  the  Board  shall  appoint  to  the  Committee  such  additional
Disinterested  Board  Members as shall be  necessary  to provide for a Committee
consisting of at least two Disinterested Board Members.


                   Section 4.2 Committee Action.

                  The  Committee  shall  hold such  meetings,  and may make such
administrative  rules and regulations,  as it may deem proper. A majority of the
members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the action of a majority
of the  members  of the  Committee  present  at a  meeting  at which a quorum is
present,  as well as actions taken pursuant to the unanimous  written consent of
all of the members of the Committee  without holding a meeting,  shall be deemed
to be actions of the Committee.  All actions of the Committee shall be final and
conclusive  and shall be  binding  upon the  Company  and all  other  interested
parties.  Any Person  dealing  with the  Committee  shall be fully  protected in
relying upon any written notice,  instruction,  direction or other communication
signed by the Secretary of the Committee and one member of the Committee, by two
members of the Committee or by a representative  of the Committee  authorized to
sign the same in its behalf.


                  Section 4.3   Committee Responsibilities.

                  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Plan and such
limitations as may be imposed by the Board,  the Committee  shall be responsible
for the overall  management and  administration  of the Plan and shall have such
authority  as shall  be  necessary  or  appropriate  in  order to carry  out its
responsibilities, including, without limitation, the authority:

                  (a) to interpret  and construe the Plan,  and to determine all
         questions  that may arise under the Plan as to  eligibility  for Awards
         under the Plan, the amount of Shares, if any, to be granted pursuant to
         an Award, and the terms and conditions of such Award;

                   (b) to adopt rules and regulations and to prescribe forms for
         the operation and administration of the Plan; and

                   (c) to take  any  other  action  not  inconsistent  with  the
         provisions of the Plan that it may deem necessary or appropriate.

                                       B-4
    

<PAGE>






                                    ARTICLE V

                                 THE TRUST FUND


                   Section 5.1 Contributions.

                  The Company shall contribute,  or cause to be contributed,  to
the Trust,  from time to time,  such  amounts of money or  property  as shall be
determined  by the  Board,  in its  discretion.  No  contributions  by  Eligible
Directors or Eligible Employees shall be permitted.


                   Section 5.2 The Trust Fund.

                  The  Trust  Fund  shall be held and  invested  under the Trust
Agreement with the Trustee.  The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall include
provisions  conferring  powers on the  Trustee  as to  investment,  control  and
disbursement of the Trust Fund, and such other provisions not inconsistent  with
the Plan as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board. No bond or
security shall be required of any Trustee at any time in office.


                   Section 5.3 Investments.

                  The Trustee  shall invest the Trust Fund in Shares and in such
other  investments  as may be  permitted  under the Trust  Agreement,  including
savings  accounts,  time or other interest bearing deposits in or other interest
bearing  obligations of the Company,  in such proportions as shall be determined
by the Committee;  provided,  however,  that in no event shall the Trust Fund be
used to  purchase  more than  58,190  Shares.  Notwithstanding  the  immediately
preceding  sentence,  the  Trustee  may  temporarily  invest  the Trust  Fund in
short-term  obligations  of, or guaranteed by, the U.S.  Government or an agency
thereof,  or the Trustee may retain the Trust Fund uninvested or may sell assets
of the Trust Fund to provide amounts required for purposes of the Plan.



                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     AWARDS


                   Section 6.1 To Eligible Directors.

                  On the  Effective  Date,  each  Person who is then an Eligible
Director shall be granted an Award of a number of Shares to be determined by the
Committee in consultation with an employee benefits consultant and not to exceed
2,909 for any individual Eligible Director and 17,457 for all Eligible Directors
in the aggregate.


                   Section 6.2 To Eligible Employees.

                  Subject to section 6.8 and such  limitations  as the Board may
from time to time impose,  the number of Shares as to which an Eligible Employee
may be granted an Award shall be determined by the Committee in its  discretion;
provided  however,  that in no event shall the number of Shares  allocated to an
Eligible Employee in an Award exceed the number of Shares then held in the Trust
and not allocated in connection with other Awards.


                                       B-5
    

<PAGE>




                   Section 6.3 Awards in General.

                  Any Award shall be evidenced by a written notice issued by the
Committee to the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, which notice shall:

                   (a) specify the number of Shares covered by the Award;

                   (b) specify the Award Date;

                   (c)  specify  the dates on which  such  Shares  shall  become
         available  for  distribution  to  the  Eligible  Director  or  Eligible
         Employee, in accordance with sections 7.1 and 7.2; and

                   (d) contain such other terms and conditions not  inconsistent
         with the Plan as the Board may, in its discretion, prescribe.


                   Section 6.4 Share Allocations.

                  Upon the grant of an Award to an Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee,  the Committee shall notify the Trustee of the Award and of the number
of Shares  subject  to the  Award.  Thereafter,  until  such time as the  Shares
subject to such Award become vested or are  forfeited,  the books and records of
the  Trustee  shall  reflect  that such  number of Shares are being held for the
benefit of the Award recipient.


                   Section 6.5 Dividend Rights.

                  (a) Any cash dividends or distributions declared and paid with
respect  to Shares in the Trust Fund that are,  as of the  record  date for such
dividend,  allocated to an Eligible  Director or Eligible Employee in connection
with an Award  shall be  promptly  paid to such  Eligible  Director  or Eligible
Employee.  Any cash dividends  declared and paid with respect to Shares that are
not, as of the record date for such dividend, allocated to any Eligible Director
or Eligible Employee in connection with any Award shall, at the direction of the
Committee,  be held in the Trust or used to pay the  administrative  expenses of
the Plan, including any compensation due to the Trustee.

                  (b) Any  dividends  or  distributions  declared  and paid with
respect to Shares in  property  other than cash shall be held in the Trust Fund.
If, as of the record  date for such  dividend or  distribution,  the Shares with
respect to which it is paid are  allocated  to an Eligible  Director or Eligible
Employee in  connection  with an Award,  the  property so  distributed  shall be
similarly  allocated such Eligible  Director or Eligible  Employee in connection
with such Award and shall be held for  distribution  or forfeiture in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the Award.


                   Section 6.6 Voting Rights.

                  (a) Each  Eligible  Director or  Eligible  Employee to whom an
Award has been made that is not fully  vested shall have the right to direct the
manner in which all voting  rights  appurtenant  to the  Shares  related to such
Award will be  exercised  while such Shares are held in the Trust  Fund.  Such a
direction  shall  be given by  completing  and  filing,  with the  inspector  of
elections,  the  Trustee or such other  person who shall be  independent  of the
Company as the Committee shall designate in the direction,  a written  direction
in the form and manner  prescribed  by the  Committee.  If no such  direction is
given by an  Eligible  Director  or Eligible  Employee,  then the voting  rights
appurtenant to the Shares allocated to him shall not be exercised.

                  (b) To the extent that the Trust Fund contains Shares that are
not allocated in connection with an Award, all voting rights appurtenant to such
Shares shall be exercised by the Trustee in such manner as the  Committee  shall
direct to reflect the voting  directions given by Eligible  Director or Eligible
Employees with respect to Shares allocated in connection with their Awards.

                                       B-6
    

<PAGE>




                  (c) The Committee shall furnish, or cause to be furnished,  to
each Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, all annual reports, proxy materials
and other information  furnished by the Company,  or by any proxy solicitor,  to
the holders of Shares.


                   Section 6.7 Tender Offers.

                  (a) Each  Eligible  Director or  Eligible  Employee to whom an
Award has been made that is not fully  vested  shall  have the right to  direct,
with respect to the Shares related to such Award,  the manner of response to any
tender offer,  exchange offer or other offer made to the holders of Shares. Such
a direction  shall be given by  completing  and filing,  with the  inspector  of
elections,  the  Trustee or such other  person who shall be  independent  of the
Company as the Committee shall designate in the direction,  a written  direction
in the form and manner  prescribed  by the  Committee.  If no such  direction is
given by an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, then the Shares shall not be
tendered or exchanged.

                  (b) To the extent that the Trust Fund contains Shares that are
not allocated in connection with an Award, all responses to tender, exchange and
other  offers  appurtenant  to such Shares shall be given by the Trustee in such
manner as the Committee  shall direct to reflect the responses given by Eligible
Director or Eligible  Employees  with respect to Shares  allocated in connection
with their Awards.

                  (c) The Committee shall furnish, or cause to be furnished,  to
each Eligible Director or Eligible  Employee,  all information  furnished by the
offeror to the holders of Shares.


                  Section 6.8       Limitations on Awards.

         (a)      Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary:

                    (i) No Award  shall be  granted  under the Plan prior to the
               earlier of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders
               pursuant to section 9.8;

                    (ii) No Eligible  Employee may be granted Awards covering in
               excess of 14,547 Shares;

                    (iii) each Award shall become  vested and  distributable  as
               follows:

                           (A)  prior to the  February  1  following  the  first
                  anniversary  of the date on  which  the  Plan is  approved  by
                  shareholders  pursuant to section  9.8, the Award shall not be
                  vested;

                           (B) on the February 1 following the first anniversary
                  of the date on  which  the Plan is  approved  by  shareholders
                  pursuant to section 9.8, the Award will be vested as to twenty
                  percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted;

                           (C)  on  the   February   1   following   the  second
                  anniversary  of the date on which  the Award is  granted,  the
                  Award will be vested as to an additional  twenty percent (20%)
                  of the Shares subject to the Award when granted;

                           (D) on the February 1 following the third anniversary
                  of the date on  which  the Plan is  approved  by  shareholders
                  pursuant  to  section  9.8,  the Award will be vested as to an
                  additional  twenty  percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the
                  Award when granted;

                           (E)  on  the   February   1   following   the  fourth
                  anniversary  of the date on  which  the  Plan is  approved  by
                  shareholders pursuant to section 9.8, the Award will

                                       B-7
    

<PAGE>



                  be vested as to  an  additional  twenty  percent  (20%) of the
                  Shares subject to the Award when granted; and

                           (F) on the February 1 following the fifth anniversary
                  of the date on  which  the Plan is  approved  by  shareholders
                  pursuant  to  section  9.8,  the Award will be vested as to an
                  additional  twenty  percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the
                  Award when granted;

         provided,  however, that such an Award shall become fully vested on the
         date of the Award holder's death,  Disability,  Retirement or Change in
         Control.

                  (b) An Award by its  terms  shall not be  transferable  by the
Eligible  Director  or  Eligible  Employee  other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Shares granted pursuant to such Award shall be
distributable, during the lifetime of the Recipient, only to the Recipient.



                                   ARTICLE VII

                       VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES


                   Section 7.1 Vesting of Shares Granted to Eligible Directors.

                  The Shares subject to each Award granted to Eligible Directors
under the Plan shall become vested as follows:  (i) twenty percent (20%) of such
Shares shall become vested upon the February 1 following  the first  anniversary
of the date the Plan is approved by  shareholders  pursuant to section 9.8; (ii)
20% of such Shares shall become  vested upon the February 1 following the second
anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by shareholders pursuant to section
8.8;  (iii) 20% of such Shares shall become vested upon the February 1 following
the third anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by shareholders  pursuant
to section 8.8;  (iv) 20% of such Shares shall become vested upon the February 1
following  the  fourth   anniversary  of  the  date  the  Plan  is  approved  by
shareholders  pursuant to section  8.8;  and (v) 20% of such Shares shall become
vested upon the February 1 following the fifth  anniversary of the date the Plan
is approved by shareholders pursuant to section 8.8; provided, however, that the
Eligible  Director  has  remained a director of the  Employer  during the entire
period commencing with the date the Plan is approved by shareholders pursuant to
section 8.8 and ending on the applicable  anniversary of the date of shareholder
approval;  and  provided,  further,  an Award shall  become 100% vested upon the
Award holder's death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control.


                   Section 7.2 Vesting of Shares Granted to Eligible Employees.

                  Subject to  section  6.8 and the terms and  conditions  of the
Plan, each Award to an Eligible Employee made under the Plan shall become vested
at the times and upon the  conditions  specified  by the  Committee in the Award
notice;  provided,  however, that an Award shall become fully vested on the date
of the Award holder's death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control.


                   Section 7.3 Designation of Beneficiary.

                  An Eligible  Director or Eligible Employee who has received an
Award may designate a Beneficiary to receive any undistributed  Shares that are,
or become,  available for distribution on, or after, the date of his death. Such
designation (and any change or revocation of such designation)  shall be made in
writing in the form and manner  prescribed by the  Committee.  In the event that
the  Beneficiary  designated by an Eligible  Director or Eligible  Employee dies
prior to the  Eligible  Director or Eligible  Employee,  or in the event that no
Beneficiary has been designated,  any undistributed  Shares that are, or become,
available for  distribution  on, or after,  the Eligible  Director's or Eligible
Employee's death shall be paid to the executor or

                                       B-8
    

<PAGE>



administrator of the Eligible Director's or Eligible Employee's estate, or if no
such executor or  administrator  is appointed within such time as the Committee,
in its sole discretion, shall deem reasonable, to such one or more of the spouse
and descendants and blood relatives of such deceased person as the Committee may
select.


                   Section 7.4 Manner of Distribution.

                  (a) As soon as  practicable  following  the  date  any  Shares
granted pursuant to an Award become vested pursuant to sections 7.1 and 7.2, the
Committee  shall take such  actions as are  necessary  to cause the  transfer of
record  ownership of the Shares that have become  vested from the Trustee to the
Award holder and shall cause the Trustee to  distribute  to the Award holder all
property  other than Shares then being held in connection  with the Shares being
distributed.

                  (b) The Company's obligation to deliver Shares with respect to
an Award shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of
a  representation  as to the  investment  intention of the Eligible  Director or
Eligible  Employee or  Beneficiary  to whom such Shares are to be delivered,  in
such form as the  Committee  shall  determine  to be  necessary  or advisable to
comply with the provisions of applicable federal,  state or local law. It may be
provided  that  any  such   representation   shall  become  inoperative  upon  a
registration of the Shares or upon the occurrence of any other event eliminating
the  necessity  of such  representation.  The  Company  shall not be required to
deliver any Shares  under the Plan prior to (i) the  admission of such Shares to
listing on any stock  exchange on which  Shares may then be listed,  or (ii) the
completion  of such  registration  or other  qualification  under  any  state or
federal law, rule or regulation as the Committee shall determine to be necessary
or advisable.


                   Section 7.5 Taxes.

                  The Company, the Committee or the Trustee shall have the right
to require any person entitled to receive Shares pursuant to an Award to pay the
amount of any tax which is required to be withheld  with respect to such Shares,
or, in lieu thereof,  to retain,  or to sell without notice, a sufficient number
of Shares to cover the amount required to be withheld.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


                   Section 8.1 Termination.

                  The Board may  suspend  or  terminate  the Plan in whole or in
part at any time by giving written  notice of such  suspension or termination to
the  Committee;  provided,  however,  that the Plan may not be terminated  while
there  are  outstanding  Awards  that may  thereafter  become  vested.  Upon the
termination  of the Plan,  the Trustee shall make  distributions  from the Trust
Fund in such amounts and to such persons as the  Committee  may direct and shall
return the remaining assets of the Trust Fund, if any, to the Company.


                   Section 8.2 Amendment.

                  The Board may amend or revise  the Plan in whole or in part at
any time.


                   Section   8.3   Adjustments   in  the  Event  of  a  Business
Reorganization.

                   (a) In the  event  of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  other
business  reorganization  (including  but not limited to a Change of Control) in
which the Company is the surviving entity, and in the event of any

                                       B-9
    

<PAGE>



stock split,  stock  dividend or other event  generally  affecting the number of
Shares held by each person who is then a holder of record of Shares,  the number
of Shares held in the Trust Fund,  including Shares covered by Awards,  shall be
adjusted  to account  for such  event.  Such  adjustment  shall be  effected  by
multiplying  such  number of Shares by an amount  equal to the  number of Shares
that would be owned after such event by a person who,  immediately prior to such
event,  was the  holder of  record of one  Share;  provided,  however,  that the
Committee  may,  in its  discretion,  establish  another  appropriate  method of
adjustment.

                  (b) In  the  event  of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  other
business  reorganization  (including  but not limited to a Change of Control) in
which the Company is not the  surviving  entity,  the Trustee  shall hold in the
Trust Fund any money, stock, securities or other property received by holders of
record  of Shares  in  connection  with  such  merger,  consolidation,  or other
business  reorganization.  Any  Award  with  respect  to which  Shares  had been
allocated  to an Eligible  Director or  Eligible  Employee  shall be adjusted by
allocating to the Eligible  Director or Eligible  Employee  receiving such Award
the amount of money, stock, securities or other property received by the Trustee
for the Shares allocated to such Eligible Director or Eligible Employee.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS


                   Section 9.1 Status as an Employee Benefit Plan.

                  This Plan is not  intended  to satisfy  the  requirements  for
qualification  under section  401(a) of the Code or to satisfy the  definitional
requirements  for an "employee  benefit plan" under section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended.  It is intended to be a
non-qualified  incentive compensation program that is exempt from the regulatory
requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
The Plan shall be construed and administered so as to effectuate this intent.


                   Section 9.2 No Right to Continued Employment.

                  Neither the  establishment  of the Plan nor any  provisions of
the Plan nor any action of the Board or the  Committee  with respect to the Plan
shall be held or  construed  to confer  upon any  Eligible  Director or Eligible
Employee any right to a continuation of employment by the Company. The Employers
reserve the right to dismiss  any  Eligible  Director  or  Eligible  Employee or
otherwise  deal with any  Eligible  Director  or  Eligible  Employee to the same
extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.


                   Section 9.3 Construction of Language.

                  Whenever  appropriate in the Plan,  words used in the singular
may be read in the plural, words used in the plural may be read in the singular,
and words importing the masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the
feminine or the neuter.  Any  reference  to an Article or section  number  shall
refer to an Article or section of this Plan unless otherwise indicated.


                   Section 9.4 Governing Law.

                  The Plan shall be construed  and enforced in  accordance  with
the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  without  giving  effect to the
conflict  of laws  principles  thereof,  except to the extent that such laws are
preempted by the federal laws of the United States of America.



                                      B-10
    

<PAGE>


                   Section 9.5 Headings.

                  The headings of Articles and sections are included  solely for
convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the
text of the Plan, the text shall control.


                   Section 9.6 Non-Alienation of Benefits.

                  The right to  receive a  benefit  under the Plan  shall not be
subject in any manner to anticipation,  alienation or assignment, nor shall such
right be liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagements or
torts,  except to the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations order as
defined in section 414(p) of the Code.


                   Section 9.7 Notices.

                  Any communication  required or permitted to be given under the
Plan,  including  any  notice,  direction,  designation,  comment,  instruction,
objection or waiver,  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
at such time as it is  personally  delivered or 5 days after  mailing if mailed,
postage  prepaid,  by registered or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,
addressed to such party at the address listed below, or at such other address as
one such party may by written notice specify to the other:

                  (a)  If to the Stock Compensation Committee:

                       Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                       c/o Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                       20 Davis Straits
                       Falmouth, Massachusetts  02340

                       Attention:  Clerk

                  (b)  If to an Eligible Director  or  Eligible Employee, to the
                       Eligible  Director's  or  Eligible  Employee's address as
                       shown in the Employer's records.


                   Section 9.8 Required Approvals.

                  The Plan shall not be effective or implemented unless approved
by  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority  of the Shares  present  and
entitled  to vote at a  meeting  duly  called  and held for  such  purpose.  The
effectiveness  of the Plan and any awards made  hereunder  shall be  conditioned
upon approval of the Plan by the  Commissioner  of Banks of the  Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.

                                      B-11
    

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX C

================================================================================







                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


                                 BY AND BETWEEN



                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

                                       AND

                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.




                          DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 25, 1996




================================================================================










<PAGE>



                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                     Pursuant to Section 26B of Chapter 172
                      of the General Laws of Massachusetts


         This  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Plan"),  dated as of
November 25, 1996, is made by and between  Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank, a stock
co-operative  bank  organized  and  existing  under  the  laws of the  State  of
Massachusetts and having an office at 20 Davis Straits, Falmouth,  Massachusetts
02540  ("Falmouth"  or the "Bank") and Falmouth  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  corporation
organized  and  existing  under the laws of the State of Delaware  and having an
office at 20 Davis Straits, Falmouth,  Massachusetts 02540 (the "Bancorp"). This
Plan  constitutes  the plan of  acquisition  between  the Bank and  Bancorp  for
purposes of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of Massachusetts.


                              W I T N E S S E T H:


         Whereas, as of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock
of Falmouth  consists of 3,000,000  shares,  of which (i)  2,500,000  shares are
common stock of par value of $0.10 per share (the "Bank Common Stock"), of which
1,454,750  shares are issued and  outstanding and (ii) 500,000 shares are serial
preferred  stock, of par value $0.10 per share,  issuable in classes and series,
none of which shares are issued and outstanding.

         Whereas, Bancorp is a business corporation, having been incorporated on
November 25, 1996  pursuant to a  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed with the
Secretary  of State of the State of Delaware  and  recorded in the Office of the
Recorder  of Deeds in the  County of New  Castle on that  date.  The  registered
office of Bancorp is located at 1209  Orange  Street in the City of  Wilmington,
County of New  Castle.  The name of the  registered  agent at such office is The
Corporation  Trust  Company.  As of the date of this  Agreement,  the authorized
capital stock of Bancorp consists of 5,500,000 shares, as follows: (a) 5,000,000
shares are common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Bancorp Common Stock"),  of
which 100 shares are issued and outstanding to Falmouth;  and (b) 500,000 shares
are preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share,  issuable in classes and series,
none of which shares are issued and outstanding.

         Whereas,  the parties are entering into this Plan in order to set forth
the terms and  conditions  pursuant  to which  Bancorp  will  acquire all of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common  Stock in exchange  for shares of
Bancorp Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of
the General Laws of  Massachusetts  and of this Plan. This Plan has been adopted
and approved by a vote of at least a majority of all the members of the Board of
Directors  of the Bank,  and by a vote of at least a majority of all the members
of the Board of  Directors  of Bancorp.  The officers of the Bank and of Bancorp
whose  respective  signatures  appear below have been duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Plan.

         Now,  Therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties herein contained, the Bank
and Bancorp hereto do hereby agree as follows:



                                       C-1


<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 1
                  
                           APPROVAL AND FILING OF PLAN
                           ---------------------------

         1.1 This Plan shall be  submitted  for  approval by the holders of Bank
Common  Stock at a meeting  to be duly  called and held in  accordance  with the
Bylaws  of the Bank and all  applicable  laws and  regulations.  Notice  of such
meeting shall be mailed directly to all stockholders and published at least once
a week for two  successive  weeks in a newspaper of general  circulation  in the
County of  Barnstable,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts.  Both of said newspaper
publications shall be at least fifteen days prior to the date of the meeting.

         1.2 Subject to the approval of this Plan by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock as
required by law, the Bank and Bancorp shall submit this Plan to the Commissioner
of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Bank  Commissioner") for his
approval and filing in accordance  with the provisions of Section 26B of Chapter
172 of the General Laws of Massachusetts. This Plan shall be accompanied by such
certificates  of the  respective  officers  of the  Bank and  Bancorp  as may be
required by law and a written  request from the Bank that this Plan not be filed
by the Bank Commissioner  until such future time as the Bank Commissioner  shall
have received from the Bank and Bancorp the written notice  described in Section
2 hereof.

         1.3 If the  requisite  approval of this Plan is obtained at the meeting
of holders of Bank Common Stock referred to in Subsection 1.1 hereof, thereafter
and until the  Effective  Time,  as  hereinafter  defined,  the Bank shall issue
certificates for Bank Common Stock, whether upon transfer or otherwise,  only if
such  certificates bear a legend indicating that this Plan has been approved and
that shares of Bank Common Stock evidenced by such  certificates  are subject to
the acquisition by Bancorp pursuant to this Plan.

                                    SECTION 2

                          DEFINITION OF EFFECTIVE TIME
                          ----------------------------

         The  transactions  contemplated by this Plan shall become  effective at
12:01  A.M.  on the  first  business  day  following  the date on which the Bank
Commissioner  duly files this Plan in accordance  with the provisions of Section
26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts,  which filing shall be
preceded by written  notice to the Bank  Commissioner  from the Bank and Bancorp
advising the Bank  Commissioner  that (i) all the  conditions  precedent to this
Plan becoming effective specified in Section 5 hereof,  other than the condition
described in Subsection  5.2, have been satisfied and (ii) the Plan has not been
terminated by the Bank or Bancorp in accordance with the provisions of Section 6
hereof. Such time is hereinafter referred to as the "Effective Time."

                                    SECTION 3

                          ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE TIME
                          -----------------------------

         3.1 At the Effective Time, Bancorp shall, without any further action on
its part or on the part of the holders of Bank Common Stock,  automatically  and
by  operation of law acquire and become the owner for all purposes of all shares
of Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective
Time,  and  Bancorp  shall  be  entitled  to  have  issued  to it by the  Bank a
certificate or certificates representing such shares. Thereafter,  Bancorp shall
have full and  exclusive  power to vote such  shares of Bank  Common  Stock,  to
receive dividends thereon and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

                                       C-2


<PAGE>




         3.2 At the Effective Time, any shares of Bancorp Common Stock which may
have  been  previously  issued  and are  outstanding  immediately  prior  to the
Effective  Time shall be redeemed  and retired and shall  thereafter  constitute
authorized and unissued shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

         3.3 At the  Effective  Time,  the  holders of the shares of Bank Common
Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time shall,
without  any  further   action  on  their  part  or  on  the  part  of  Bancorp,
automatically and by operation of law cease to own such shares and shall instead
become owners of one share of Bancorp Common Stock for each share of Bank Common
Stock held by them  immediately  prior to the Effective Time.  Thereafter,  such
persons  shall  have full and  exclusive  power to vote such  shares of  Bancorp
Common Stock, to receive dividends thereon, except as otherwise provided herein,
and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

         3.4 At the  Effective  Time,  all  previously  issued  and  outstanding
certificates representing shares of Bank Common Stock shall automatically and by
operation of law cease to represent  shares of Bank Common Stock or any interest
therein and each certificate shall instead represent the ownership by the holder
thereof of an equal  number of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  No holder of a
certificate  shall be entitled to vote the shares of Bank Common Stock  formerly
represented by such certificate, or to receive dividends thereon, or to exercise
any other rights of ownership in respect thereof.

         3.5 Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,  any Dissenting  Stockholder,
as such term is defined in Subsection 7.1 hereof,  shall have such rights as are
provided  by  Subsection  7.2  hereof  and by the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.




                                    SECTION 4

                        ACTIONS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME
                        --------------------------------

         In connection with the exchange of the issued and outstanding shares of
Bank Common Stock for shares of Bancorp Common Stock,  it shall not be necessary
for  non-Dissenting  Stockholders,  as such term is  defined in  Subsection  7.1
hereof,  to  exchange  their  existing  certificates  of Bank  Common  Stock for
certificates  of Bancorp  Common Stock.  At the Effective  Time,  non-Dissenting
Stockholders  shall  automatically  become holders of Bancorp Common Stock,  and
their stock certificates shall automatically  represent the same number and type
of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock.  After the Effective  Time, as  outstanding
certificates  of Bank  Common  Stock are  presented  for  transfer  or, upon the
request of any holder of certificates of Bancorp Common Stock,  new certificates
of Bancorp shall be issued by the  registrar and transfer  agent for Bank Common
Stock. Any certificate presented for transfer to a name other than that in which
the  surrendered  certificate  is  registered  must  be  properly  endorsed  and
otherwise in proper form for transfer and  accompanied by evidence of payment of
any applicable stock transfer or other taxes.

                                    SECTION 5

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------

         This Plan and the  transactions  provided  for herein  shall not become
effective unless all of the following shall have occurred:


                                       C-3


<PAGE>



         5.1 This Plan and the transactions  contemplated hereby shall have been
approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock at a meeting of such  stockholders duly
called and held for such purpose in  accordance  with the Bylaws of the Bank and
all applicable laws and regulations.

         5.2 This Plan shall have been approved by the Bank  Commissioner  and a
copy of this Plan with his approval  endorsed  thereon  shall have been filed in
his office, all as provided in Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of
Massachusetts.

         5.3  Bancorp  shall have  provided  notice of this Plan to the  Federal
Reserve Bank of Boston (the "Reserve Bank") in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section
225.15 and the Reserve Bank shall not have objected to the parties' consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby within thirty days after the date of the
Reserve Bank's receipt of such notice or, alternatively, the Reserve Bank or the
Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  acting  pursuant to Section
3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, shall have approved
an application of Bancorp to become a bank holding company upon the consummation
of the transactions  contemplated by this Plan and a period of thirty days shall
have elapsed after the date of such approval.

         5.4 The Bank shall have received a favorable  opinion from its counsel,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the Bank,  with  respect to the federal
income tax consequences of this Plan and the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
to the effect that:

         (a) No gain or loss will be recognized by stockholders of Falmouth upon
the transfer of their shares of Bank Common Stock to Bancorp  solely in exchange
for shares of Bancorp Common Stock;

         (b) No gain or loss will be  recognized  by Bancorp upon its receipt of
shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for shares of Bancorp Common Stock;

         (c) The  aggregate  basis of the shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
received by each stockholder of Falmouth will be the same as the aggregate basis
of the shares of Bank Common Stock exchanged therefor; and

         (d) The  holding  period of the  shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock to be
received by each  stockholder  of Falmouth in the  transaction  will include the
holding period of the shares of Bank Common Stock exchanged therefor;  provided,
that such  stockholder  held such shares of Bank Common Stock as a capital asset
at the Effective Time.

         5.5 To the extent legally required,  the shares of Bancorp Common Stock
to be issued to the  holders of Bank  Common  Stock  pursuant to this Plan shall
have been  registered or qualified for such issuance under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws.

         5.6 The Bank and  Bancorp  shall  have  obtained  all  other  consents,
permissions  and approvals and taken all actions  required by law and agreement,
or otherwise  deemed  necessary or appropriate by the Bank or Bancorp,  prior to
the  consummation  of the  transactions  provided for by this Plan and Bancorp's
having  and  exercising  all  rights of  ownership  with  respect  to all of the
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock to be acquired by it hereunder.


                                       C-4


<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 6
 
                               TERMINATION OF PLAN
                               -------------------

         6.1 This Plan may be  terminated  by either  the Bank or Bancorp at any
time before the Effective Time in the event that:

         (a) The  number of  shares of Bank  Common  Stock  owned by  Dissenting
Stockholders,  as defined in Subsection 7.1 hereof,  shall make  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  by this Plan  inadvisable in the opinion of the
Bank or Bancorp;

         (b) Any action, suit, proceeding or claim has been instituted,  made or
threatened   relating  to  this  Plan  which  shall  make  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated by this Plan inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or
Bancorp; or

         (c) For any other reason consummation of the transactions  contemplated
by this Plan is inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or Bancorp.

         Such termination shall be effected by written notice by either the Bank
or Bancorp to the other of them,  and shall be  authorized  or  approved  by the
Board of  Directors  of the party  giving such  notice.  Upon the giving of such
notice, this Plan shall be terminated and shall be of no further force or effect
and there shall be no liability  hereunder or on account of such  termination on
the part of the Bank or Bancorp or the Directors, officers, employees, agents or
stockholders  of either of them. In the event of such  termination of this Plan,
the Bank  shall pay the fees and  expenses  incurred  by itself  and  Bancorp in
connection with this Plan and the proposed transactions  contemplated hereby. If
either party  hereto  gives  written  notice of  termination  to the other party
pursuant  to this  Section  6,  the  party  giving  such  written  notice  shall
simultaneously furnish a copy thereof to the Bank Commissioner.

                                    SECTION 7

                        RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS
                        ---------------------------------

         7.1 The term "Dissenting Stockholders" shall mean those holders of Bank
Common  Stock who file with the Bank  before the taking of the vote on this Plan
written  objection  to this Plan,  pursuant to Section 86 of Chapter 156B of the
General Laws of  Massachusetts,  stating that they intend to demand  payment for
their shares of Bank Common Stock if this Plan is  consummated  and whose shares
are not voted in favor of this Plan.

         7.2 Dissenting  Stockholders who comply with the provisions of Sections
86 through 98,  inclusive,  of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts
and all other applicable provisions of law shall be entitled to receive from the
Bank  payment  of the fair  value of their  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  upon
surrender by such holders of the certificates which previously  represented such
shares of Bank Common Stock.  Certificates so obtained by the Bank, upon payment
of the fair value of such shares as provided by law,  shall be canceled.  Shares
of  Bancorp  Common  Stock,  to which  Dissenting  Stockholders  would have been
entitled had they not  dissented,  shall be deemed to constitute  authorized and
unissued  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock  and may  thereafter  be  issued or
otherwise  disposed of by Bancorp at the discretion of, and on such terms as may
be fixed by, its Board of Directors.



                                       C-5

<PAGE>






                                    SECTION 8
 
                         STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
                         ------------------------------

         At the Effective  Time,  Bancorp shall adopt and assume  sponsorship of
the Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank Employee Stock  Ownership Plan ("ESOP") and any
stock  option  plan or  restricted  stock  plan of the  Bank  in  effect  at the
Effective  Time,  including  all of the Bank's  obligations  with respect to any
outstanding  options,  stock or restricted stock granted pursuant to such plans.
All outstanding  options to purchase  Falmouth common stock granted  pursuant to
any  stock  option  plan of the Bank  prior to the  Reorganization  will  become
options to purchase  the same number of shares of Bancorp  common stock with the
same terms,  conditions and exercise price as the original options granted,  and
all grants of restricted shares of Falmouth common stock granted pursuant to any
restricted stock plan of the Bank prior to the Reorganization will become grants
of  restricted  shares of  Bancorp  common  stock.  In  addition,  all shares of
Falmouth  common  stock  held by the  trust  established  for the ESOP  shall be
exchanged on a one-for-one basis for Bancorp common stock in accordance with the
terms of Section 3 of this Plan.

                                    SECTION 9

                                AMENDMENT OF PLAN
                                -----------------

         This Plan may be amended or modified at any time by mutual agreement of
the Boards of Directors of Bancorp and the Bank (i) prior to its approval by the
stockholders of the Bank, in any respect,  and (ii) subsequent to such approval,
in any  respect,  provided  that the Bank  Commissioner  shall  approve  of such
amendment or modification.

                                   SECTION 10

                                  GOVERNING LAW
                                  -------------

         This Plan  shall be  construed  under and  governed  by the laws of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  without  giving  effect  to the  principles  of
conflict of laws thereof.

                                   SECTION 11

                          NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
                          ----------------------------

         Nothing  herein  expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed
to confer upon or give any person,  firm or corporation,  other than the parties
hereto and their respective stockholders,  or any of them, any rights, remedies,
obligations or licenses under or by reason of this Plan.

                                   SECTION 12

                                    HEADINGS
                                    --------

         The  headings  of sections  contained  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the
text of the Plan, the text shall control.


                                       C-6


<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 13

                                  COUNTERPARTS
                                  ------------

         This Plan may be  executed in one or more  counterparts,  each of which
when duly  executed  shall be deemed an original,  and such  counterparts  shall
together constitute one and the same instrument.

                                   SECTION 14

                                  SEVERABILITY
                                  ------------

         If any provision of this Plan or the application  thereof to any person
or circumstance  shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent,  the remainder
of this  Plan  and the  application  of such  provisions  to  other  persons  or
circumstances  shall  not be  affected  thereby  and  shall be  enforced  to the
greatest extent permitted by law.

                                   SECTION 15

                         GENERAL INTERPRETIVE PRINCIPLES
                         -------------------------------

         For purposes of this Plan,  except as otherwise  expressly  provided or
unless the context otherwise  requires:  (a) the terms defined in this Plan have
the meanings assigned to them in this Plan and include the plural as well as the
singular,  and the words of any gender  shall  include  each other  gender where
appropriate; (b) accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
(c) references herein to a "Section" or other subdivision without reference to a
document are to the  designated  Section or other  subdivision of this Plan; (d)
the words "herein,"  "hereof,"  "hereto" and other words of similar import refer
to this Plan as a whole and not to any  particular  provision;  and (f) the term
"include" or "including" shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration.



                                       C-7

<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 16

                    ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND PARTIES IN INTEREST
                    ----------------------------------------

         This Plan,  including  the  documents  and other  writings  referred to
herein  or  delivered  pursuant  hereto,   contains  the  entire  agreement  and
understanding  of the parties with respect to their  subject  matter.  This Plan
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon the parties  hereto and their
respective successors and assigns.

                                   SECTION 17

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------

         Any notice,  direction,  request, demand, waiver or other communication
required or  permitted to be given under this Plan shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or by telecopy,  telex
or similar mode of transmission or, if mailed, by certified mail, return receipt
requested  with first class  postage  prepaid,  to the parties at the  addresses
listed  below,  or to such other  address as any party may,  by written  notice,
specify to the other parties:

                      If to Falmouth:
                      ---------------

                      Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                      20 Davis Straits
                      Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540

                      Attention:  Santo  P.  Pasqualucci,  President  and  Chief
                      Executive Officer

                      If to Bancorp:
                      --------------

                      Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.
                      c/o Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                      20 Davis Straits
                      Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540

                      Attention:  Santo  P.  Pasqualucci,  President  and  Chief
                      Executive Officer

                      With a copy to:
                      ---------------

                      Richard A. Schaberg, Esq.
                      Thacher Proffitt & Wood
                      1500 K. Street, N.W., Suite 200
                      Washington, D.C. 20005

                                       C-8


<PAGE>


         In  Witness  Whereof,  Falmouth  and  Bancorp  have  each  caused  this
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization to be executed on their behalf.

                                         FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK


                                         By/s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


By/s/ John A. DeMello
  -------------------------------------
      John A. DeMello
      Clerk



                                         FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.



                                         By/s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


By/s/ John A. DeMello
  -------------------------------------
      John A. DeMello
      Secretary



      I hereby approve this Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.


                                            -------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Commissioner of Banks, Commonwealth
                                             of Massachusetts

                                       C-9


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX D

                          DISSENTERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS

                      PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF THE
                    COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS RELATING TO
                   APPRAISAL RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS
      (SECTIONS 86-98 OF CHAPTER 156B OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS)

         86.      SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO APPRAISAL; PREREQUISITES

         If a  corporation  proposes to take a corporate  action as to which any
section of this chapter  provides that a stockholder  who objects to such action
shall have the right to demand payment for his shares and an appraisal  thereof,
sections  eighty-seven  to  ninety-eight,   inclusive,  shall  apply  except  as
otherwise  specifically  provided  in any  section  of this  chapter.  Except as
provided in sections eighty-two and eighty-three, no stockholder shall have such
right unless (1) he files with the corporation  before the taking of the vote of
the  shareholders on such corporate  action,  written  objection to the proposed
action stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares if the action is
taken and (2) his shares are not voted in favor of the proposed action.

         87.      STATEMENT  OF  RIGHTS  OF  OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS IN NOTICE OF
 MEETING; FORM

         The notice of the meeting of stockholders at which the approval of such
proposed  action is to be considered  shall contain a statement of the rights of
objecting stockholders.  The giving of such notice shall not be deemed to create
any  rights in any  stockholder  receiving  the same to demand  payment  for his
stock,  and the  directors  may  authorize the inclusion in any such notice of a
statement of opinion by the management as to the existence or  non-existence  of
the right of the  stockholders  to demand  payment for their stock on account of
the proposed  corporate action.  The notice may be in such form as the directors
or officers calling the meeting deem advisable, but the following form of notice
shall be sufficient to comply with this section:

         "If the action proposed is approved by the  stockholders at the meeting
and  effected  by the  corporation  any  stockholder  (1)  who  files  with  the
corporation  before  the  taking  of the vote on the  approval  of such  action,
written  objection  to the  proposed  action  stating  that he intends to demand
payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2) whose shares are not voted
in favor of such action has or may have the right to demand in writing  from the
corporation  (or,  in the case of a  consolidation  or  merger,  the name of the
resulting or surviving corporation shall be inserted),  within twenty days after
the date of mailing to him of notice in writing  that the  corporate  action has
become effective,  payment for his shares and an appraisal of the value thereof.
Such  corporation and any such  stockholder  shall in such cases have the rights
and  duties and shall  follow  the  procedure  set forth in  sections  88 to 98,
inclusive, of chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts."

         88.      NOTICE OF EFFECTIVENESS OF ACTION OBJECTED TO

         The  corporation  taking  such  action,  or in the case of a merger  or
consolidation  the surviving or resulting  corporation,  shall,  within ten days
after the date on which such  corporate  action  became  effective,  notify each
stockholder who filed a written  objection  meeting the  requirements of section
eighty-six  and whose  shares  were not voted in favor of the  approval  of such
action,  that the action  approved at the meeting of the corporation of which he
is a stockholder  has become  effective.  The giving of such notice shall not be
deemed to create  any  rights in any  stockholder  receiving  the same to demand
payment for his stock. The notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail,
addressed  to the  stockholder  at his last  known  address as it appears in the
records of the corporation.


                                       D-1

<PAGE>



         89.      DEMAND FOR PAYMENT; TIME FOR PAYMENT

         If within  twenty  days  after the date of  mailing  of a notice  under
subsection (e) of section eighty-two, subsection (f) of section eighty-three, or
section  eighty-eight,  any  stockholder to whom the corporation was required to
give such  notice  shall  demand in writing  from the  corporation  taking  such
action,  or in the case of a  consolidation  or  merger  from the  resulting  or
surviving  corporation,  payment for his stock,  the corporation upon which such
demand is made shall pay to him the fair value of his stock  within  thirty days
after the expiration of the period during which such demand may be made.

         90.      DEMAND FOR DETERMINATION OF VALUE; BILL IN EQUITY; VENUE

         If during the period of thirty days provided for in section eighty-nine
the  corporation  upon  which  such  demand  is  made  and  any  such  objecting
stockholder fail to agree as to the value of such stock, such corporation or any
such  stockholder may within four months after the expiration of such thirty-day
period demand a  determination  of the value of the stock of all such  objecting
stockholders by a bill in equity filed in the superior court in the county where
the  corporation in which such objecting  stockholder  held stock had or has its
principal office in the commonwealth.

         91.      PARTIES TO SUIT TO DETERMINE VALUE; SERVICE

         If the bill is  filed by the  corporation,  it  shall  name as  parties
respondent all  stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with
whom the corporation has not reached  agreement as to the value thereof.  If the
bill is filed by a stockholder, he shall bring the bill in his own behalf and in
behalf of all other  stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and
with whom the corporation has not reached agreement as to the value thereof, and
service of the bill shall be made upon the  corporation  by subpoena with a copy
of the bill annexed.  The corporation shall file with its answer a duly verified
list of all such other  stockholders,  and such stockholders  shall thereupon be
deemed to have been  added as parties to the bill.  The  corporation  shall give
notice in such form and returnable on such date as the court shall order to each
stockholder party to the bill by registered or certified mail,  addressed to the
last  known  address  of  such  stockholder  as  shown  in  the  records  of the
corporation,  and the court may order such  additional  notice by publication or
otherwise as it deems  advisable.  Each stockholder who makes demand as provided
in section  eighty-nine  shall be deemed to have  consented to the provisions of
this section relating to notice,  and the giving of notice by the corporation to
any such  stockholder  in  compliance  with the  order of the  court  shall be a
sufficient  service of process on him. Failure to give notice to any stockholder
making demand shall not invalidate the  proceedings as to other  stockholders to
whom notice was properly  given,  and the court may at any time before the entry
of a final decree make supplementary orders of notice.

         92.      DECREE DETERMINING VALUE AND ORDERING PAYMENT; VALUATION DATE

         After hearing the court shall enter a decree determining the fair value
of the stock of those  stockholders who have become entitled to the valuation of
and payment for their shares, and shall order the corporation to make payment of
such value,  together with  interest,  if any, as hereinafter  provided,  to the
stockholders  entitled  thereto upon the transfer by them to the  corporation of
the certificates  representing such stock if certificated or, if uncertificated,
upon receipt of an instruction  transferring such stock to the corporation.  For
this  purpose,  the  value  of the  shares  shall  be  determined  as of the day
preceding the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action and shall
be  exclusive  of  any  element  of  value  arising  from  the   expectation  or
accomplishment of the proposed corporate action.

         93.      REFERENCE TO SPECIAL MASTER

         The court in its discretion may refer the bill or any question  arising
thereunder to a special master to hear the parties, make findings and report the
same to the court,  all in accordance with the usual practice in suits in equity
in the superior court.


                                       D-2


<PAGE>


         94.      NOTATION ON STOCK CERTIFICATE OF PENDENCY OF BILL

         On motion the court may order stockholder parties to the bill to submit
their  certificates of stock to the corporation for the notation  thereon of the
pendency of the bill and may order the  corporation to note such pendency in its
records with respect to any uncertified shares held by such stockholder parties,
and may on motion  dismiss  the bill as to any  stockholder  who fails to comply
with such order.

         95.      COSTS; INTERESTS

         The  costs of the  bill,  including  the  reasonable  compensation  and
expenses of any master  appointed by the court, but exclusive of fees of counsel
or of experts retained by any party,  shall be determined by the court and taxed
upon the  parties to the bill,  or any of them,  in such manner as appears to be
equitable, except that all costs of giving notice to stockholders as provided in
this chapter shall be paid by the  corporation.  Interest shall be paid upon any
award from the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action, and the
court  may on  application  of any  interested  party  determine  the  amount of
interest to be paid in the case of any stockholder.

         96.      DIVIDENDS AND VOTING RIGHTS AFTER DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

         Any stockholder  who has demanded  payment for his stock as provided in
this  chapter  shall not  thereafter  be  entitled  to notice of any  meeting of
stockholders  or to vote such stock for any purpose and shall not be entitled to
the payment of dividends or other distribution on the stock (except dividends or
other  distributions  payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior
to the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action) unless:

     (1)  A bill shall not be filed within the time provided in section ninety;
     (2)  A bill, if filed, shall be dismissed as to such stockholder; or
     (3)  Such  stockholder  shall with the written approval of the corporation,
          or in  the  case  of a  consolidation  or  merger,  the  resulting  or
          surviving  corporation,  deliver  to it a  written  withdrawal  of his
          objections to and an acceptance of such corporate action.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (1) to (3),  inclusive,  said
stockholder  shall have only the rights of a  stockholder  who did not so demand
payment for his stock as provided in this chapter.

         97.      STATUS OF SHARES PAID FOR

         The shares of the corporation  paid for by the corporation  pursuant to
the  provisions of this chapter shall have the status of treasury  stock,  or in
the case of a  consolidation  or  merger  the  shares or the  securities  of the
resulting  or  surviving  corporation  into which the  shares of such  objecting
stockholder would have been converted had he not objected to such  consolidation
or merger shall have the status of treasury stock or securities.

         98.      EXCLUSIVE REMEDY; EXCEPTION

         The  enforcement by a stockholder  of his right to receive  payment for
his shares in the manner  provided in this chapter shall be an exclusive  remedy
except that this  chapter  shall not exclude  the right of such  stockholder  to
bring or maintain an appropriate  proceeding to obtain relief on the ground that
such corporate action will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to him.

                                       D-3


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX E

================================================================================








                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.


                              UNDER SECTION 102 OF


                           THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW


                            OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE







================================================================================








<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME.................................  1
                                      
                                   ARTICLE II

                              REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT................... 1

                                   ARTICLE III

                                     PURPOSE...............................  1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK............................  1
Section 1.        Shares, Classes and Series Authorized..................... 1
Section 2.        Designations, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Qualifications, 
                  Limitations and Restrictions Relating to the Capital Stock 1

                                    ARTICLE V

                  LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK................3
Section 1.        Applicability of Article...................................3
Section 2.        Prohibitions Relating to Beneficial Ownership of 
                  Voting Stock.............................................. 3
Section 3.        Excess Shares............................................. 3
Section 4.        Powers of the Board of Directors.......................... 3
Section 5.        Severability.............................................. 4
Section 6.        Exclusions................................................ 4

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS............................ 5
Section 1.        Number of Directors....................................... 5
Section 2.        Classification of Board................................... 5
Section 3.        Vacancies................................................. 5
Section 4.        Removal of Directors...................................... 5
Section 5.        Directors Elected by Preferred Stockholders............... 6
Section 6.        Evaluation of Acquisition Proposals....................... 6
Section 7.        Power to Call Special Meeting of Stockholders............. 6

                                   ARTICLE VII

                   ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING................. 6

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS...................... 6

                                       E-i

<PAGE>



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


Section 1.        Higher Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations...  6
Section 2.        When Higher Vote is Not Required.........................  7
Section 3.        Definitions..............................................  9
Section 4.        Powers of the Disinterested Directors.................... 12
Section 5.        Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested 
                    Stockholders........................................... 12
Section 6.        Amendment, Repeal, Etc................................... 13

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                ANTI-GREENMAIL............................. 13

                                    ARTICLE X

                       LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY.................... 13

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                INDEMNIFICATION............................ 14
Section 1.        Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other than by or in the
                    Right Corporation...................................... 14
Section 2.        Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation... 14
Section 3.        Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of a 
                    Successful Party....................................... 15
Section 4.        Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness................ 15
Section 5.        Determination of Right to Indemnification................ 15
Section 6.        Advancement of Costs, Charges and Expenses............... 16
Section 7.        Procedure for Indemnification............................ 16
Section 8.        Settlement............................................... 16
Section 9.        Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification; 
                    Individual Contracts................................... 17
Section 10.       Savings Clause........................................... 17
Section 11.       Insurance................................................ 17
Section 12.       Definitions.............................................. 17
Section 13.       Subsequent Amendment and Subsequent Legislation.......... 18

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  AMENDMENTS............................... 18
Section 1.        Amendments of Certificate of Incorporation............... 18
Section 2.        Amendments of Bylaws..................................... 19

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                     NOTICES............................... 20


                                      E-ii


<PAGE>




                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.



                  THE  UNDERSIGNED,  for the  purpose of  forming a  corporation
pursuant to Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
does hereby certify that this Certificate of Incorporation of Falmouth  Bancorp,
Inc. was duly adopted in  accordance  with the  provisions of Section 102 of the
General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,  and further  certifies  as
follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME
                                      ----

   The name of the corporation is Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (the "Corporation").


                                   ARTICLE II

                           REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
                           ---------------------------

                  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of its registered  agent at such
address is The Corporation Trust Company.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                     PURPOSE
                                     -------

                  The purpose of the  Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or  activity  for  which  a  corporation  may be  organized  under  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK
                                  -------------

                  Section 1. Shares,  Classes and Series  Authorized.  The total
number of shares of all  classes of capital  stock which the  Corporation  shall
have  authority to issue is 5,500,000  shares,  of which 500,000 shares shall be
preferred  stock,  par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred  Stock"),
and 5,000,000  shares shall be common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share
(the  "Common  Stock").  The  Preferred  Stock and  Common  Stock are  sometimes
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Capital Stock."

                  Section  2.   Designations,   Powers,   Preferences,   Rights,
Qualifications,  Limitations and Restrictions Relating to the Capital Stock. The
following is a statement of the designations,  powers,  prefer- ences and rights
in  respect  of the  classes  of the  Capital  Stock,  and  the  qualifications,
limitations or restrictions

                                       E-1


<PAGE>



thereof, and of the authority with respect thereto expressly vested in the Board
of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors"):

                  (a) Preferred  Stock.  The Preferred  Stock may be issued from
time to time in one or more series,  the number of shares and any designation of
each series and the powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series,
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, to be as stated and
expressed in a resolution or resolutions  providing for the issue of such series
adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law.
The Board of  Directors  in any such  resolution  or  resolutions  is  expressly
authorized to state for each such series:

                  (i) the voting powers, if any, of the holders of stock of such
         series in addition to any voting rights affirmatively required by law;

                  (ii) the  rights of  stockholders  in  respect  of  dividends,
         including, without limitation, the rate or rates per annum and the time
         or times at which (or the  formula or other  method  pursuant  to which
         such  rate or rates  and  such  time or times  may be  determined)  and
         conditions  upon  which the  holders of stock of such  series  shall be
         entitled to receive dividends and other distributions,  and whether any
         such  dividends   shall  be  cumulative  or   non-cumulative   and,  if
         cumulative, the terms upon which such dividends shall be cumulative;

                  (iii)   whether  the  stock  of  each  such  series  shall  be
         redeemable by the  Corporation at the option of the  Corporation or the
         holder thereof, and, if redeemable, the terms and conditions upon which
         the stock of such series may be redeemed;

                  (iv) the amount payable and the rights or preferences to which
         the  holders of the stock of such  series  shall be  entitled  upon any
         voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
         Corporation;

                  (v) the  terms,  if any,  upon  which  shares of stock of such
         series shall be convertible  into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock
         of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any
         other  class or classes,  including  the price or prices or the rate or
         rates of  conversion or exchange and the terms of  adjustment,  if any;
         and

                  (vi)  any  other  designations,   preferences,  and  relative,
         participating,  optional or other special rights,  and  qualifications,
         limitations  or   restrictions   thereof,   so  far  as  they  are  not
         inconsistent  with the provisions of this  Certificate of Incorporation
         and to the full extent now or  hereafter  permitted  by the laws of the
         State of Delaware.

                  All shares of the  Preferred  Stock of any one series shall be
identical  to each other in all  respects,  except that shares of any one series
issued at  different  times may  differ as to the  dates  from  which  dividends
thereon, if cumulative, shall be cumulative.

                  Subject  to any  limitations  or  restrictions  stated  in the
resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number
of shares  constituting  a series,  the Board of Directors  may by resolution or
resolutions  likewise  adopted  increase  (but not  above  the  total  number of
authorized  shares of Preferred  Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of
shares of the  series  then  outstanding)  the  number  of shares of the  series
subsequent  to the  issue of shares of that  series;  and in case the  number of
shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting the decrease
shall resume that status that they had prior to the  adoption of the  resolution
originally fixing the number of shares constituting such series.

                  (b)  Common  Stock.  All  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
identical  to each  other in every  respect.  The shares of Common  Stock  shall
entitle the holders thereof to one vote for each share on

                                       E-2


<PAGE>



all matters on which  stockholders have the right to vote. The holders of Common
Stock  shall not be  permitted  to  cumulate  their  votes for the  election  of
directors.

                  Subject to the preferences, privileges and powers with respect
to each class or series of Preferred  Stock having any priority  over the Common
Stock, and the qualifications,  limitations or restrictions thereof, the holders
of the Common Stock shall have and possess all rights  pertaining to the Capital
Stock.


                                    ARTICLE V

                   LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK
                   -------------------------------------------

                  Section 1.  Applicability  of Article.  The provisions of this
Article V shall become  effective upon the  consummation  of the  reorganization
whereby  Falmouth  Bancorp,  Inc.  will become the holding  company for Falmouth
Co-operative  Bank,  a  co-operative  bank  organized  under  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Bank"). All terms used in this Article V and
not otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings  ascribed to such terms in
Section 3 of Article VIII, below.

                  Section 2.  Prohibitions  Relating to Beneficial  Ownership of
Voting Stock.  No Person (other than the  Corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  or any
pension,  profit-sharing,  stock bonus or other  compensation plan maintained by
the  Corporation or by a member of a controlled  group of corporations or trades
or  businesses  of which the  Corporation  is a member  for the  benefit  of the
employees of the Corporation  and/or any  Subsidiary,  or any trust or custodial
arrangement  established  in  connection  with any such plan) shall  directly or
indirectly  acquire or hold the  beneficial  ownership  of more than ten percent
(10%) of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation.  Any Person
so  prohibited  who  directly or  indirectly  acquires  or holds the  beneficial
ownership of more than ten percent  (10%) of the issued and  outstanding  Voting
Stock in  violation  of this  Section 2 shall be  subject to the  provisions  of
Sections 3 and 4 of this Article V, below.  The  Corporation  is  authorized  to
refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted  transfer of any Voting Stock to any
Person who  beneficially  owns, or who the Corporation  believes would become by
virtue of such transfer the beneficial  owner of, more than ten percent (10%) of
the Voting Stock.

                  Section 3. Excess Shares.  If,  notwithstanding  the foregoing
prohibition, a Person shall, voluntarily or involuntarily,  become or attempt to
become  the  purported  beneficial  owner (the  "Purported  Owner") of shares of
Voting Stock in excess of ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding shares
of Voting  Stock,  the number of shares in excess of ten percent  (10%) shall be
deemed to be "Excess  Shares," and the holder  thereof shall be entitled to cast
one hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share for each Excess Share.

                  The above  restrictions  set forth in this  Article V shall be
noted conspicuously on all certificates evidencing ownership of Voting Stock.

                  Section 4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

                  (a) The Board of  Directors  may, to the extent  permitted  by
law,  from  time to time  establish,  modify,  amend  or  rescind,  by  Bylaw or
otherwise,   regulations  and  procedures  not  inconsistent  with  the  express
provisions  of this Article V for the orderly  application,  administration  and
implementation  of the  provisions  of  this  Article  V.  Such  procedures  and
regulations shall be kept on file with the Secretary of the Corporation and with
the Transfer  Agent,  shall be made  available for inspection by the public and,
upon request, shall be mailed to any holder of Voting Stock of the Corporation.

                  (b) When it  appears  that a  particular  Person  has become a
Purported Owner of Excess Shares in violation of Section 2 of this Article V, or
of the rules and regulations of the Board of Directors

                                       E-3


<PAGE>



with  respect  to this  Article  V, and that the  provisions  of this  Article V
require  application,  interpretation,  or construction,  then a majority of the
directors of the  Corporation  shall have the power and duty to interpret all of
the terms and  provisions  of this  Article V, and to  determine on the basis of
information  known to them  after  reasonable  inquiry  all facts  necessary  to
ascertain compliance with this Article V, including, without limitation, (i) the
number of shares of Voting Stock  beneficially  owned by any Person or Purported
Owner, (ii) whether a Person or Purported Owner is an Affiliate or Associate of,
or is acting in concert with, any other Person or Purported Owner, (iii) whether
a Person or Purported Owner has an agreement,  arrangement or understanding with
any other  Person or  Purported  Owner as to the  voting or  disposition  of any
shares of the Voting  Stock,  (iv) the  application  of any other  definition or
operative  provision  of this  Article  V to the given  facts,  or (v) any other
matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article V.

                  The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any
Person who is reasonably  believed to be a Purported  Owner of Excess Shares (or
who holds of record  Voting Stock  beneficially  owned by any Person  reasonably
believed to be a Purported Owner in excess of such limit) supply the Corporation
with complete  information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares of Voting
Stock  beneficially  owned by such Person or Purported  Owner and (ii) any other
factual matter relating to the  applicability or effect of this Article V as may
reasonably be requested of such Person or Purported Owner.

                  Any applications, interpretations,  constructions or any other
determinations  made by the Board of  Directors  pursuant to this  Article V, in
good  faith  and on the basis of such  information  and  assistance  as was then
reasonably available for such purpose,  shall be conclusive and binding upon the
Corporation  and its  stockholders  and neither the  Corporation  nor any of its
stockholders   shall  have  the  right  to  challenge  any  such   construction,
application or determination.

                  Section  5.  Severability.  In the  event  any  provision  (or
portion  thereof) of this Article V shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited or
unenforceable for any reason, the remaining  provisions (or portions thereof) of
this Article V shall remain in full force and effect,  and shall be construed as
if such  invalid,  prohibited  or  unenforceable  provision  had  been  stricken
herefrom  or  otherwise  rendered  inapplicable,  it being  the  intent  of this
Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining  provision (or portion
thereof) of this  Article V remain,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,
applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders,  including  Purported Owners,
if any, notwithstanding any such finding.

                  Section 6.  Exclusions.  This Article V shall not apply to (a)
any offer or sale with a view  towards  public  resale made  exclusively  by the
Corporation  to  any  underwriter  or  underwriters  acting  on  behalf  of  the
Corporation,   or  to  the  selling  group  acting  on  such   underwriter's  or
underwriters'  behalf, in connection with a public offering of the Common Stock;
or (b) any  reclassification of securities  (including any reverse stock split),
or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any merger or consolidation of the
Corporation  with  any  of  its   Subsidiaries  or  any  other   transaction  or
reorganization  that  does not have  the  effect,  directly  or  indirectly,  of
changing the beneficial  ownership interests of the Corporation's  stockholders,
other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenters'  appraisal rights, except
as a result of immaterial  changes due to fractional  share  adjustments,  which
changes do not exceed,  in the  aggregate,  one  percent  (1%) of the issued and
outstanding shares of such class of equity or convertible securities.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                               ------------------

                  Section 1. Number of Directors. The number of directors of the
Corporation shall be as determined only by resolution of the Board of Directors,
but shall not be less than seven (7) nor more than twenty-five (25).


                                       E-4


<PAGE>



                  Section 2.  Classification of Board.  Subject to the rights of
any  holders  of any  series  of  Preferred  Stock  that  may be  issued  by the
Corporation  pursuant to a resolution or  resolutions  of the Board of Directors
providing for such issuance and subject to the provisions  hereof, the directors
of the  Corporation  shall be divided into three classes with respect to term of
office,  each class to contain,  as near as may be  possible,  one-third  of the
entire number of the Board,  with the terms of office of one class expiring each
successive  year. One class of directors  shall be initially  elected for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1997, another class
shall  be  initially  elected  for a term  expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  to be held in 1998,  and another class shall be initially  elected
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999. At
each annual  meeting of  stockholders,  the successors to the class of directors
(other  than  directors  elected by  holders of shares of one or more  series of
Preferred  Stock)  whose  term  expires  at that time  shall be  elected  by the
stockholders to serve until the annual meeting of stockholders  held three years
next following and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

                  In the  event of any  intervening  changes  in the  authorized
number of directors (other than directors elected by holders of shares of one or
more series of Preferred Stock), only the Board of Directors shall designate the
class or classes to which the increases or decreases in  directorships  shall be
apportioned  in order more  nearly to achieve  equality  of number of  directors
among  the  classes;   provided,   however,   that  no  such   apportionment  or
redesignation shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

                  Unless and to the extent that the Bylaws so provide, elections
of directors need not be by written ballot.

                  Section 3. Vacancies. Subject to the limitations prescribed by
law and this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  all  vacancies  in the  office of
director,  including vacancies created by newly created directorships  resulting
from an  increase  in the number of  directors  (subject  to the  provisions  of
Article VI, Section 5 hereof relating to directors  elected by holders of one or
more series of Preferred Stock), shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of
the directors then holding office,  whether or not a quorum, and any director so
elected shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors
in which the new  directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until his
successor shall be elected and qualified.

                  Section 4. Removal of  Directors.  Any or all of the directors
(subject to the provisions of Article VI, Section 5 hereof relating to directors
elected by holders of shares of one or more  series of  Preferred  Stock) may be
removed at any time, but only for cause,  and any such removal shall require the
vote, in addition to any vote  required by law, of not less than eighty  percent
(80%) of the total votes  eligible to be cast by the holders of all  outstanding
shares of Capital Stock  entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
at a meeting of stockholders  expressly called for that purpose. For purposes of
this Section 4, conduct  worthy of removal for "cause" shall include (a) conduct
as a director of the  Corporation  or any subsidiary of the  Corporation,  which
conduct involves willful material misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving
personal  pecuniary gain or gross  negligence in the performance of duties,  (b)
conduct,  whether or not as a director of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the
Corporation,  which conduct involves  dishonesty or breach of fiduciary duty and
is  punishable  by  imprisonment  for a term  exceeding  one year under state or
federal law or (c) removal of such  person  from the Board of  Directors  of the
Bank, if such person is so serving, in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of
the Bank.

                  Section  5.  Directors  Elected  by  Preferred   Stockholders.
Notwithstanding   anything  set  forth  in  the  Bylaws  to  the  contrary,  the
qualifications,  term of office and provisions governing vacancies,  removal and
other matters  pertaining to directors  elected by holders of one or more series
of Preferred Stock shall be as set forth in a resolution or resolutions  adopted
by the Board of Directors setting forth the designations, preferences and rights
relating to any such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV, Section 2
hereof.


                                       E-5


<PAGE>



                  Section 6. Evaluation of Acquisition  Proposals.  The Board of
Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer to the Corporation or to
the stockholders of the Corporation from another party to (a) purchase for cash,
or exchange any securities or property for, any outstanding equity securities of
the  Corporation,   (b)  merge  or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another
corporation or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Corporation, shall, in connection with the exercise
of its judgment in determining  what is in the best interest of the  Corporation
and its stockholders,  give due consideration to the extent permitted by law not
only to the price or other  consideration  being offered,  but also to all other
relevant factors  including,  without  limitation,  the financial and managerial
resources and future  prospects of the other party,  the possible effects on the
business  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  and  on  the  employees,
customers,  suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and its  subsidiaries and
the effects on the communities in which the  Corporation's and its subsidiaries'
facilities are located.

                  Section 7.  Power to Call  Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders.
Special  meetings of  stockholders,  for any purpose,  may be called at any time
only by resolution of at least three-fourths of the Directors of the Corporation
then in  office,  by the  Chairman  of the Board or by the  President  and Chief
Executive Officer.  At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no
corporate  action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting
prescribed by the Bylaws of the Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                    ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING
                    ----------------------------------------

                  Except as  otherwise  provided  for or fixed  pursuant  to the
provisions of Article IV of this  Certificate of  Incorporation  relating to the
rights of holders of any series of Preferred  Stock,  no action that is required
or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or
special  meeting  of  stockholders   may  be  effected  by  written  consent  of
stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
                          -----------------------------

                  Section  1.  Higher  Vote   Required   for  Certain   Business
Combinations.  In  addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required by law, by this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  or by the provisions of any series of Preferred
Stock that may at the time be  outstanding,  and except as  otherwise  expressly
provided for in Section 2 of this Article  VIII,  any Business  Combination,  as
hereinafter defined,  shall require the affirmative vote of not less than eighty
percent  (80%)  (to the  extent  permitted  by law,  but in no event  less  than
two-thirds)  of the total number of votes  eligible to be cast by the holders of
all  outstanding  shares of Voting Stock,  voting together as a single class (it
being understood that for purposes of this Article VIII each share of the Voting
Stock  shall have the number of votes  granted to it  pursuant to Article IV and
Article  V of  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  in  any  resolution  or
resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  for  issuance  of  shares of  Preferred
Stock),  together (to the extent  permitted by law) with the affirmative vote of
at least fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by
the holders of all outstanding shares of the Voting Stock not beneficially owned
by the Interested  Stockholder  involved or any Affiliate or Associate  thereof,
voting  together  as a single  class.  Such  affirmative  vote shall be required
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  no vote  may be  required,  or  that a  lesser
percentage  may be  specified,  by law or in any  agreement  with  any  national
securities exchange or otherwise.

                  Section 2. When Higher Vote is Not Required. The provisions of
Section  1 of this  Article  VIII  shall  not be  applicable  to any  particular
Business Combination, and such Business Combination

                                       E-6

<PAGE>



shall  require  only such  affirmative  vote as is  required by law or any other
provision of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  if the Business  Combination
shall have been approved by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors  then in
office or if all of the conditions  specified in the following  subsections  (a)
through (g) are met:

                  (a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
as of the Consummation Date of consideration  other than cash to be received per
share by holders of Common Stock in such Business  Combination shall be at least
equal to the higher of the following:

                  (i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
         brokerage  commissions,   transfer  taxes,  soliciting  dealers'  fees,
         dealer-management  compensation, and other expenses, including, but not
         limited to, costs of newspaper  advertisements,  printing  expenses and
         attorneys'  fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder for any shares of
         Common Stock acquired by it (A) within the two year period  immediately
         prior to the  Announcement  Date, or (B) in the transaction in which it
         became an Interested  Stockholder,  whichever is higher,  plus interest
         compounded   annually   from  the   Determination   Date   through  the
         Consummation  Date at the prime rate of interest of Citibank,  N.A. (or
         other major bank  headquartered in New York City selected by a majority
         of the  Disinterested  Directors  then in office)  from time to time in
         effect  in New  York  City,  less  the  aggregate  amount  of any  cash
         dividends paid and the Fair Market Value of any dividends  paid,  other
         than in cash,  per share of Common  Stock from the  Determination  Date
         through the Consummation  Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the
         amount of such interest payable per share of Common Stock; or

                  (ii) the Fair  Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the
         Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.

                  (b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
as of the Consummation Date of consideration  other than cash to be received per
share by holders of shares of any class or series of  outstanding  Voting Stock,
other than Common Stock, in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to
the highest of the following  (such  requirement  being  applicable to each such
class or series of  outstanding  Voting  Stock,  whether  or not the  Interested
Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of such class or series of Voting
Stock):

                  (i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
         brokerage  commissions,   transfer  taxes,  soliciting  dealers'  fees,
         dealer-management  compensation, and other expenses, including, but not
         limited to, costs of newspaper  advertisements,  printing  expenses and
         attorneys'  fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder for any shares of
         such class or series of Voting Stock  acquired by it (A) within the two
         year period  immediately prior to the Announcement  Date, or (B) in the
         transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder,  whichever is
         higher,  plus interest  compounded annually from the Determination Date
         through  the  Consummation  Date  at the  prime  rate  of  interest  of
         Citibank,  N.A.  (or other  major bank  headquartered  in New York City
         selected by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors then in office)
         from time to time in effect in New York City, less the aggregate amount
         of any cash dividends  paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends
         paid  other  than in cash,  per share of such class or series of Voting
         Stock from the  Determination  Date through the Consummation Date in an
         amount up to but not exceeding the amount of such interest  payable per
         share of such class or series of Voting Stock;

                  (ii) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share
         to which the holders of shares of such class or series of Voting  Stock
         are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

                  (iii) the Fair Market  Value per share of such class or series
         of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination  Date,
         whichever is higher.


                                       E-7


<PAGE>



                  (c)  The  consideration  to be  received  by  holders  of  any
particular class or series of outstanding  Voting Stock (including Common Stock)
in  such  Business  Combination  shall  be in cash  or in the  same  form as the
Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of such class or series of
Voting Stock. If the Interested  Stockholder has paid for shares of any class or
series  of  Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms  of  consideration,  the form of
consideration  for such  class  or  series  of  Voting  Stock  in such  Business
Combination  shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number
of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

                  (d) The holders of all outstanding  shares of Voting Stock not
beneficially  owned  by the  Interested  Stockholder  immediately  prior  to the
Consummation Date shall be entitled to receive in such Business Combination cash
or other  consideration for their shares in compliance with subsections (a), (b)
and (c) of this Section 2.

                  (e) After the Determination Date and prior to the Consummation
Date:

                  (i)  except as  approved  by a majority  of the  Disinterested
         Directors  then in office,  there shall have been no failure to declare
         and pay, or set aside for  payment,  at the regular  date  therefor any
         full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding
         Preferred Stock;

                  (ii) there shall have been (A) no reduction in the annual rate
         of dividends  paid on the Common Stock  (except as necessary to reflect
         any subdivision of the Common Stock),  except as approved by a majority
         of the Disinterested  Directors then in office,  and (B) an increase in
         such   annual  rate  of   dividends   as   necessary   to  reflect  any
         reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization,
         reorganization  or any  similar  transaction  that  has the  effect  of
         reducing the number of outstanding  shares of the Common Stock,  unless
         the failure so to  increase  such annual rate is approved by a majority
         of the Disinterested Directors then in office; and

                  (iii) such  Interested  Stockholder  shall not have become the
         beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except (a) as
         part of the  transaction  that results in such  Interested  Stockholder
         becoming  an  Interested  Stockholder,  (b) as the  result  of a  stock
         dividend paid by the Corporation or (c) upon the exercise or conversion
         of  securities  of the  Corporation  issued pro rata to all  holders of
         Common Stock which are  exercisable  for or convertible  into shares of
         Voting Stock.

                  (f) After the Determination  Date, the Interested  Stockholder
shall  not  have   received  the  benefit,   directly  or   indirectly   (except
proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans, advances,  guarantees,  pledges
or  other  financial  assistance  or any tax  credits  or other  tax  advantages
provided by or through  the  Corporation  or an  Affiliate  of the  Corporation,
whether in anticipation  of or in connection  with such Business  Combination or
otherwise.

                  (g) A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed
Business  Combination  in accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Corporation is then subject
to  such  requirements,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder  (or  any
subsequent  provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed
to  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the
consummation  of  such  Business  Combination  (whether  or not  such  proxy  or
information  statement  is  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to  such  Act  or
subsequent  provisions).  The first page of such proxy or information  statement
shall  prominently  display the  recommendation,  if any, that a majority of the
Disinterested  Directors  then in office  may  choose to make to the  holders of
Voting  Stock  regarding  the  proposed  Business  Combination.  Such  proxy  or
information  statement  shall also contain,  if a majority of the  Disinterested
Directors  then in office so  requests,  an  opinion of a  reputable  investment
banking firm (which firm shall be engaged  solely on behalf of the  stockholders
of the Corporation  other than the Interested  Stockholder and shall be selected
by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office,  furnished with all
information it reasonably  requests,  and paid a reasonable fee for its services
by the Corporation upon the

                                       E-8


<PAGE>



Corporation's  receipt of such opinion) as to the fairness (or lack of fairness)
of the terms of the proposed Business  Combination from the point of view of the
holders of Voting Stock other than the Interested Stockholder.

                  Section 3.    Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VIII,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                  (a)  "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall have the  respective
meanings  ascribed  to such  terms  in  Rule  12b-2  of the  General  Rules  and
Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect
on the date of filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of this
Certificate of Incorporation, whether or not the Corporation was then subject to
such rule.

                  (b)  "Announcement  Date"  shall  mean the  date of the  first
public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination.

                  (c) A Person  shall be deemed  the  "beneficial  owner," or to
have "beneficial ownership," of any shares of Voting Stock that:

                  (i)  such  Person  or  any  of its  Affiliates  or  Associates
         beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

                  (ii)  such  Person  or any or its  Affiliates  or  Associates,
         directly  or  indirectly,  has (A) the right to acquire  (whether  such
         right is  exercisable  immediately  or only after the  passage of time)
         pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  (but a Person
         shall not be  deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any  Voting  Stock
         solely by reason of an agreement, arrangement or understanding with the
         Corporation to effect a Business  Combination)  or upon the exercise of
         conversion rights,  exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise,
         or (B) the right to vote,  or to direct  the vote of,  pursuant  to any
         agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

                  (iii) is beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any
         other  Person  with  which such  first  mentioned  Person or any of its
         Affiliates   or   Associates   has  any   agreement,   arrangement   or
         understanding  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring,   holding,  voting  or
         disposing of any shares of Voting Stock;

provided,  however,  that no  director  or officer of the  Corporation  (nor any
Affiliate  or Associate  of any such  director or officer) (y) shall,  solely by
reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as
such, be deemed,  for any purposes hereof,  to beneficially own any Voting Stock
of the Corporation  beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or
any Affiliate or Associate  thereof) or (z) shall be deemed to beneficially  own
any Voting Stock of the Corporation owned by any pension, profit-sharing,  stock
bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of
a  controlled  group of  corporations  or  trades  or  businesses  of which  the
corporation is a member for the benefit of employees of the  Corporation  and/or
any Subsidiary,  or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection
with any  such  plan,  not  specifically  allocated  to such  Person's  personal
account.

                  (d) The term "Business Combination" shall mean any transaction
that is referred to in any one or more of the following  paragraphs  (i) through
(vi):

                  (i) any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary  (other than a merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General
         Corporation  Law of the  State of  Delaware)  with  (A) any  Interested
         Stockholder,  or (B) any other entity (whether or not such other entity
         is itself an Interested  Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or
         consolidation  would be, an Affiliate  or  Associate of any  Interested
         Stockholder; or


                                       E-9


<PAGE>



                  (ii) any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, transfer or
         other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) to
         or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any
         Interested  Stockholder  of  any  assets  of  the  Corporation  or  any
         Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to five percent
         (5%) or more of the total assets of the  Corporation  or the Subsidiary
         in question,  as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior
         to the time the determination is being made; or

                  (iii) the  issuance  or  transfer  by the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary  (in one  transaction  or a series of  transactions)  of any
         securities  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  to any  Interested
         Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder
         other than (A) on a pro rata basis to all holders of Voting Stock,  (B)
         in connection with the exercise or conversion of securities  issued pro
         rata that are exercisable for, or convertible  into,  securities of the
         Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation or (C) the issuance or
         transfer of such securities having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal
         to less than one percent (1%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all
         of the outstanding Capital Stock; or

                  (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation
         or  dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed  by or on  behalf of any
         Interested  Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested
         Stockholder; or

                  (v) any reclassification of securities  (including any reverse
         stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation,  or any merger or
         consolidation  of the Corporation  with any of its  Subsidiaries or any
         other transaction  (whether or not with or into or otherwise  involving
         an  Interested   Stockholder)   which  has  the  effect,   directly  or
         indirectly,  of increasing the  proportionate  share of the outstanding
         shares of any class or series of equity or  convertible  securities  of
         the Corporation or any Subsidiary that is directly or indirectly  owned
         by any  Interested  Stockholder  or any  Affiliate  or Associate of any
         Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to
         fractional  share  adjustments,  which  changes do not  exceed,  in the
         aggregate,  1% of the  issued and  outstanding  shares of such class or
         series of equity or convertible securities; or

                  (vi) the acquisition by the Corporation or a Subsidiary of any
         securities  of  an  Interested   Stockholder   or  its   Affiliates  or
         Associates.

                  (e)   "Consummation   Date"   shall   mean  the  date  of  the
         consummation of the Business Combination.

                  (f)  "Determination  Date"  shall  mean the date on which  the
         Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder.

                  (g)  "Disinterested  Director"  shall  mean any  member of the
Board of Directors of the  Corporation  who is not an Affiliate or Associate of,
or otherwise  affiliated  with, the Interested  Stockholder and who either was a
member  of the  Board of  Directors  prior  to the  Determination  Date,  or was
recommended for election by a majority of the Disinterested  Directors in office
at the time such director was nominated for election.  If there is no Interested
Stockholder,  each  member of the Board of  Directors  shall be a  Disinterested
Director.

                  (h) "Fair  Market  Value" shall mean (i) in the case of stock,
the highest  closing  price during the 30-day period  immediately  preceding the
date in  question  of a share of such stock on the  Composite  Tape for New York
Stock Exchange  listed stocks,  or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite
Tape,  the New York  Stock  Exchange,  or, if such  stock is not  listed on such
Exchange,  on the principal United States securities  exchange  registered under
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on which such stock is listed,
or, if such stock is not listed on any such  exchange,  the highest  closing bid
quotation with respect

                                      E-10
<PAGE>



to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question
on the Nasdaq Stock Market or any system then in use, or if no such quotation is
available,  the fair  market  value on the date in  question  of a share of such
stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors
then in office,  in each case with respect to any class of stock,  appropriately
adjusted for any dividend or  distribution  in shares of such stock or any stock
split or  reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock into a greater
number  of  shares  of such  stock or any  combination  or  reclassification  of
outstanding  shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock;
and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value
of such  property  on the date in  question  as  determined  in good  faith by a
majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office.

                  (i) References to "highest per share price" shall in each case
with respect to any class of stock  reflect an  appropriate  adjustment  for any
dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of such  stock  or any  stock  split  or
reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock into a greater number of
shares of such  stock or any  combination  or  reclassification  of  outstanding
shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock.

                  (j) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than
the Corporation, any Subsidiary, or any pension, profit-sharing,  stock bonus or
other  compensation or employee benefit plan maintained by the Corporation or by
a member of a controlled  group of corporations or trades or businesses of which
the  corporation  is a member for the benefit of  employees  of the  Corporation
and/or any  Subsidiary,  or any trust or custodial  arrangement  established  in
connection with any such plan) who or which:

                  (i) is the  beneficial  owner of ten percent  (10%) or more of
         the Voting Stock; or

                  (ii) is an Affiliate or  Associate of the  Corporation  and at
         any time within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
         question was the  beneficial  owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the
         then outstanding Voting Stock; or

                  (iii) is an  assignee  of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to any
         shares of Voting Stock that were at any time within the two-year period
         immediately  prior to the date in  question  beneficially  owned by any
         other  Interested  Stockholder,  if such assignment or succession shall
         have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of  transactions
         not involving a public  offering  within the meaning of the  Securities
         Act of 1933,  as amended,  and not  executed on any  exchange or in the
         over-the-counter market through a registered broker or dealer.

In determining  whether a Person is an Interested  Stockholder  pursuant to this
subsection  (j), the number of shares of Voting  Stock deemed to be  outstanding
shall include shares deemed owned through  application of subsection (c) of this
Section 3 but shall not  include  any other  shares of Voting  Stock that may be
issuable  pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                  (k) "Person" shall mean any corporation,  partnership,  trust,
unincorporated  organization  or association,  syndicate,  any other entity or a
natural  person,  together with any Affiliate or Associate of such person or any
other person acting in concert with such person.

                  (l) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation or entity of which
a majority  of any class or series of equity  securities  is owned,  directly or
indirectly, by the Corporation;  provided, however, that for the purposes of the
definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in subsection (j) of this Section
3, the term  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean only a  corporation  or entity of which a
majority  of each class or series of  outstanding  voting  securities  is owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.


                                      E-11


<PAGE>



                  (m) "Voting Stock" shall mean all of the outstanding shares of
Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

                  Section  4.  Powers of the  Disinterested  Directors.  When it
appears that a particular  Person may be an Interested  Stockholder and that the
provisions  of this  Article  VIII need to be  applied  or  interpreted,  then a
majority of the directors of the Corporation who would qualify as  Disinterested
Directors  shall  have the  power  and duty to  interpret  all of the  terms and
provisions  of this Article VIII,  and to determine on the basis of  information
known to them after  reasonable  inquiry  of all facts  necessary  to  ascertain
compliance with this Article VIII, including,  without limitation, (a) whether a
Person is an  Interested  Stockholder,  (b) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (c)  whether  a Person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of another,  (d) the Fair Market Value of (i) the assets that are the
subject  of any  Business  Combination,  (ii) the  securities  to be  issued  or
transferred by the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary in any Business  Combination,
(iii) the  consideration  other than cash to be received by holders of shares of
any class or series of Common  Stock or Voting  Stock other than Common Stock in
any Business  Combination,  (iv) the outstanding Capital Stock, or (v) any other
item the Fair  Market  Value of which  requires  determination  pursuant to this
Article  VIII,  and (e) whether all of the  applicable  conditions  set forth in
Section  2 of this  Article  VIII  have been met with  respect  to any  Business
Combination.

                  Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the
Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors pursuant to this Article VIII,
in good faith and on the basis of such  information  and  assistance as was then
reasonably available for such purpose,  shall be conclusive and binding upon the
Corporation  and its  stockholders,  and neither the  Corporation nor any of its
stockholders   shall  have  the  right  to  challenge  any  such   construction,
application or determination.

                  Section  5.  Effect on  Fiduciary  Obligations  of  Interested
Stockholders.  Nothing  contained  in this  Article  VIII shall be  construed to
relieve any Interested  Stockholder  from any fiduciary  obligations  imposed by
law.

                  Section 6. Amendment,  Repeal, Etc.  Notwithstanding any other
provisions   of  this   Certificate   of   Incorporation   or  the  Bylaws  (and
notwithstanding  the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, this
Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the  Corporation),  in addition to
any affirmative vote required by applicable law and any voting rights granted to
or held by holders of Preferred  Stock,  any  amendment,  alteration,  repeal or
rescission of any provision of this Article VIII must also be approved by either
(i) a majority of the Disinterested  Directors,  or (ii) the affirmative vote of
not less than eighty  percent (80%) of the total number of votes  eligible to be
cast by the  holders  of all  outstanding  shares of the  Voting  Stock,  voting
together as a single class,  together with the affirmative vote of not less than
fifty  percent  (50%) of the total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by the
holders of all outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock not beneficially owned by
any Interested Stockholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as
a single class.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 ANTI-GREENMAIL
                                 --------------

                  Any direct or indirect  purchase or other  acquisition  by the
Corporation  of any  Voting  Stock (as  defined in Article  VIII,  Section  3(m)
hereof) from any Significant  Stockholder (as hereinafter  defined) who has been
the beneficial  owner (as defined in Article VIII,  Section 3(c) hereof) of such
Voting Stock for less than two years prior to the date of such purchase or other
acquisition  shall,  except  as  hereinafter  expressly  provided,  require  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of at least a majority  of the total  number of
outstanding  shares of Voting Stock,  excluding in calculating  such affirmative
vote and the total number of  outstanding  shares all Voting Stock  beneficially
owned by such Significant Stockholder. Such affirmative vote shall be

                                      E-12

<PAGE>



required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser
percentage  may be  specified,  by law,  but no such  affirmative  vote shall be
required (i) with respect to any purchase or other  acquisition  of Voting Stock
made as part of a tender or exchange offer from all holders of the same class of
Voting Stock and complying  with the applicable  requirements  of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations  thereunder or
(ii) with respect to any purchase of Voting Stock,  where the Board of Directors
has  determined  that the purchase  price per share of the Voting Stock does not
exceed the fair market value of the Voting  Stock.  Such fair market value shall
be calculated  on the basis of the average  closing price or the mean of the bid
and ask prices of a share of Voting  Stock for the 20 trading  days  immediately
preceding the  execution of a definitive  agreement to purchase the Voting Stock
from a Significant Stockholder.

                  For the purpose of this Article IX, "Significant  Stockholder"
shall mean any person  (other than the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary)  who or
which is the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly,  of five percent (5%) or
more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock.


                                    ARTICLE X

                        LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY
                        --------------------------------

                  A director of the Corporation  shall not be personally  liable
to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability
or limitation thereof is expressly  prohibited by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

                  Any amendment,  termination or repeal of this Article X or any
provisions hereof shall not adversely affect or diminish in any way any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing with respect to any act or
omission  occurring  prior to the time of the final adoption of such  amendment,
termination or repeal.

                  In  addition  to any  requirements  of  law  or of  any  other
provisions of this  Certificate of  Incorporation,  the affirmative  vote of the
holders  of not less than  eighty  percent  (80%) of the  total  number of votes
eligible to be cast by the holders of all  outstanding  shares of Capital  Stock
entitled to vote thereon  shall be required to amend,  alter,  rescind or repeal
any provision of this Article X.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

                  Section 1. Actions,  Suits or Proceedings  Other than by or in
the Right of the  Corporation.  To the fullest  extent  permitted by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  the  Corporation  shall indemnify any
person  who is or was or has  agreed  to become a  director  or  officer  of the
Corporation who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to
any threatened,  pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal,  administrative  or  investigative  (other than an action by or in the
right of the  Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has
agreed to become a director or officer of the  Corporation,  or by reason of any
action  alleged  to  have  been  taken  or  omitted  in such  capacity,  and the
Corporation may indemnify any other person who is or was or has agreed to become
an  employee  or  agent of the  Corporation  who was or is made a party to or is
threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,
suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  Corporation)  by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was or has  agreed to become an  employee  or agent of
the  Corporation,  or by  reason of any  action  alleged  to have been  taken or
omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including

                                      E-13

<PAGE>



attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably  incurred  by him or her or on his or her behalf in  connection  with
such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom,  if he or she acted in
good  faith  and in a manner  he or she  reasonably  believed  to be in,  or not
opposed to, the best  interests  of the  Corporation,  and,  with respect to any
criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his or her
conduct was  unlawful.  The  termination  of any action,  suit or  proceeding by
judgment,  order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption that the person did
not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably  believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the  Corporation  and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding,  had reasonable  cause to believe that his
or her conduct was unlawful.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article
XI, but subject to Section 7 hereof,  the Corporation  shall not be obligated to
indemnify  any  director  or  officer  in  connection  with an  action,  suit or
proceeding,  or part thereof,  initiated by such person against the  Corporation
unless such action,  suit or  proceeding,  or part  thereof,  was  authorized or
consented to by the Board of Directors.

                  Section  2.  Actions  or  Suits  by or in  the  Right  of  the
Corporation.  To the fullest extent permitted by the General  Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware,  the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was
or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a
party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed  action or suit by or in the  right of the  Corporation  to  procure a
judgment  in its  favor by  reason  of the fact  that he or she is or was or has
agreed to become a director or officer of the  Corporation,  or by reason of any
action  alleged  to  have  been  taken  or  omitted  in such  capacity,  and the
Corporation may indemnify any other person who is or was or has agreed to become
an  employee  or  agent  of the  Corporation  who was or is  made a party  or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an  employee
or agent of the  Corporation,  or by reason of any  action  alleged to have been
taken  or  omitted  in  such  capacity,  against  costs,  charges  and  expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on
his or her behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or
suit and any appeal therefrom,  if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the  Corporation,  except no  indemnification  shall be made in  respect  of any
claim,  issue or matter as to which such person  shall have been  adjudged to be
liable  to the  Corporation  unless  and only to the  extent  that the  Court of
Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that,  despite the adjudication of such liability but
in view of all  the  circumstances  of the  case,  such  person  is  fairly  and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs,  charges and expenses which the
Court of  Chancery  or such  other  court  shall  deem  proper.  Notwithstanding
anything  contained  in this  Article XI, but  subject to Section 7 hereof,  the
Corporation  shall not be  obligated  to  indemnify  any  director or officer in
connection  with an action or suit,  or part  thereof,  initiated by such person
against  the  Corporation  unless  such  action or suit,  or part  thereof,  was
authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.

                  Section 3.  Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of
a Successful Party. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of
the  Corporation  has been  successful,  on the merits or otherwise  (including,
without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice), in defense of
any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or 2 of this Article XI,
or in  defense of any  claim,  issue or matter  therein,  such  person  shall be
indemnified  against all costs,  charges and  expenses  (including  at- torneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person's behalf
in connection therewith.

                  Section 4.  Indemnification  for Expenses of a Witness. To the
extent  that any  person  who is or was or has  agreed to become a  director  or
officer of the  Corporation is made a witness to any action,  suit or proceeding
to which he or she is not a party by reason  of the fact that he or she was,  is
or has agreed to become a director or officer of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving  or has agreed to serve as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other

                                      E-14


<PAGE>



enterprise,  at the written  request of the  Corporation,  such person  shall be
indemnified  against all costs,  charges and expenses  actually  and  reasonably
incurred by such person or on such person's behalf in connection therewith.

                  To the  extent  that any person who is or was or has agreed to
become an employee or agent of the  Corporation is made a witness to any action,
suit or  proceeding to which he or she is not a party by reason of the fact that
he or  she  was,  is or has  agreed  to  become  an  employee  or  agent  of the
Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, at the written request of the Corporation,  such person may be
indemnified  against all costs,  charges and expenses  actually  and  reasonably
incurred by such person or on such person's behalf in connection therewith.

                  Section  5.  Determination  of Right to  Indemnification.  Any
indemnification  under  Section 1 or 2 of this  Article XI (unless  ordered by a
court) shall be made,  if at all, by the  Corporation  only as authorized in the
specific  case  upon a  determination  that  indemnification  of  the  director,
officer,  employee or agent is proper under the circumstances  because he or she
has met the  applicable  standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this
Article  XI.  Any  indemnification  under  Section 4 of this  Article XI (unless
ordered  by a court)  shall  be  made,  if at all,  by the  Corporation  only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the
director,  officer,  employee or agent is proper under the  circumstances.  Such
determinations  shall be made by (a) a majority  vote of directors  who were not
parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum of the
Board of Directors,  or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors
so  direct,  by  independent  counsel  in  a  written  opinion  or  (c)  by  the
stockholders of the Corporation.  To obtain  indemnification  under this Article
XI, any  person  referred  to in  Section 1, 2, 3 or 4 of this  Article XI shall
submit to the Corporation a written request,  including therewith such documents
as are  reasonably  available  to such person and are  reasonably  necessary  to
determine whether and to what extent such person is entitled to indemnification.

                  Section 6. Advancement of Costs, Charges and Expenses.  Costs,
charges and expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) incurred by or on behalf of a
director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action,  suit or proceeding
referred  to in  Section  1 or 2 of  this  Article  XI  shall  be  paid  by  the
Corporation  in  advance  of the  final  disposition  of  such  action,  suit or
proceeding;  provided,  however,  that the  payment of such  costs,  charges and
expenses  incurred  by or on behalf of a  director  or officer in advance of the
final  disposition  of such action,  suit or proceeding  shall be made only upon
receipt of a written  undertaking  by or on behalf of the director or officer to
repay  all  amounts  so  advanced  in the  event  that it  shall  ultimately  be
determined  that such director or officer is not entitled to be  indemnified  by
the Corporation as authorized in this Article XI or by law. No security shall be
required for such  undertaking and such  undertaking  shall be accepted  without
reference to the recipient's  financial ability to make repayment.  The majority
of the  directors who were not parties to such action,  suit or proceeding  may,
upon  approval of such  director or officer of the  Corporation,  authorize  the
Corporation's  counsel  to  represent  such  person,  in  any  action,  suit  or
proceeding,  whether or not the  Corporation is a party to such action,  suit or
proceeding.

                  Section 7. Procedure for Indemnification.  Any indemnification
under Section 1, 2, 3 or 4 of this Article XI or advancement  of costs,  charges
and expenses under Section 6 of this Article XI shall be made  promptly,  and in
any event within sixty (60) days (except  indemnification  to be  determined  by
stockholders   which  will  be  determined   at  the  next  annual   meeting  of
stockholders), upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to
indemnification  or  advancement of expenses as granted by this Article XI shall
be  enforceable  by the  director,  officer,  employee  or agent in any court of
competent  jurisdiction,  if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in
part, or if no disposition of such request is made within sixty (60) days of the
request.  Such person's costs,  charges and expenses incurred in connection with
successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification or advancement, to
the extent  successful,  in any such  action  shall also be  indemnified  by the
Corporation.  It shall be a defense  to any such  action  (other  than an action
brought to enforce a claim for the  advancement  of costs,  charges and expenses
under Section 6 of

                                      E-15


<PAGE>



this Article XI where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the
Corporation)  that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in
Section 1 or 2 of this Article XI, but the burden of proving such defense  shall
be on the  Corporation.  Neither the failure of the  Corporation  (including its
directors,  its independent  legal counsel and its  stockholders) to have made a
determination  prior to the commencement of such action that  indemnification of
the  claimant  is  proper  in the  circumstances  because  he or she has met the
applicable  standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this  Article XI,
nor the fact  that  there has been an actual  determination  by the  Corporation
(including its directors,  its independent  legal counsel and its  stockholders)
that the claimant has not met such  applicable  standard of conduct,  shall be a
defense to the action or create a presumption  that the claimant has not met the
applicable standard of conduct.

                  Section 8. Settlement.  The Corporation shall not be obligated
to reimburse the costs,  charges and expenses of any  settlement to which it has
not agreed. If in any action,  suit or proceeding  (including any appeal) within
the scope of Section 1 or 2 of this  Article  XI,  the person to be  indemnified
shall have  unreasonably  failed to enter into a settlement  thereof  offered or
assented to by the opposing party or parties in such action, suit or proceeding,
then,   notwithstanding   any  other   provision   of  this   Article   XI,  the
indemnification  obligation of the Corporation to such person in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  shall not  exceed the total of the amount at
which settlement could have been made and the expenses  incurred by or on behalf
of such person  prior to the time such  settlement  could  reasonably  have been
effected.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  8,  whether  a  person  shall  have
"unreasonably  failed to enter into a settlement"  shall be as determined by the
Board.

                  Section   9.   Other   Rights;   Continuation   of   Right  to
Indemnification;  Individual  Contracts.  The indemnification and advancement of
costs,  charges and expenses  provided by or granted pursuant to this Article XI
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those persons seeking
indemnification  or advancement  of costs,  charges and expenses may be entitled
under  law  (common  or   statutory)   or  any  Bylaw,   agreement,   policy  of
indemnification  insurance or vote of  stockholders  or directors or  otherwise,
both as to action in his or her official  capacity and as to action in any other
capacity while holding office,  and shall continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a director,  officer,  employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
the legatees, heirs, distributees,  executors and administrators of such person.
Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be deemed to prohibit the Corporation
from entering into,  and the  Corporation  is  specifically  authorized to enter
into,  agreements  with  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents  providing
indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth herein. All
rights to indemnification under this Article XI shall be deemed to be a contract
between the  Corporation  and each director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article
XI is in effect.

                  Section 10. Savings Clause.  If this Article XI or any portion
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent  jurisdiction,  the
Corporation  shall  nevertheless  indemnify  each  director or officer,  and may
indemnify each employee or agent, of the  Corporation as to any costs,  charges,
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts  paid in
settlement  with  respect to any  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,
criminal,  administrative  or  investigative  (including  an action by or in the
right  of the  Corporation),  to the full  extent  permitted  by any  applicable
portion of this Article XI that shall not have been  invalidated and to the full
extent permitted by applicable law.

                  Section  11.  Insurance.  The  Corporation  may  purchase  and
maintain  insurance,  at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against any costs,
charges or  expenses,  liability  or loss  incurred  by such  person in any such
capacity,  or arising out of his status as such,  whether or not the Corporation
would have the power to indemnify  such person  against  such costs,  charges or
expenses, liability or loss under the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable
law; provided,  however, that such insurance is available on acceptable terms as
determined by the Board. To the extent that any director,  officer,  employee or
agent is reimbursed by an insurance company under an  indemnification  insurance
policy for any costs, charges, expenses (including at-

                                      E-16


<PAGE>



torneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement to the fullest
extent permitted by any applicable  portion of this Article XI, the Bylaws,  any
agreement, the policy of indemnification insurance or otherwise, the Corporation
shall not be obligated to reimburse the person to be  indemnified  in connection
with such proceeding.

                  Section 12. Definitions.  For purposes of this Article XI, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:

                  (a)  "The  Corporation"  shall  include,  in  addition  to the
resulting  corporation,  any  constituent  corporation or entity  (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed by way of an acquisition,  consolidation,
merger or otherwise,  which, if its separate existence had continued, would have
had power and authority to indemnify its directors,  officers, employee or agent
so that any person who is or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of such
constituent  corporation or entity,  or is or was serving at the written request
of such  constituent  corporation  or entity as a director or officer of another
corporation,  entity,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
shall stand in the same  position  under the  provisions of this Article XI with
respect to the  resulting  or surviving  corporation  or entity as he would have
with respect to such constituent corporation or entity if its separate existence
had continued;

                  (b) "Other  enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans,
including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation;

                  (c) "Director or officer" of the Corporation shall include any
director,  officer,  partner or trustee  who is or was or has agreed to serve at
the request of the  Corporation  as a director,  officer,  partner or trustee of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;

                  (d) "Serving at the request of the Corporation"  shall include
any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation  with respect to an employee  benefit plan,
its participants or beneficiaries, including acting as a fiduciary thereof;

                  (e)  "Fines"  shall  include any  penalties  and any excise or
similar taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan;

                  (f) To the fullest extent  permitted by law, a person shall be
deemed  to have  acted  in "good  faith  and in a  manner  he or she  reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and,
with respect to any criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to
believe his or her conduct was  unlawful,"  if his or her action is based on the
records or books of  account of the  Corporation  or another  enterprise,  or on
information supplied to him or her by the officers of the Corporation or another
enterprise in the course of their duties,  or on the advice of legal counsel for
the  Corporation  or another  enterprise or on  information  or records given or
reports  made  to  the  Corporation  or  another  enterprise  by an  independent
certified  public  accountant  or by an appraiser or other expert  selected with
reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise; and

                  (g) A person  shall be deemed to have  acted in a manner  "not
opposed to the best interests of the  Corporation," as referred to in Sections 1
and 2 of this  Article XI if such person  acted in good faith and in a manner he
or she  reasonably  believed  to be in the  interest  of  the  participants  and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan.

                  Section 13. Subsequent  Amendment and Subsequent  Legislation.
Neither the  amendment,  termination or repeal of this Article XI or of relevant
provisions of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other
applicable  laws,  nor the  adoption of any  provision  of this  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or the Bylaws of the  Corporation or of any statute  inconsistent
with this Article XI shall  eliminate,  affect or diminish in any way the rights
of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corpora-

                                      E-17

<PAGE>



tion to indemnification  under the provisions of this Article XI with respect to
any action,  suit or  proceeding  arising out of, or relating  to, any  actions,
transactions  or facts  occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment,
termination or repeal.

                  If the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware is
amended  to expand  further  the  indemnification  permitted  to  directors  and
officers of the Corporation,  then the Corporation  shall indemnify such persons
to the fullest extent  permitted by the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as so amended.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   AMENDMENTS

                  Section 1.  Amendments of  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  In
addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required by  applicable  law and any voting
rights  granted  to or held by holders of any  Series of  Preferred  Stock,  any
alteration,  amendment, repeal or rescission (collectively, any "Change") of any
provision of this Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority of
the directors of the Corporation  then in office and by the affirmative  vote of
the  holders of a majority  (or such  greater  proportion  as may  otherwise  be
required   pursuant  to  any   specific   provision  of  this   Certificate   of
Incorporation)  of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast by the  holders of all
outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon; provided, however,
that if any such  Change  relates to Section 13 of Article XI or Articles V, VI,
VII or XII of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  such  Change  must  also be
approved  either (i) by not less than a  majority  of the  authorized  number of
directors  and, if one or more  Interested  Stockholders  (as defined in Article
VIII hereof) exist, by not less than a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors
(as defined in Article  VIII  hereof),  or (ii) by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of not less than  two-thirds  of the total votes  eligible to be cast by
the holders of all outstanding  shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon
and, if the Change is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or a
director who is an Affiliate or Associate  (as such terms are defined in Article
VIII  hereof)  of an  Interested  Stockholder,  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of not less than a majority  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast by
holders of all outstanding  shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon not
beneficially  owned by an  Interested  Stockholder  or an Affiliate or Associate
thereof.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any provision of the  Certificate of
Incorporation  that contains a supermajority  voting  requirement  shall only be
altered,  amended,  rescinded,  or repealed by a vote of the Board or holders of
shares of  Capital  Stock  entitled  to vote  thereon  that is not less than the
supermajority  specified  in  such  provision.  Subject  to the  foregoing,  the
Corporation  reserves the right to amend this Certificate of Incorporation  from
time  to  time  in any and as  many  respects  as may be  desired  and as may be
lawfully contained in an original certificate of incorporation filed at the time
of making such amendment.

                  Except as may  otherwise  be provided in this  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  the Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to
time,  to amend,  alter,  change  or  repeal  any  provision  contained  in this
Certificate of  Incorporation,  and to add or insert herein any other provisions
authorized  by the laws of the State of  Delaware  at the time in force,  in the
manner now or  hereafter  prescribed  by law,  and all rights,  preferences  and
privileges of any nature  conferred  upon  stockholders,  directors or any other
persons  whomsoever by and pursuant to this  Certificate of Incorporation in its
present form or as hereafter  amended are granted subject to the rights reserved
in this Section 1.

                  Section 2.  Amendments of Bylaws.  In  furtherance  and not in
limitation  of the powers  conferred  by statute,  the Board of Directors of the
Corporation is expressly  authorized to make,  alter,  amend,  rescind or repeal
from time to time any of the Bylaws of the  Corporation  in accordance  with the
terms  thereof;  provided,  however,  that any  Bylaw  made by the  Board may be
altered, amended, rescinded, or repealed in accordance with the terms thereof by
the holders of shares of Capital  Stock  entitled to vote  thereon at any annual
meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, any

                                      E-18


<PAGE>



provision of the Bylaws that contains a supermajority  voting  requirement shall
only be  altered,  amended,  rescinded,  or  repealed  by a vote of the Board or
holders of shares of Capital  Stock  entitled to vote  thereon  that is not less
than the supermajority specified in such provision.

                                      E-19

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------

                  The name  and  mailing  address  of the  incorporator  of this
Corporation is:

                           Falmouth Co-operative Bank
                                20 Davis Straits
                          Falmouth, Massachusetts 02540

                  Falmouth   Co-operative   Bank  caused  this   Certificate  of
Incorporation  to be  signed  by  Santo  P.  Pasqualucci,  President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer,  and  attested  to by John A.  DeMello,  Clerk  of  Falmouth
Co-operative Bank, this 25th day of November, 1996.

                                  FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK



                                  By:      /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           ----------------------------------
                                           Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
Attest:



/s/ John A. DeMello
- - -----------------------------------------
John A. DeMello
Clerk

                                      E-20

<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX F

================================================================================












                                     BYLAWS


                                       OF


                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.
















================================================================================

<PAGE>



              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES................................  1
Section I         Registered Office........................................  1
Section II        Additional Offices.......................................  1

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 STOCKHOLDERS..............................  1
Section I         Place of Meetings........................................  1
Section II        Annual Meetings..........................................  1
Section III       Special Meetings.........................................  1
Section IV        Notice of Meetings.......................................  1
Section V         Waiver of Notice.........................................  2
Section VI        Fixing of Record Date....................................  2
Section VII       Quorum...................................................  2
Section VIII      Conduct of Meetings......................................  2
Section IX        Voting; Proxies..........................................  3
Section X         Inspectors of Election...................................  3
Section XI        Procedure for Nominations................................  3
Section XII       Substitution of Nominees.................................  4
Section XIII      New Business.............................................  4

                                   ARTICLE III

                                 CAPITAL STOCK.............................  5
Section I         Certificates of Stock....................................  5
Section II        Transfer Agent and Registrar.............................  6
Section III       Registration and Transfer of Shares......................  6
Section IV        Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates...............  6
Section V         Holder of Record.........................................  6

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS...........................  6
Section I         Responsibilities; Number of Directors....................  6
Section II        Qualifications...........................................  7
Section III       Regular and Annual Meetings..............................  7
Section IV        Special Meetings.........................................  7
Section V         Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.....................  7
Section VI        Conduct of Meetings......................................  7
Section VII       Quorum and Voting Requirements...........................  7
Section VIII      Informal Action by Directors.............................  8
Section IX        Resignation..............................................  8
Section X         Vacancies................................................  8
Section XI        Compensation.............................................  8
Section XII       Amendments Concerning the Board..........................  8


                                 F-i

<PAGE>





                                                                          Page

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  COMMITTEES...............................  8
Section I         Standing Committees......................................  8
Section II        Nominating Committee.....................................  9
Section III       Other Committees.........................................  9

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   OFFICERS................................  9
Section I         Number...................................................  9
Section II        Term of Office and Removal...............................  9
Section III       President and Chief Executive Officer....................  9
Section IV        Vice Presidents.......................................... 10
Section V         Treasurer................................................ 10
Section VI        Secretary................................................ 10
Section VII       Other Officers and Employees............................. 10
Section VIII      Compensation of Officers and Others...................... 10

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   DIVIDENDS............................... 10

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  AMENDMENTS............................... 11


                                      F-ii

<PAGE>





                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

                  Section I Registered Office. The registered office of Falmouth
Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be in the City
of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

                  Section II Additional  Offices.  The Corporation may also have
offices and places of business at such other places, within or without the State
of  Delaware,  as the Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  may from time to time
designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

                  Section I Place of Meetings.  Meetings of  stockholders of the
Corporation  shall  be held at such  place,  within  or  without  the  State  of
Delaware,  as may be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice of meeting.
If no place is so  fixed,  they  shall be held at the  principal  administrative
office of the Corporation.

                  Section II Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders
of the  Corporation  for the election of directors  and the  transaction  of any
other  business  which may properly  come before such meeting shall be held each
year on the third  Tuesday in January at 5:00 p.m.,  unless a different  hour or
place is designated by the Board.

                  Section   III   Special   Meetings.    Special   meetings   of
stockholders, for any purpose, may be called at any time only by the Chairman of
the Board,  the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer or by resolution of at
least  three-fourths of the directors then in office.  Special meetings shall be
held on the date and at the time and place as may be designated by the Board. At
a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall
be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting.

                  Section IV Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by
law,  written  notice  stating  the  place,  date  and  hour of any  meeting  of
stockholders and, in the case of a special meeting,  the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called,  shall be delivered to each  stockholder  of record
entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail not less than ten
(10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such  meeting.  If mailed,
such notice shall be deemed to be  delivered  when  deposited in the U.S.  mail,
with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address
as it appears on the stock  transfer  books or records of the  Corporation as of
the record  date  prescribed  in Section 6 of this  Article II, or at such other
address as the  stockholder  shall have  furnished in writing to the  Secretary.
Notice of any special  meeting shall indicate that the notice is being issued by
or at the  direction  of the person or persons  calling such  meeting.  When any
meeting of stockholders,  either annual or special, is adjourned to another time
or place,  no notice  of the  adjourned  meeting  need be given,  other  than an
announcement at the

                                       F-1

<PAGE>



meeting at which such  adjournment  is taken  giving the time and place to which
the meeting is adjourned; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more
than thirty  (30) days,  or if after  adjournment,  the Board fixes a new record
date for the adjourned  meeting,  notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given
to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

                  Section V Waiver of  Notice.  Notice of any  annual or special
meeting  need not be given to any  stockholder  who  submits a signed  waiver of
notice of any  meeting,  in person or by proxy or by his or her duly  authorized
attorney-in-fact,  whether  before or after the meeting.  The  attendance of any
stockholder at a meeting,  in person or by proxy,  shall  constitute a waiver of
notice by such stockholder, except where a stockholder attends a meeting for the
express  purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction
of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                  Section  VI  Fixing  of  Record  Date.   For  the  purpose  of
determining  stockholders  entitled  to notice of or to vote at any  meeting  of
stockholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or stockholders  entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or
in order to make a determination  of stockholders  for any other proper purpose,
the Board  shall fix a date as the  record  date for any such  determination  of
stockholders,  which date shall not precede  the date upon which the  resolution
fixing the record  date is adopted by the Board.  Such date in any case shall be
not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not
less  than ten (10)  days  prior to the  date on  which  the  particular  action
requiring  such   determination   of  stockholders  is  to  be  taken.   When  a
determination  of  stockholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders
has been made as provided in this Section 6, such  determination  shall,  unless
otherwise  provided by the Board, also apply to any adjournment  thereof.  If no
record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining  stockholders entitled
to  notice  of or vote at a  meeting  of  stockholders  shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which the notice is given,  or, if
notice is waived,  at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held, and (b) the record date for determining  stockholders
for any other  purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

                  Section VII Quorum. The holders of record of a majority of the
total number of votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors generally
by the holders of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote thereat,  represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of  stockholders,  except as
otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation.  If
less than a majority of such total number of votes are represented at a meeting,
a majority of the number of votes so  represented  may adjourn the meeting  from
time to time without further notice,  provided,  that if such adjournment is for
more than thirty days, a notice of the adjourned  meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting
at which a quorum is present,  any  business may be  transacted  that might have
been  transacted  at the  meeting as  originally  called.  When a quorum is once
present to organize a meeting of stockholders,  such quorum is not broken by the
subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

                  Section VIII Conduct of Meetings. The President shall serve as
chairman at all  meetings of the  stockholders.  If the  President  is absent or
otherwise unable to so serve, the ranking Vice-President shall serve as chairman
at any meeting of stockholders  held in such absence.  If both the President and
the ranking  Vice-President  are absent or otherwise unable to serve, such other
person as shall be appointed  by the Board of Directors  shall serve as chairman
at any meeting of stockholders held in such absence. The Secretary or, in his or
her absence,  such other person as the  chairman of the meeting  shall  appoint,
shall serve as  secretary  of the  meeting.  The  chairman of the meeting  shall
conduct all meetings of the  stockholders  in accordance with the best interests
of the  Corporation  and shall have the  authority  and  discretion to establish
reasonable  procedural  rules for the conduct of such  meetings,  including such
regulation  of the manner of voting and the conduct of  discussion  as he or she
shall deem appropriate.


                                       F-2

<PAGE>



                  Section IX Voting;  Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote
at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise specified
in the Certificate of Incorporation or in a resolution,  or resolutions,  of the
Board providing for the issuance of preferred stock,  each stockholder  entitled
to vote shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock registered
in his or her name on the  transfer  books or records of the  Corporation.  Each
stockholder  entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for
him or her by proxy. All proxies shall be in writing,  signed by the stockholder
or by his or her duly authorized  attorney-in-fact,  and shall be filed with the
Secretary before being voted. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from
the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The attendance
at any  meeting  by a  stockholder  who  shall  have  previously  given  a proxy
applicable  thereto  shall not, as such,  have the effect of revoking the proxy.
The  Corporation  may treat any duly  executed  proxy as not revoked and in full
force and effect until it receives a duly executed  instrument revoking it, or a
duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later date.  If  ownership of a share of voting
stock  of the  Corporation  stands  in the name of two or more  persons,  in the
absence of written  directions to the  Corporation  to the contrary,  any one or
more of such  stockholders  may  cast  all  votes to  which  such  ownership  is
entitled. If an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes by the several persons
in whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to which those  persons
are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock
and present at such meeting.  If such conflicting  votes are evenly split on any
particular   matter,   each  faction  may  vote  the   securities   in  question
proportionally,  or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary,  if any, may
apply to the Court of Chancery or such other court as may have  jurisdiction  to
appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which
shall then be voted as  determined  by a majority of such persons and the person
appointed  by the Court.  Except for the  election of  directors or as otherwise
provided by law,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  Bylaws,  at all
meetings of  stockholders,  all  matters  shall be  determined  by a vote of the
holders of a majority of the number of votes  eligible to be cast by the holders
of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation  present  and
entitled to vote thereat.  Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law,
these Bylaws or the Certificate of  Incorporation,  be elected by a plurality of
the  votes  cast by each  class  of  shares  entitled  to vote at a  meeting  of
stockholders, present and entitled to vote in the election.

                  Section X Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of
stockholders,  the Board shall appoint one or more persons, other than officers,
directors  or nominees  for  office,  as  inspectors  of election to act at such
meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such appointment shall not be altered at the
meeting.  If inspectors  of election are not so  appointed,  the chairman of the
meeting shall make such  appointment at the meeting.  If any person appointed as
inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act at the meeting, the vacancy
so created may be filled by  appointment  by the Board in advance of the meeting
or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.  The duties of the  inspectors
of election shall include  determining the number of shares  outstanding and the
voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum,  the  validity  and  effect of  proxies,  receiving  votes,  ballots  or
consents,   hearing  and  deciding  all  challenges  and  questions  arising  in
connection with the right to vote, counting and tabulating all votes, ballots or
consents,  determining  the  results,  and doing  such acts as are proper to the
conduct of the  election  or the vote with  fairness  to all  stockholders.  Any
report or  certificate  made by them shall be prima facie  evidence of the facts
stated and of the vote as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to
a  reasonable  compensation  for  his  or  her  services,  to  be  paid  by  the
Corporation.

                  Section  XI  Procedure   for   Nominations.   Subject  to  the
provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall act as a Nominating Committee to
select  nominees  for  election  as  directors.  Except in the case of a nominee
substituted as a result of the death, incapacity,  withdrawal or other inability
to  serve  of  a  nominee,   the  Nominating  Committee  shall  deliver  written
nominations  to the Secretary at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the
annual meeting.  Provided the Nominating  Committee makes such  nominations,  no
nominations for directors except those made by the Nominating Committee shall be
voted upon at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  unless other  nominations by
stockholders  are made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Section 11.
Nominations  of  individuals   for  election  to  the  Board  at  a  meeting  of
stockholders  may be  made  by any  stockholder  of  record  of the  Corporation
entitled to vote for the election of directors at such

                                       F-3

<PAGE>



meeting who provides  timely  notice in writing to the Secretary as set forth in
this Section 11. To be timely,  a  stockholder's  notice must be delivered to or
received by the Secretary not later than the following  dates:  (i) with respect
to an election of  directors  to be held at an annual  meeting of  stockholders,
sixty (60) days in advance  of such  meeting if such  meeting is to be held on a
day which is within thirty (30) days  preceding the  anniversary of the previous
year's  annual  meeting,  or ninety (90) days in advance of such meeting if such
meeting is to be held on or after the  anniversary of the previous year's annual
meeting; and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of
stockholders  held at a time other than within the time periods set forth in the
immediately  preceding  clause (i), or at a special meeting of stockholders  for
the  election  of  directors,  the close of  business  on the tenth  (10th)  day
following  the  date  on  which  notice  of  such  meeting  is  first  given  to
stockholders.  For purposes of this Section 11,  notice shall be deemed to first
be  given  to  stockholders  when  disclosure  of such  date of the  meeting  of
stockholders  is  first  made in a press  release  reported  to Dow  Jones  News
Services, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or in a document
publicly filed by the  Corporation  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.  Such  stockholder's  notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom
the stockholder  proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director,
(i) the name, age, business address and residence  address of such person,  (ii)
the  principal  occupation  or  employment  of such person,  (iii) such person's
written  consent  to serve as a  director,  if  elected,  and  (iv)  such  other
information  regarding  each nominee  proposed by such  stockholder  as would be
required to be included in a proxy  statement  filed pursuant to the proxy rules
of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (whether or not the  Corporation is
then subject to such rules); and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i)
the name and address of such stockholder, (ii) the class and number of shares of
the Corporation which are owned of record by such stockholder and the dates upon
which he or she acquired such shares, (iii) a description of all arrangements or
understandings  between the  stockholder  and  nominee  and any other  person or
persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to
be made by the stockholder,  and (iv) the identification of any person employed,
retained,  or to be compensated by the stockholder  submitting the nomination or
by the  person  nominated,  or any  person  acting on his or her  behalf to make
solicitations or recommendations to stockholders for the purpose of assisting in
the  election of such  director,  and a brief  description  of the terms of such
employment,  retainer or  arrangement  for  compensation.  At the request of the
Board,  any person  nominated  by the Board for  election  as a  director  shall
furnish  to  the  Secretary  that  information  required  to be set  forth  in a
stockholder's  notice of nomination  which pertains to the nominee together with
the required  written  consent.  No person shall be elected as a director of the
Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 11.

                  The  chairman  of the  meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,
determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not properly  brought
before the meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof and, if he should so
determine, he shall declare to the meeting that such nomination was not properly
brought before the meeting and shall not be considered.

                  Section  XII  Substitution  of  Nominees.  In the event that a
person is validly  designated as a nominee in accordance with Section 11 of this
Article II and shall thereafter become unwilling or unable to stand for election
to the Board, the Nominating  Committee may designate a substitute  nominee upon
delivery,  not fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of the meeting for the
election of such nominee,  of a written  notice to the  Secretary  setting forth
such information  regarding such substitute  nominee as would have been required
to be delivered to the  Secretary  pursuant to Section 11 of this Article II had
such substitute nominee been initially proposed as a nominee.  Such notice shall
include a signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation,  if elected,
of each such substituted nominee.

                  Section XIII New Business.  Any new business to be taken up at
the annual  meeting at the request of the Chairman of the Board,  the  President
and Chief Executive  Officer or by resolution of at least  three-fourths  of the
directors then in office shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary
at least  fifteen  (15) days  before  the date of the  annual  meeting,  and all
business  so  stated,  proposed  and filed  shall be  considered  at the  annual
meeting,  but, except as provided in this Section 13, no other proposal shall be
acted upon

                                       F-4

<PAGE>



at the annual  meeting.  Any proposal  offered by any stockholder may be made at
the annual  meeting and the same may be  discussed  and  considered,  but unless
properly brought before the meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the
meeting.  For a proposal to be properly  brought  before an annual  meeting by a
stockholder,  the  stockholder  must be a  stockholder  of record and have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's
notice must be  delivered  to or received  by the  Secretary  not later than the
following dates:  (i) with respect to an annual meeting of  stockholders,  sixty
(60) days in  advance  of such  meeting  if such  meeting is to be held on a day
which is within  thirty (30) days  preceding  the  anniversary  of the  previous
year's  annual  meeting,  or ninety (90) days in advance of such meeting if such
meeting is to be held on or after the  anniversary of the previous year's annual
meeting;  and (ii) with respect to an annual meeting of  stockholders  held at a
time other than within the time periods set forth in the  immediately  preceding
clause (i), the close of business on the tenth (10th) day  following the date on
which  notice of such  meeting is first given to  stockholders.  For purposes of
this Section 13, notice shall be deemed to first be given to  stockholders  when
disclosure of such date of the meeting of  stockholders is first made in a press
release  reported to Dow Jones News  Services,  Associated  Press or  comparable
national news service,  or in a document  publicly filed by the Corporation with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A stockholder's  notice to the
Secretary  shall set forth as to the matter the  stockholder  proposes  to bring
before the annual meeting (a) a brief  description of the proposal desired to be
brought before the annual  meeting;  (b) the name and address of the stockholder
proposing such business;  (c) the class and number of shares of the  Corporation
which are owned of record by the  stockholder and the dates upon which he or she
acquired such shares; (d) the  identification of any person employed,  retained,
or to be compensated by the stockholder  submitting the proposal,  or any person
acting  on his or her  behalf,  to  make  solicitations  or  recommendations  to
stockholders for the purpose of assisting in the passage of such proposal, and a
brief  description of the terms of such employment,  retainer or arrangement for
compensation; and (e) such other information regarding such proposal as would be
required to be included in a proxy  statement  filed pursuant to the proxy rules
of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or required to be delivered to the
Corporation  pursuant  to  the  proxy  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  (whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such rules). This
provision shall not prevent the  consideration and approval or disapproval at an
annual meeting of reports of officers,  directors and committees of the Board or
the management of the Corporation,  but in connection with such reports,  no new
business  shall be acted upon at such annual  meeting unless stated and filed as
herein  provided.  This provision  shall not constitute a waiver of any right of
the Corporation under the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
or any other rule or  regulation  to omit a stockhol-  der's  proposal  from the
Corporation's proxy materials.

                  The  chairman  of the  meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,
determine  and declare to the meeting  that any new  business  was not  properly
brought before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions  hereof and, if he
should so determine,  he shall declare to the meeting that such new business was
not properly brought before the meeting and shall not be considered.



                                   ARTICLE III

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

                  Section I  Certificates  of Stock.  Certificates  representing
shares of stock shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board.  Each
certificate  shall state that the  Corporation  will furnish to any  stockholder
upon  request  and  without  charge a  statement  of the  powers,  designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the
shares of each class or series of stock and the  qualifications  or restrictions
of such  preferences  and/or  rights,  or shall set forth such  statement on the
certificate  itself.  The  certificates  shall be numbered in the order of their
issue and  entered  in the books of the  Corporation  or its  transfer  agent or
agents as they are issued. Each certificate shall state the registered

                                       F-5

<PAGE>



holder's  name and the number  and class of  shares,  and shall be signed by the
Chairman of the Board or the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  and the
Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,  and may, but need not, bear the seal of
the  Corporation  or a facsimile  thereof.  Any or all of the  signatures on the
certificates  may be  facsimiles.  In case any officer who shall have signed any
such  certificate  shall cease to be such  officer of the  Corporation,  whether
because of death,  resignation or otherwise,  before such certificate shall have
been delivered by the Corporation,  such certificate may nevertheless be adopted
by the  Corporation  and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons
who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or
officers of the Corporation.

                  Section II Transfer Agent and Registrar.  The Board shall have
the power to appoint one or more Transfer Agents and Registrars for the transfer
and  registration of  certificates  of stock of any class,  and may require that
stock  certificates  be  countersigned  and  registered  by one or  more of such
Transfer Agents and Registrars.

                  Section III  Registration  and Transfer of Shares.  Subject to
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation,  the name
of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the  Corporation  shall be
entered on the books of the Corporation  together with the number of shares held
by him or her,  the  numbers of the  certificates  covering  such shares and the
dates  of  issue  of  such  certificates.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  the shares of stock of the
Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders
thereof  in   person,   or  by  their  duly   authorized   attorneys   or  legal
representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number
of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or
attached  thereto,   duly  executed,   with  such  guarantee  or  proof  of  the
authenticity  of the signature as the  Corporation  or its agents may reasonably
require and with proper  evidence of payment of any applicable  transfer  taxes.
Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation   of  the
Corporation, a record shall be made of each transfer.

                  Section IV Lost,  Destroyed  and Mutilated  Certificates.  The
holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation  shall  immediately  notify the
Corporation of any loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation of the  certificates
therefor. The Corporation may issue, or cause to be issued, a new certificate of
stock in the place of any certificate  theretofore  issued by it alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed upon evidence  satisfactory to the Corporation of
the  loss,  theft  or  destruction  of  the  certificate,  and in  the  case  of
mutilation, the surrender of the mutilated certificate.  The Corporation may, in
its discretion,  require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate,
or his or her legal  representatives,  to give the Corporation a bond sufficient
to  indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation of any such certificate and the
issuance  of such new  certificate,  or may refer such  owner to such  remedy or
remedies as he or she may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  Section V Holder of Record.  Subject to the  provisions of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall be
entitled  to treat  the  holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the
holder  thereof in fact and shall not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable  or
other  claim to or  interest  in such  shares on the part of any  other  person,
whether  or not it  shall  have  express  or other  notice  thereof,  except  as
otherwise expressly provided by law.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                  Section I Responsibilities;  Number of Directors. The business
and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be under the direction of the Board.  The
Board shall  consist of not less than seven (7) nor more than  twenty-five  (25)
directors.  Within  the  foregoing  limits,  the  number of  directors  shall be
determined  only by  resolution  of the Board.  A minimum of three (3) directors
shall be persons  other than  officers or  employees of the  Corporation  or its
subsidiaries and shall not have a relationship which, in the opinion of the

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



Board  (exclusive  of such  persons),  could  interfere  with  the  exercise  of
independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. No more
than two  directors  shall be officers or  employees of the  Corporation  or its
subsidiaries.

                  Section II  Qualifications.  Each  director  shall be at least
eighteen (18) years of age.


                  Section III Regular and Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of
the Board for the election of officers shall be held,  without notice other than
these Bylaws, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of
the stockholders,  or, with notice, at such other time or place as the Board may
fix by resolution.  The Board may provide,  by  resolution,  the time and place,
within or without the State of Delaware,  for the holding of regular meetings of
the Board without notice other than such resolution.

                  Section IV Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may
be called for any  purpose at any time by or at the  request of the  Chairman of
the Board or the President and Chief Executive Officer.  Special meetings of the
Board shall also be called by the Secretary  upon the written  request,  stating
the purpose or purposes of the meeting,  of at least a majority of the directors
then in office.  The persons  authorized  to call special  meetings of the Board
shall give notice of such meetings in the manner  prescribed by these Bylaws and
may fix any place, within or without the Corporation's regular business area, as
the place for holding any special  meeting of the Board called by such  persons.
No business shall be conducted at a special meeting other than that specified in
the notice of meeting.

                  Section V Notice of  Meetings;  Waiver  of  Notice.  Except as
otherwise  provided in Section 4 of this Article IV, at least  twenty-four  (24)
hours notice of meetings shall be given to each director if given in person,  by
same-day  courier  or  by  telephone,   telegraph,  telex,  facsimile  or  other
electronic  transmission  and at least five (5) days notice of meetings shall be
given if given in writing and delivered by courier  (other than  same-day) or by
postage  prepaid mail. The purpose of any special meeting shall be stated in the
notice.  Such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when sent or given to any mail or
courier   service  (other  than  same-day)  or  company   providing   electronic
transmission service. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by submitting
a signed  waiver  of  notice  with the  Secretary,  whether  before or after the
meeting.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such  meeting,  except  where a  director  attends  a meeting  for the
express  purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction
of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                  Section VI Conduct of Meetings. Meetings of the Board shall be
presided  over  by the  President,  and  in the  absence  or  incapacity  of the
President,  the presiding  officer shall be the ranking Vice- President.  In the
absence or disability of both the  President and the ranking  Vice-President,  a
majority of the entire Board shall  designate a director who shall  preside over
meetings of the Board.  The Secretary or, in his absence,  a person appointed by
the  President  (or  other  presiding  person),  shall act as  secretary  of the
meeting. The President (or other person presiding) shall conduct all meetings of
the Board in accordance  with the best  interests of the  Corporation  and shall
have the authority and discretion to establish  reasonable  procedural rules for
the conduct of Board  meetings.  At the discretion of the President,  any one or
more  directors may  participate in a meeting of the Board or a committee of the
Board by means of a  conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment
allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same
time.  Participation  by such means shall  constitute  presence in person at any
such meeting.

                  Section  VII Quorum and Voting  Requirements.  A quorum at any
meeting of the Board shall  consist of not less than a majority of the directors
then in office or such greater  number as shall be required by law, these Bylaws
or the  Certificate of  Incorporation,  but not less than one-third (1/3) of the
total number.  If less than a required quorum is present,  the majority of those
directors  present  shall  adjourn the meeting to another time and place without
further  notice.   At  such  adjourned  meeting  at  which  a  quorum  shall  be
represented,  any business may be transacted  that might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



noticed.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws,  a majority vote of the  directors  present at a meeting,  if a
quorum is present, shall constitute an act of the Board.

                  Section VIII Informal  Action by Directors.  Unless  otherwise
restricted by the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  Bylaws,  any action
required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of  Directors,  or
of any committee  thereof,  may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board of Directors or such  committee,  as the case may be,  consent  thereto in
writing,  and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of  proceedings
of the Board of Directors or such committee.

                  Section IX Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by
sending a written  notice of such  resignation  to the  principal  office of the
Corporation  addressed to the Chairman of the Board or the  President  and Chief
Executive Officer.  Unless otherwise  specified therein,  such resignation shall
take effect upon receipt thereof.

                  Section X Vacancies.  To the extent not inconsistent  with the
Certificate of  Incorporation  and subject to the limitations  prescribed by law
and the  rights of  holders  of  Preferred  Stock,  vacancies  in the  office of
director,  including vacancies created by newly created directorships  resulting
from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by a vote of a
majority of the directors then holding office,  whether or not a quorum,  at any
regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose.  Subject to the
rights of holders of Preferred  Stock,  no person shall be so elected a director
unless nominated by the Nominating  Committee.  Subject to the rights of holders
of Preferred Stock, any director so elected shall serve for the remainder of the
full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or
the  vacancy  occurred  and  until his or her  successor  shall be  elected  and
qualified.

                  Section XI Compensation. From time to time, as the Board deems
necessary, the Board shall fix the compensation of directors and officers of the
Corporation in such one or more forms as the Board may determine.

                  Section XII  Amendments  Concerning  the Board.  The number of
directors  and  other  restrictions  and  qualifications  for  directors  of the
Corporation  as set forth in these  Bylaws  may be  altered  only by a vote,  in
addition to any vote  required by law, of  two-thirds  of the entire Board or by
the  affirmative  vote of the holders of record of not less than eighty  percent
(80%) of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast by  holders  of all  outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of directors at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.



                                    ARTICLE V

                                   COMMITTEES

                  Section I Standing  Committees.  At each annual meeting of the
Board,  upon  recommendation  by the Chairman of the Board,  the directors shall
designate from their own number, by resolution, the following committees:

                  (a)      Executive Committee

                  (b)      Audit Committee

                  (c)      Compensation Committee

                  (d)      Nominating Committee


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



which shall be standing committees of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall
appoint a director  to fill any  vacancy  on any  committee  of the  Board.  The
members of the committees shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

                  Section II Nominating Committee.  The Board of Directors shall
act  as  the  Nominating  Committee  for  selecting  nominees  for  election  as
directors.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  director  shall  serve  on the
Nominating  Committee in any  capacity in any year during which such  director's
term as a director is scheduled to expire. The Nominating Committee shall review
qualifications  of and  interview  candidates  for  the  Board  and  shall  make
nominations  for election of board members in accordance  with the provisions of
these Bylaws in relation to those  suggestions to the Board. The Chairman of the
Board shall  designate  one member of the  Committee to serve as chairman of the
Nominating  Committee.  A quorum  shall  consist of at least a  majority  of the
members of the Committee.

                  Section  III Other  Committees.  The  Board may by  resolution
authorize  such other  committees as from time to time it may deem  necessary or
appropriate for the conduct of the business of the  Corporation.  The members of
each committee so authorized shall be appointed by the Board from members of the
Board and/or  employees of the  Corporation.  Each such committee shall exercise
such powers as may be assigned by the Board to the extent not inconsistent  with
law,  these Bylaws,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  or resolutions of the
Board.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    OFFICERS

                  Section I Number.  The Board  shall,  at each annual  meeting,
elect a Chairman  of the Board,  a  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  a
Secretary and may elect a Vice  Chairman,  one or more Vice  Presidents and such
other officers as the Board from time to time may deem necessary or the business
of the  Corporation  may require.  Any number of offices may be held by the same
person  except that no person may  simultaneously  hold the offices of President
and Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.

                  The  election  of all  officers  shall be by a majority of the
directors  then in office.  If such  election  is not held at the  meeting  held
annually for the election of  officers,  such  officers may be so elected at any
subsequent  regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose,  in
the same manner above  provided.  Each person elected shall have such authority,
bear such title and perform  such duties as provided in these  Bylaws and as the
Board may prescribe from time to time. All officers  elected or appointed by the
Board shall assume their duties  immediately  upon their election and shall hold
office  at the  pleasure  of the  Board.  Whenever  a vacancy  occurs  among the
officers,  it may be filled at any  regular or special  meeting  called for that
purpose, in the same manner as above provided.

                  Section  II Term of Office and  Removal.  Each  officer  shall
serve until his or her  successor is elected and duly  qualified,  the office is
abolished,  or he or she is removed.  Except for the Chairman of the Board,  the
President and Chief Executive Officer, any officer may be removed at any regular
meeting of the Board with or without cause by an affirmative  vote of a majority
of the directors then in office.  The Board may remove the Chairman of the Board
or the President and Chief Executive Officer at any time, with or without cause,
only by the unanimous vote of the  non-officer  directors then holding office at
any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose.

                  Section  III  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.   The
President  shall be the Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Corporation and shall,
subject to the direction of the Board,  oversee all the major  activities of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries and be responsible for assuring that the policy
decisions of the Board are  implemented as  formulated.  The President and Chief
Executive  Officer shall be responsible,  in consultation with such Officers and
members of the Board as he deems appropriate, for planning the growth

                                       F-9

<PAGE>



of  the  Corporation.  The  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  be
responsible for stockholder  relations and relations with investment  bankers or
other  similar  financial  institutions,  and shall be  empowered  to  designate
officers of the Corporation and its  subsidiaries to assist in such  activities.
The President and Chief Executive  Officer shall be principally  responsible for
exploring and reporting to the Board all opportunities for mergers, acquisitions
and new business.  The President and Chief  Executive  Officer,  under authority
given to him,  shall have the authority to sign  instruments  in the name of the
Corporation.  The  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  shall have  general
supervision  and direction of all of the  Corporation's  officers and personnel,
subject  to  and  consistent  with  policies  enunciated  by the  Board.  Unless
otherwise provided by the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer shall
preside as Chairman,  when present,  at all meetings of stockholders  and of the
Board. The President and Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers as
may be assigned to him by the Board or its committees.

                  Section IV Vice  Presidents.  Vice Presidents may be appointed
by the Board of Directors to perform such duties as may be  prescribed  by these
Bylaws,  the Board or the President and Chief Executive  Officer as permitted by
the Board.

                  Section  V  Treasurer.   The  Treasurer  shall  be  the  chief
accounting  officer  of  the  Corporation  and  shall  be  responsible  for  the
maintenance  of adequate  systems and records.  The Treasurer  shall also keep a
record of all assets, liabilities,  receipts, disbursements, and other financial
transactions,  and shall see that all  expenditures  are made in accordance with
procedures duly  established from time to time by the Board. The Treasurer shall
make such reports as may be required by the Board or as are required by law.

                  Section VI Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings
of the Board and of the stockholders, and shall record, or cause to be recorded,
all votes and minutes of all proceedings of the Board and of the stockholders in
a book or books to be kept for that purpose.  The  Secretary  shall perform such
executive  and  administrative  duties  as may be  assigned  by the  Board,  the
Chairman  of the  Board  or the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The
Secretary  shall have charge of the seal of the  Corporation,  shall submit such
reports and statements as may be required by law or by the Board,  shall conduct
all correspondence relating to the Board and its proceedings and shall have such
other powers and duties as are generally incident to the office of Secretary and
as may be assigned to him or her by the Board,  the Chairman of the Board or the
President and Chief Executive Officer.

                  Section VII Other Officers and  Employees.  Other officers and
employees  appointed by the Board shall have such  authority  and shall  perform
such duties as may be assigned to them,  from time to time,  by the Board or the
President and Chief Executive Officer.

                  Section  VIII   Compensation  of  Officers  and  Others.   The
compensation  of all officers and employees  shall be fixed from time to time by
the Board, or by any committee or officer authorized by the Board to do so, upon
the recommendation and report by the Compensation Committee. The compensation of
agents shall be fixed by the Board, or by any committee or officer authorized by
the Board to do so,  upon the  recommendation  and  report  of the  Compensation
Committee.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    DIVIDENDS

                  The Board shall have the power,  subject to the  provisions of
law and the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to declare and pay
dividends  out of surplus (or, if no surplus  exists,  out of net profits of the
Corporation,  for the fiscal year in which the  dividend is declared  and/or the
preceding fiscal year, except where there is an impairment of capital stock), to
pay such dividends to the stockholders in cash, in property, or in shares of the
capital stock of the  Corporation,  and to fix the date or dates for the payment
of such dividends.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

                  These  Bylaws,  except as  provided by  applicable  law or the
Certificate of Incorporation,  or as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, may be
amended or repealed at any  regular  meeting of the entire  Board by the vote of
two-thirds of the Board;  provided,  however,  that (a) a notice  specifying the
change or  amendment  shall have been given at a previous  regular  meeting  and
entered in the  minutes of the Board;  (b) a written  statement  describing  the
change or amendment  shall be made in the notice  mailed to the directors of the
meeting at which the change or amendment  shall be acted upon; and (c) any Bylaw
made by the Board may be altered, amended, rescinded, or repealed by the holders
of shares of capital stock  entitled to vote thereon at any annual meeting or at
any special  meeting  called for that purpose in accordance  with the percentage
requirements set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation  and/or these Bylaws.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  provision of these Bylaws that contains a
supermajority voting requirement shall only be altered,  amended,  rescinded, or
repealed  by a vote of the Board or holders of capital  stock  entitled  to vote
thereon that is not less than the supermajority specified in such provision.



                                      F-11



<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 20.        Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"),  inter alia,
empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding  (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director,  officer,  employee
or agent of another corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed  to the best  interest  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect to any
criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful.  Similar  indemnity is authorized for such person against expenses
(including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with
the defense or settlement of any such threatened, pending or completed action or
suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the  corporation,  and provided
further that (unless a court of competent  jurisdiction otherwise provides) such
person  shall  not  have  been  adjudged  liable  to the  corporation.  Any such
indemnification  may be made only as  authorized  in each  specific  case upon a
determination by the  shareholders or disinterested  directors or by independent
legal counsel in a written  opinion that  indemnification  is proper because the
indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.

      Section 145 further  authorizes  a  corporation  to purchase  and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise,
against any  liability  asserted  against  him,  and incurred by him in any such
capacity,  or arising out of his status as such,  whether or not the corporation
would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

      Article X of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  provides that a
director shall not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for
damages for breach of his  fiduciary  duty as a  director,  except to the extent
such exemption from liability or limitation  thereof is expressly  prohibited by
the DGCL. Article XI of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  requires the
Company, among other things, to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the
DGCL,  any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of
the Company,  who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party
to, or has become a witness in, any  threatened,  pending or  completed  action,
suit or  proceeding,  including  actions  or  suits  by or in the  right  of the
Company, by reason of such agreement or service or the fact that such person is,
was or has agreed to serve as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or organization at the written request of the Company.

      Article XI also empowers the Company to purchase and maintain insurance to
protect itself and its directors and officers, and those who were or have agreed
to become directors or officers, against any liability, regardless of whether or
not the Company  would have the power to indemnify  those  persons  against such
liability  under  the law or the  provisions  set  forth in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation.   The  Company  is  also   authorized  by  its   Certificate   of
Incorporation to enter into individual  indemnification contracts with directors
and officers.  The Bank currently  maintains and the Company expects to purchase
directors' and officers' liability  insurance  consistent with the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation as soon as practicable.

                                      II-1


<PAGE>



Item 21.        Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      The exhibits and  financial  statement  schedules  filed as a part of this
Registration Statement are as follows:

(a)   List of Exhibits.  (Filed herewith unless otherwise noted.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit No.                                             Description                                               Page No.
- - -----------                                             -----------                                               --------
<S>             <C>                                                                                                  
     2.1        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Falmouth Co-operative Bank and
                Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix C to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)

     3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix E to the
                Proxy Statement-Prospectus)*

     3.2        Bylaws of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix F to the Proxy Statement-
                Prospectus)

     3.3        Charter of Falmouth Co-operative Bank

     3.4        Bylaws of Falmouth Co-operative Bank

     4.1        Form of Stock Certificate of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.

     5.1        Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood re: legality*

     8.1        Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood re: federal tax matters*

     8.2        Opinion of John P. Conroy, P.C. re: Massachusetts tax matters*

    10.1        1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Falmouth
                Co-operative Bank (included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)

    10.2        1997 Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees
                of Falmouth Co-operative Bank (included as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement-
                Prospectus)

    10.3        Employment Agreement by and between Falmouth Co-operative Bank and Santo
                Pasqualucci, effective as of March 27, 1996

    10.4        Employment Agreement by and between Falmouth Co-operative Bank and George
                Young, effective as of March 27, 1996

    10.5        Falmouth Co-operative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of March
                28, 1996

    10.6        Falmouth Co-operative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Trust, effective as of March
                28, 1996

    16.1        Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant

    23.1        Consent of Thacher Proffitt & Wood (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this
                Registration Statement)*

    23.2        Consent of Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C.

    23.3        Consent of Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit Dempsey & Oman, P.C.

    27.1        Financial Data Schedule (only filed in EDGAR format)*
- - -----------------
*To be filed by amendment.
</TABLE>

                                      II-2

<PAGE>



(b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

All  schedules  have been omitted as not  applicable  or not required  under the
rules of Regulation S-X.


Item 22.        Undertakings.

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

         (1) To respond to requests  for  information  that is  incorporated  by
         reference into the prospectus  pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of
         this Form,  within one business day of receipt of such request,  and to
         send the  incorporated  documents by first class mail or other  equally
         prompt means.  This includes  information  contained in documents filed
         subsequent to the effective date of the Registration  Statement through
         the date of responding to the request.

         (2) To supply by means of a  post-effective  amendment all  information
         concerning  a  transaction,  and the company  being  acquired  involved
         therein,  that was not the subject of and included in the  registration
         statement when it became effective.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the Town of Falmouth,  State of  Massachusetts,  on November 26,
1996.

                                       Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.

                                       By: /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           ----------------------------------
                                           Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears
below  constitutes and appoints Santo P.  Pasqualucci and Richard A. Schaberg as
their  true  and  lawful   attorney-in-fact   and  agent,  with  full  power  of
substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him or her and in his or her name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities to sign the Form S-4 Registration Statement
and any and all  amendments  thereto,  and to file the same,  with all  exhibits
thereto, and other documents in connection  therewith,  with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary  to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or
could  do  in  person,   hereby   ratifying   and   confirming   all  that  said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and  any  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   this  Registration
Statement, or amendment thereto, has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Name                                      Title                               Date
                   ----                                      -----                               ----
<S>                                          <C>                                          <C> 
/s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci                     Director, President and Chief                 November 26, 1996
- - ------------------------                     Executive Officer
Santo P. Pasqualucci                         (Principal executive officer)                   
                                             

/s/ George E. Young, III                     Vice President and Treasurer                  November 26, 1996
- - -----------------------                      (Principal financial officer)
George E. Young, III  
                       

/s/ John W. Holland, Jr.                     Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - ----------------------
John W. Holland, Jr.


/s/ James A. Keefe                           Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - ------------------
James A. Keefe


/s/ Gardner L. Lewis                         Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - --------------------
Gardner L. Lewis


/s/ John J. Lynch, Jr.                       Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - ---------------------
John J. Lynch, Jr.


/s/ Ronald L. McLane                         Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - --------------------
Ronald L. McLane


/s/ Eileen C. Miskell                        Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - ---------------------
Eileen C. Miskell


/s/ Robert H. Moore                          Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - -------------------
Robert H. Moore

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                   Name                                      Title                               Date
                   ----                                      -----                               ----


/s/ Walter A. Murphy                         Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - --------------------
Walter A. Murphy


/s/ William E. Newton                        Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - ---------------------
William E. Newton


/s/ Armand Ortins                            Director                                      November 26, 1996
- - -----------------
Armand Ortins

</TABLE>


                                      II-5

<PAGE>


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                WASHINGTON, D.C.





                                    EXHIBITS

                                     TO THE

                                    FORM S-4

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      Under

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933





                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)









<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

List of Exhibits (filed herewith unless otherwise noted)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit No.                                             Description                                                Page No.
- - -----------                                             -----------                                                --------
<S>             <C>                                                                                                
     2.1        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Falmouth Co-operative Bank and
                Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix C to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)

     3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix E to the
                Proxy Statement-Prospectus)*

     3.2        Bylaws of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. (included as Appendix F to the Proxy Statement-
                Prospectus)

     3.3        Charter of Falmouth Co-operative Bank

     3.4        Bylaws of Falmouth Co-operative Bank

     4.1        Form of Stock Certificate of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.

     5.1        Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood re: legality*

     8.1        Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood re: federal tax matters*

     8.2        Opinion of John P. Conroy, P.C. re: Massachusetts tax matters*

    10.1        1997 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Falmouth Co-
                operative Bank (included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus)

    10.2        1997 Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of
                Falmouth Co-operative Bank (included as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement-
                Prospectus)

    10.3        Employment Agreement by and between Falmouth Co-operative Bank and Santo
                Pasqualucci, effective as of March 27, 1996

    10.4        Employment Agreement by and between Falmouth Co-operative Bank and George
                Young, effective as of March 27, 1996

    10.5        Falmouth Co-operative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of March
                28, 1996

    10.6        Falmouth Co-operative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Trust, effective as of March
                28, 1996

    16.1        Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant

    23.1        Consent of Thacher Proffitt & Wood (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this
                Registration Statement)*

    23.2        Consent of Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C.

    23.3        Consent of Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit Dempsey & Oman, P.C.

    27.1        Financial Data Schedule (only filed in EDGAR format)
- - -----------------
*To be filed by amendment.
</TABLE>

                                     CHARTER
                                       FOR
                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

         SECTION 1. Corporate Title.  The  full  corporate  title of the Bank is
"Falmouth Co-operative Bank."

         SECTION 2. Office.  The main office of the Bank shall be located in the
Town of Falmouth, County of Barnstable,  Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  or such
other location as the Board of Directors may lawfully designate,  subject to the
written consent of the  Commissioner and pursuant to the requirements of Chapter
167C, Section 2 of the Massachusetts General Laws.

         SECTION 3. Powers. The Bank is a capital stock  co-operative  chartered
under Chapter 170 of the Massachusetts General Laws and has and may exercise all
the express,  implied and incidental  powers  conferred  thereby and by all acts
amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto.

         SECTION 4. Duration. The duration of the Bank is perpetual.

         SECTION 5. Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of
the capital  stock which the Bank has  authority  to issue is 3,000,000 of which
2,500,000 shall be common stock, par value $0.10 per share, and 500,000 shall be
serial  preferred  stock. The shares may be issued by the Bank from time to time
as approved by its Board of Directors,  subject to applicable  law,  without the
approval of its stockholders except as otherwise provided in this Section 5. The
consideration  for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their
issuance  and shall not be less than the  stated  value per share and  otherwise
shall  comply  with all  requirements  set  forth in  Chapter  172,  Section  24
Subsection C of the  Massachusetts  General Laws.  Neither  promissory notes nor
future  services  shall  constitute  payment or part payment for the issuance of
shares of the Bank. The consideration for the shares shall be cash,  tangible or
intangible  property,  labor or services actually  performed for the Bank or any
combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction,
the value of such  property,  labor or services,  as  determined by the Board of
Directors of the Bank, shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such  consideration
such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. In the case of a
stock  dividend,  that part of the surplus of the Bank which is  transferred  to
stated  capital  upon the  issuance of the shares as a stock  dividend  shall be
deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

         A description of the different classes and series of the Bank's capital
stock and a statement of the designations,  and the relative rights, preferences
and  limitations  of the shares of each class of and series of capital stock are
as follows:

         A.          Common  Stock.  Except as provided in this Section 5 (or in
any  supplementary  sections  hereto)  the  holders  of the common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

         Whenever  there  shall have been paid,  or  declared  and set aside for
payment,  to the holders of the outstanding  shares of any class of stock having
preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount
of  dividends  and of  sinking  fund  or  retirement  fund or  other  retirement
payments,  if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference
to the common stock,  then  dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any
class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends,  out
of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends;  but only when and
as declared by the Board of Directors.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         Subject to Section 6 of this  Charter in the event of any  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the Bank,  after  there shall have been paid to or
set aside for the holders of any class having  preference  over the common stock
in the event of  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up the full  preferential
amounts  to which  they are  respectively  entitled,  the  holders of the common
stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate  therewith in
whole or in part, as to distribution of assets,  shall be entitled after payment
or provision  for payment of all debts and  liabilities  of the Bank, to receive
the remaining assets of the Bank available for distribution, in cash or in kind,
in proportion to their holdings.

         Each share of common stock shall have the same  relative  rights as and
be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

         B.          Serial  Preferred  Stock.  Subject to the  approval  of the
provisions of any series of preferred stock by the  Commissioner of Banks of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (the  "Commissioner"),  if required by law, the
Board of Directors of the Bank is authorized by resolution or  resolutions  from
time to time adopted,  to provide for the issuance of serial  preferred stock in
series and to fix and state the voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative  participating,  optional or other special rights of the shares of each
such  series  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,
including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:

         (a) The  distinctive  serial  designation  and  the  number  of  shares
constituting such series;

         (b) The  dividend  rates or the amount of  dividends  to be paid on the
shares of such series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative and, if so, from
which  date  or  dates,  the  payment  date  or  dates  for  dividends,  and the
participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

         (c) The  voting  powers,  full or  limited,  if any,  of shares of such
series;

         (d) Whether the shares of such series shall be  redeemable  and, if so,
the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares
may be redeemed;

         (e) The amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Bank;

         (f) Whether the shares of such series  shall be entitled to the benefit
of a sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of
such shares,  and if so entitled,  the amount of such fund and the manner of its
application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed
or purchased through the application of such fund;

         (g) Whether the shares of such series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of
the  same or any  other  class or  classes  of  stock  of the  Bank  and,  if so
convertible  or  exchangeable,  the conversion  price or prices,  or the rate or
rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion
or exchange may be made, and any other terms and  conditions of such  conversion
or exchange;

         (h) The  price or other  consideration  for  which  the  shares of such
series shall be issued; and

         (i) Whether the shares of such series  which are  converted  shall have
the status of  authorized  but  unissued  shares of serial  preferred  stock and
whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of
serial preferred stock. Any such resolution shall become effective when the Bank
files  with the  Secretary  of  State of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  a
certificate of

                                        2

<PAGE>



establishment  of series of  preferred  stock,  signed  under the  penalties  of
perjury by the  president  or any vice  president  and by the  clerk,  assistant
clerk, secretary or assistant secretary of the Bank, setting forth a copy of the
resolution of the Board of Directors.

         Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same
relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of
the same series.

         SECTION 6.  Preemptive Rights. Holders of the capital stock of the Bank
shall not be entitled  to  preemptive  rights with  respect to any shares of the
Bank which may be issued.

         SECTION 7. Liquidation Account. The Bank shall establish and maintain a
liquidation  account for the benefit of its deposit  account holders as of April
30, 1993 ("Eligible Account Holders") and its deposit account holders as of June
30, 1995 ("Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders").  In the event of a complete
liquidation  of the Bank it shall comply with such rules and  regulations of the
Commissioner  with respect to the amount and the  priorities on  liquidation  of
each of the Bank's Eligible Account  Holder's and Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holder's inchoate interests in the liquidation account to the extent it is still
in  existence;   provided,  however,  that  an  Eligible  Account  Holder's  and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder's  inchoate  interest in the liquidation
account shall not entitle such Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder to any voting rights at meetings of the Bank's stockholders.

         SECTION   8.   Certain   Provisions   Applicable   for   Three   Years.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the  Bank's  charter  or  bylaws to the
contrary,  for a period  of three  years  from the date of  consummation  of the
conversion of the Bank from mutual to stock form, the following provisions shall
apply.

         A.  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  Without the prior approval by a
two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of Directors,  no person shall  directly or
indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial  ownership of more than 10
percent of any class of an equity security of the Bank.  This  limitation  shall
not apply to a  transaction  in which the Bank forms a holding  company  without
change in the  respective  beneficial  ownership  interests of its  stockholders
other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights or the
purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering.

         In the event  shares are  acquired in  violation of this Section 8, all
shares  beneficially  owned by any  person  in  excess  of 10  percent  shall be
considered  "excess  shares" and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote
and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection
with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

         For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:

         (1) The  term  "person"  includes  an  individual,  a group  acting  in
concert, a corporation, a partnership,  an association, a joint stock company, a
trust, an  unincorporated  organization or similar  company,  a syndicate or any
other group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or  disposing of the
equity securities of the Bank.

         (2) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise  acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         (3) The term  "acquire"  includes  every type of  acquisition,  whether
effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

         (4) The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing  participation  in a
joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
pursuant to an express  agreement,  or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or
other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose  pursuant to
any  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement or other  arrangements,
whether written or otherwise.

         B. Call for Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders relating
to changes in control of the Bank or  amendments  to its charter shall be called
only upon direction of a majority of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 9. Certain Requirements for Business Combinations.  In addition
to  any  affirmative  vote  required  by  law  or  this  Charter,  the  vote  of
stockholders  of the Bank  required  to approve  any  Business  Combination  (as
defined below) shall be as set forth in this Section 9.

         A. None of the following  Business  Combinations  shall be  consummated
without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares
entitled to vote thereon ("Voting Stock"):

                  1. any  merger or  consolidation  of the Bank with or into (i)
any Interested  Shareholder or (ii) any other  corporation or entity (whether or
not  itself  an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is,  or after  each  merger or
consolidation would be, an Affiliate of an Interested Shareholder;

                  2. any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or
other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions)  to or with
any Interested  Shareholder  or any Affiliate of any  Interested  Shareholder of
assets of the Bank having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $100,000 or more;

                  3. the issuance or transfer by the Bank (in one transaction or
a series  of  transactions)  of any  securities  of the  Bank to any  Interested
Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder in exchange for cash,
securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair
Market Value of $100,000 or more, other than the issuance of securities upon the
conversion of any class or series of stock or securities  convertible into stock
of the Bank which  were not  acquired  by such  Interested  Shareholder  or such
Affiliate from the Bank;

                  4. the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Bank proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or
any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; or

                  5. any  reclassification of securities  (including any reverse
stock  split),  or  any   recapitalization   of  the  Bank,  or  any  merger  or
consolidation of the Bank or any other transaction  (whether or not with or into
or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which in any such case (i) has
the effect,  directly or indirectly of increasing the proportionate share of the
outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of the Bank which is directly
or indirectly  beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate
of any Interested  Shareholder or (ii) would have the effect of increasing  such
proportionate  share  upon  conversion  of any  class  or  series  of  stock  or
securities convertible into stock of the Bank.

         B. The  provisions of paragraph A hereof shall not be applicable to any
Business  Combination in respect of which the conditions  specified in either of
the following subparagraphs 1 and 2 are met. Any

                                        4

<PAGE>



such Business Combination shall require the affirmative vote of only the holders
of a majority of the Voting Stock.

                  1. Such  Business  Combination  shall have been  approved by a
majority of the Disinterested Directors, or

                  2. All of the following  conditions  relating to minimum price
and consideration for stock shall have been met:

                  (a) Common  Stock.  The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the
Fair Market Value as of the "Consummation  Date" of any consideration other than
cash to be received by holders of the common stock of the Bank in such  Business
Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following:

                           (i)  the  highest  per  share  price  (including  any
brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers' fees) paid in
order to  acquire  any shares of such  common  stock  beneficially  owned by the
Interested  Shareholder  which were  acquired  beneficially  by such  Interested
Shareholder  within the two-year period  immediately  prior to the  Announcement
Date or in the  transaction  in  which  it  became  an  Interested  Shareholder,
whichever is higher; or

                           (ii) the Fair  Market  Value per share of such common
stock on the Announcement Date or the Determination  Date,  whichever is higher;
and

                  (b) Other Stock. The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair
Market Value as of the Consummation Date of any consideration other than cash to
be received per share by holders of shares of any class or series of outstanding
Voting  Stock other than common  stock shall be at least equal to the highest of
the following (it being intended that the requirements of this  subparagraph (b)
shall be  required  to be met with  respect  to every  class and  series of such
Voting Stock,  whether or not the Interested  Shareholder  beneficially owns any
shares of a particular class or series of such Voting Stock):

                           (i)  the  highest  per  share  price  (including  any
brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers' fees) paid in
order to acquire any shares of such class or series of Voting Stock beneficially
owned by the Interested  Shareholder  which were acquired  beneficially  by such
Interested  Shareholder  within the  two-year  period  immediately  prior to the
Announcement  Date or in the  transaction  in  which  it  became  an  Interested
Shareholder, whichever is higher;

                           (ii) the  highest  preferential  amount  per share to
which the holders of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock are entitled
in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Bank; or

                           (iii) the Fair  Market  Value per share of such class
or series of Voting Stock on the Announcement  date or the  determination  Date,
whichever is higher; and

                  (c) Form of Consideration. The consideration to be received by
holders of a particular class or series of outstanding  Voting Stock shall be in
cash or in the same form as was previously paid in order to acquire beneficially
shares of such class or series of Voting  Stock that are  beneficially  owned by
the Interested Shareholder and, if the Interested Shareholder  beneficially owns
shares of any class or series of Voting  Stock that were  acquired  with varying
forms of consideration,  the form of consideration to be received by the holders
of such class or series of Voting Stock shall be either

                                        5

<PAGE>



cash or the form used to acquire  beneficially  the largest  number of shares of
such class or series of Voting  Stock  beneficially  acquired by it prior to the
Announcement Date; and

                  (d)  Prohibited  Conduct.  After the  Determination  Date, and
prior to the Consummation Date:

                           (i)  except  as   approved   by  a  majority  of  the
Disinterested Directors,  there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at
regular  dates  therefor  the  full  amount  of any  dividends  (whether  or not
cumulative),  payable on any class or series having a preference over the common
stock of the Bank as to dividends, or upon liquidation;

                           (ii) there shall have been no reduction in the annual
rate of  dividends  paid on the common stock of the Bank (except as necessary to
reflect any  division of the common  stock)  except as approved by a majority of
the  Disinterested  Directors;  and there  shall have been an  increase  in such
annual rate of dividends as necessary to prevent any such reduction in the event
of any reclassification  (including any reverse stock split),  recapitalization,
reorganization  or any similar  transaction which has the effect of reducing the
number of  outstanding  shares of the common  stock,  unless  the  failure so to
increase  such  annual  rate was  approved  by a majority  of the  Disinterested
Directors;

                           (iii) an Interested Shareholder shall not have become
the beneficial owner of any additional  shares of Voting Stock except as part of
the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder; and

                           (iv) after an  Interested  Shareholder  has become an
Interested Shareholder,  such Interested Shareholder shall not have received the
benefit,  directly or indirectly (except  proportionately as a shareholder),  of
any loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other financial assistance or tax
credits  or  other  tax  advantages  provided  by the  corporation,  whether  in
anticipation  of or in connection  with such Business  Combination or otherwise;
and

                  (e)  Informational   Requirements.   A  proxy  or  information
statement  describing the proposed  Business  Combination and complying with the
then current regulatory  requirements shall be mailed to holders of Voting Stock
at least 30 days  prior to the  shareholder  vote on such  Business  Combination
(whether  or not such proxy or  information  statement  is required to be mailed
pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

         C.       For the purpose of this Section 9:

                  1. The term "Business  Combination" shall mean any transaction
that is referred to in any one or more  subsections  1 through 5 of  paragraph A
hereof.

                  2. A "person" shall mean any individual,  firm, corporation or
other entity.

                  3. "Interested  Shareholder" shall mean any person (other than
the Bank) who or which:

                           a. is the beneficial  owner,  directly or indirectly,
of more than 10 percent of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding
shares of Voting Stock;


                                        6

<PAGE>



                           b. is an Affiliate of the Bank and at any time within
the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial
owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of 10 percent or more of the  combined  voting
power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or

                           c. is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded  to
the  beneficial  ownership  of any shares of Voting  Stock that were at any time
within  the  two-year  period   immediately   prior  to  the  date  in  question
beneficially  owned  by  any  Interested  Shareholder,  if  such  assignment  or
succession  shall  have  occurred  in the course of a  transaction  or series of
transactions  not  involving  a  public  offering  within  the  meaning  of  the
Securities Act of 1933.

                  4.        A person shall be a "Beneficial Owner" of any Voting
Stock:

                           a.  which  such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

                           b.  which  such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
Associates  has (i) the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
immediately  or only  after the  passage  of time)  pursuant  to any  agreement,
arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange
rights,  warrants or options, or otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote or direct
the vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

                           c.  which  is   beneficially   owned,   directly   or
indirectly,  by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates
or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

                  5. For the  purposes  of  determining  whether  a person is an
Interested  Shareholder  pursuant to  subparagraph  3 of this  paragraph  C, the
number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include shares
deemed owned through application of subparagraph 4 of this paragraph C.

                  6.  "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall  have the  respective
meanings  ascribed  to such  terms  in  Rule  12b-2  of the  General  Rules  and
Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                  7. "Subsidiary"  means any corporation more than 50 percent of
whose  outstanding  stock  having  ordinary  voting  power  in the  election  of
directors  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  corporation  or  by a
Subsidiary  thereof or by the corporation and one or more Subsidiaries  thereof;
provided,  however,  that  for the  purposes  of the  definition  of  Interested
Shareholder  set  forth  in  subparagraph  3  of  this  paragraph  C,  the  term
"Subsidiary"  shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of
equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Bank.

                  8.  "Disinterested  Director" means any member of the Board of
Directors  of the Bank who is  unaffiliated  with,  and not a  nominee  of,  the
Interested  Shareholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the
Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder,  and any successor of a
Disinterested  Director  who is  unaffiliated  with,  and not a nominee  of, the
Interested  Shareholder  and  who is  recommended  to  succeed  a  Disinterested
Director  by a  majority  of  Disinterested  Directors  then  on  the  Board  of
Directors.

                  9. "Fair Market Value" means:


                                        7

<PAGE>



                           a. in the case of stock,  the  highest  closing  sale
price during the 30-day period  immediately  preceding the date in question of a
share of such stock on the  Composite  Tape for New York Stock  Exchange  Listed
Stocks,  or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite  Tape, on the New York
Stock  Exchange,  or,  if such  stock is not  listed  on such  Exchange,  on the
principal  United States  securities  exchange  registered  under the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 on which such  stock is  listed,  or, if such stock is not
listed on any such exchange,  on the principal United States securities exchange
registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 on which  such stock is
listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, of a share of such
stock.  Such price  shall be the higher of (1) the  closing  sales  price or bid
quotation  with  respect  to a share of such  stock  during  the  30-day  period
preceding  the  date in  question  on the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no
such quotations are available,  the fair market value on the date in question of
a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors
in good faith;  and (2) in the case of stock of any class or series which is not
traded  on  any  United  States  registered   securities  exchange  nor  in  the
over-the-counter market or in the case of property other than cash or stock, the
fair market value of such  property on the date in question as  determined  by a
majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith.

                  10.  In the  event of any  Business  Combination  in which the
corporation survives,  the phrase "any consideration other than cash" as used in
subparagraph 2.a. of paragraph B hereof shall include the shares of common stock
and/or the shares of any class or series of outstanding  Voting Stock other than
common stock of the corporation retained by the holders of such shares.

                  11.  "Announcement  Date"  means  the  date  of  first  public
announcement of the proposed Business Combination.

                  12.  "Consummation  Date" means the date of  consummation of a
Business Combination.

                  13.   "Determination   Date"  means  the  date  on  which  the
Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder.

         D. A majority of the  Disinterested  Directors of the Corporation shall
have the power and duty to determine,  on the basis of information known to them
after reasonable inquiry,  all facts necessary to determine compliance with this
Section 9, including,  without limitation, (i) whether a person is an Interested
Shareholder,  (ii) the number of shares of Voting Stock  beneficially owned by a
person,  (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another  person,
(iv) whether the  requirements  of paragraph B hereof have been met with respect
to any Business Combination, and (v) whether the assets which are the subject of
any  Business  Combination  have,  or the  consideration  to be received for the
issuance or transfer of securities by the  corporation  or any subsidiary in any
Business  Combination  has, an aggregate  Fair Market Value of $100,000 or more.
The good faith  determination  of a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors on
such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section 9.

         E.  Nothing  contained  in this Section 9 shall be construed to relieve
any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         F.  This  Section  9 may be  amended  only by the  vote of  holders  of
two-thirds of the Voting  Stock,  unless the amendment is approved by a majority
of the Disinterested  Directors, in which event it may be amended by the vote of
holders of a majority of the Voting Stock.

                                        8

<PAGE>


         SECTION 10. Standards for Board of Directors  Evaluation of Offers. The
Board of Directors of the Bank,  when evaluating any offer of another person (as
defined  in  Section 9 hereof)  to (i) make a tender or  exchange  offer for any
equity  security of the Bank,  (ii) merge or  consolidate  the Bank with another
institution,  or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Bank, shall, in connection with the exercise of
its judgment in  determining  what is in the best  interests of the Bank and its
stockholders,  give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without
limitation  the social and economic  effects of  acceptance of such offer on (a)
its depositors, borrowers and employees and on the communities in which the Bank
operates or is located and (b) the ability of the bank to fulfill the objectives
of a  Massachusetts-chartered  co-operative  bank under applicable  statutes and
regulations.

         SECTION 11. Directors. The Bank shall be under the direction of a Board
of Directors. The number of directors, as stated in the Bank's Bylaws, shall not
be less than seven or more than 25.

         The Board of Directors or the stockholders may adopt,  alter,  amend or
repeal  the  Bylaws of the Bank.  Such  action by the Board of  Directors  shall
require the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the directors  then in
office at a duly constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors called expressly
for such purpose.  Such action by the stockholders shall require the affirmative
vote  of at  least  two-thirds  of  the  total  votes  eligible  to be  cast  by
stockholders at a duly constituted  meeting of stockholders called expressly for
such purpose.

         SECTION 12. Amendment of Charter. No amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change or repeal of this Charter shall be made, unless such is first proposed by
the Board of Directors of the Bank and thereafter  approved by the  stockholders
by a majority of the total votes  eligible  to be cast at a legal  meeting.  Any
amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change  or  repeal  so acted  upon  shall be
effective  on  the  date  it is  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  or on such other date as the Secretary of State
may specify.


                                        9


                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK


                                    ARTICLE I
                                  ORGANIZATION

         The name of this Bank shall be "Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank." Its main
office shall be in the Town of Falmouth,  Massachusetts,  or such other location
as the Board of Directors may designate.  The Bank shall conduct the business of
a co-operative  bank and shall have and may exercise all the powers,  privileges
and authority now or hereafter conferred by applicable law.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

         SECTION 1. Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the  stockholders for
elections of directors and other  purposes shall be held on the third Tuesday in
January at 5:00 p.m.,  commencing  with January 21, 1997,  at the main office of
the Bank, unless a different hour or place within Massachusetts (or if permitted
by  applicable  law,  elsewhere  in the United  States) is fixed by the Board of
Directors,  the chairman of the board or the  president.  The purposes for which
the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the
Charter or by these  Bylaws,  may be  specified by the Board of  Directors,  the
chairman of the board or the  president.  If no annual  meeting has been held on
the date fixed above,  a special  meeting in lieu thereof may be held,  or there
may be action by unanimous  written consent of the stockholders on matters to be
voted on at the annual  meeting,  and such  special  meeting or written  consent
shall  have for the  purposes  of these  Bylaws or  otherwise  all the force and
effect of an annual meeting.

         SECTION 2. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the stockholders for
any  purpose or purposes  may be called at any time only by the  chairman of the
board,  the  president  or a majority  of the  directors  then in office  unless
otherwise provided by law.

         SECTION 3.  Notice of  Meetings.  A written  notice of all  regular and
special meetings of stockholders  shall state the place, date, hour and purposes
of such  meetings,  and  shall be given by the clerk or an  assistant  clerk (or
other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) by mailing notice thereof, at
least seven days before the meeting,  to each  stockholder as of the record date
for the meeting.  When any stockholders'  meeting,  either annual or special, is
adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given as in the case of an original  meeting.  It shall not be necessary to give
any notice of the time and place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than thirty
days or of the business to be transacted thereat,  other than an announcement at
the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

         SECTION 4.  Quorum.  The holders of a majority in interest of all stock
issued,  outstanding,  and entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute  a quorum at a  meeting  of  stockholders.  If a quorum is not
present,  a lesser  number may  adjourn  the  meeting  from time to time and the
meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.


<PAGE>



At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally  noticed.  The stockholders  present at a duly organized  meeting may
continue to transact business until adjournment,  notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

         SECTION 5.  Voting and  Proxies.  Stockholders  shall have one vote for
each share of stock  entitled to vote owned by them of record  according  to the
books of the Bank,  and no vote for a fractional  share.  Stockholders  may vote
either in person or by written  proxy dated not more than six months  before the
meeting named therein.  Proxies shall be filed with the clerk of the meeting, or
of any  adjournment  thereof,  before being voted.  Except as otherwise  limited
therein,  proxies  shall entitle the persons  authorized  thereby to vote at any
adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment
of such  meeting.  A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more
persons shall be valid if executed by one of them unless at or prior to exercise
of the proxy the Bank  receives a specific  written  notice to the contrary from
any  one of  them.  A proxy  purporting  to be  executed  by or on  behalf  of a
stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise,
and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

         SECTION 6.  Action of  Meeting.  When a quorum is  present,  any matter
before the meeting  shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares of stock voting on such matter, except where a larger vote is required by
law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws.  Any election by  stockholders  shall be
determined  by a  plurality  of the votes  cast,  except  where a larger vote is
required by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws.  No ballot shall be required
for any  election  unless  requested  by a  stockholder  entitled to vote in the
election.  The Bank shall not directly or  indirectly  vote any share of its own
stock, provided however, that no provision of these Bylaws shall be construed to
limit the voting rights and powers  relating to shares of stock held pursuant to
a plan which is intended to be an "employee  stock ownership plan" as defined in
section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter in effect.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION  1.  Powers.  The  business  and  affairs  of the Bank shall be
managed  by a Board of  Directors  who may  exercise  all the powers of the Bank
except as otherwise provided by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws.

         SECTION  2.  Composition  and  Term.  The Board of  Directors  shall be
composed of: (i) those  persons  serving as  directors  of the Bank  immediately
prior to the  effective  date of these  Bylaws until the  respective  expiration
dates of their terms and until their  successors are elected and qualified;  and
(ii) as such terms expire,  those persons who are elected as directors from time
to time as provided  herein.  At least  three-fourths  of the directors shall be
citizens  of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and  resident  therein.  Each
director,  when  appointed  or  elected,  shall take an oath that he or she will
faithfully  perform  the  duties of his or her  office and that he or she is the
owner,  in his or her own right and free  from any lien or  encumbrance,  of the
amount of stock  required  by this  section.  The oath  shall be taken  before a
Notary Public or Justice of the

                                        2

<PAGE>



Peace, who is not an officer of such corporation, and a record of the oath shall
be made a part of the records of such corporation.  The Board of Directors shall
consist of not less than seven (7) nor more than twenty-five  (25)  individuals,
the exact  number  to be fixed  from  time to time by a  two-thirds  vote of the
stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting in lieu thereof,  and until
determined by the stockholders at the first annual meeting of the converted Bank
shall  consist  of twelve  (12)  individuals.  The Board of  Directors  shall be
divided  into  three  classes  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as  possible.  The
appropriate  class of directors shall be elected  annually by the holders of the
Bank's common and voting preferred  stock, if any. Except as otherwise  provided
in these Bylaws,  the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three
years and until their successors are elected and qualified.

         SECTION  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  Board  of
Directors  shall be held without  other notice than this Bylaw at the same place
as the annual  meeting of  stockholders,  or the  special  meeting  held in lieu
thereof,  following  such meeting of  stockholders.  The Board of Directors  may
provide,  by resolution,  the time and place for the holding of regular meetings
without other notice than such resolution.  The Board of Directors shall meet at
least once in each  calendar  month at a place or places fixed from time to time
by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 4. Qualification.  Each director shall have such qualifications
as are required by applicable law. Each director shall own, in his own right and
free of any lien or encumbrance,  common stock of such corporation, having a par
value,  or a fair market value on the date the person became a director,  of not
less than one thousand  dollars.  Any director who ceases to be the owner of the
required  number  of  shares  of  stock,  or who  becomes  in any  other  manner
disqualified, shall vacate his office forthwith.

         SECTION 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or a majority of the directors.  The persons authorized to call special meetings
of the Board of Directors  may fix the place for holding any special  meeting of
the Board of Directors elected by such persons.

         SECTION 6. Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each
director in person or by  telephone  or sent to his  business or home address by
telegram at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting or by written notice mailed
to his  business or home  address at least 48 hours in advance of such  meeting.
Such  notice  shall be  deemed to be  delivered  when  deposited  in the mail so
addressed,  with postage  thereon  prepaid if mailed,  or when  delivered to the
telegraph  company if sent by  telegram.  Any  director  may waive notice of any
meeting by a writing  filed with the clerk of the meeting.  The  attendance of a
director  at a meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver  of notice of such  meetings
except where a director  attends a meeting for the express  purpose of objecting
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.  Neither  the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any
meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the notice or waiver of
notice of such meeting.

         SECTION 7. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors then in office
shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
Board of Directors,  but if less than such  majority is present at a meeting,  a
majority of the  directors  present  may adjourn the meeting  from time to time.
When any Board of Directors'  meeting either regular or special is adjourned for
30 days or more,  notice of the adjourned  meeting shall be given as in the case
of

                                        3

<PAGE>



an original  meeting.  It shall not be  necessary to give any notice of the time
and place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than 30 days or of the business to
be transacted  thereat,  other than an announcement at the meeting at which such
adjournment is taken.

         SECTION 8. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the Board
of Directors,  unless a greater  number is  prescribed by governing  law, by the
Charter or by these Bylaws.

         SECTION 9. Action by Consent.  Any action  required or  permitted to be
taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the directors.

         SECTION 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending
a written notice of such resignation to the main office of the Bank addressed to
the chairman of the board or the president.  Unless otherwise  specified therein
such  resignation  shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of the
board or the president.

         SECTION 11. Removal.  Any director may be removed,  but only for cause,
at the  special  meeting of  stockholders  by the  affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds  (2/3) in number of shares of the  stockholders  present in person or
represented  by proxy at such  meeting and  entitled to vote for the election of
such  director;  provided,  however,  that notice of  intention to act upon such
matter shall have been given in the notice calling such meeting.

         SECTION 12. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors
as a result of  resignation,  removal or death may be filled by the  affirmative
vote of a majority of the remaining directors. A director elected to fill such a
vacancy  shall be elected to serve until the next  election of  directors by the
stockholders.  Any  directorship  to be filled by reason of an  increase  in the
number of directors  may be filled by election by the Board of  Directors  for a
term  of  office  continuing  until  the  next  election  of  directors  by  the
stockholders.

         SECTION 13. Compensation. The members of the Board of Directors and the
members  of  either   standing  or  special   committees  may  be  allowed  such
compensation as the Board of Directors may determine.

         SECTION  14.  Presumption  of  Assent.  A  director  of the Bank who is
present  at a meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  at which  action on any Bank
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his or her dissent or abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting
or unless he or she shall file a written  dissent to such action with the person
acting as the clerk of the  meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall
forward  such  dissent by  registered  mail to the clerk of the Bank within five
days after the date of the meeting.  Such right to dissent  shall not apply to a
director who voted in favor of such action.

         SECTION 15. Committees.  The Board of Directors,  by vote of a majority
of the  directors  then in office,  shall elect from its  number,  not less than
three  members  in each case to serve as an  Executive  Committee.  The Board of
Directors  may also elect a Security  Committee,  an Audit  Committee,  or other
committees and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which
by law, by the Charter,  or by these Bylaws may not be delegated.  Except as the
Board

                                        4

<PAGE>



of Directors may otherwise determine,  any such committee may make rules for the
conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors
or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same
manner as is provided by these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of
such  committees  shall  hold  such  offices  at the  pleasure  of the  Board of
Directors.  The Board of Directors  may abolish any such  committee at any time,
subject to any applicable  requirements of law. Any committee to which the Board
of  Directors  delegates  any of its powers or duties  shall keep records of its
meetings  and shall  report its action to the Board of  Directors.  The Board of
Directors  shall have power to rescind any action of any committee,  but no such
rescission shall have retroactive effect.

         SECTION 16. Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors shall act as a
nominating committee for selecting nominees for election as directors. Except in
the case of a management  nominee  substituted as a result of the death or other
incapacity  of a management  nominee,  the  nominating  committee  shall deliver
written  nominations  to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date of the
annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in each office of the Bank. No nominations for directors except those made
by the  nominating  committee  shall be voted upon at the annual  meeting unless
other  nominations  by  shareholders  are made in writing and  delivered  to the
secretary  of the  Bank at least  five  days  prior  to the  date of the  annual
meeting.  Upon delivery such nominations  shall be posted in a conspicuous place
in each office of the Bank.  Ballots bearing the names of all persons  nominated
by the nominating committee and by shareholders shall be provided for use at the
annual meeting. However, if the nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act
at least 20 days prior to the annual  meeting,  nominations for directors may be
made at the annual  meeting  by any  shareholder  entitled  to vote and shall be
voted upon.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1.  Enumeration.  The  officers of the Bank shall  consist of a
president, a treasurer, a clerk or secretary and such other officers,  including
a chairman of the board,  one or more vice presidents and such other officers as
the Board of Directors  may  determine as necessary  for the  management  of the
Bank.

         SECTION 2.  Election.  The clerk or  secretary  shall be elected by the
stockholders   at  their  annual  meeting  or  at  a  special   meeting  of  the
stockholders.  The president shall be elected by and from the Board of Directors
and shall be  chairman  thereof  unless  the  Board of  Directors  designates  a
director in lieu of the president to be chairman.  The Board of Directors  shall
elect the treasurer  and such other  officers as may be required or permitted by
law or these Bylaws.  Other  officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at
such first meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other meeting.

         SECTION 3.  Qualification.  No officer need be a  stockholder.  Any two
offices  may be held  by any  person.  The  clerk  shall  be a  resident  of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts unless the Bank has a resident agent appointed for
the purpose of service of  process.  Any officer may be required by the Board of
Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such
amount and with such sureties as the Commissioner of Banks may determine.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         SECTION 4. Tenure.  Except as otherwise  provided by law by the Charter
or by these Bylaws the president and treasurer shall hold office until the first
meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  following  the  next  annual  meeting  of
stockholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. The
clerk shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until
his  successor is chosen and  qualified.  All other  officers  shall hold office
until the first  meeting of the Board of  Directors  following  the next  annual
meeting of stockholders  and until their  successors are chosen and qualified or
for such  shorter  term as the  Board  of  Directors  may fix at the  time  such
officers  are  chosen.   Any  officer  may  resign  by  delivering  his  written
resignation to the Bank at its main office addressed to the president,  clerk or
secretary  and such  resignation  shall be effective  upon receipt  unless it is
specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other
event.  Election  or  appointment  of an officer  employee or agent shall not of
itself create contract rights.  The Board of Directors may authorize the Bank to
enter into an employment  contract with any officer in accordance with governing
law or regulation but no such contract right shall impair the right of the Board
of Directors to remove any officer at any time in  accordance  with Section 5 of
this Article IV.

         SECTION 5. Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with
or without cause by a vote of two-thirds of the entire number of directors  then
in office;  provided  however  that such  removal  other than for cause shall be
without prejudice to the contract rights if any of the persons involved.

         SECTION 6.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 7. Chief Executive Officer.  The chief executive officer shall,
subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and
control of the Bank's business.

         SECTION 8. President and Vice Presidents. The president shall have such
powers and shall  perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to
time  designate  and shall  serve as the chief  executive  officer  of the Bank.
Unless  otherwise  provided  by the  Board of  Directors,  he shall  preside  as
chairman,  when  present,  at all meetings of  stockholders  and of the Board of
Directors.  Any vice  president  shall have such powers and shall  perform  such
duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

         SECTION 9.  Treasurer and Assistant  Treasurers.  The treasurer  shall,
subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Executive  Committee,
have general  charge of the financial  affairs of the Bank and shall cause to be
kept  accurate  books of  account.  He or she shall  have  custody of all funds,
securities and valuable  documents of the Bank, except as the Board of Directors
may  otherwise  provide.  Any  assistant  treasurer  shall have such  powers and
perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

         SECTION 10. Clerk and Assistant  Clerks.  The clerk shall keep a record
of the meetings of stockholders  and meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the
absence of the clerk from any meeting of stockholders, an assistant clerk if one
be elected,  otherwise a temporary clerk  designated by the person  presiding at
the meeting, shall perform the duties of the clerk.

         SECTION 11.  Other  Powers and Duties.  Subject to these  Bylaws,  each
officer of the

                                        6

<PAGE>



Bank shall have in addition to the duties and powers  specifically  set forth in
these Bylaws, such duties and powers as are customarily  incident to his office,
and such duties and powers as may be  designated  from time to time by the Board
of Directors.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to
a certificate  of the capital stock of the Bank in such form as may from time to
time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Such certificate  shall be signed
by the  president  or a vice  president  and by the  treasurer  or an  assistant
treasurer.  Such  signatures may be facsimile if the  certificate is signed by a
transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a director, officer or employee of
the Bank.  In case any officer who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature has
been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such
certificate  is issued,  it may be issued by the Bank with the same effect as if
he were such officer at the time of its issue.

         SECTION 2. Transfers.  Subject to any restrictions on transfer,  shares
of stock may be  transferred  on the books of the Bank by the  surrender  to the
Bank's  transfer  agent  of  the  certificate   therefor  properly  endorsed  or
accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed with
transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed,  and with such proof of the authenticity
of signature as the transfer agent may reasonably require.

         SECTION 3. Record Holders.  Except as may be otherwise required by law,
by the  Charter  or by these  Bylaws,  the Bank shall be  entitled  to treat the
record  holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all
purposes,  including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect
thereto,  regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock,
until the shares have been  transferred  on the books of the Bank in  accordance
with the requirements of these Bylaws.  It shall be the duty of each stockholder
to notify the Bank of his post office address.

         SECTION 4. Record  Date.  The Board of  Directors  may fix in advance a
time  of not  more  than  sixty  days  preceding  the  date  of any  meeting  of
stockholders,  or the date for the payment of any  dividend or the making of any
distribution to stockholders, or the last day on which the consent or dissent of
stockholders  may be effectively  expressed for any purpose,  as the record date
for  determining the  stockholders  having the right to notice of and to vote at
such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend
or distribution or the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case only
stockholders   of  record  on  such   record   date  shall   have  such   right,
notwithstanding  any transfer of stock on the books of the Bank after the record
date. Without fixing such record date the Board of Directors may for any of such
purposes  close the  transfer  books for all or any part of such  period.  If no
record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed,  (a) the record date
for  determining  stockholders  having  the  right to  notice of or to vote at a
meeting  of  stockholders  shall  be at the  close of  business  on the day next
preceding  the day on  which  notice  is  given,  and (b) the  record  date  for
determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         SECTION 5.  Replacement of  Certificates.  In case of the alleged loss,
destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may
be  issued in place  thereof,  upon such  terms as the  Board of  Directors  may
prescribe.

         SECTION 6.  Issuance of Capital  Stocks.  The Board of Directors  shall
have the  authority,  subject to  applicable  law, to issue or reserve for issue
from time to time the whole or any part of the  capital  stock of the Bank which
may be authorized from time to time, to such persons or organizations,  for such
consideration whether cash, property, services or expenses, and on such terms as
the Board of Directors may determine,  including without limitation the granting
of options, warrants, or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said capital
stock.

         SECTION 7. Dividends.  Subject to applicable law, the Charter and these
Bylaws,  the Board of Directors may from time to time declare,  and the Bank may
pay, dividends on the outstanding shares of its capital stock.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                          CERTAIN OPERATING PROVISIONS

         SECTION 1.  Withdrawals.  Any notice by a depositor of his intention to
withdraw  the whole or any part of his deposit or  accounts  filed with the Bank
pursuant to a requirement of notice under applicable provisions of law, shall be
null and void if the depositor  does not,  within  twenty-one  days after notice
from the Bank that funds are available for such  withdrawal,  withdraw the funds
made available for such purpose.  Withdrawals may be made by presentation by the
depositor,  his or her legally appointed  representative,  or another person, of
such instruments,  in writing or otherwise, as may be from time to time approved
by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 2.  Transfer.  Deposits or accounts may be  transferred  by the
owner to one or more other persons, subject to applicable provisions of law, and
a charge therefor may be imposed as the Board of Directors from time to time may
prescribe,  provided  that such  charge  shall not  exceed  the  maximum  amount
permitted by law. No transfer  shall be valid as against the Bank until recorded
on the books of the Bank.

         SECTION 3. Loans and Investments.  Funds of the Bank shall be loaned or
invested in such manner, upon such terms and conditions,  in such amounts and at
such rates of interest,  as from time to time may be  authorized  or approved by
the Board of Directors or  appropriate  officers of the Bank in accordance  with
applicable provisions of law.

         SECTION 4.  Attorneys.  The Board of  Directors  or the  president  may
appoint one or more attorneys to examine titles to property  offered as security
for loans  and to  prepare  papers  of a legal  nature  required  in  connection
therewith.  The Board of Directors or the president may approve the  appointment
of the same or such other attorneys in general or special matters,  as from time
to time the board or such officer may deem necessary or advisable.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         SECTION 5. Execution of  Instruments.  All  conveyances of real estates
and all assignments,  extensions, discharges and releases in whole or in part of
mortgages,  and all other instruments to which the Bank may be a party, shall be
executed by the  president,  a vice  president,  the  treasurer  or an assistant
treasurer  or by such  other  officer  or  officers  as from time to time may be
authorized by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 6. Charges on Overdue Payment. The Board of Directors shall fix
the rate of charges to be imposed upon  delinquent  payments due the Bank within
the limits prescribed by law and shall determine the  circumstances  under which
and the  periods in which such  charges may be waived by the  president,  a vice
president, the treasurer or other officer authorized by the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 1. Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise  determined by the Board of
Directors,  the  fiscal  year of the Bank  shall  be the  twelve  months  ending
September  30 of each year.  The Bank shall be subject to an annual  audit as of
the end of its fiscal year by independent  public  accountants  appointed by the
Board of Directors.

         SECTION 2. Seal.  The Board of Directors  shall have power to adopt and
alter the seal of the Bank.

         SECTION 3.  Execution of  Instruments.  All deeds,  leases,  transfers,
contracts,  bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Bank in
the ordinary  course of its business  without  Board of Directors  action may be
executed  on  behalf  of the  Bank by the  president,  any vice  president,  the
treasurer or any other officer,  employee,  or agent of the Bank as the Board of
Directors may authorize.

         SECTION 4.  Indemnification.  The Bank shall indemnify each director or
officer of the Bank to the  fullest  extent now or  hereafter  permitted  by law
against all expenses (including  attorneys' fees and disbursements),  judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement  actually and reasonably incurred by him or
her in connection  with any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or
proceeding whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative to which he
or she is or is  threatened  to be made a party by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of the  Bank  or of a
subsidiary  of the  Bank,  or is or was a  director,  custodian,  administrator,
committeeman  or  fiduciary  of  any  employee   benefit  plan  established  and
maintained  by the Bank or by a  subsidiary  of the Bank,  or is or was  serving
another  enterprise in any such capacity at the written  request of the Bank. To
the extent  authorized  at any time by the Board of Directors  of the Bank,  the
Bank may similarly  indemnify  other persons against  liability  incurred in any
capacity,  or arising  out of any  status,  of the  character  described  in the
immediately preceding sentence. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, any
indemnification  hereunder may include payment by the Bank of expenses  incurred
in defending a civil or criminal  action or  proceeding  in advance of the final
disposition  of such action or proceeding  upon receipt of an undertaking by the
person  indemnified  to repay such payment if he shall be  adjudicated to be not
entitled to indemnification  under this section or applicable laws. In no event,
however, shall the

                                        9

<PAGE>


Bank indemnify any director,  officer, or other person hereunder with respect to
any matter as to which he or she shall have been  adjudicated  in any proceeding
not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable  belief that his action was in
the best interests of the Bank. The Bank may purchase and maintain  insurance to
protect  itself and any  present  or former  director,  officer or other  person
against any liability of any character asserted against and incurred by the Bank
or any such director, officer or other person in any capacity, or arising out of
any  status,  whether  or not the Bank would  have the power to  indemnify  such
person  against such liability by law or under the provisions of this Section 4.
The  provisions  of this Section 4 shall be applicable to persons who shall have
ceased to be directors  or officers of the Bank,  and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs,  executors  and  administrators  of persons  entitled to indemnity
hereunder.  Nothing  herein  shall be deemed to limit the  Bank's  authority  to
indemnify any person pursuant to any contract or otherwise.

         SECTION 5. Voting of Securities. Unless otherwise provided by the Board
of  Directors,  the  president,  any vice  president or the  treasurer may waive
notice of and act on behalf of the Bank, or appoint another person or persons to
act as proxy or  attorney  in fact for the Bank  with or  without  discretionary
power  and/or  power  of  substitution,   at  any  meeting  of  stockholders  or
shareholders of any other organization,  any of whose securities are held by the
Bank.

         SECTION  6.  Resident  Agent.  The  Board of  Directors  may  appoint a
resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding
against the Bank.  Said resident  agent shall be either an  individual  who is a
resident of and has a business address in Massachusetts, a corporation organized
under the laws of any other state of the United  States,  which has qualified to
do business in, and has an office in, Massachusetts.

         SECTION 7. Bank  Records.  The  original,  or attested  copies,  of the
Charter, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the directors or stockholders and
the  stock  and  transfer  records,   which  shall  contain  the  names  of  all
stockholders  and the record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall
be kept in  Massachusetts at the main office of the Bank, or at an office of its
transfer agent, clerk or resident agent.

         SECTION 8. Charter. All references in these Bylaws to the Charter shall
be deemed to refer to the  Charter of the Bank,  as amended  and in effect  from
time to time.

         SECTION 9.  Monthly  Bank Day.  The Monthly  Bank Day shall be the last
business day of each month. No notice shall be required of the Monthly Bank Day.

         SECTION  10.  Amendments.  These  Bylaws  may be  altered,  amended  or
repealed as provided in the Charter.

         SECTION 11.  Effective Date. These Bylaws shall become effective on the
date of the  conversion  of the  Bank to a  Massachusetts-chartered  stock  form
co-operative bank.



                                       10



- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. 1                                                                100 Shares


                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE


This Certifies that FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK is the owner of one hundred (100)
fully paid and  non-assessable  Shares,  par value $.01 per share, of the COMMON
STOCK of


                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.


(the  "Corporation"),  a  corporation  formed  under  the  laws of the  State of
Delaware.  The shares  represented by this Certificate are transferable  only on
the stock transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder of record hereof,  in
person or by his duly  authorized  attorney  or legal  representative,  upon the
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  The shares represented by this
Certificate are not insured by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation or by
any other government agency.

In Witness  Whereof,  the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be executed
by the  signature of its duly  authorized  officers and has caused its corporate
seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated



 Seal               John A. DeMello                       Santo P. Pasqualucci
                    Corporate Secretary                   President and Chief
                                                          Executive Officer

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                             FALMOUTH BANCORP, INC.


         The shares  represented by this  certificate  are issued subject to all
the  provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of  Falmouth
Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Corporation") as from time to time amended (copies of which
are on file at the  principal  office of the  Corporation),  to all of which the
holder by acceptance  hereof assents.  The following  description  constitutes a
summary of certain  provisions of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to, the Certificate of Incorporation.

         The Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Corporation  contains certain
provisions,  applicable upon the consummation of the reorganization  whereby the
Corporation  will become the holding company for Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank, a
stock  co-operative bank organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,
that  restrict  persons from  directly or  indirectly  acquiring or holding,  or
attempting to acquire or hold, the beneficial  ownership of, in excess of 10% of
the issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Corporation  entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"). The Certificate
of Incorporation contains a provision pursuant to which the holders of shares in
excess  of  10% of the  Voting  Stock  of the  Corporation  are  limited  to one
hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share with respect to such shares in excess of
the 10%  limitation.  In addition,  the  Corporation  is authorized to refuse to
recognize a transfer or attempted  transfer of any shares of Voting Stock to any
person who  beneficially  owns, or who the Corporation  believes would become by
virtue of such transfer the beneficial  owner of, in excess of 10% of the Voting
Stock.  These restrictions are not applicable to underwriters in connection with
a public  offering  of the common  stock,  certain  reorganization  transactions
described in the Certificate of Incorporation or to acquisitions of Voting Stock
by the Corporation,  any  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Corporation,  or any
pension,  profit-sharing,  stock bonus or other  compensation plan maintained by
the  Corporation or by a member of a controlled  group of corporations or trades
or  businesses  of which the  Corporation  is a member  for the  benefit  of the
employees of the Corporation  and for any subsidiary,  or any trust or custodial
arrangement established in connection with any such plan.

         The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation contains provisions
providing that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting
Stock  of  the  Corporation   may  be  required  to  approve  certain   business
combinations  and other  transactions  with persons who  directly or  indirectly
acquire or hold the beneficial ownership of in excess of 10% of the Voting Stock
of the Corporation.

         The Corporation  will furnish to any  stockholder  upon written request
and without  charge,  a statement of the powers,  designations,  preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the  qualifications,  limitations or  restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights. Such request may be made to the Corporation or to its
transfer agent and registrar.

                           -------------------------





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  THIS  AGREEMENT is made effective as of March 27, 1996, by and
between FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE BANK (the "Bank"),  and SANTO P. PASQUALUCCI (the
"Executive").

                  WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to assure  itself of the services of
Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is willing to serve in the employ of
the Bank on a full-time basis for said period.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  covenants
herein contained,  and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided,
the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.                POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

                  During  the  period  of his  employment  hereunder,  Executive
agrees to serve as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank.  During
said period,  Executive also agrees to serve,  if elected,  as a director of the
Bank and/or as an officer and  director of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate of the
Bank.

2.                TERMS AND DUTIES.

                  (a)  The  term of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to have
commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue for a period of
forty-eight  (48)  full  calendar  months  thereafter.  Commencing  on the first
anniversary date, and continuing at each anniversary date thereafter,  the Board
of  Directors  of the  Bank  (the  "Board")  may  extend  the  Agreement  for an
additional year. Prior to the extension of the Agreement as provided herein, the
Board of Directors of the Bank will conduct a formal  performance  evaluation of
the Executive for purposes of determining  whether to extend the Agreement,  and
the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board's meeting.

                  (b) During the period of his employment hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable  leaves of absence,  Executive  shall  devote  substantially  all his
business time, attention,  skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his
duties hereunder including  activities and services related to the organization,
operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, with the approval
of the Board,  as evidenced by a  resolution  of such Board,  from time to time,
Executive  may serve,  or continue to serve,  on the boards of directors of, and
hold any other offices or positions in,  companies or  organizations  which,  in
such Board's judgment,  will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank,
or materially affect the performance of Executive's duties pursuant


<PAGE>



to this Agreement.

3.                COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

                  (a) The  compensation  specified  under this  Agreement  shall
constitute  the salary and benefits paid for the duties  described in Sections 1
and 2. The Bank shall pay  Executive  as  compensation  a salary of $115,000 per
year ("Base  Salary").  Such Base  Salary  shall be payable  weekly.  During the
period of this  Agreement,  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be reviewed at least
annually;  the first  such  review  will be made no later than one year from the
date of this Agreement. Such review shall be conducted by a Committee designated
by the Board.  Executive's  salary  may be  increased  annually  as of the first
payroll period ending in ________ each year during the term of this Agreement by
such  additional  amount as may be  determined  by the Board.  The salary of the
Employee  shall not be decreased  at any time during the term of this  Agreement
from the amount then in effect, unless the Employee otherwise agrees in writing.
The Employee  shall not be entitled to receive fees for serving as a director of
the Bank or any  subsidiary  of the  Bank,  or for  serving  as a member  of any
committee  of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank or of any  subsidiary  of the
Bank. In addition to the Base Salary  provided in this Section  3(a),  Executive
shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other executive
officers in discretionary bonuses as may be authorized, declared and paid by the
Board to executive  officers during the term of this  Agreement.  The Bank shall
also provide  Executive at no cost to Executive  with all such other benefits as
are provided uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Bank.

                  (b) The Bank will  provide  Executive  with  employee  benefit
plans,  arrangements and perquisites  substantially equivalent to those in which
Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior
to the beginning of the term of this Agreement,  and the Bank will not,  without
Executive's  prior  written  consent,  make any material  changes in such plans,
arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect  Executive's  rights or
benefits thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions
of this Subsection (b),  Executive will be entitled to participate in or receive
benefits  under any  employee  benefit  plans  including,  but not  limited  to,
retirement plans,  supplemental retirement plans, pension plans,  profit-sharing
plans,  health and accident plan, medical coverage or any other employee benefit
plan or  arrangement  made  available  by the Bank in the  future to its  senior
executives and key management  employees,  subject to, and on a basis consistent
with,  the  terms,  conditions  and  overall  administration  of such  plans and
arrangements.  Executive will be entitled to incentive  compensation and bonuses
as provided in any plan,  or pursuant to any  arrangement  of the Bank, in which
Executive is eligible to  participate.  Nothing paid to the Executive  under any
such plan or arrangement  will be deemed to be in lieu of other  compensation to
which the Executive is entitled under this  Agreement,  except as provided under
Section 5(e).

                  (c) In addition to the Base Salary  provided  for by paragraph
(a) of this  Section  3, the  Bank  shall  pay or  reimburse  Executive  for all
reasonable  travel and other  obligations  under this  Agreement and may provide
such additional compensation in such form and such

                                        2

<PAGE>



amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.                PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

                  (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination  (as herein
defined) during the  Executive's  term of employment  under this Agreement,  the
provisions of this Section shall apply. As used in this Agreement,  an "Event of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Bank of Executive's  full-time  employment  hereunder for any
reason  other than a Change in  Control,  as defined  in  Section  5(a)  hereof;
disability,  as defined in Section 6(a) hereof; death; retirement, as defined in
Section 7 hereof; or for Cause, as defined in Section 8 hereof; (ii) Executive's
resignation  from  the  Bank's  employ,  upon  (A)  unless  consented  to by the
Executive,   a   material   change   in   Executive's   function,   duties,   or
responsibilities, which change would cause Executive's position to become one of
lesser  responsibility,  importance,  or scope from the position and  attributes
thereof  described in Sections 1 and 2, above (any such material change shall be
deemed a continuing  breach of this Agreement),  (B) a relocation of Executive's
principal  place of  employment  by more than 35 miles from its  location at the
effective date of this  Agreement,  or a material  reduction in the benefits and
perquisites  to the Executive from those being provided as of the effective date
of this  Agreement,  (C) the  liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, or (D) any
breach of this Agreement by the Bank. Upon the occurrence of any event described
in clauses (A), (B), (C), or (D), above, Executive shall have the right to elect
to terminate his employment  under this  Agreement by resignation  upon not less
than sixty (60) days prior  written  notice given within a reasonable  period of
time not to exceed,  except in case of a continuing breach, four calendar months
after the event giving rise to said right to elect.

                  (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  the Bank
shall pay Executive or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or
beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated
damages,  or both,  a sum equal to the  payments  due to the  Executive  for the
remaining term of the Agreement,  including Base Salary,  bonuses, and any other
cash or  deferred  compensation  paid  or to be paid  (including  the  value  of
employer  contributions that would have been made on the Executive's behalf over
the  remaining  term  of the  agreement  to any  tax-qualified  retirement  plan
sponsored by the Bank as of the Date of  Termination),  to the Executive for the
term of the Agreement provided,  however,  that if the Bank is not in compliance
with its minimum capital requirements or if such payments would cause the Bank's
capital to be reduced  below its minimum  capital  requirements,  such  payments
shall be  deferred  until  such time as the Bank is in capital  compliance.  All
payments made pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be paid in substantially equal
monthly  installments  over the remaining term of this  Agreement  following the
Executive's  termination;  provided,  however, that if the remaining term of the
Agreement is less than one (1) year  (determined as of the  Executive's  Date of
Termination),  such  payments and benefits  shall be paid to the  Executive in a
lump sum within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

                  (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  the Bank
will  cause to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage
substantially identical to the coverage

                                        3

<PAGE>



maintained by the Bank for  Executive  prior to his  termination.  Such coverage
shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement.

5.                CHANGE IN CONTROL.

                  (a) No benefit  shall be payable  under this  Section 5 unless
there shall have  occurred a Change in Control of the Bank,  as set forth below.
For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank shall mean an
event of a nature  that:  (i) it would be required to be reported in response to
Item l(a) of the current  report on Form 8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,
pursuant  to Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange  Act");  or (ii) it results in a Change in Control of the Bank  within
the  meaning of the  Change in Bank  Control  Act and the Rules and  Regulations
promulgated  by  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance   Agency   ("FDIC")  or  the
Massachusetts  Division of Banks, as in effect on the date hereof (provided that
in-applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth in the rules and
regulations of the FDIC, the Board of the Bank shall substitute its judgment for
that of the FDIC); or (iii) without  limitation,  such a Change in Control shall
be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any "person" (as the term is used
in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the  "beneficial
owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  securities of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's
outstanding  securities  except  for  any  securities  purchased  by the  Bank's
employee stock  ownership plan and trust;  or (b) individuals who constitute the
Board of the Bank on the date  hereof  (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease  for any
reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  provided  that any person
becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by
a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the Incumbent
Board, or whose nomination for election by the Bank's  stockholders was approved
by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for
purposes  of this  clause  (b),  considered  as  though  he were a member of the
Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of
all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or similar  transaction in which
the Bank is not the resulting entity occurs.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a
"Change of Control"  shall not include  the  formation  by the Bank of a holding
company at any time subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement.

                  (b) If any of the  events  described  in Section  5(a)  hereof
constituting  a Change in  Control  have  occurred  or the Board of the Bank has
determined that a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to
the benefits  provided in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 5 upon his
subsequent  termination  of  employment  at any  time  during  the  term of this
Agreement  (regardless of whether such termination results from his dismissal or
his  resignation  at any time  during the term of this  Agreement),  unless such
termination  is because  of his  death,  retirement  as  provided  in Section 7,
termination for Cause, or termination for Disability.

                  (c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by the
Executive's  termination of employment,  the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the
event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries,  or his estate,
as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal
to 2.99 times the Executive's "base amount," within

                                        4

<PAGE>



the meaning of s. 280G(b)(3) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986. Such payment
shall be made in a lump sum paid within ten (10) days of the Executive's Date of
Termination.

                  (d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by the
Executive's termination of employment, the Bank will cause to be continued life,
medical,  dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage
maintained  by the  Bank for  Executive  prior to his  severance.  In  addition,
Executive shall be entitled to receive the value of employer  contributions that
would have been made on the  Executive's  behalf over the remaining  term of the
agreement to any  tax-qualified  retirement plan sponsored by the Bank as of the
Date of Termination.  Such coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration
of forty-eight (48) months.

                  (e) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,  the Executive
shall be entitled to receive  benefits due him under, or contributed by the Bank
on his behalf,  pursuant to any retirement,  incentive,  profit sharing,  bonus,
performance, disability or other employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank on
the  Executive's  behalf to the extent that such benefits are not otherwise paid
to the Executive upon a Change in Control.

6.                TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

                  (a) If, as a result of Executive's  incapacity due to physical
or mental illness,  he shall have been absent from his duties with the Bank on a
full-time  basis for six (6)  consecutive  months,  and within  thirty (30) days
after  written  notice of  potential  termination  is  given,  he shall not have
returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties,  the Bank may  terminate
Executive's employment for "Disability."

                  (b) The Bank will pay Executive,  as disability pay, a payment
equal to three-quarters  (3/4) of Executive's  weekly rate of Base Salary on the
effective date of such termination.  These disability payments shall commence on
the effective date of Executive's termination and will end on the earlier of (i)
the date Executive  returns to the full-time  employment of the Bank in the same
capacity as he was employed prior to his termination for Disability and pursuant
to an employment  agreement  between  Executive and the Bank;  (ii)  Executive's
full-time  employment by another employer;  (iii) Executive attaining the age of
65; (iv) Executive's death; or (v) the expiration of the term of this Agreement.
The disability pay shall be reduced by the amount, if any, paid to the Executive
under any plan of the Bank providing disability benefits to the Executive.

                  (c) The Bank will cause to be continued life, medical,  dental
and disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by
the Bank for Executive prior to his  termination  for Disability.  This coverage
and payments shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date  Executive  returns to
the  full-time  employment  of the Bank, in the same capacity as he was employed
prior to his termination for Disability and pursuant to an employment  agreement
between Executive and the Bank; (ii) Executive's full-time employment by another
employer; (iii) Executive's attaining the age of 65; (iv) the Executive's death;
or (v) the expiration of the

                                        5

<PAGE>



term of this Agreement.

                  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  there will be no reduction
in the  compensation  otherwise  payable to Executive  during any period  during
which  Executive is incapable of  performing  his duties  hereunder by reason of
temporary disability.

7.                TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT; DEATH OF THE EXECUTIVE.

                  Termination by the Bank of the Executive based on "Retirement"
shall mean retirement at age 65 or in accordance with any retirement arrangement
established  with  Executive's  consent with respect to him. Upon termination of
Executive upon Retirement, Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any
retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.  Upon
the death of the Executive during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall pay
to the Executive's estate the compensation due to the Executive through the last
day of the calendar month in which his death occurred.

8.                TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

                  The term  "Termination  for Cause" shall mean termination upon
intentional failure to perform stated duties,  personal dishonesty which results
in loss to the  Bank or one of its  affiliates,  willful  violation  of any law,
rule,  regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses),  or final
cease and desist order  concerning  conduct which results in substantial loss to
the Bank or one of its affiliates, or any material breach of this Agreement. For
purposes of this  Section,  no act, or the failure to act, on  Executive's  part
shall be  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be done,  not in good faith and
without  reasonable  belief that the action or omission was in the best interest
of the Bank or its affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Executive shall
not be deemed to have been  terminated  for Cause  unless and until  there shall
have  been  delivered  to  him a  copy  of a  resolution  duly  adopted  by  the
affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a
meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for him,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  termination for Cause and specifying
the  reasons  thereof.  The  Executive  shall  not  have the  right  to  receive
compensation or other benefits for any period after  termination for Cause.  Any
stock options granted to Executive within the twelve months prior to termination
for Cause under any stock option plan or any unvested  awards  granted under any
other stock benefit plan of the Bank,  shall become null and void effective upon
Executive's  receipt of Notice of  Termination  for Cause  pursuant to Section 9
hereof, and shall not be exercisable by Executive at any time subsequent to such
Termination for Cause.

9.                REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

                  (a) The Bank may terminate the  Executive's  employment at any
time, but any termination by the Bank, other than  Termination for Cause,  shall
not prejudice  Executive's  right to  compensation  or other benefits under this
Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to

                                        6

<PAGE>



receive  compensation  or other  benefits for any period after  Termination  for
Cause as defined in Section 8 herein.

                  (b)  If  the   Executive  is  suspended   and/or   temporarily
prohibited from  participating  in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice
served under  Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act
("FDIA") (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations  under the
Agreement  shall  be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed  by
appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the Bank
may, in its  discretion,  (i) pay the Executive all or part of the  compensation
withheld  while its contract  obligations  were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in
whole or in part) any of its obligations that were suspended.

                  (c) If the Executive is removed and/or permanently  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under
Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  or  (g)(1)),  all
obligations of the Bank under the Agreement  shall terminate as of the effective
date of the order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting  parties shall not be
affected.

                  (d) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1)
of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall terminate as of the
date of default,  but this  paragraph  shall not affect any vested rights of the
parties.

                  (e) All  obligations  under this  Agreement may be terminated:
(i) by the Commissioner of Banks (the  "Commissioner") or his or her designee at
the time the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  enters into an agreement to
provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in
Section 13(c) of the FDIA and (ii) by the  Commissioner,  or his or her designee
at the time the  Director  or such  designee  approves a  supervisory  merger to
resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined
by the  Commissioner  or the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any
rights of the parties that have already vested,  however,  shall not be affected
by such action.

                  (f)  Any  payments  made  to the  Executive  pursuant  to this
Agreement, or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12
U.S.C. ss.1828 (k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.               NOTICE.

                  (a) Any  purported  termination  by the  Bank or by  Executive
shall be  communicated  by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Notice  of  Termination"  shall mean a written
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's  employment  under the
provision so indicated.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                  (b)  "Date  of  Termination"  shall  mean  (A) if  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty (30) days after a Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  he  shall  not  have  returned  to  the
performance  of his duties on a  full-time  basis  during  such thirty (30) days
period),  and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date
specified in the Notice of Termination  (which, in the case of a Termination for
Cause,  shall not be less  than  thirty  (30) days from the date such  Notice of
Termination is given).

                  (c)  If,   within   thirty  (30)  days  after  any  Notice  of
Termination is given,  the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies
the other party that a dispute exists  concerning the  termination,  except upon
the occurrence of a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive
in which case the Date of Termination shall be the date specified in the Notice,
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the  parties,  by a binding
arbitration  award,  or by a final  judgment,  order  or  decree  of a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom  having  expired and no
appeal having been perfected) and provided  further that the Date of Termination
shall be  extended  by a notice of dispute  only if such notice is given in good
faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution  of such dispute
with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the
Bank will  continue to pay Executive  his full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base
Salary) and  continue  him as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance  plans in which he was  participating  when the notice of dispute  was
given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.
Amounts paid under this  Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under
this  Agreement and shall not be offset  against or reduce any other amounts due
under this Agreement.

11.               CONFIDENTIALITY.

                  Executive  recognizes and  acknowledges  that the knowledge of
the  business  activities  and plans  for  business  activities  of the Bank and
affiliates  thereof,  as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable,  special
and unique  asset of the  business of the Bank.  Executive  will not,  during or
after the term of his employment,  disclose any knowledge of the past,  present,
planned or considered  business  activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to
any  person,  firm,  corporation,  or other  entity  for any  reason or  purpose
whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge
of banking,  financial and/or economic  principles,  concepts or ideas which are
not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the
Bank.  In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive  of the
provisions  of  this  Section,  the  Bank  will  be  entitled  to an  injunction
restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the
past,  present,  planned  or  considered  business  activities  of the  Bank  or
affiliates  thereof,  or  from  rendering  any  services  to any  person,  firm,
corporation,  other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been
disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as
prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies  available to the Bank for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.


                                        8

<PAGE>



12.               SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

                  All payments  provided in this Agreement  shall be timely paid
in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.

13.               EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

                  This Agreement contains the entire  understanding  between the
parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or
any predecessor of the Bank and Executive,  except that this Agreement shall not
affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive
of  a  kind  elsewhere  provided.  No  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
interpreted to mean that  Executive is subject to receiving  fewer benefits than
those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

14.               NO ATTACHMENT.

                  (a) Except as required  by law,  no right to receive  payments
under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation,  commutation, alienation,
sale,  assignment,   encumbrance,   charge,  pledge,  or  hypothecation,  or  to
execution,  attachment,  levy, or similar  process or assignment by operation of
law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary,  to affect any such action shall
be null, void, and of no effect.

                  (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the
benefit of, Executive and, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

15.               MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

                  (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

                  (b) No term or condition of this Agreement  shall be deemed to
have been waived, nor shall there by any estoppel against the enforcement of any
provision of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged
with  such  waiver  or  estoppel.  No such  written  waiver  shall  be  deemed a
continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall
operate  only  as to the  specific  term  or  condition  waived  and  shall  not
constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other
than that specifically waived.

16.               SEVERABILITY.

                  If, for any reason,  any provision of this  Agreement,  or any
part of any provision,  is held invalid,  such  invalidity  shall not affect any
other  provision  of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision  not held so
invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent
consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

                                        9

<PAGE>




17.               HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

                  The  headings of sections and  paragraphs  herein are included
solely  for  convenience  of  reference  and shall not  control  the  meaning or
interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18.               GOVERNING LAW.

                  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, unless otherwise specified herein.

19.               INDEMNIFICATION.

                  The  Bank  shall  provide  Executive   (including  his  heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers' liability  insurance policy at its expense, or in lieu thereof,  shall
indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest
extent  permitted  under law against all  expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer
at the time of  incurring  such  expenses or  liabilities),  such  expenses  and
liabilities  to  include,  but not be  limited  to,  judgment,  court  costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

20.               SUCCESSORS TO THE BANK.

                  The Bank shall  require any  successor  or  assignee,  whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise, to all or
substantially   all  the  business  or  assets  of  the  Bank,   expressly   and
unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank's obligations under this
Agreement,  in the same  manner  and to the same  extent  that the Bank would be
required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

21.               GENERAL PROVISIONS.

                  The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement was drafted
by the law firm of  Thompson  &  Mitchell  which at  various  times has served a
special counsel to the Bank. Executive  acknowledges that he is sophisticated in
business matters (including, but not limited to, employment agreements) and that
he  has  had  the  opportunity  to  seek  independent  legal  advice.  Executive
specifically  waives any actual or  apparent  conflict of interest of Thompson &
Mitchell in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.



                                       10

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement  to be  executed  and their  seal to be affixed  hereunto  by its duly
authorized officers and directors,  and Executive has signed this Agreement,  on
the 27th day of March, 1996.


ATTEST:                                      FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK



                                             BY:  /s/ George E. Young, III
                                                  -------------------------
[SEAL]


WITNESS:



  /s/ John A. DeMello                             /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
- - -----------------------------                     -------------------------
                                                   SANTO P. PASQUALUCCI


                                       11






                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  THIS  AGREEMENT is made effective as of March 27, 1996, by and
between FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE BANK (the "Bank"),  and GEORGE E. YOUNG, III (the
"Executive").

                  WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to assure  itself of the services of
Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is willing to serve in the employ of
the Bank on a full-time basis for said period.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  covenants
herein contained,  and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided,
the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.                POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

                  During  the  period  of his  employment  hereunder,  Executive
agrees to serve as Treasurer of the Bank.  During said  period,  Executive  also
agrees to serve, if elected,  as a director of the Bank and/or as an officer and
director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.

2.                TERMS AND DUTIES.

                  (a)  The  term of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to have
commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue for a period of
twenty-four  (24)  full  calendar  months  thereafter.  Commencing  on the first
anniversary date, and continuing at each anniversary date thereafter,  the Board
of  Directors  of the  Bank  (the  "Board")  may  extend  the  Agreement  for an
additional year. Prior to the extension of the Agreement as provided herein, the
Board of Directors of the Bank will conduct a formal  performance  evaluation of
the Executive for purposes of determining  whether to extend the Agreement,  and
the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board's meeting.

                  (b) During the period of his employment hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable  leaves of absence,  Executive  shall  devote  substantially  all his
business time, attention,  skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his
duties hereunder including  activities and services related to the organization,
operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, with the approval
of the Board,  as evidenced by a  resolution  of such Board,  from time to time,
Executive  may serve,  or continue to serve,  on the boards of directors of, and
hold any other offices or positions in,  companies or  organizations  which,  in
such Board's judgment,  will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank,
or materially  affect the  performance  of Executive's  duties  pursuant to this
Agreement.


<PAGE>




3.                COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

                  (a) The  compensation  specified  under this  Agreement  shall
constitute  the salary and benefits paid for the duties  described in Sections 1
and 2. The Bank shall pay Executive as compensation a salary of $57,000 per year
("Base Salary").  Such Base Salary shall be payable weekly. During the period of
this Agreement, Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually; the
first  such  review  will be made no later  than one year  from the date of this
Agreement.  Such review  shall be  conducted  by a Committee  designated  by the
Board.  Executive's  salary may be  increased  annually as of the first  payroll
period  ending  in  ____________________  of each year  during  the term of this
Agreement  by such  additional  amount as may be  determined  by the Board.  The
Employee  shall not be entitled to receive fees for serving as a director of the
Bank or any  subsidiary of the Bank, or for serving as a member of any committee
of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank or of any  subsidiary  of the  Bank.  In
addition to the Base Salary  provided in this Section 3(a),  Executive  shall be
entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers
in discretionary bonuses as may be authorized, declared and paid by the Board to
executive  officers  during  the term of this  Agreement.  The Bank  shall  also
provide  Executive at no cost to Executive  with all such other  benefits as are
provided uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Bank.

                  (b) The Bank will  provide  Executive  with  employee  benefit
plans,  arrangements and perquisites  substantially equivalent to those in which
Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior
to the beginning of the term of this Agreement,  and the Bank will not,  without
Executive's prior written consent, make any changes in such plans,  arrangements
or  perquisites  which would  adversely  affect  Executive's  rights or benefits
thereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this
Subsection (b), Executive will be entitled to participate in or receive benefits
under any  employee  benefit  plans  including,  but not limited to,  retirement
plans,  supplemental  retirement  plans,  pension plans,  profit-sharing  plans,
health and accident plan, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or
arrangement  made  available by the Bank in the future to its senior  executives
and key management  employees,  subject to, and on a basis  consistent with, the
terms,  conditions and overall  administration  of such plans and  arrangements.
Executive will be entitled to incentive  compensation and bonuses as provided in
any plan,  or pursuant to any  arrangement  of the Bank,  in which  Executive is
eligible to  participate.  Nothing paid to the Executive  under any such plan or
arrangement  will be  deemed  to be in lieu of other  compensation  to which the
Executive is entitled  under this  Agreement,  except as provided  under Section
5(e).

                  (c) In addition to the Base Salary  provided  for by paragraph
(a) of this  Section  3, the  Bank  shall  pay or  reimburse  Executive  for all
reasonable  travel and other  obligations  under this  Agreement and may provide
such additional compensation in such form and such amounts as the Board may from
time to time determine.


                                        2

<PAGE>



4.                PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

                  (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination  (as herein
defined) during the  Executive's  term of employment  under this Agreement,  the
provisions of this Section shall apply. As used in this Agreement,  an "Event of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Bank of Executive's  full-time  employment  hereunder for any
reason  other than a Change in  Control,  as defined  in  Section  5(a)  hereof;
disability,  as defined in Section 6(a) hereof; death; retirement, as defined in
Section 7 hereof; or for Cause, as defined in Section 8 hereof; (ii) Executive's
resignation  from  the  Bank's  employ,  upon  (A)  unless  consented  to by the
Executive,   a   material   change   in   Executive's   function,   duties,   or
responsibilities, which change would cause Executive's position to become one of
lesser  responsibility,  importance,  or scope from the position and  attributes
thereof  described in Sections 1 and 2, above (any such material change shall be
deemed a continuing  breach of this Agreement),  (B) a relocation of Executive's
principal  place of  employment  by more than 35 miles from its  location at the
effective date of this  Agreement,  or a material  reduction in the benefits and
perquisites  to the Executive from those being provided as of the effective date
of this  Agreement,  (C) the  liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, or (D) any
breach of this Agreement by the Bank. Upon the occurrence of any event described
in clauses (A), (B), (C), or (D), above, Executive shall have the right to elect
to terminate his employment  under this  Agreement by resignation  upon not less
than sixty (60) days prior  written  notice given within a reasonable  period of
time not to exceed,  except in case of a continuing breach, four calendar months
after the event giving rise to said right to elect.

                  (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  the Bank
shall pay Executive or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or
beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated
damages,  or both,  a sum equal to the  payments  due to the  Executive  for the
remaining term of the Agreement,  including Base Salary,  bonuses, and any other
cash or  deferred  compensation  paid  or to be paid  (including  the  value  of
employer  contributions that would have been made on the Executive's behalf over
the  remaining  term  of the  agreement  to any  tax-qualified  retirement  plan
sponsored by the Bank as of the Date of  Termination),  to the Executive for the
term of the Agreement provided,  however,  that if the Bank is not in compliance
with its minimum capital requirements or if such payments would cause the Bank's
capital to be reduced  below its minimum  capital  requirements,  such  payments
shall be  deferred  until  such time as the Bank is in capital  compliance.  All
payments made pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be paid in substantially equal
monthly  installments  over the remaining term of this  Agreement  following the
Executive's  termination;  provided,  however, that if the remaining term of the
Agreement is less than one (1) year  (determined as of the  Executive's  Date of
Termination),  such  payments and benefits  shall be paid to the  Executive in a
lump sum within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

                  (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  the Bank
will  cause to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage
substantially  identical to the coverage  maintained  by the Bank for  Executive
prior to his  termination.  Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the
remaining term of this Agreement.

                                        3

<PAGE>




5.                CHANGE IN CONTROL.

                  (a) No benefit  shall be payable  under this  Section 5 unless
there shall have  occurred a Change in Control of the Bank,  as set forth below.
For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank shall mean an
event of a nature  that:  (i) it would be required to be reported in response to
Item l(a) of the current  report on Form 8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,
pursuant  to Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange  Act");  or (ii) it results in a Change in Control of the Bank  within
the  meaning of the  Change in Bank  Control  Act and the Rules and  Regulations
promulgated  by  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance   Agency   ("FDIC")  or  the
Massachusetts  Division of Banks, as in effect on the date hereof (provided that
in applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth in the rules and
regulations of the FDIC, the Board of the Bank shall substitute its judgment for
that of the FDIC); or (iii) without  limitation,  such a Change in Control shall
be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any "person" (as the term is used
in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the  "beneficial
owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  securities of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's
outstanding  securities  except  for  any  securities  purchased  by the  Bank's
employee stock  ownership plan and trust;  or (b) individuals who constitute the
Board of the Bank on the date  hereof  (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease  for any
reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  provided  that any person
becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by
a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the Incumbent
Board, or whose nomination for election by the Bank's  stockholders was approved
by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for
purposes  of this  clause  (b),  considered  as  though  he were a member of the
Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of
all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or similar  transaction in which
the Bank is not the resulting entity occurs.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a
"Change of Control"  shall not include  the  formation  by the Bank of a holding
company at any time subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement.

                  (b) If any of the  events  described  in Section  5(a)  hereof
constituting  a Change in  Control  have  occurred  or the Board of the Bank has
determined that a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to
the benefits  provided in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 5 upon his
subsequent  termination  of  employment  at any  time  during  the  term of this
Agreement  (regardless of whether such termination results from his dismissal or
his  resignation  at any time  during the term of this  Agreement),  unless such
termination  is because  of his  death,  retirement  as  provided  in Section 7,
termination for Cause, or termination for Disability.

                  (c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by the
Executive's  termination of employment,  the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the
event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries,  or his estate,
as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal
to two times the Executive's "base amount," within the meaning of s. 280G(b)(3)
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986.  Such payment shall be made in a lump sum
paid within ten (10) days of the Executive's Date of Termination.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  (d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by the
Executive's termination of employment, the Bank will cause to be continued life,
medical,  dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage
maintained  by the  Bank for  Executive  prior to his  severance.  In  addition,
Executive shall be entitled to receive the value of employer  contributions that
would have been made on the  Executive's  behalf over the remaining  term of the
agreement to any  tax-qualified  retirement plan sponsored by the Bank as of the
Date of Termination.  Such coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration
of twenty-four (24) months.

                  (e) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,  the Executive
shall be entitled to receive  benefits due him under, or contributed by the Bank
on his behalf,  pursuant to any retirement,  incentive,  profit sharing,  bonus,
performance, disability or other employee benefit plan maintained by the Bank on
the  Executive's  behalf to the extent that such benefits are not otherwise paid
to the Executive upon a Change in Control.

6.                TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

                  (a) If, as a result of Executive's  incapacity due to physical
or mental illness,  he shall have been absent from his duties with the Bank on a
full-time  basis for six (6)  consecutive  months,  and within  thirty (30) days
after  written  notice of  potential  termination  is  given,  he shall not have
returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties,  the Bank may  terminate
Executive's employment for "Disability."

                  (b) The Bank will pay Executive,  as disability pay, a payment
equal to three-quarters  (3/4) of Executive's  weekly rate of Base Salary on the
effective date of such termination.  These disability payments shall commence on
the effective date of Executive's termination and will end on the earlier of (i)
the date Executive  returns to the full-time  employment of the Bank in the same
capacity as he was employed prior to his termination for Disability and pursuant
to an employment  agreement  between  Executive and the Bank;  (ii)  Executive's
full-time  employment by another employer;  (iii) Executive attaining the age of
65; (iv) Executive's death; or (v) the expiration of the term of this Agreement.
The disability pay shall be reduced by the amount, if any, paid to the Executive
under any plan of the Bank providing disability benefits to the Executive.

                  (c) The Bank will cause to be continued life, medical,  dental
and disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by
the Bank for Executive prior to his  termination  for Disability.  This coverage
and payments shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the date  Executive  returns to
the  full-time  employment  of the Bank, in the same capacity as he was employed
prior to his termination for Disability and pursuant to an employment  agreement
between Executive and the Bank; (ii) Executive's full-time employment by another
employer; (iii) Executive's attaining the age of 65; (iv) the Executive's death;
or (v) the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

                  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  there will be no reduction
in the

                                        5

<PAGE>



compensation  otherwise  payable to  Executive  during any period  during  which
Executive is incapable of performing his duties hereunder by reason of temporary
disability.

7.                TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT; DEATH OF THE EXECUTIVE.

                  Termination by the Bank of the Executive based on "Retirement"
shall mean retirement at age 65 or in accordance with any retirement arrangement
established  with  Executive's  consent with respect to him. Upon termination of
Executive upon Retirement, Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any
retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.  Upon
the death of the Executive during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall pay
to the Executive's estate the compensation due to the Executive through the last
day of the calendar month in which his death occurred.

8.                TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

                  The term  "Termination  for Cause" shall mean termination upon
intentional failure to perform stated duties,  personal dishonesty which results
in loss to the  Bank or one of its  affiliates,  willful  violation  of any law,
rule,  regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses),  or final
cease and desist order  concerning  conduct which results in substantial loss to
the Bank or one of its affiliates, or any material breach of this Agreement. For
purposes of this  Section,  no act, or the failure to act, on  Executive's  part
shall be  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be done,  not in good faith and
without  reasonable  belief that the action or omission was in the best interest
of the Bank or its affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Executive shall
not be deemed to have been  terminated  for Cause  unless and until  there shall
have  been  delivered  to  him a  copy  of a  resolution  duly  adopted  by  the
affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a
meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for him,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  termination for Cause and specifying
the  reasons  thereof.  The  Executive  shall  not  have the  right  to  receive
compensation or other benefits for any period after  termination for Cause.  Any
stock options granted to Executive within the twelve months prior to termination
for Cause under any stock option plan or any unvested  awards  granted under any
other stock benefit plan of the Bank,  shall become null and void effective upon
Executive's  receipt of Notice of  Termination  for Cause  pursuant to Section 9
hereof, and shall not be exercisable by Executive at any time subsequent to such
Termination for Cause.

9.                REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

                  (a) The Bank may terminate the  Executive's  employment at any
time, but any termination by the Bank, other than  Termination for Cause,  shall
not prejudice  Executive's  right to  compensation  or other benefits under this
Agreement.  Executive shall not have the right to receive  compensation or other
benefits  for any  period  after  Termination  for Cause as defined in Section 8
herein.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                  (b)  If  the   Executive  is  suspended   and/or   temporarily
prohibited from  participating  in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice
served under  Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act
("FDIA") (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations  under the
Agreement  shall  be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed  by
appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the Bank
may, in its  discretion,  (i) pay the Executive all or part of the  compensation
withheld  while its contract  obligations  were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in
whole or in part) any of its obligations that were suspended.

                  (c) If the Executive is removed and/or permanently  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under
Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  or  (g)(1)),  all
obligations of the Bank under the Agreement  shall terminate as of the effective
date of the order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting  parties shall not be
affected.

                  (d) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1)
of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall terminate as of the
date of default,  but this  paragraph  shall not affect any vested rights of the
parties.

                  (e) All  obligations  under this  Agreement may be terminated:
(i) by the Commissioner of Banks (the  "Commissioner") or his or her designee at
the time the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  enters into an agreement to
provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in
Section 13(c) of the FDIA and (ii) by the  Commissioner,  or his or her designee
at the time the  Director  or such  designee  approves a  supervisory  merger to
resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined
by the  Commissioner  or the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any
rights of the parties that have already vested,  however,  shall not be affected
by such action.

                  (f)  Any  payments  made  to the  Executive  pursuant  to this
Agreement, or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12
U.S.C.  s.1828 (k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.               NOTICE.

                  (a) Any  purported  termination  by the  Bank or by  Executive
shall be  communicated  by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Notice  of  Termination"  shall mean a written
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's  employment  under the
provision so indicated.

                  (b)  "Date  of  Termination"  shall  mean  (A) if  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty (30) days after a Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  he  shall  not  have  returned  to  the
performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty

                                        7

<PAGE>



(30) days period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason,
the  date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination  (which,  in the case of a
Termination  for Cause,  shall not be less than  thirty  (30) days from the date
such Notice of Termination is given).

                  (c)  If,   within   thirty  (30)  days  after  any  Notice  of
Termination is given,  the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies
the other party that a dispute exists  concerning the  termination,  except upon
the occurrence of a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive
in which case the Date of Termination shall be the date specified in the Notice,
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the  parties,  by a binding
arbitration  award,  or by a final  judgment,  order  or  decree  of a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom  having  expired and no
appeal having been perfected) and provided  further that the Date of Termination
shall be  extended  by a notice of dispute  only if such notice is given in good
faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution  of such dispute
with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the
Bank will  continue to pay Executive  his full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base
Salary) and  continue  him as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance  plans in which he was  participating  when the notice of dispute  was
given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.
Amounts paid under this  Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under
this  Agreement and shall not be offset  against or reduce any other amounts due
under this Agreement.

11.               CONFIDENTIALITY.

                  Executive  recognizes and  acknowledges  that the knowledge of
the  business  activities  and plans  for  business  activities  of the Bank and
affiliates  thereof,  as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable,  special
and unique  asset of the  business of the Bank.  Executive  will not,  during or
after the term of his employment,  disclose any knowledge of the past,  present,
planned or considered  business  activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to
any  person,  firm,  corporation,  or other  entity  for any  reason or  purpose
whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge
of banking,  financial and/or economic  principles,  concepts or ideas which are
not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the
Bank.  In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive  of the
provisions  of  this  Section,  the  Bank  will  be  entitled  to an  injunction
restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the
past,  present,  planned  or  considered  business  activities  of the  Bank  or
affiliates  thereof,  or  from  rendering  any  services  to any  person,  firm,
corporation,  other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been
disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as
prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies  available to the Bank for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.


                                        8

<PAGE>



12.               SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

                  All payments  provided in this Agreement  shall be timely paid
in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.

13.               EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

                  This Agreement contains the entire  understanding  between the
parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or
any predecessor of the Bank and Executive,  except that this Agreement shall not
affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive
of  a  kind  elsewhere  provided.  No  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
interpreted to mean that  Executive is subject to receiving  fewer benefits than
those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

14.               NO ATTACHMENT.

                  (a) Except as required  by law,  no right to receive  payments
under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation,  commutation, alienation,
sale,  assignment,   encumbrance,   charge,  pledge,  or  hypothecation,  or  to
execution,  attachment,  levy, or similar  process or assignment by operation of
law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary,  to affect any such action shall
be null, void, and of no effect.

                  (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the
benefit of, Executive and, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

15.               MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

                  (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

                  (b) No term or condition of this Agreement  shall be deemed to
have been waived, nor shall there by any estoppel against the enforcement of any
provision of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged
with  such  waiver  or  estoppel.  No such  written  waiver  shall  be  deemed a
continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall
operate  only  as to the  specific  term  or  condition  waived  and  shall  not
constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other
than that specifically waived.

16.               SEVERABILITY.

                  If, for any reason,  any provision of this  Agreement,  or any
part of any provision,  is held invalid,  such  invalidity  shall not affect any
other  provision  of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision  not held so
invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent
consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

                                        9

<PAGE>




17.               HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

                  The  headings of sections and  paragraphs  herein are included
solely  for  convenience  of  reference  and shall not  control  the  meaning or
interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18.               GOVERNING LAW.

                  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, unless otherwise specified herein.

19.               INDEMNIFICATION.

                  The  Bank  shall  provide  Executive   (including  his  heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers' liability  insurance policy at its expense, or in lieu thereof,  shall
indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest
extent  permitted  under law against all  expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer
at the time of  incurring  such  expenses or  liabilities),  such  expenses  and
liabilities  to  include,  but not be  limited  to,  judgment,  court  costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

20.      SUCCESSORS TO THE BANK.

                  The Bank shall  require any  successor  or  assignee,  whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise, to all or
substantially   all  the  business  or  assets  of  the  Bank,   expressly   and
unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank's obligations under this
Agreement,  in the same  manner  and to the same  extent  that the Bank would be
required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

21.      GENERAL PROVISIONS.

                  The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement was drafted
by the law firm of  Thompson  &  Mitchell  which at  various  times has served a
special counsel to the Bank. Executive  acknowledges that he is sophisticated in
business matters (including, but not limited to, employment agreements) and that
he  has  had  the  opportunity  to  seek  independent  legal  advice.  Executive
specifically  waives any actual or  apparent  conflict of interest of Thompson &
Mitchell in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.


                                       10

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement  to be  executed  and their  seal to be affixed  hereunto  by its duly
authorized officers and directors,  and Executive has signed this Agreement,  on
the 27th day of March, 1996.

ATTEST:                                  FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK


                                          BY:  /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                               -----------------------------
[SEAL]

WITNESS:



  /s/ John A. DeMello                         /s/ George E. Young, III
  -----------------------------                -----------------------------
                                                 GEORGE E. YOUNG, III


                                       11














                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


















3/96


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                               <C>
         ARTICLE 1..............................................................................................  1
                  INTRODUCTION..................................................................................  1
                           1.1      Plan; Purpose...............................................................  1
                           1.2      Qualified Profit Sharing Plan; ESOP.........................................  1
                           1.3      Effective Date..............................................................  1
                           1.4      Administrator; Trustee......................................................  1
                           1.5      Adopting Employers..........................................................  1
                           1.6      Appendices..................................................................  2

         ARTICLE 2..............................................................................................  2
                  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION..................................................................  2
                           2.1      Definitions.................................................................  2
                           2.2      Gender and Number...........................................................  6
                           2.3      Headings....................................................................  6

         ARTICLE 3..............................................................................................  6
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.................................................................  6
                           3.1      Eligibility.................................................................  6
                           3.2      Participation...............................................................  7
                           3.3      Duration of Participation...................................................  7
                           3.4      Transfer....................................................................  7

         ARTICLE 4..............................................................................................  8
                  PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.....................................................................  8

         ARTICLE 5..............................................................................................  8
                  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................  8
                           5.1      Employer Contributions......................................................  8
                           5.2      Statutory Limit on Contributions............................................  8
                           5.3      Top-Heavy Minimum Benefit...................................................  9
                           5.4      Allocation Among Employers..................................................  9
                           5.5      Transfer to Trust...........................................................  9

         ARTICLE 6.............................................................................................. 10
                  PLAN ACCOUNTING............................................................................... 10
                           6.1      Participant Plan Accounts................................................... 10
                           6.2      Balance of Accounts......................................................... 10
                           6.3      Adjustments to Reflect Distributions........................................ 10
                           6.4      Adjustment to Reflect Top-Heavy Contributions............................... 10
                           6.5      Adjustment to Reflect Employer Contribution................................. 11
                           6.6      Adjustments to Reflect Trust Fund Experience................................ 11


                                        i

<PAGE>



                           6.7      Adjustments to Reflect Dividends............................................ 11
                           6.8      Maximum Allocations......................................................... 12

         ARTICLE 7.............................................................................................. 12
                  TRUST INVESTMENT FUNDS........................................................................ 12
                           7.1      Trust Investment Funds...................................................... 12
                           7.2      Investment of Employer Contribution......................................... 13
                           7.3      Investment of Cash Dividends................................................ 13
                           7.4      Appointment of Trustee...................................................... 13

         ARTICLE 8.............................................................................................. 14
                  TRUST SUSPENSE FUNDS.......................................................................... 14
                           8.1      Suspense Funds.............................................................. 14
                           8.2      Release from Suspense Funds................................................. 14
                           8.3      Allocation of Released Shares............................................... 15
                           8.4      Fair Market Value........................................................... 15

         ARTICLE 9.............................................................................................. 16
                  VESTING....................................................................................... 16

         ARTICLE 10............................................................................................. 16
                  INVESTMENT DIVERSIFICATION.................................................................... 16
                           10.1     Eligibility................................................................. 16
                           10.2     Diversification............................................................. 16
                           10.3     Election Procedures......................................................... 17
                           10.4     Distribution of Company Stock............................................... 17

         ARTICLE 11............................................................................................. 17
                  PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS........................................................................... 17
                           11.1     Benefit Payments - In General............................................... 17
                           11.2     Benefits Paid Upon Normal Retirement........................................ 17
                           11.3     Benefits Paid Upon Disability............................................... 18
                           11.4     Benefits Paid Upon Death.................................................... 18
                           11.5     Benefits Paid Upon Termination.............................................. 18
                           11.6     Method of Distribution...................................................... 18
                           11.7     Payment of Small Amounts.................................................... 18
                           11.8     Medium of Payment........................................................... 19
                           11.9     Required Distributions...................................................... 19
                           11.10            Earnings on Plan Accounts........................................... 20
                           11.11            Life Expectancies................................................... 20

         ARTICLE 12............................................................................................. 20
                  BENEFICIARIES................................................................................. 20
                           12.1     Designated Beneficiaries.................................................... 20


                                       ii

<PAGE>



                           12.2     Spousal Consent Requirements................................................ 21
                           12.3     Absence of Designated Beneficiary........................................... 21

         ARTICLE 13............................................................................................. 21
                  PARTICIPANT LOANS............................................................................. 21

         ARTICLE 14............................................................................................. 21
                  RELATING TO COMPANY STOCK..................................................................... 21
                           14.1     Investment in Company Stock; ESOP........................................... 21
                           14.2     Conversion to Cash.......................................................... 22
                           14.3     Voting of Company Stock..................................................... 22
                           14.4     Tender of Company Stock..................................................... 23
                           14.5     Non-Publicly Traded Shares.................................................. 23
                           14.6     Restriction of Stock Certificates........................................... 26
                           14.7     Share Acquisition Loan...................................................... 26

         ARTICLE 15............................................................................................. 27
                  FORMER EMPLOYEES/PARTICIPANTS................................................................. 27
                           15.1     Participation............................................................... 27
                           15.2     Cessation of Distributions.................................................. 27

         ARTICLE 16............................................................................................. 27
                  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION..................................................................... 27
                           16.1     Amendment................................................................... 27
                           16.2     Termination................................................................. 28
                           16.3     Vesting on Termination...................................................... 28
                           16.4     Termination Distributions................................................... 29

         ARTICLE 17............................................................................................. 29
                  MERGERS, TRANSFERS, AND ROLLOVERS............................................................. 29
                           17.1     Plan Merger, Consolidation or Benefit Transfer.............................. 29
                           17.2     Transfers Between Plans..................................................... 29
                           17.3     Rollover Contributions...................................................... 30

         ARTICLE 18............................................................................................. 30
                  PLAN ADMINISTRATION........................................................................... 30
                           18.1     Administrative Committee.................................................... 30
                           18.2     Committee Powers............................................................ 30
                           18.3     Benefit Payments............................................................ 31
                           18.4     Committee Officers.......................................................... 31
                           18.5     Committee Actions........................................................... 31
                           18.6     Committee Member Who Is Participant......................................... 32
                           18.7     Resignation or Removal...................................................... 32
                           18.8     Information Required from Employer.......................................... 32


                                       iii

<PAGE>



                           18.9     Information Required from Employees......................................... 33
                           18.10            Uniform Rules and Administration.................................... 33

         ARTICLE 19............................................................................................. 33
                  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.............................................................................. 33
                           19.1     Written Claim for Benefits.................................................. 33
                           19.2     Initial Review of Claim..................................................... 33
                           19.3     Claim Review Procedure...................................................... 34
                           19.4     Review Decisions Final...................................................... 34

         ARTICLE 20............................................................................................. 34
                  GENERAL PROVISIONS............................................................................ 34
                           20.1     Prohibited Inurement........................................................ 34
                           20.2     Special Valuation Dates..................................................... 35
                           20.3     No Employment Rights........................................................ 35
                           20.4     Interests Not Transferable.................................................. 35
                           20.5     Absence of Guarantee........................................................ 35
                           20.6     Actions by Employer......................................................... 36
                           20.7     Expenses.................................................................... 36
                           20.8     Facility of Payment......................................................... 36
                           20.9     Missing Participants........................................................ 36
                           20.10            Applicable Law...................................................... 36

         APPENDIX A.............................................................................................A-1
                  SERVICE CREDITING RULES.......................................................................A-1

         APPENDIX B.............................................................................................B-1
                  TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS..........................................................................B-1

         APPENDIX C.............................................................................................C-1
                  IDENTIFYING HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES......................................................C-1


</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>



                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

1.1      Plan; Purpose.

         The FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN is adopted
         by FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK for the exclusive benefit of its eligible
         employees  and the eligible  employees of each other  corporation  that
         adopts the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a method for the
         accumulation of a fund to assist eligible employees to attain financial
         security  in  case  of   retirement  or   disability,   and  to  assist
         beneficiaries in case of an eligible employee's death.

1.2      Qualified Profit Sharing Plan; ESOP.

         The Plan is a profit  sharing  plan that is  intended  to  satisfy  all
         requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended,  and the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
         amended.

         A portion of the Plan is  designed  to invest  primarily  in the common
         stock  of  the  Company.  This  portion  is  intended  to  satisfy  all
         requirements  of Code section  4975(e)(7)  and therefore  constitute an
         employee stock ownership plan, as defined therein.

1.3      Effective Date.

         The Plan shall be effective as of March 27, 1996.

1.4      Administrator; Trustee.

         The Plan shall be  administered  by a committee  appointed by the Board
         under  Article 18, and all assets of the Plan shall be held in trust by
         one or more  trustees  appointed  by the Board  under a separate  trust
         agreement between the Trustee and the Company.

1.5      Adopting Employers.

         With the  approval  of the  Company,  any  corporation  within the same
         affiliated group (as defined in Code section 1504(a)) that includes the
         Company may adopt the Plan for the benefit of its  eligible  employees.
         The eligible  employees of each corporation which adopts the Plan shall
         participate  under  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as the  eligible
         employees of each other such corporation.



<PAGE>



1.6      Appendices.

         The Plan may be amplified or modified from time to time by  appendices.
         Each  Appendix  forms  a part of the  Plan  and  its  provisions  shall
         supersede    Plan    provisions   as   necessary   to   eliminate   any
         inconsistencies.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                          DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1      Definitions.

         For purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases,  whether or
         not capitalized,  have the meanings specified below, unless the context
         plainly requires a different meaning:

          (a)  "Active  Participant"  means an Employee who has become an Active
               Participant under Section 3.2, but is not a Former Participant.

          (b)  "Adopting Employer" means a corporation that has adopted the Plan
               for the  benefit of its  eligible  employees  pursuant to Section
               1.5.

          (c)  "Beneficiary"  means a person  (including  an estate or  personal
               representative)  to whom all or a  portion  of the  Participant's
               Distributable  Benefit  is  to be  paid  if he  dies  before  the
               complete payment of such benefit.

          (d)  "Benefit  Payment Date" means the date specified in Article 12 or
               properly elected by the Participant (or his Beneficiary) on which
               his Distributable  Benefit is to be paid or commence,  determined
               without regard to any delay in payment caused for  administrative
               reasons.

          (e)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (f)  "Cash Account"  means a cash account  maintained on behalf of the
               Participant   under  Section  6.1,   including  all   subaccounts
               thereunder.

          (g)  "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and
               all valid regulations thereunder.

          (h)  "Committee"  means the  committee  appointed  by the Board  under
               Article 18 to administer the Plan.

          (i)  "Company" means FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK, a Massachusetts stock
               co-operative bank.

                                        2

<PAGE>




          (j)  "Company  Stock" means the shares of common stock of the Employer
               as described in Section  4975(e)(8) of the Code which are readily
               tradeable on an established  securities market, or if not readily
               tradeable, meet the following criteria:

               (1)  common  stock  issued by the  Company  (or by a  corporation
                    which is a member  of the same  controlled  group)  having a
                    combination of voting power and dividend  rights equal to or
                    in excess of that class of common  stock having the greatest
                    voting power, and

               (2)  that  class of common  stock  having the  greatest  dividend
                    rights.

                    Noncallable  preferred  stock shall be deemed to be "Company
                    Stock" if such stock is  convertible  at any time into stock
                    which  constitutes  "Company  Stock"  hereunder  and if such
                    conversion is at a conversion price which (as of the date of
                    the acquisition by the Trust) is reasonable.

          (k)  "Compensation"  means the amount of the regular  wages or salary,
               including  bonuses,  cash  incentives,  overtime and commissions,
               paid to an Employee by the Company  within a Plan Year  beginning
               from the Employee's date of  participation  in the Plan.  Company
               contributions for pensions,  profit sharing or insurance benefits
               are excluded from Compensation. Compensation includes the taxable
               value of automobiles and expense  allowances  reported on federal
               Form W-2.  Compensation  also shall  include all payments  from a
               cafeteria  plan  described in Code Section 125 to the extent such
               payments are includible in gross income.  Only the first $150,000
               (or  such  other   amount  as   determined   under  Code  Section
               401(a)(17)) of the  Participant's  annual  compensation  shall be
               treated as Compensation for purposes of the Plan.

               For  purposes  of  Sections  5.1 and 6.5  (relating  to  Employer
               Contributions),  each  Extended  Family Group shall be treated as
               one  Participant  with   Compensation   equal  to  the  aggregate
               Compensation  of  each  member  of  such  Extended  Family  Group
               (determined  after applying the Compensation  limitation  above).
               For purposes of this  Section,  "Extended  Family  Group" means a
               group  consisting  of  the  following  Employees:  (i)  a  Highly
               Compensated Employee who is either a five percent (5%) owner or a
               member of the group consisting of the top ten (10) Employees when
               ranked by Compensation  received during the determination year or
               the look back year;  (ii) the spouse of such  Highly  Compensated
               Employee;  (iii) a  lineal  ascendent  or  descendant;  or (iv) a
               spouse of such lineal ascendent or descendant;  provided that, an
               Employee  shall be  included in the group only if he is an Active
               Participant for the Plan Year.

          (l)  "Disability"  means a physical or mental disability which, in the
               opinion of a physician selected by the Plan  Administrator,  will
               prevent a Participant for an

                                        3

<PAGE>



               indefinite  period from  performing  the duties of his  customary
               position and which is likely to be of long continued duration.

          (m)  "Employer  Contribution"  means a contribution  made to the Trust
               Fund by the Employer under Section 5.1.

          (n)  "Distributable  Benefit"  means  the  vested  and  nonforfeitable
               portion  of the  Participant's  Plan  Account  as of his  Benefit
               Payment Date (determined  based upon the vested interest that the
               Participant  has or would have in his Plan  Account at the end of
               the Plan  Year  that  includes  his  Benefit  Payment  Date),  as
               adjusted  to  reflect  any  gain or loss  allocable  to his  Plan
               Account for periods  after his  Benefit  Payment  Date and before
               complete distribution from the Plan.

          (o)  "Effective  Date" means March 27, 1996, the effective date of the
               Plan.

          (p)  "Employee"  means any common-law  employee or Leased Employee (as
               defined in Code  section  414(n)) of the  Employer,  other than a
               person  who is a  nonresident  alien  who  has no  earned  income
               (within  the  meaning of  Section  911(d)(2)  of the Code)  which
               constitutes  income from sources within the United States (within
               the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code.)

          (q)  "Employer" means,  collectively,  the Company and any corporation
               that is a member of a controlled  group that includes the Company
               (as defined in Code section 414(b));  any trade or business under
               common  control  with the  Company  (as  defined in Code  section
               414(c));  and any organization  that is a member of an affiliated
               service  group that  includes  the  Company  (as  defined in Code
               section 414(m)).

               To determine  the maximum  allocation  permitted to a Participant
               under Section 6.8,  "Employer"  also includes any entity required
               to be aggregated with the Company under Code section 414(o).

          (r)  "ERISA"  means the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
               1974, as amended, and all valid regulations thereunder.

          (s)  "Former  Participant" means a Participant who has become a Former
               Participant  under  Section 3.3,  but who has not  received  full
               payment of his  Distributable  Benefit or again  become an Active
               Participant.

          (t)  "General  Trust Fund" mean the portion of the Trust Fund invested
               at the  discretion  of the Trustee in assets  other than  Company
               Stock.

          (u)  "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  means an Employee  identified as
               such under Appendix C.

                                        4

<PAGE>




          (v)  "Hour  of  Service"  means  each  hour  specified  as such  under
               Appendix A.

          (w)  "Late  Retirement  Date"  means  the last  day of the  Plan  Year
               coincident  with  or  next  following  a   Participant's   actual
               retirement date after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

          (x)  "Normal  Retirement  Age"  means the date on which an  individual
               attains (or would have attained) age sixty-five (65).

          (y)  "Normal  Retirement  Date"  means  the later of (i) the date upon
               which the Participant  attains his Normal  Retirement Age or (ii)
               the first anniversary of the date he became an Active Participant
               in the Plan as provided in Section 3.2.

          (z)  "One-Year  Break-in-Service"  means a Plan Year during  which the
               Participant is credited with 500 or fewer Hours of Service.

          (aa) "Participant" means an Active Participant or Former Participant.

          (ab) "Plan"  means  the  FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE  BANK  Employee  Stock
               Ownership Plan, as set forth in this document.

          (ac) "Plan Account"  means the account  maintained by the Committee on
               behalf of a  Participant  under Section 6.1 and includes the Cash
               Account and the Stock Account thereunder.

          (ad) "Plan Year" means the twelve (12)  consecutive  month period that
               begins  October 1 of each year and ends the  following  September
               30.

          (ae) "Share  Purchase Loan" means a loan or other extension of credit,
               the proceeds of which are used to acquire Company Stock.

          (af) "Stock Account" means a stock account maintained on behalf of the
               Participant under Section 6.1.

          (ag) "Stock  Fund"  means  the  portion  of the  Trust  Fund  which is
               invested primarily in Company Stock.

          (ah) "Suspense  Fund"  means the  portion  (or a portion) of the Stock
               Fund which  reflects the shares of Company Stock not allocated to
               Participants' Stock Accounts.

          (ai) "Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement made and entered into
               by the  Company  with the Trustee  pursuant to the Plan,  as said
               Agreement is amended from time to time.

                                        5

<PAGE>




          (aj) "Trust  Fund"  means the  assets  held in the  trust  established
               between the Company and the Trustee,  which shall  consist of the
               General Trust Fund and the Stock Fund.

          (ak) "Trustee" means the person(s) or corporation(s)  appointed by the
               Board  to  administer  the  Trust,  and  any  successor   trustee
               appointed under the terms of the trust.

          (al) "Valuation  Date" means the last  business  day of each Plan Year
               and each special valuation date designated by the Committee under
               Section 20.2.

          (am) "Year of  Vesting  Service"  means a Plan  Year  during  which an
               Employee  completes  1,000 Hours of Service.  For purposes of the
               Plan,  all  Years  of  Vesting  Service  prior  to the  date  the
               Participant attained age eighteen (18) shall be disregarded.

         A  definition  introduced  later in the Plan also  applies for all Plan
         purposes unless the context plainly requires a different meaning.

2.2      Gender and Number.

         Pronouns  in the  Plan  stated  in the  masculine  gender  include  the
         feminine gender, words in the singular include the plural, and words in
         the plural include the singular.

2.3      Headings.

         All headings in the Plan are included  solely for ease of reference and
         do not bear on the interpretation of the text. As used in the Plan, the
         terms   "Article,"   "Section,"  and  "Appendix"  mean  the  text  that
         accompanies the specified Article, Section, or Appendix of the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1      Eligibility.

         An Employee who is employed by an Adopting  Employer  shall be eligible
         to  participate  in  the  Plan  unless  (i)  he has  not  attained  age
         twenty-one  (21),  (ii) he is a  person  who is  paid  by the  Adopting
         Employer as an independent  contractor,  or (iii) he is covered under a
         collective  bargaining  agreement,  and the agreement  does not provide
         that he is eligible to  participate  in the Plan.  The Committee  shall
         notify each Employee of the date he becomes  eligible to participate in
         the Plan and the necessary  actions that may be required on his part to
         obtain or participate in all benefits of the Plan.

                                        6

<PAGE>




3.2      Participation.

         Each Employee  shall become an Active  Participant  on the October 1 or
         April 1 coincident  with or next  following the later of the date which
         is six (6) months  after the date on which he is first  employed by the
         Company or the date on which he satisfies the eligibility conditions of
         Section 3.1. Each Employee who has satisfied the eligibility conditions
         of Section 3.1 and the six month requirement of the preceding  sentence
         and who is an Employee  on the  Effective  Date shall  become an Active
         Participant on the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  an
         Employee  shall not become or remain an Active  Participant  if he does
         not satisfy the eligibility conditions of Section 3.1 on the entry date
         specified  above,  but  may  later  become  an  Active  Participant  in
         accordance with Article 15.

3.3      Duration of Participation.

         An Active Participant shall become a Former Participant on the first to
         occur of the following:

          (a)  The date on which his employment with the Employer  terminates or
               he  otherwise  fails to satisfy  the  eligibility  conditions  of
               Section 3.1; or

          (b)  The date on which the Plan terminates.

         A Former  Participant  shall remain such until he receives full payment
         of his  Distributable  Benefit or again  becomes an Active  Participant
         under Article 15.

3.4      Transfer.

         In the event that a Participant  is  transferred  to employment  with a
         member of the controlled group (as defined in Code sections 414(b), (c)
         or (m)) that includes the Company, which has not adopted the Plan or to
         employment with the Employer in a status other than as an Employee,  or
         in the event that a person is transferred from employment with a member
         of the  controlled  group  which has not adopted the Plan or from other
         employment  with  the  Employer  in a status  other  than  Employee  to
         employment with the Employer under circumstances  making such person an
         Employee, then the following provisions of this Subsection shall apply:

         (a)      Transfer  to  employment  (i) with a member of the  controlled
                  group which has not adopted the Plan or (ii) with the Employer
                  not as an  Employee  shall not be  considered  termination  of
                  employment  with the  Employer,  and such  transferred  person
                  shall continue to be entitled to the benefits  provided in the
                  Plan, as modified by this Subsection.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         (b)      No amounts earned from a member of the  controlled  group at a
                  time when it has not adopted the Plan or from the Employer not
                  as an Employee, shall constitute Compensation hereunder.

         (c)      Termination  of  employment  with a member  of the  controlled
                  group which has not  adopted The Plan by a person  entitled to
                  benefits under this Plan (other than to transfer to employment
                  with the Company or another  member of the  controlled  group)
                  shall be considered  as  termination  of  employment  with the
                  Employer.

         (d)      All other terms and  provisions of this Plan shall fully apply
                  to such person and to any benefits to which he may be entitled
                  hereunder.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                            PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

         A Participant is neither required nor allowed to make  contributions to
         the Trust Fund under this Plan.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1      Employer Contributions.

         The Employer shall make a contribution  under this Section to the Trust
         Fund for each Plan Year of an amount determined by the Board;  provided
         that,  for any  Plan  Year  in  which a  Share  Purchase  Loan  remains
         outstanding, the contribution under this Section shall not be less than
         the amount  needed to provide the Trustee with cash  sufficient  to pay
         any  currently   maturing   obligations   under  such  loan.   Employer
         Contributions  shall be made in cash or in  Company  Stock as the Board
         may from time to time determine.

         The  contribution  made by the  Employer  under this  Section  shall be
         allocated  among the Plan Accounts of  Participants  under Section 6.5,
         and shall be identified as an "Employer  Contribution"  for purposes of
         this Plan.

5.2      Statutory Limit on Contributions.

         Any   contrary   provision  of  the  Plan   notwithstanding,   Employer
         Contributions  for a Plan Year shall be limited as necessary to satisfy
         the following:


                                        8

<PAGE>



          (a)  Subject to the minimum  specified  in Section  5.1,  the Employer
               Contribution  shall  not  exceed  an  amount  that  can be  fully
               credited to the Participants'  Plan Accounts without resulting in
               an annual  addition  to the Plan  Account of any  Participant  in
               excess of the maximum permitted under Section 6.8.

          (b)  Unless this  provision  is waived by the Company for a Plan Year,
               the Employer  Contribution shall not exceed an amount that can be
               fully  deducted by the Employer  for federal  income tax purposes
               for the taxable year of the Employer that ends with or within the
               Plan  Year.   The   Committee   shall   prescribe   uniform   and
               nondiscriminatory rules to implement this limitation.

5.3      Top-Heavy Minimum Benefit.

         If the Plan is Top-Heavy for a Plan Year (as determined  under Appendix
         B), a top-heavy  minimum  contribution  shall be made on behalf of each
         Participant  who is a non-key  employee for the Plan Year and who is an
         Employee  on the last  day of the Plan  Year.  Such  top-heavy  minimum
         contribution shall equal the lesser of the following:

          (a)  Three  percent (3%) of the  Participant's  415  Compensation  (as
               defined in Appendix B) for the Plan Year; or

          (b)  A percentage of the Participant's 415 Compensation (as defined in
               Appendix  B) for the Plan  Year  equal to the  percentage  of 415
               Compensation  received  as an  Employer  Contribution  by the key
               employee who received the greatest such percentage.

         The  top-heavy  contribution  made by the  Employer  under this Section
         shall be reduced by the Employer  Contribution  otherwise  allocated to
         the Plan Account of the Participant for the Plan Year under Section 6.4
         and shall be identified as a "Top-Heavy  Contribution"  for purposes of
         the Plan.

5.4      Allocation Among Employers.

         An Adopting  Employer shall contribute that portion of the Employer and
         Top-Heavy  Contributions  for the Plan  Year  that is  attributable  to
         services  performed  while  in the  employ  of the  Adopting  Employer;
         provided  that,  any Adopting  Employer may make all or any part of the
         contribution  for any other Adopting  Employer,  if each is a member of
         the same group which files a consolidated federal income tax return for
         the year.

5.5      Transfer to Trust.

         The Employer  shall  transfer the Employer and Top-Heavy  Contributions
         for each Plan Year to the Trust Fund not later than the time prescribed
         by law (including  extensions) for filing the federal income tax return
         for its taxable year that ends with such Plan Year.

                                        9

<PAGE>





                                    ARTICLE 6

                                 PLAN ACCOUNTING

6.1      Participant Plan Accounts.

         The Committee  shall maintain a Plan Account for each  Participant  and
         such number of accounts and subaccounts  within the Plan Account as the
         Committee deems appropriate to adequately  disclose the interest of the
         Participant in the Trust. At a minimum, each Plan Account shall consist
         of the Cash Account and the Stock Account.

         (a)      "Cash Account" shall reflect the Participant's interest in the
                  Trust  Fund  attributable  to net  gain  (or  loss)  of  Plan,
                  Employer  and  Top-Heavy  Contributions  in other than Company
                  Stock.

         (b)      "Stock  Account" shall reflect the  Participant's  interest in
                  the Trust Fund  attributable  to Company  Stock which has been
                  allocated to the Participant.

6.2      Balance of Accounts.

         The  balance of a Cash  Account or Stock  Account as of any date is the
         balance of the account after the immediately  preceding Valuation Date,
         less amounts thereafter  properly debited,  and plus amounts thereafter
         properly  credited,  to the account under this Article.  The balance of
         each Cash Account shall be expressed in United States dollars,  and the
         balance of each Stock  Account shall be expressed in a number of shares
         (whole or fractional) of Company Stock.

         The  balance  of a  Participant's  Plan  Account  as of any date is the
         aggregate  balance  of all  Cash and  Stock  Accounts  within  the Plan
         Account  (expressed  in United  States  dollars  and a number of shares
         (whole and  fractional) of Company Stock,  as  appropriate)  as of such
         date.

6.3      Adjustments to Reflect Distributions.

         The  distributions  from the Trust  Fund  which  are drawn  from a Cash
         Account or Stock  Account  shall be  debited to such  account as of the
         distribution date.

6.4      Adjustment to Reflect Top-Heavy Contributions.

         The Top-Heavy  Contributions made on behalf of a Participant for a Plan
         Year shall be credited to the appropriate Cash Account or Stock Account
         of the  Participant  as of the last  Valuation  Date of such Plan Year,
         irrespective of whether such  contributions  actually have been paid to
         the Trustee by such date.

                                       10

<PAGE>




6.5      Adjustment to Reflect Employer Contribution.

         The Employer  Contribution  for each Plan Year shall be allocated among
         the Plan Accounts of the Participants  specified below, and the portion
         allocated to each Participant  shall be credited to the Cash Account or
         the Stock Account of the  Participant  as of the last Valuation Date of
         such Plan Year,  irrespective of whether such contribution actually has
         been paid to the Trustee by such date.

         The Employer Contribution shall be allocated among the Plan Accounts of
         the following Participants:

          (a)  Those Participants who are Active Participants on the last day of
               the Plan Year; and

          (b)  Those  Participants who ceased to be Active  Participants  during
               the Plan Year by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement.

         The portion of the Employer Contribution  allocated to the Plan Account
         of  each  such  Participant   shall  equal  an  amount   determined  by
         multiplying the Employer  Contribution by a fraction,  the numerator of
         which is the Participant's  Compensation,  and the denominator of which
         is the aggregate Compensation of all such Participants.

         For purposes of this Section, a Participant's Compensation includes all
         Compensation  he received  during that  portion of the Plan Year during
         which he was an Active Participant.

6.6      Adjustments to Reflect Trust Fund Experience.

         The net gain (or  loss) of the  General  Trust  Fund for each Plan Year
         shall be allocated among all Cash Accounts,  and the portion  allocated
         to each shall be credited  (or  debited) to such Cash Account as of the
         Valuation  Date for such Plan  Year.  The  portion  of the net gain (or
         loss) of the General  Trust Fund  allocated  to each such Cash  Account
         shall be the pro rata  share  of the net  gain (or  loss)  based on the
         change in fair market value of assets therein since the last adjustment
         and  computed  in   accordance   with  uniform   valuation   procedures
         established by the Trustee.

         To determine  net gain (or loss),  all assets of the General Trust Fund
         shall be valued at their fair market value as of the Valuation Date.

6.7      Adjustments to Reflect Dividends.

         Cash  dividends  paid  on  shares  of  Company  Stock  allocated  to  a
         Participant's  Stock  Account as of the  dividend  record date shall be
         credited to the Cash Account of the Participant as of such date.


                                       11

<PAGE>



6.8      Maximum Allocations.

         Anything  contained  herein  to  the  contrary   notwithstanding,   the
         Participant's  annual  additions  (as defined in Code  section  415(c))
         shall not exceed the  limitations  imposed  under Code section 415. The
         provisions  of Code  section  415 are  hereby  incorporated  herein  by
         reference.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the otherwise permissible benefits under
         Code  section  415 for any  Participant  may be further  reduced to the
         extent  necessary  to prevent  disqualification  of the Plan under Code
         section 415.

         If a Participant  is  participating  or has  participated  in a defined
         benefit  plan  maintained  by  the  Employer,  and  the  combined  Plan
         limitation  under Code  section 415 is  exceeded in any Plan Year,  the
         Committee shall determine whether the  Participant's  benefit under the
         Plan or under such  defined  benefit plan shall be limited as necessary
         to satisfy the combined limit under Code section 415.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                             TRUST INVESTMENT FUNDS

7.1      Trust Investment Funds.

         All contributions  made under the Plan, and all earnings and increments
         thereon,  shall be held by the Trustee in the Trust  Fund,  which shall
         consist of the following funds:

          (a)  "General Trust Fund" which shall be invested at the discretion of
               the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

          (b)  "Stock Fund" which shall be invested  primarily in Company Stock,
               which fund shall be segregated  into:  (i) one or more  "Suspense
               Funds," which shall  reflect  Company  Stock  purchased  with the
               proceeds  of a Share  Purchase  Loan  and not  yet  allocated  to
               Participants'  Stock  Accounts  (a separate  Suspense  Fund to be
               maintained with respect to each Share Purchase Loan), (ii) one or
               more "Loan  Purchase  Funds," which shall  reflect  Company Stock
               purchased  with  the  proceeds  of  a  Share  Purchase  Loan  and
               allocated  to  Participants'  Stock  Accounts  (a  separate  Loan
               Purchase  Fund  to be  maintained  with  respect  to  each  Share
               Purchase  Loan),  and (iii) a "Cash  Purchase  Fund," which shall
               reflect  Company  Stock  otherwise   acquired  and  allocated  to
               Participants' Stock Accounts.

         The Trustee  shall  manage and maintain all assets of the Trust Fund in
         accordance  with  the  Trust  Agreement  between  the  Company  and the
         Trustee,  and no Participant or Beneficiary  shall be allowed to direct
         the Trustee as to the investment of any assets of the Trust Fund.

                                       12

<PAGE>



7.2      Investment of Employer Contribution.

         Trust  Assets  under the Plan will be  invested  primarily  in  Company
         Stock, as provided in the Trust Agreement.  Trust assets may be used to
         purchase shares of Company Stock from Company  shareholders or from the
         Company.  The Trustee may also invest Trust assets in savings accounts,
         certificates  of  deposit,  high-grade  short-term  securities,  equity
         stocks,  bonds,  or other  investments,  or Trust assets may be held in
         cash. All investments of Trust assets shall be made by the Trustee only
         upon the direction of the Committee, and all purchases of Company Stock
         made by the  Trustee  shall be made at prices  which do not  exceed the
         fair market value of such shares,  as  determined  in good faith by the
         Committee.  The  Committee may direct the Trustee to invest and hold up
         to 100% of the Trust assets in Company Stock.

7.3      Investment of Cash Dividends.

         The cash dividends paid to the Trust Fund on Company Stock held therein
         shall be applied as follows:

          (a)  Loan  Purchase Fund Shares:  At the  direction of the  Committee,
               cash  dividends on Company Stock held within a Loan Purchase Fund
               shall be invested in the General Trust Fund.

          (b)  Cash  Purchase Fund Shares:  At the  direction of the  Committee,
               cash  dividends  on Company  Stock held within the Cash  Purchase
               Fund shall be invested in the General Trust Fund.

          (c)  Suspense Fund Shares:  Cash  dividends on shares of Company Stock
               held within a Suspense Fund shall be applied to pay principal and
               interest on the corresponding Share Purchase Loan.

         All cash  dividends  applied  under this Section to pay  principal  and
         interest on a Share Purchase Loan shall be so applied annually together
         with the Employer and Top-Heavy  Contributions  for the Plan Year.  All
         cash  dividends  applied  under this Section to acquire  Company  Stock
         shall be so applied at such time as the Trustee may determine.

7.4      Appointment of Trustee.

         All  contributions  to the  Plan  shall  be  committed  in trust to the
         Trustees.  The  Trustees  shall be  appointed  from time to time by the
         Board by appropriate instrument, with such powers in the Trustees as to
         investment,  reinvestment  control and disbursement of the funds as the
         Board shall  approve and as shall be in accordance  with the Plan.  The
         Board may remove any Trustee at any time, upon reasonable  notice,  and
         upon such removal or upon the  resignation  of any  Trustee,  the Board
         shall designate a successor Trustee.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 8

                              TRUST SUSPENSE FUNDS

8.1      Suspense Funds.

         The portion of the Stock Fund reflecting  shares of Company Stock which
         were acquired with the proceeds of a Share Purchase Loan and which have
         not been allocated to Participants'  Stock Accounts shall be identified
         as a Suspense  Fund.  which  holds such  Company  Stock  pending  their
         release and  allocation to the  Participants'  Stock Accounts under the
         terms and conditions of this Article. A separate Suspense Fund shall be
         maintained to reflect  Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of each
         separate Share Purchase Loan.

8.2      Release from Suspense Funds.

         Shares of Company  Stock  shall be released  from a Suspense  Fund only
         once with respect to each Plan Year and upon release shall be allocated
         among the Participants' Stock Accounts under Section 8.3.

         The number of shares of Company  Stock  released  from a Suspense  Fund
         with  respect  to each Plan Year  shall  equal the  number of shares of
         Company Stock held in the Suspense Fund immediately  before the release
         multiplied  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the  amount of
         principal and interest paid on the  corresponding  Share  Purchase Loan
         for the Plan Year,  and the  denominator of which is the sum of (i) the
         numerator,  and (ii) the amount of principal  and interest that will be
         paid on the corresponding  Share Purchase Loan in all future Plan Years
         (determined  without regard to any possible renewal or extension of the
         Share Purchase  Loan).  For this purpose,  if a variable  interest rate
         applies under a Share  Purchase Loan, the interest that will be paid on
         the Share Purchase Loan in future Plan Years shall be computed by using
         the interest rate in effect at the end of the then current Plan Year.

         Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary,  the number
         of shares of Company  Stock  released from a Suspense Fund with respect
         to each Plan Year may be determined  solely with reference to principal
         payments if the following  three (3) conditions are satisfied:  (i) the
         Share  Purchase Loan must provide for annual  payments of principal and
         interest  at a  cumulative  rate  that is not  less  rapid  than  level
         payments  over ten (10) years;  (ii) the Share  Purchase Loan term does
         not  exceed  the ten (10)  years;  and (iii) the  portion of each Share
         Purchase Loan payment which is  disregarded as interest does not exceed
         the amount of the  payment  that would be  treated  as  interest  under
         standard loan amortization tables.


                                       14

<PAGE>



8.3      Allocation of Released Shares.

         Shares of Company Stock released from a Suspense Fund for the Plan Year
         shall be allocated among the Participants' Stock Accounts as follows:

                  Allocation  Based  on  Employer/Top-Heavy   Contribution:  The
                  number of shares of Company Stock  released shall be allocated
                  among  the  Plan  Accounts  of  those  Participants  who  were
                  allocated a portion of the Employer  Contribution (or received
                  a Top-Heavy Contribution) for the Plan Year.

                  The number of shares of Company  Stock  allocated  to the Plan
                  Account  of each  such  Participant  shall  equal  the  number
                  determined  by  multiplying  the  total  number  of  shares of
                  Company  Stock to be  allocated  under  this  Subsection  by a
                  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the dollar amount of the
                  Employer  Contribution  allocated to the Participant (plus the
                  dollar  amount of the Top-Heavy  Contribution  received by the
                  Participant),  and the  denominator  of  which  is the  dollar
                  amount of the Employer Contribution (plus the aggregate dollar
                  amount of all Top-Heavy Contributions) for the Plan Year.

         For  purposes of this  Section,  the number of shares of Company  Stock
         released as a result of applying any specified  amount to pay principal
         and  interest  on the  Share  Purchase  Loan  shall  equal  the  number
         determined by multiplying  the total number  released for the Plan Year
         by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the  specified  amount  so
         applied,  and the  denominator  of which is the total amount applied to
         pay principal and interest on the Share Purchase Loan for the year.

8.4      Fair Market Value.

         For purposes of the Plan,  the "fair market  value" of a share of Stock
         means,  for any  particular  date,  (i) for any period during which the
         Stock  shall  not  be  listed  for  trading  on a  national  securities
         exchange,  but when  prices  for the  Stock  shall be  reported  by the
         National  Market  System  of the  National  Association  of  Securities
         Dealers  Automated  Quotation System  ("NASDAQ"),  the last transaction
         price per share as quoted by National Market System of NASDAQ, (ii) for
         any period  during which the Stock shall not be listed for trading on a
         national  securities  exchange or its price  reported  by the  National
         Market  System  of  NASDAQ,  but when  prices  for the  Stock  shall be
         reported  by NASDAQ,  the  closing bid price as reported by the NASDAQ,
         (iii) for any period during which the Stock shall be listed for trading
         on a national securities exchange, the closing price per share of Stock
         on such exchange as of the close of such trading day or (iv) the market
         price  per  share of Stock as  determined  by a  nationally  recognized
         investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors in the event
         neither (i),  (ii) or (iii) above shall be  applicable.  If fair market
         value is to be determined as of a day

                                       15

<PAGE>



         when the securities markets are not open, the fair market value on that
         day  shall  be the fair  market  value  on the  preceding  day when the
         markets were open.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                     VESTING

         A Participant (or in case of death, his Beneficiary) shall have a fully
         vested and  nonforfeitable  interest in his entire Plan Account balance
         at all times.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                           INVESTMENT DIVERSIFICATION

10.1     Eligibility

         A  Participant  shall  be  eligible  for the  diversification  election
         available under this Article if he has attained age fifty-five (55) and
         completed ten (10) years of participation in the Plan.

10.2     Diversification.

         A Participant  who is eligible under Section 10.1,  shall be permitted,
         for each Plan Year  within  his  diversification  election  period  (as
         defined below), to diversify his Stock Account the following portion of
         such accounts in accordance with Section 10.4:

         (a)      For the first five (5) Plan Years  within his  diversification
                  election  period,  any whole number of shares of Company Stock
                  up to  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the  number of shares of
                  Company Stock credited to his Stock Account as of the last day
                  of the Plan Year,  less the number of shares of Company  Stock
                  previously diversified under this Section.

         (b)      For the final Plan Year  within his  diversification  election
                  period,  any whole  number of  shares of  Company  Stock up to
                  fifty  percent  (50%) of the number of shares of Company Stock
                  credited  to his Stock  Account as of the last day of the Plan
                  Year,  less the number of shares of Company  Stock  previously
                  diversified under this Section.

         For purposes of this Section, the "diversification  election period" is
         the six (6) Plan Year  period  that  begins with the Plan Year in which
         the Participant satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 10.1.


                                       16

<PAGE>



10.3     Election Procedures.

         To  diversify   his  Stock   Account,   a   Participant   must  file  a
         diversification  election with the Committee not later than ninety (90)
         days after the end of the Plan Year on a form provided by the Committee
         for this purpose. If a Participant fails to file a timely election, the
         Participant  shall be  deemed  to have  elected  not to  diversify  any
         portion of his Stock Account for such year.

10.4     Distribution of Company Stock.

         If a Participant files a timely diversification election, the Committee
         shall direct the Trustee to distribute  the number of shares of Company
         Stock properly specified by the Participant. Such distribution shall be
         made as soon as practicable, but not later than ninety (90) days, after
         the close of the election period specified in Section 10.3.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                               PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS

11.1     Benefit Payments - In General.

         A Participant (or in case of death, his Beneficiary)  shall be paid his
         Distributable  Benefit  under the terms and  conditions of this Article
         after his employment  with the Employer has  terminated.  To the extent
         that  an  option  is  available  with  respect  to the  time or form of
         payment,  a Participant (or  Beneficiary) may select any such option by
         filing a  written  selection  with the  Committee  on such  form and in
         accordance  with such rules as shall be prescribed by the Committee for
         this purpose.

         Anything contained herein to the contrary,  if the benefit payable to a
         Participant  is greater  than  $3,500 and the date of  distribution  is
         prior to the  Participant's  Mandatory Benefit  Distribution  Date, the
         Participant  must  consent  to  the  distribution.  In  the  event  the
         Participant  does  not  consent  to  such  distribution  prior  to  his
         Mandatory Benefit Distribution Date, distribution shall be made to such
         Participant and without his consent on the earlier of (i) a date within
         ninety  (90) days after the end of the Plan Year which ends on or after
         the date such Participant  consents in writing to the Committee to such
         distribution,  or (ii) his Mandatory  Benefit  Distribution  Date.  For
         purposes of this Section 11.1,  "Mandatory  Benefit  Distribution Date"
         means the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65).

11.2     Benefits Paid Upon Normal Retirement.

         A  Participant  who retires  from service with the Employer on or after
         his Normal Retirement Date shall have a nonforfeitable  interest in his
         Plan Account and, subject to Section 11.1, shall be entitled to receive
         a distribution of his Plan Account as soon as

                                       17

<PAGE>



         practicable  following the end of the Plan Year coincident with or next
         following his date of retirement.

11.3     Benefits Paid Upon Disability.

         A  Participant  who retires from the service of the Employer on account
         of his  Disability  shall have a  nonforfeitable  interest  in his Plan
         Account and,  subject to Section  11.1,  shall be entitled to receive a
         distribution  of his Plan Account as soon as practicable  following the
         end  of  the  Plan  Year   coincident   with  or  next   following  the
         determination of his Disability.

11.4     Benefits Paid Upon Death.

         Upon the death of a  Participant  while in active  employment  with the
         Employer,   or  upon  such  Participant's  death  after  the  date  the
         Participant's  service  terminates  on  account  of his  Disability  or
         retirement and prior to the date distribution of his benefit commences,
         the  Participant  shall  have a  nonforfeitable  interest  in his  Plan
         Account and his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a distribution
         of the Plan  Account as soon as  practicable  following  the end of the
         Plan Year coincident with or next following his date of death.

11.5     Benefits Paid Upon Termination.

         A Participant  whose  employment with the Employer  terminates prior to
         his Normal  Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Disability,
         shall be entitled to receive a  distribution  of the vested  balance of
         his Plan Account.  Such distribution shall be based on Years of Vesting
         Service as of the date of  termination  and,  subject to Section  11.1,
         shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the Plan Year
         coincident with or next following his date of termination.

11.6     Method of Distribution.

         A Participant (or in the case of death, his Beneficiary)  shall be paid
         the vested portion of his Plan Account in a single lump-sum.

         A  Participant  shall  accrue  earnings (or losses) on the Plan Account
         until the date of distribution.

11.7     Payment of Small Amounts.

         Any  contrary   provision  of  this  Article   notwithstanding,   if  a
         Participant's  Distributable  Benefit  does not exceed  $3,500 (and the
         balance of his Plan Account has not exceeded $3,500  immediately  prior
         to any  distribution),  a single-sum  payment of the full amount of his
         Distributable  Benefit shall be made to the  Participant (or in case of
         death,  his  Beneficiary)  thirty (30) days after the date on which his
         employment with the Employer

                                       18

<PAGE>



         terminates,  or as soon as practicable thereafter,  and the Participant
         shall not be permitted to elect any option  otherwise  available  under
         this Article.

11.8     Medium of Payment.

         All payments  under this  Article  shall be in the form of cash and, to
         the extent  that the  Participant's  Plan  Account  consists of Company
         Stock,  whole shares;  provided  that, (i) a Participant or Beneficiary
         who would  otherwise  receive  Company  Stock may instead elect to have
         such  Company  Stock  converted  to  cash  and  the  proceeds   thereof
         distributed,  and (ii) a Participant or Beneficiary who would otherwise
         receive cash may instead  elect to have such cash  converted to Company
         Stock (whole shares only) and distributed.  Any fractional  interest in
         Company Stock shall be converted to cash and distributed.  A conversion
         of Company Stock to cash under this Section shall be made in accordance
         with Section 14.2.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the  Company's  charter  or bylaws
         restrict  ownership  of  substantially  all shares of Company  Stock to
         Employees and the Trust Fund, the distribution of a Participant's  Plan
         Account  shall be made  pursuant to this Section  without  granting the
         Participant  the right to  demand  distribution  in  shares of  Company
         Stock.

11.9     Required Distributions.

         Any contrary provision of this Section notwithstanding,  payments shall
         be made with respect to each Participant under the following rules:

         (a)      A  minimum  payment  shall  be made to a  Participant  for the
                  calendar  year  in  which  he  attains  age  70-1/2  and  each
                  subsequent calendar year. The minimum payment for the calendar
                  year in  which  he  attains  age  70-1/2  shall be made by the
                  Participant's Required Beginning Date, and the minimum payment
                  for  each  subsequent  calendar  year  shall  be  made  by the
                  December 31 of such year.

         (b)      If a Participant  dies before his Required  Beginning  Date, a
                  minimum  payment will be made to each  designated  Beneficiary
                  for each calendar year beginning with the following:

                    (i)  If the  Participant's  spouse is the  Beneficiary,  the
                         later of the calendar year that follows the year of the
                         Participant's  death, or the calendar year in which the
                         participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

                    (ii) If the Participant's spouse is not the Beneficiary, the
                         calendar   year   that   follows   the   year   of  the
                         Participant's death.

                  The minimum payment for each calendar year will be made by the
                  December 31 of such year.

                                       19

<PAGE>




         (c)      If a Participant dies before his Required Beginning Date, full
                  payment  of  all  amounts  due to a  Beneficiary  who is not a
                  designated  Beneficiary  shall  be made  not  later  than  the
                  December  31 of the  calendar  year in which  occurs the fifth
                  (5th) anniversary of the Participant's death.

         (d)      If a Participant dies on or after his Required Beginning Date,
                  all payments to a Beneficiary  after the  Participant's  death
                  shall be made at least as rapidly as the payments  made to the
                  Participant before his death.

         All payments required under this Section shall be determined under Code
         section  401(a)(9),   including  the  minimum  distribution  incidental
         benefit requirements thereunder.

         For purposes of this section,  "Required  Beginning Date" means, except
         as provided by law, the April 1 of the calendar year after the calendar
         year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.

11.10             Earnings on Plan Accounts.

         If a Participant's  employment with the Employer terminates and he does
         not elect to receive immediate  payment of his  Distributable  Benefit,
         the Participant's Plan Account shall continue to be credited to reflect
         investment  return and  dividends in  accordance  with Sections 6.6 and
         6.7.

11.11             Life Expectancies.

         When necessary under this Article, the life expectancy of a Participant
         or his  Beneficiary  shall be  determined  by the use of "the  expected
         return  multiples  in Tables V and VI of  Treasury  Regulation  Section
         1.72-9.  Life expectancies  shall not be recalculated  annually for any
         purpose under this Article.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  BENEFICIARIES

12.1     Designated Beneficiaries.

         A   Participant   may  designate  one  or  more  persons  to  whom  his
         Distributable  Benefit  shall  be paid if he dies  before  he  receives
         complete  payment of such benefit;  provided that, the sole  designated
         Beneficiary  of a  Participant  who is  lawfully  married  shall be his
         spouse unless his spouse  properly  consents to the  designation  of an
         additional or another person or persons as Beneficiary.

         A  Beneficiary  designation  must  be made  on a form  provided  by the
         Committee  for this  purpose.  It shall  be  effective  on the date the
         designation form actually is received by the

                                       20

<PAGE>



         Committee, shall revoke all prior designations made by the Participant,
         and itself may be revoked by the Participant at any time.

         A  Beneficiary  designation  form  received  by the  Committee  after a
         Participant's  death shall be null and void, and during a Participant's
         life,  a  Beneficiary  designation  form  may  be  filed  only  by  the
         Participant.

12.2     Spousal Consent Requirements.

         The spouse of a  Participant  who  designates a person or persons other
         than such  spouse as a  Beneficiary  must  consent  in  writing  to the
         specific  person  or  persons  designated.  The  written  consent  must
         acknowledge the effect of the  designation,  and must be witnessed by a
         member  of the  Committee  or a notary  public.  The  designation  of a
         Beneficiary  cannot  be  changed  without  spousal  consent  to the new
         designation  unless the prior consent of the spouse  expressly  permits
         future designations by the Participant without further spousal consent.

12.3     Absence of Designated Beneficiary.

         If no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant,  then his estate
         shall be his Beneficiary for purposes of this Plan.


                                   ARTICLE 13

                                PARTICIPANT LOANS

         No loans from the Trust Fund to a Participant  are permitted  under the
Plan.


                                   ARTICLE 14

                            RELATING TO COMPANY STOCK

14.1     Investment in Company Stock; ESOP.

         The Employer  Contribution  made to the Trust Fund shall be invested by
         the Trustee to provide Participants with whole and fractional interests
         in shares of Company  Stock,  subject to minimum  fractional  interests
         established  by the Trustee from time to time.  For any period in which
         such contributions are not invested in Company Stock they shall, at the
         discretion of the Trustee, be held within the Trust in cash or invested
         in savings  accounts,  certificates of deposit,  high-grade  short-term
         securities,  equity  stocks,  bonds or other  investments.  Subject  to
         applicable law, the Trustee may acquire Company Stock

                                       21

<PAGE>



         on the open  market,  through  private  purchases,  purchases  from the
         Company  (including  purchases  of treasury  shares or  authorized  but
         unissued shares), or otherwise.

         The  portion of the Plan and Trust Fund  which is  invested  in Company
         Stock and is  attributable  to  Employer  Contribution  is  intended to
         satisfy all  requirements  of Code  section  4975(e)(7)  and  therefore
         constitutes an employee stock ownership plan, as defined therein.

14.2     Conversion to Cash.

         If it is necessary to convert  Company Stock held within the Stock Fund
         to cash to provide for a distribution  to a Participant or Beneficiary,
         or for any other reason  required under the Plan,  the following  shall
         apply:

         (a)      The Trustee  shall  purchase such shares with the cash amounts
                  (if any) then reflected in the  Participant's  Stock Accounts;
                  provided that, if a Share Purchase Loan is  outstanding,  such
                  cash  amounts  shall be so applied  only if so directed by the
                  Committee.

         (b)      To the extent that Company  Stock  cannot be  purchased  under
                  (a), the Trustee shall sell such shares on the open market, or
                  to any other  employee  benefit plan or program  maintained by
                  the Employer,  or to the Company;  provided that, any sales to
                  any such  employee  benefit  plan or program or to the Company
                  must satisfy the prohibited transaction exemption requirements
                  set forth in ERISA section 408(e).

14.3     Voting of Company Stock.

         The  Company  shall  use its  reasonable  best  efforts  to cause to be
         delivered to each  Participant (or in case of death,  his  Beneficiary)
         such  notices and  informational  statements  as are  furnished  to the
         Company's stockholders with respect to the exercise of voting rights on
         Company  Stock,  together  with  forms by  which  the  Participant  (or
         Beneficiary)  may  confidentially  instruct the Trustee with respect to
         the voting of Company Stock allocated to his Account. The Trustee shall
         vote Company Stock held within the Trust as follows:

         (a)      The Trustee shall vote shares of Company  Stock  credited to a
                  Participant's  Stock Account with respect to which the Trustee
                  has received timely direction,  as directed by the Participant
                  (or Beneficiary) (or abstain if so directed).

         (b)      The Trustee  shall vote (i) all Company  Stock not credited to
                  any  Participant's  Stock Account,  and (ii) all Company Stock
                  credited to a  Participant's  Stock  Account  with  respect to
                  which the Trustee has not received  timely  direction,  in the
                  same proportion as the Company Stock specified in (a).

                                       22

<PAGE>




         All  voting  directions  received  by the  Trustee  shall  be  held  in
         confidence  by the Trustee and shall not be divulged or released to any
         person,  including  an  Employee  or any  officer  or  director  of any
         corporation that makes up the Employer,  except to the extent that such
         Employee, officer or director is also a Trustee.

14.4     Tender of Company Stock.

         Any  contrary  provision  of the  Plan  notwithstanding,  if there is a
         tender or exchange offer for, or a request or invitation for the tender
         or exchange of,  Company Stock,  the Trustee  promptly shall furnish to
         each  Participant  (or in case of death,  his  Beneficiary) a notice of
         such offer,  request,  or invitation,  and shall request direction from
         the  Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  as to the  tender or  exchange  of
         Company  Stock  allocated  to the  Participant's  Stock  Accounts.  The
         Trustee shall tender or exchange, or retain,  Company Stock held within
         the Trust as follows:

         (a)      The Trustee shall tender or exchange, or retain, Company Stock
                  credited to a  Participant's  Stock  Accounts  with respect to
                  which the Trustee has received timely  direction,  as directed
                  by the Participant (or Beneficiary).

         (b)      The  Trustee  shall  retain   Company  Stock   credited  to  a
                  Participant's Stock Accounts with respect to which the Trustee
                  has not received timely direction.

         (c)      The Trustee shall tender or exchange, or retain, Company Stock
                  not credited to any Participant's Stock Accounts,  in the same
                  proportion  as the Company  Stock  specified in (a) and (b) is
                  tendered or exchanged, or retained.

         All tender or exchange directions received by the Trustee shall be held
         in  confidence  by the Trustee and shall not be divulged or released to
         any  person,  including  an  Employee or any officer or director of any
         corporation that makes up the Employer,  except to the extent that such
         Employee, officer or director is also a Trustee.

14.5     Non-Publicly Traded Shares.

         For any period during which Company Stock is not readily tradable on an
         established securities market, the following provisions shall apply:

         (a)      Put Option:  When shares of Company Stock are distributed to a
                  Participant  (or in  case  of  death,  his  Beneficiary),  the
                  Company  shall grant the recipient an option to put the shares
                  to the  Company;  provided  that,  the  Company  may allow the
                  Trustee to assume the Company's  rights and obligations at the
                  time the put is  exercised.  A put option shall  provide that,
                  for a  period  of  sixty  (60)  days  after  such  shares  are
                  distributed, the recipient shall have the right to require the
                  Company to purchase such shares at their fair market value. If
                  the put is not  exercised  within  such sixty (60) day period,
                  the put shall be available for an

                                       23

<PAGE>



                  additional  period of sixty (60) days beginning with the first
                  day of the Plan Year following the year of the distribution. A
                  put  option  can be  exercised  by  notifying  the  Company in
                  writing.

                  The terms of  payment  for the  purchase  of shares of Company
                  Stock  subject  to a put  shall  be as set  forth  in the put,
                  subject to the following:

                  (i)      In the case of Company Stock distributed as part of a
                           total distribution (as defined below),  payment shall
                           be made in substantially equal periodic payments (not
                           less  frequently  than  annually)  over a period that
                           begins not later than  thirty (30) days after the put
                           is  exercised,  and  that  does not  exceed  five (5)
                           years. If payment is made in  installments,  adequate
                           security and a reasonable  rate of interest  shall be
                           provided to the recipient.

                  (ii)     In the case of Company Stock that is not  distributed
                           as part of a total  distribution,  payment  shall  be
                           made  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  put  is
                           exercised.

                  For purposes of this subsection,  a "total distribution" means
                  a distribution  within one (1) calendar year of the balance to
                  the credit of the Participant's Plan Account.

                  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  subsection,  or  as
                  otherwise  required by  applicable  law, no Company Stock held
                  within or  distributed  from the Trust  shall be  subject to a
                  put,   call,   or  other   option,   or  buy-sell  or  similar
                  arrangement.

         (b)      Distribution  of Company  Stock:  Any  contrary  provision  of
                  Article 11  notwithstanding,  unless a Participant elects that
                  the special  distribution  provisions of this Section  14.5(b)
                  not  apply,   the   portion  of  his   Distributable   Benefit
                  attributable  to Company  Stock  credited to his Stock Account
                  shall be distributed as follows:

                    (i)  Such  portion  shall  be  paid in  substantially  equal
                         periodic  payments (not less  frequently than annually)
                         over a period  not longer  than five (5) years,  or, if
                         the value of such  accounts  exceeds  $500,000 (or such
                         greater  amount as may be in effect  under Code section
                         409(o)(1)(C)),  five (5) years plus one (1)  additional
                         year (but not more than five (5) additional  years) for
                         each  $100,000  (or such  greater  amount  as may be in
                         effect  under Code  section  409(o)(1)(C))  or fraction
                         thereof  by which  the value of such  accounts  exceeds
                         $500,000  (or such  greater  amount as may be in effect
                         under Code section 409(o)(1)(C)).

                    (ii) Except  as  provided  below,  payments  under (i) shall
                         commence  not later  than one (l) year after the end of
                         the following:

                                       24

<PAGE>




                           (A)      In  the   case   of  a   Participant   whose
                                    employment  with  the  Employer   terminates
                                    after his Normal  Retirement  Age, or at any
                                    age by  reason of death or  Disability,  the
                                    Plan   Year   in   which   his    employment
                                    terminates.

                           (B)      In  the   case   of  a   Participant   whose
                                    employment  with  the  Employer   terminates
                                    under  circumstances  not  described in (A),
                                    the fifth (5th) Plan Year following the year
                                    in which his employment terminates, provided
                                    that, this Subsection shall not apply if the
                                    Participant is reemployed  with the Employer
                                    before  the end of  such  fifth  (5th)  Plan
                                    Year.

                           Commencement prior to the date on which a Participant
                           attains Normal Retirement Age shall be subject to the
                           Participant's consent, and, if a Participant does not
                           consent, commencement shall occur soon as practicable
                           after the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

                  Distributions  of Company Stock otherwise  required under this
                  Section shall not include any Company Stock  acquired with the
                  proceeds of a Share  Purchase Loan until the close of the Plan
                  Year in which  the loan is  repaid  in full,  except  where no
                  other securities are available for such distribution.

         (c)      Distribution Limitation:  Any contrary provision of Article 11
                  notwithstanding,  if Company  Stock is subject to a put option
                  under (a), any Company  Stock is acquired with the proceeds of
                  a Share Purchase Loan which are held within the Trust Fund and
                  credited  to a  Participant's  Stock  Accounts  shall  not  be
                  distributed until such Share Purchase Loan is fully repaid.

         (d)      Right of First Refusal: Shares of Company Stock distributed by
                  the  Trustee  shall be subject to a "right of first  refusal."
                  The right of first refusal  shall  provide that,  prior to any
                  subsequent transfer,  such Company Stock must first be offered
                  in  writing  to the  Company,  and  then,  if  refused  by the
                  Company,  to the Trust,  at the then fair  market  value.  The
                  Company and the  Committee (on behalf of the Trust) shall have
                  a total of  fourteen  (14)  days  (from  the date the  Company
                  receives the offer) to exercise the right of first  refusal on
                  the same terms offered by a prospective  buyer.  A Participant
                  (or  beneficiary)  entitled to a distribution of Company Stock
                  may be  required  to execute  an  appropriate  stock  transfer
                  agreement  (evidencing  the right of first  refusal)  prior to
                  receiving a certificate for such stock.

         For  purposes  of this  Section,  whether  Company  Stock  is  "readily
         tradable on an  established  securities  market" shall be determined in
         accordance with regulations or interpretations  adopted by the Internal
         Revenue Service under Code section 409(h).


                                       25

<PAGE>



14.6     Restriction of Stock Certificates.

         Shares of Company Stock held or  distributed by the Trustee may include
         such legend restrictions on transferability as a Company may reasonably
         require in order to assure compliance with applicable Federal and State
         securities  law and with the  provisions of this  paragraph.  Except as
         otherwise  provided in Section 14.5, no shares of Company Stock held or
         distributed  by the  Trustee  may be  subject  to a put,  call or other
         option or buy-sell similar arrangement.  The provisions of Section 14.5
         shall continue to be applicable to shares of such Company  Stock,  even
         if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section
         4975(e)(7) of the Code.

14.7     Share Acquisition Loan.

         The  Committee  may direct the Trustee to incur a Share  Purchase  Loan
         from time to time to finance the acquisition of Company Stock (Financed
         Shares)  for the  Trust or to repay a prior  Share  Purchase  Loan.  An
         installment  obligation  incurred in  connection  with the  purchase of
         Company Stock shall  constitute a Share Purchase Loan. A Share Purchase
         Loan shall be for a specific  term,  shall  bear a  reasonable  rate of
         interest  and shall  not be  payable  on demand  except in the event of
         default. A Share Purchase Loan may be secured by a collateral pledge of
         the  Financed  Shares so acquired  and any other  collateral  permitted
         under the  Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under Code  section 4975
         including  contributions  that  are  made  under  the  Plan to meet its
         obligations  under the Share Purchase Loan. No other Trust asset may be
         pledged as collateral  for a Share  Purchase  Loan, and no lender shall
         have  recourse  against  any other  such  Trust  assets.  Any pledge of
         Financed  Shares  must  provide for the release of shares so pledged on
         pro-rata basis as principal and interest on the Share Purchase Loan are
         repaid  by the  Trustee  and such  Financed  Shares  are  allocated  to
         Participants'  Company  Stock  Accounts.  Repayments  of principal  and
         interest  on any Share  Purchase  Loan shall be made by the Trustee (as
         directed by the Committee) only from Company contributions paid in cash
         to enable the Trustee to repay such Loan, from earnings attributable to
         such  Company  Contributions  and from cash  dividends  received by the
         Trust. Should the Company Contributions,  earnings attributable to such
         Company  Contributions  and cash  dividends  received  by the  Trust on
         Financed Shares be insufficient to meet the obligations  created by the
         Share  Purchase  Loan,  then the Trustee shall so advise the Committee.
         The Committee may recommend  certain actions  including but not limited
         to,  refinancing  the original  loan,  amendment  of the original  loan
         agreement, or the entering into of an additional Share Purchase Loan to
         repay a prior Share Purchase Loan.


                                       26

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 15

                          FORMER EMPLOYEES/PARTICIPANTS

15.1     Participation.

         If an individual's  employment with the Employer terminates,  and later
         he is reemployed  with the Employer,  he shall become (or again become)
         an Active  Participant  after his  reemployment  in accordance with the
         following rules:

         (a)      If he was not an Active  Participant  prior to his termination
                  of  employment,  he shall become an Active  Participant on the
                  first entry date  specified in Section 3.2 that coincides with
                  or  next  follows  the  date  on  which  the   satisfies   the
                  eligibility conditions of Section 3.1.

         (b)      If he was an Active  Participant  prior to his  termination of
                  employment, he again shall become an Active Participant on the
                  first  date  on  which  he  again  satisfies  the  eligibility
                  conditions of Section 3.1.

         If an Active Participant  becomes a Former Participant by reason of his
         failure to satisfy the  eligibility  conditions of Section 3.1, but his
         employment with the Employer has not terminated,  he again shall become
         an  Active  Participant  on the date on which  he again  satisfies  the
         eligibility conditions of Section 3.1.

15.2     Cessation of Distributions.

         Subject to Section 11.9,  any  distributions  from the Trust Fund which
         have not been made to a Former Participant shall be cancelled as of the
         date he again becomes an Active Participant.


                                   ARTICLE 16

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

16.1     Amendment.

         The  Company  reserves  the  right to amend  the Plan from time to time
         subject to the following limitations:

          (a)  No   amendment   shall   substantively   change  the  duties  and
               liabilities of the Committee unless the Committee consents to the
               amendment;


                                       27

<PAGE>



          (b)  No  amendment  shall  result in the return to the Employer of any
               part of the  Trust or the  income  therefrom,  or  result  in the
               distribution  of the Trust to or for the benefit of anyone  other
               than a Participant or Beneficiary;

          (c)  No  amendment  shall  reduce  the  amount  or the  nonforfeitable
               portion of a Participant's  Plan Account balance as determined as
               of the later of the  effective  date or the adoption  date of the
               amendment; and

          (d)  No amendment  shall  eliminate an optional  form of  distribution
               with respect to a Participant's  existing Plan Account balance as
               determined as of the later of the effective  date or the adoption
               date of the  amendment  except as  permitted  under Code  section
               411(d)(6).

         If the  Plan is  amended  such  that  Company  Stock  is not  the  main
         investment,  then,  the proceeds of a Share  Purchase Loan will be used
         within a  reasonable  time after  receipt by the Plan either to acquire
         Company Stock or to repay the loan or a prior Share Purchase Loan. Even
         if it ceases as an ESOP,  any Company Stock  acquired with the proceeds
         of a Share  Purchase  Loan will be subject to a put option if it is not
         publicly traded when distributed, or if subject to a trading limitation
         when distributed.  The put option must be exercisable at least during a
         15-month  period which  begins on the date the security  subject to the
         put  option  is  distributed  by the  Plan.  The price at which the put
         option will be exercisable  will be the value of the security as of the
         date of  exercise  or as of the  most  recent  Valuation  Date.  If the
         transaction  takes place  between the Plan and a  disqualified  person,
         value will be determined as of the date of the transaction.

16.2     Termination.

         Although   each  Adopting   Employer   intends  to  maintain  the  Plan
         indefinitely,  the  Plan  is  entirely  voluntary  on the  part of each
         Adopting   Employer   and  the   continuation   of  the  Plan  and  the
         contributions  hereunder  should  not  be  construed  as a  contractual
         obligation of any Adopting Employer.  Accordingly, the Company reserves
         the right to  terminate  the Plan in its  entirety  and to  suspend  or
         discontinue (in whole or in part) all  contributions to the Trust under
         the Plan,  and each  Adopting  Employer  reserves the right to withdraw
         from participation.

         The Plan shall  terminate in its entirety on any date  specified by the
         Company  if  advance  written  notice  is given to the  Committee,  the
         Trustee, and each Adopting Employer.

16.3     Vesting on Termination.

         If the Plan  terminates  or if  contributions  made by the Employer are
         completely discontinued under the Plan, the Plan Account balance of all
         Active  Participants  and all Former  Participants  shall  remain fully
         vested and nonforfeitable. If a partial termination (within the meaning
         of Code section 411(d)(3)) of the Plan occurs as to any group of

                                       28

<PAGE>



         Participants,  the Plan  Account  balance  of such  Participants  shall
         remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.

16.4     Termination Distributions.

         If the Plan  terminates,  the Committee shall direct a final accounting
         and  distribution  of  all  amounts  then  held  in  the  Trust  to the
         Participants  or  Beneficiaries.  A distribution  shall be made to each
         Participant or Beneficiary of the Plan Account  balance payable to each
         such person in a single-sum payment. Such distribution shall be made as
         soon  as   practicable   after  the   Company   receives  a   favorable
         determination  from the Internal  Revenue  Service as to the  qualified
         status of the Plan under Code section 401(a) upon its termination,  but
         not later than one (1) year after the Plan terminates.

                                   ARTICLE 17

                        MERGERS, TRANSFERS, AND ROLLOVERS

17.1     Plan Merger, Consolidation or Benefit Transfer.

         This Plan shall not merge or consolidate with any other qualified plan,
         nor shall assets or liabilities  be transferred to any other  qualified
         plan, unless each Participant would (if the other Plan then terminated)
         receive  a benefit  immediately  after the  merger,  consolidation,  or
         transfer  that is equal to or greater  than the  benefit  that he would
         have received immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer
         (if this Plan then terminated).

         This Plan  shall  not merge or  consolidate  with any  defined  benefit
pension plan.

17.2     Transfers Between Plans.

         A Participant who is eligible to receive a distribution  from this Plan
         may direct the Trustee to transfer a specified  amount  equal to all or
         any portion of his distribution  which would otherwise be includible in
         the  Participant's  taxable  income to the trustee of another  eligible
         retirement plan. For purposes of distributions made pursuant to Section
         8.1, "eligible retirement plan" shall mean:

          (a)  an  individual  retirement  account  described  in  Code  Section
               408(a), or

          (b)  an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b)
               (other than an endowment contract), or

          (c)  a qualified  trust  described in Code  Section  401(a) and exempt
               from tax under Code  Section  501(a);  provided,  such trust is a
               defined   contribution   plan  the  terms  of  which  permit  the
               acceptance of rollover distributions, or

                                       29

<PAGE>




          (d)  an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a).

         For  purposes  of  distributions  made  to the  surviving  spouse  of a
         Participant  pursuant to Section 8.2, "eligible  retirement plan" shall
         mean only items (i) and (ii) described above.

         The Participant  shall provide such direction to the Trustee in writing
         on a form provided by the  Committee and shall clearly  specify on such
         form the eligible  retirement plan to which such distribution  shall be
         transferred.  The Committee may rely on the information provided by the
         Participant  and shall not be subject to penalties or liability  due to
         such  reliance.  The Committee  shall provide a written  explanation of
         this  distribution  option to the  Participant in accordance with rules
         prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

17.3     Rollover Contributions.

         The  Trustee  shall not accept any amounts  distributed  from any other
         qualified  plan  or  conduit  individual  retirement  account  for  any
         Participant.

                                   ARTICLE 18

                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

18.1     Administrative Committee.

         The Plan  shall be  administered  by a  committee  of at least  two (2)
         members  appointed by the Board for this  purpose.  Each member of such
         committee is a "named  fiduciary"  within the meaning of Section 402(e)
         of the ERISA with respect to the administration of the Plan.

18.2     Committee Powers.

         The Committee shall have such powers as are not  specifically  reserved
         to the Company,  the Trustee or the Participants  which are appropriate
         to administer the Plan,  including,  but not limited to, the following,
         all of which powers shall be  exercised in the absolute  discretion  of
         the Committee:

          (a)  To determine all questions arising under the Plan,  including the
               power to  determine  the rights or  eligibility  of  Employees or
               Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries,  and the  amount  of any
               benefits due such persons under the Plan;

          (b)  To  construe  the  terms of the Plan and to  remedy  ambiguities,
               inconsistencies or omissions;

          (c)  To adopt such rules of procedure as it considers  appropriate for
               the proper administration of the Plan and are consistent with the
               Plan;

                                       30

<PAGE>




          (d)  To enforce the Plan  provisions and the rules of procedure  which
               it adopts;

          (e)  To direct payments or distributions from the Trust Fund under the
               provisions of the Plan;

          (f)  To furnish the  Employer  with such  information  relating to the
               Plan as may be required by it for tax or other purposes;

          (g)  To employ  agents,  attorneys,  accountants,  actuaries  or other
               persons, and to allocate or delegate to them such powers,  rights
               and   duties  as  it   considers   appropriate   for  the  proper
               administration of the Plan;

          (h)  To initiate  such  amendments  to the Plan as may be in substance
               authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company;

          (i)  To make equitable  adjustments for any mistakes or errors made in
               the administration of the Plan;

          (j)  To request  an audit of the Trust  Fund to be made at  reasonable
               times (but at least annually) by a certified  public  accountant,
               subject to the approval of the Company.

         The  Committee  shall  have such  further  powers  and duties as may be
         elsewhere  specified in the Plan or trust agreement between the Company
         and the Trustee, and shall have total discretion in the exercise of the
         powers granted hereunder.

18.3     Benefit Payments.

         The Committee shall determine the manner in which the funds of the Plan
         shall be disbursed in  accordance  with the Plan and  provisions of the
         Trust Agreement, including the form of voucher or warrant to be used in
         making  distributions and the  qualifications of persons  authorized to
         approve  and  sign  the  same and any  other  matters  incident  to the
         disbursements of such funds.

18.4     Committee Officers.

         The  Committee  shall  appoint a Chairman  from among its members,  and
         shall  select a Secretary  who may be, but need not be, a member of the
         Committee.

18.5     Committee Actions.

         The  Committee  shall act by a majority of its members,  subject to the
following:


                                       31

<PAGE>



          (a)  The Committee may delegate  authority to a specific  member(s) of
               the  Committee  to carry  out such  duties as the  Committee  may
               assign;

          (b)  A member of the Committee may by writing  delegate any or all his
               rights, powers, duties and discretions to any other member of the
               Committee, with the consent of the latter;

          (c)  The Committee may retain counsel,  employ agents, and provide for
               such  clerical  and  accounting  services  as it may  require  to
               administer the Plan; and

          (d)  When there is an even  division  of opinion  among the members of
               the Committee as to a matter, the Board shall decide the matter.

         A majority  of the members of the  Committee  at the time in once shall
         constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or
         other actions taken by the Committee  shall be by vote of a majority of
         those present at a meeting, but not less than two, or in writing by all
         the members at the time in office, if they act without a meeting.

18.6     Committee Member Who Is Participant.

         If a member of the  Committee is a  Participant,  he may not decide any
         matter  relating to his  participation  or Plan Account or how his Plan
         Account or any  portion  thereof is to be paid to him that he would not
         have the right to decide were he not a member of the Committee,  and he
         shall  not  receive   any   compensation   for  his   services  in  the
         administration of the Plan.

18.7     Resignation or Removal.

         A member of the  Committee  may  resign  at any time by giving  advance
         written notice to the Board and to the Secretary of the Committee.  The
         Company may remove a member of the  Committee  with or without cause by
         giving  advance  written notice to such member and each other member of
         the Committee.

         A member of the Committee who is an Employee shall cease to be a member
         of the  Committee  as of the date  his  employment  with  the  Employer
         terminates  for any reason  unless the Board acts to continue  him as a
         member.

18.8     Information Required from Employer.

         The Employer shall furnish the Committee with such data and information
         as the Committee deems  appropriate to administer the Plan. The records
         of  the  Employer  as to an  Employee's  period(s)  of  employment  and
         Compensation  shall be conclusive on all persons  unless  determined by
         the Committee to be clearly incorrect.


                                       32

<PAGE>



18.9     Information Required from Employees.

         Each  person  entitled  to  benefits  under the Plan must  furnish  the
         Committee  from  time to time in  writing  such  person's  post  office
         address,  each change of post office  address,  and such other data and
         information as the Committee deems  appropriate to administer the Plan.
         Any  communication,  statement or notice addressed to any person at the
         last post office address filed with the Committee shall be binding upon
         such person for all purposes of the Plan.

18.10             Uniform Rules and Administration.

         The  Committee   shall   administer   the  Plan  on  a  reasonable  and
         nondiscriminatory  basis and shall apply  uniform  rules to all persons
         similarly situated.


                                   ARTICLE 19

                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE

19.1     Written Claim for Benefits.

         A Participant,  Beneficiary or any other person who believes that he is
         entitled to, but has been improperly  denied, a distribution or benefit
         under the Plan may file a claim for such  distribution  or benefit with
         the  Committee.  Such  claim  must be filed on such  form and with such
         documentation as the Committee shall prescribe.

19.2     Initial Review of Claim.

         The Committee shall consider all properly filed claims for distribution
         or benefit and shall notify the  claimant in writing  within sixty (60)
         days of  receipt  of the claim as to  whether  the claim is  allowed or
         denied.  If the Committee  denies a claim, the written notice informing
         the claimant of the denial shall include the following:

          (a)  The specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim;

          (b)  The pertinent Plan provision(s) on which the denial is based;

          (c)  A description of any additional material or information necessary
               for the claimant to perfect the claim and an  explanation  of why
               such material or information is necessary; and

          (d)  An  explanation  of the claim review  procedure  available to the
               claimant.


                                       33

<PAGE>



         The Committee may deny a claim in whole or in part and shall notify the
         claimant of the extent of the denial.

19.3     Claim Review Procedure.

         A claimant  who  receives  notice  that his claim for  distribution  or
         benefit is denied in whole or in part may, within sixty (60) days after
         the receipt of the notice,  apply to the  Committee for a review of the
         decision.  Such  application  must be made  on a form  provided  by the
         Committee for this purpose.

         A claimant who files a claim for review with the  Committee  shall have
         the following rights:

          (a)  Upon reasonable notice to the Committee, the claimant may examine
               documents in the  possession of the Committee  that are pertinent
               to the decision under review; and

          (b)  The  claimant  may  submit  written  comments  and  issues to the
               Committee relating to the decision under review.

         The  Committee  shall notify the claimant in writing  within sixty (60)
         days of the later of the receipt of the  application  for review or the
         receipt of written  comments and issues from the claimant as to whether
         the claim is allowed  or  denied.  If the  application  is denied,  the
         written  notice  informing the claimant of the denial shall include the
         information specified in Section 19.2.

19.4     Review Decisions Final.

         A decision by the Committee on an application for review shall be final
         and binding on all parties.

                                   ARTICLE 20

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

20.1     Prohibited Inurement.

         The  principal  or income of the Trust Fund shall not be paid or revert
         to the  Employer  or be used for any purpose  other than the  exclusive
         benefit of the  Participants and  Beneficiaries  and the payment of the
         reasonable and necessary expenses of the Trust Fund.

         This  Section  shall  not  prohibit  the  return,  upon  demand  of the
         Employer, of a contribution made by the Employer to the Trust Fund if:

                                       34

<PAGE>




          (a)  The contribution is made as a result of a mistake of fact and the
               return is within one year of the payment of the contribution; or

          (b)  The  deduction  for the  contribution  is  disallowed  under Code
               section  404 and the return (to the extent  that a  deduction  is
               disallowed) is within one year of the disallowance; or

          (c)  The Plan  receives an adverse  determination  with respect to its
               initial  qualification  and the  return is within  one year after
               such determination.

         Any  contribution  returned to the Employer under this Section shall be
         reduced  by any  portion  of  such  contribution  that  previously  was
         distributed  and by any  losses of the  Trust  Fund  allocable  to such
         contribution.

         In  no  event   shall  the  return  of  any   contribution   cause  any
         Participant's  Plan Account  balance to be less than the amount of such
         balance had the contribution not been made.

20.2     Special Valuation Dates.

         The Committee may designate a special valuation date to avoid prejudice
         either  to  Active  Participants  or  to  a  Former  Participant  whose
         employment  with the Employer has  terminated.  Such special  Valuation
         Date shall be treated as a regular  Valuation Date only for purposes of
         Section 6.6.

20.3     No Employment Rights.

         The Plan is not a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan
         shall not confer  upon any  Employee  the right to be  retained  in the
         employ of the Employer.

20.4     Interests Not Transferable.

         Subject to Code section 401(a)(13)(B), and except as may be required by
         application of the withholding provisions of the Code or of any state's
         tax laws,  no  benefit or  interest  under the Plan shall be subject to
         assignment or alienation, either voluntary or involuntary.

20.5     Absence of Guarantee.

         Benefits  under the Plan  shall be paid only out of the Trust  Fund and
         the  Employer has no legal  obligation  or liability to make any direct
         payment of benefits due under the Plan.  Neither the  Committee nor the
         Employer   in  any  way   guarantees   the  Trust  Fund  from  loss  or
         depreciation,  nor in any way  guarantees  any  payment  to any  person
         except as may be required under law.


                                       35

<PAGE>



20.6     Actions by Employer.

         Any action taken by any  corporation  that makes up the  Employer  with
         respect to the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or
         by a  person  or  persons  authorized  by  resolution  of its  Board of
         Directors to take such action.

20.7     Expenses.

         All costs of Plan administration shall be paid either by the Company or
         by the  Trustee  out of Trust  Fund  assets and if paid from Trust Fund
         assets,  shall be  allocated  among all Plan  Accounts in an  equitable
         manner determined by the Committee.

20.8     Facility of Payment.

         If any person  entitled to receive any benefit  payment  under the Plan
         is, in the sole judgment of the Committee,  under a legal disability or
         is  incapacitated in such a way as to be unable to handle his financial
         affairs,  the Committee may cause all payments due to such person to be
         made for the benefit of such person to any other person  designated  by
         the Committee.  Any such payment shall operate as a complete  discharge
         to the Employer, the Committee, and the Trustee.

20.9     Missing Participants.

         The  Committee  need  not  search  for or  locate  any  Participant  or
         Beneficiary.  If the Committee  notifies a Participant  or  Beneficiary
         that he is entitled to a benefit, and such person fails to file a claim
         for benefit or otherwise  make his  whereabouts  known to the Committee
         within a reasonable period of time after the notification,  the payment
         to which he is entitled shall be disposed of in an equitable  manner as
         permitted by law. Notification by the Committee mailed to the last post
         office address filed with the Committee  shall be sufficient  notice of
         benefit entitlement for this purpose.

20.10             Applicable Law.

         The  Plan  shall  be  governed  by the  internal  laws of the  state of
         Massachusetts the extent that federal law does not preempt such laws.


                                       36

<PAGE>



         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE  BANK  has  caused  this
instrument  to be  executed  by its duly  authorized  officer,  this 27th day of
March, 1996.

                                  FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK


                                  By /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci
                                     ------------------------
                                     Its President

                                       37

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX A

                             SERVICE CREDITING RULES

A.1      Introduction.

         This Appendix  applies to determine the Hours of Service of an Employee
         for purposes of the Plan.

         To the extent that this  Appendix does not contain all rules in section
         2530.200b-2  of the Code of  Federal  Regulations  that  apply for this
         purpose,  such rules are  incorporated  herein by  reference  and shall
         supplement this Appendix.

A.2.     Hours of Service.

         An Employee  shall be credited  with an Hour of Service for each of the
following:

          (a)  Each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to a payment,  by the
               Employer for a period  during which he performs  services for the
               Employer;

          (b)  Each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to a payment,  by the
               Employer for a period  during which he does not perform  services
               for  the  Employer   (irrespective   of  whether  the  employment
               relationship has terminated) due to vacation,  holiday,  illness,
               incapacity,  layoff,  jury  duty,  military  duty,  or  leave  of
               absence; and

          (c)  Each  hour for  which he is  awarded  back pay or for  which  the
               Employer  agrees to back pay  (irrespective  of the mitigation of
               damages)  unless an hour has been  credited  for the same  period
               under (a) or (b) above.

         Hours  credited under (c) shall be credited for the period to which the
         award or agreement  pertains rather than the period in which the award,
         agreement or payment is made.

A.3.     Special Rule for Periods When No Services Rendered.

         In crediting hours to an Employee for a period during which he does not
         perform  services  for the  Employer,  no credit shall be given for the
         following:

          (a)  Hours in excess of 501 on account of any single continuous period
               during  which the  Employee  does not  perform  services  for the
               Employer;

          (b)  Hours for which the Employee is paid, directly or indirectly,  if
               such  payment is made or due under a plan  maintained  solely for
               the purpose of complying with applicable workmen's  compensation,
               unemployment compensation, or disability insurance law; and

                                       A-1

<PAGE>




          (c)  For a payment  which is  solely to  reimburse  the  Employee  for
               medical or medically related expenses.

         An hour shall not be credited for accrued but unused  vacation time, if
         any, for which the Employee is paid upon his termination of employment.

A.4.     Special Rule for Maternity/Paternity Absences.

         Solely   to   determine    whether   an   Employee   has   a   One-Year
         Break-in-Service,  if  he  is  absent  from  service  by  reason  of  a
         "maternity or paternity  absence," he shall be credited with an Hour of
         Service  for each hour he would have worked but for the absence (or for
         eight (8) hours for each day of the  absence  if the number of hours he
         normally worked cannot be  determined);  provided that no more than 501
         Hours of Service shall be credited under this Section.

         Hours of Service  credited  under this Section shall be credited to the
following periods:

         (a)      Hours of Service  shall be  credited  to the year in which the
                  Employee's maternity or paternity absence begins if the credit
                  would prevent him from  incurring a One-Year  Break-in-Service
                  for such year.

         (b)      Hours of Service  shall be credited to the year  following the
                  year in which the  Employee's  maternity or paternity  absence
                  begins in all cases not described in (a).

         For purposes of this Section,  a "maternity or paternity absence" is an
         absence caused by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, the birth of
         a child of the Employee,  the placement of a child with the Employee in
         connection  with the adoption of the child,  or an absence for purposes
         of caring for such child for a period immediately  following such birth
         or placement.


                                       A-2

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX B

                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


B.1.     Introduction.

         This Appendix applies to determine whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan
         for a Plan Year.

         To the extent  that this  Appendix  does not  contain all rules in Code
         section  416 (and  the  regulations  thereunder)  that  apply  for this
         purpose,  such rules are  incorporated  herein by  reference  and shall
         supplement this Appendix.

B.2.     Top-Heavy Plan.

         For  purposes of Sections  6.4 and 9.4 and this  Appendix,  the Plan is
         Top-Heavy  for a Plan  Year  if,  as of  the  determination  date,  the
         adjusted  accrued  benefit of  key-employees  under all qualified plans
         within the  aggregation  group is more than sixty  percent (60%) of the
         adjusted  accrued benefit of all non-key  employees under all qualified
         plans within the aggregation group.

B.3.     Key-Employees; Non-Key Employees.

         A  "key-employee"  is any Employee who at any time during the Plan Year
         or any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years was:

         (a)      An officer of any corporation  that makes up the Employer with
                  415  Compensation  of more  than  $45,000  (or such  amount as
                  equals fifty  percent (50%) of the amount in effect under Code
                  section  415(b)(1)(A)  for such Plan Year);  provided that, no
                  more than fifty (50) Employees (or, if lesser,  the greater of
                  three (3)  Employees  or ten percent  (10%) of all  Employees)
                  shall be treated as officers;

         (b)      One of the ten (10)  Employees with 415  Compensation  of more
                  than  $90,000  (or such  amount in effect  under Code  section
                  415(c)(1)(A)  for the Plan Year) who owns the largest interest
                  in the Employer;  provided that, an Employee who owns not more
                  than a one-half  percent (1/2%) interest in value shall not be
                  counted, and if two (2) Employees have the same interest,  the
                  Employee with the greater 415  Compensation  for the Plan Year
                  shall be treated as owning a larger interest;

         (c)      A five percent (5%) owner of any corporation that makes up the
                  Employer; and


                                       B-1

<PAGE>



         (d)      A one percent (1%) owner of any corporation  that makes up the
                  Employer with 415  Compensation for the Plan Year of more than
                  $150,000.

         A "non-key employee" is any Employee who is not a key-employee.

         For purposes of this Appendix,  415 Compensation  means compensation as
         defined in Code section 415(c)(3).

B.4.     Determination Date.

         The "determination  date" is the last day of the immediately  preceding
         Plan Year, or for the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

B.5.     Adjusted Accrued Benefit.

         The  "adjusted  accrued  benefit"  of an  Employee  is  the  sum of the
         Employee's  adjusted  account balance under this Plan plus his adjusted
         accrued  benefit under any other  qualified plan within the aggregation
         group in which the Employee participates or has participated.

         An Employee's "adjusted account balance" under this Plan is his Account
         balance as of the determination date, adjusted as follows:

         (a)      The Employee's Account is increased by the total amount of all
                  distributions  made from the Account  during the five (5) year
                  period ending on the determination date;

         (b)      The Employee's Account is disregarded  if he has not performed
                  services for the Employer at any time during the five (5) year
                  period ending on the determination date;

         (c)      The Employee's Account is disregarded if he was a key-employee
                  for  a  prior  Plan  Year  but  is  not a key-employee for the
                  current Plan Year;

         (d)      The  Employee's  Account  does not  include  the amount of any
                  contribution   actually   paid   to  the   Trust   after   the
                  determination  date  (except  with  respect  to the first Plan
                  Year); and

         (e)      The Employee's Account is increased or decreased by the amount
                  of any rollover or transfer in which the Plan is the recipient
                  or distributor as provided in Code section 416(g)(4)(A).

         An Employee's  adjusted accrued benefit under each other qualified plan
         within the  aggregation  group shall be determined  under such plan and
         Code section 416.

                                       B-2

<PAGE>




B.6.     Aggregation Group.

         The "aggregation group" includes the following qualified plans:

          (a)  Each  qualified  plan of the  Employer  in  which a  key-employee
               participated in the Plan Year containing the  determination  date
               or any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years;

          (b)  Each  qualified  plan  of  the  Employer  which  enabled  a  plan
               described  in (a) to satisfy  the  requirements  of Code  section
               401(a)(4) or 410; and

          (c)  At the  election  of the  Employer,  any  qualified  plan  of the
               Employer that is not  described in (a) or (b) but that  satisfies
               the   requirements  of  Code  sections   401(a)(4)  or  410  when
               considered together with such plans.

         The plans  described in (a) and (b) together  constitute  the "required
         aggregation  group." The plans  described  in (a), (b) and (c) together
         constitute the "permissive aggregation group."

B.7.     Adjustment to Benefit Limitations.

         If the Plan is Top-Heavy  for a Plan Year and, as of the  determination
         date, the adjusted accrued benefit of key-employees under all qualified
         plans within the aggregation group is more than ninety percent (90%) of
         the  adjusted  accrued  benefit  of  all  non-key-employees  under  all
         qualified plans within the aggregation group then a factor of 1.0 shall
         be used in the denominator of the defined benefit  fraction and defined
         contribution  fraction  used to determine the combined plan limit under
         Code section 415 instead of a factor of 1.25.




                                       B-3

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX C

                    IDENTIFYING HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

C.1.     Introduction.

         This Appendix  applies to determine the identity of Highly  Compensated
         Employees for a Plan Year.

         To the extent  that this  Appendix  does not  contain all rules in Code
         section  414(q) (and the  regulations  thereunder)  that apply for this
         purpose,  such rules are  incorporated  herein by  reference  and shall
         supplement this Appendix.

C.2.     Highly Compensated Employee.

         An Employee is a "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  for a Plan Year if he
         performs  services for the Employer during the Plan Year and any of the
         following conditions is satisfied:

          (a)  The Employee is a 5-percent owner of any  corporation  that makes
               up the Employer at any time during the prior Plan Year or current
               Plan Year;

          (b)  The Employee  received 415  Compensation of more than $50,000 (or
               such greater amount in effect under Code section 414(q)(1)(C) for
               the prior Plan Year and was a member of the group  consisting  of
               the  top   20-percent  of  the  Employees   when  ranked  by  415
               Compensation;

          (c)  The Employee  received 415  Compensation of more than $75,000 (or
               such greater  amount in effect  under Code section  414(q)(1)(B))
               for the prior Plan Year;

          (d)  The Employee  received 415  Compensation of more than $45,000 (or
               such greater amount as equals  50-percent of the amount in effect
               under Code section  415(b)(l)(A)) for the prior Plan Year and was
               an officer of the Employer at any time during such year.

         An Employee also is a Highly Compensated  Employee for the current Plan
         Year if he is one of the top 100 Employees when ranked by  Compensation
         received  for the current Plan Year and is described in (b), (c) or (d)
         when  such  paragraphs  are  applied  based on the  current  Plan  Year
         (determined based on the applicable  dollar  limitations above that are
         in effect for the current Plan Year).

                                       C-1

<PAGE>


C.3.     Employee Percentages.

         To determine the number of Employees for purposes of C.2(b) and C.5(a),
         all Employees who perform  services for the Employer during a Plan Year
         shall be counted as Employees except the following:

          (a)  An Employee  who has not  completed  six (6) months of service by
               the end of the Plan  Year  (including  service  completed  in the
               immediately preceding Plan Year);

          (b)  An Employee who normally  works less than  seventeen and one-half
               (17-1/2) hours per week;

          (c)  An Employee  who normally  works less than six (6) months  during
               any Plan Year;

          (d)  An Employee who has not attained age  twenty-one  (21) by the end
               of the Plan Year.

         The Employer can modify the exclusions under (a), (b), (c) or (d) above
         by  substituting  any shorter  period of service or lower age than that
         specified;  provided that such  modification  must be made on a uniform
         and consistent  basis for all employee  benefit plans maintained by the
         Employer.

C.4.     Special Rules for Officers.

         To determine  whether an Employee is a Highly  Compensated  Employee by
         reason of his position as an officer of a corporation that makes up the
         Employer, the following rules apply:

         (a)      No more than fifty (50) Employees (or, if lesser,  the greater
                  of three (3) Employees or ten percent (10%) of all  Employees)
                  shall be treated as officers; and

         (b)      If for any year no officer is described in C.2(d) above,  then
                  the  highest  paid  officer  shall  be  treated  as  a  Highly
                  Compensated Employee.

         If the number of Employees who are treated as officers is limited under
         (a) above, then the officers with the greatest 415 Compensation for the
         year shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees.

C.5      Tie-Breaking Elections.

         To determine the identity of Highly Compensated Employees, the Employer
         shall  adopt  rounding  and  tie-breaking  rules  that are  reasonable,
         nondiscriminatory, and uniformly and consistently applied.

                                       C-2


                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST





<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
  ARTICLE I..............................................................................................  1
           TRUST; TRUST FUND.............................................................................  1
                    1.1      Name of Trust...............................................................  1
                    1.2      Trust Fund..................................................................  2
                    1.3      Qualification under Internal Revenue Code...................................  2
                    1.4      Entire Understanding........................................................  2
                    1.5      Administration of Plan......................................................  2
                    1.6      Named Fiduciary.............................................................  2

  ARTICLE II.............................................................................................  2
           CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUST FUND...................................................................  2

  ARTICLE III............................................................................................  2
           PAYMENTS FROM TRUST FUND......................................................................  2
                    3.1      Instructions from Committee.................................................  2
                    3.2      Trustee Expenses............................................................  3
                    3.3      Trustee Compensation........................................................  3

  ARTICLE IV.............................................................................................  3
           INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND......................................................................  3
                    4.1      Investment Powers - In General..............................................  3
                    4.2      Investment of ESOP Contributions............................................  3
                    4.3      Investment of non-ESOP Contributions - Powers of Trustee....................  3
                    4.4      Investment of non-ESOP Contributions - Powers of Committee..................  5
                    4.5      Voting of Company Stock.....................................................  5
                    4.6      Tender of Company Stock.....................................................  6

  ARTICLE V..............................................................................................  7
           INVESTMENT MANAGERS...........................................................................  7
                    5.1      Appointment by Company......................................................  7
                    5.2      Relationship to Trustee.....................................................  7
                    5.3      Fiduciary Responsibility....................................................  8
                    5.4      Investment Authority........................................................  8

  ARTICLE VI.............................................................................................  9
           RECORDKEEPING.................................................................................  9
                    6.1      Recordkeeping...............................................................  9
                    6.2      Fiscal Year.................................................................  9
                    6.3      Reports.....................................................................  9


                                        i

<PAGE>




  ARTICLE VII............................................................................................  9
           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.....................................................................  9
                    7.1      Amendment...................................................................  9
                    7.2      Termination.................................................................  9

  ARTICLE VIII........................................................................................... 10
           SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEES........................................................................ 10
                    8.1      Removal by Company.......................................................... 10
                    8.2      Resignation of Trustee...................................................... 10
                    8.3      Appointment of Successor Trustee............................................ 10
                    8.4      Transfer of Assets to Successor Trustee..................................... 10
                    8.5      Reorganization of Trustee................................................... 10

  ARTICLE IX............................................................................................. 10
           GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE POWERS................................................................. 11
                    9.1      Plan Administration......................................................... 11
                    9.2      Reliance upon Committee..................................................... 11
                    9.3      Reliance upon Company....................................................... 11
                    9.4      Reliance upon Counsel....................................................... 11
                    9.5      No Implied Powers or Obligations............................................ 11
                    9.6      Parties to Court Proceedings................................................ 11
                    9.7      Notices..................................................................... 12

  ARTICLE X.............................................................................................. 13
           MISCELLANEOUS................................................................................. 13
                    10.1     Third Parties............................................................... 13
                    10.2     Reorganization of Company................................................... 13
                    10.3     Prohibition Against Assignment.............................................. 13
                    10.4     Governing Law............................................................... 14
                    10.5     Severability of Provisions.................................................. 14
                    10.6     Headings.................................................................... 14
                    10.7     Co-Trustees................................................................. 14
                    10.8     Exclusive Benefit Rule...................................................... 15
           10.9     Unclaimed Benefits................................................................... 15

</TABLE>

                                       ii



<PAGE>



                           FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


This  agreement  ("Agreement")  is  entered  into this 13th day of March,  1996,
effective as of March 27, 1996, by and between FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE  BANK (the
"Company"),  and John J. Lynch,  Jr.,  Gardner L. Lewis,  and Armand Ortins (the
"Trustee").


                                    RECITALS

         1.       The Company maintains the FALMOUTH  CO-OPERATIVE BANK Employee
                  Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") for the exclusive benefit of
                  its  eligible  employees  and the  eligible  employees  of its
                  affiliated corporations,  if any (the "Employer"),  which plan
                  is effective December 1, 1992.

         2.       The Plan is intended to satisfy  all  requirements  of section
                  401(a)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended
                  ("Code"),  and the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
                  1974, as amended ("ERISA").

         3.       A  portion  of the Plan is  designed  to invest  primarily  in
                  common or convertible preferred stock of the Company ("Company
                  Stock"), which portion is intended to satisfy all requirements
                  of  Code  section  4975(e)(7)  and  therefore   constitute  an
                  employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP").

         4.       The  Plan   provides   for  a  trustee  to  receive  and  hold
                  contributions  made  under the Plan in trust,  which  trust is
                  intended  to be  tax-exempt  under  Code  sections  401(a) and
                  501(a).


                          NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                TRUST; TRUST FUND

         1.1 Name of Trust.  The Company hereby  establishes  with the Trustee a
trust to carry out the  purposes of the Plan,  which trust shall be known as the
"FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK Employee Stock Ownership Trust" (the "Trust").



<PAGE>



          1.2 Trust  Fund.  The "Trust  Fund" as of any date means all  property
then held in trust under this Agreement.

         1.3 Qualification under Internal Revenue Code. Unless otherwise advised
to the  contrary,  the  Trustee  shall  assume that the Trust is entitled to tax
exemption under Code section 501(a) as part of an employee benefit plan which is
qualified under Code section 401(a).

          1.4  Entire  Understanding.   The  rights,   powers,  titles,  duties,
discretions,  and  immunities  of the Trustee  shall be governed  solely by this
Agreement, the Plan, and applicable law.

         1.5  Administration  of Plan.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by a
committee  appointed  by the Company  (the  "Committee"),  which shall have such
authority and responsibility as is provided in the Plan and this Agreement.

         1.6 Named Fiduciary.  The Trustee shall be a "named  fiduciary"  within
the  meaning  of  Section  402(e)  of  ERISA  with  respect  to the  investment,
management,  custody,  and control of the Trust Fund,  except to the extent that
the Company  has  appointed  an  investment  manager  pursuant to Article V, and
except to the extent that the Committee  directs the Trustee with respect to the
investment of Trust Fund assets  pursuant to Section 4.4, or a  participant  (or
beneficiary)  directs the Trustee  with  respect to the voting or  tendering  of
Company stock pursuant to Sections 4.5 or 4.6.


                                   ARTICLE II

                           CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUST FUND

         The Trustee shall receive and hold contributions made under the Plan by
the Employer and participants,  together with the income and increments thereon,
in trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries,  and
without  distinction  between  principal  and income.  The Trustee  shall not be
required  nor have any duty to take any action to collect or enforce  payment of
any  contribution  under  the  Plan  required  to be made by the  Employer  or a
participant.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            PAYMENTS FROM TRUST FUND

         3.1   Instructions   from  Committee.   The  Trustee  shall  make  such
distributions and payments from the Trust Fund to such persons,  in such manner,
at such times,  and in such amounts,  as the  Committee  from time to time shall
direct.  The  Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for  ascertaining  whether any
distribution or payment directed by the Committee complies with

                                        2

<PAGE>



the terms of the Plan, or see to its  application,  and,  accordingly,  shall be
fully protected in making payments in accordance with such directions.

         3.2  Trustee  Expenses.  The  expenses  incurred  by the Trustee in the
performance of its duties under this  Agreement,  including (but not limited to)
reasonable fees for legal,  accounting,  administrative,  or actuarial  services
rendered to the Trustee,  and expenses  incident  thereto,  shall be paid by the
Employer or out of the Trust Fund.  All proper charges upon or in respect of the
Trust Fund,  including  (but not limited to) real and personal  property  taxes,
income taxes,  transfer taxes,  and other taxes of any kind,  levied or assessed
under current or future law shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund.

          3.3 Trustee  Compensation.  The  Employer  shall pay the Trustee  such
compensation  as may be agreed  upon in writing  from time to time  between  the
Company and the Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND

         4.1  Investment  Powers - In General.  Except as otherwise  provided in
this  Agreement,  the Trustee shall have  exclusive  authority and discretion to
hold, manage, care for, and protect the Trust Fund.

         4.2  Investment of ESOP  Contributions.  The purpose of that portion of
the Plan that is an ESOP is to invest primarily in and hold Company Stock,  and,
accordingly,  the Trustee shall invest and reinvest contributions made under the
ESOP  portion  of the Plan in  Company  Stock,  subject  to  minimum  fractional
interests established by the Trustee from time to time, and (subject to the Code
and   ERISA)  is   authorized   to  borrow   from  any   lender   (including   a
"party-in-interest"   as  defined  in  ERISA  section   3(14))  to  finance  the
acquisition of Company Stock.  For any period in which  contributions  under the
ESOP portion of the Plan are not invested in Company Stock,  they shall,  at the
discretion of the Trustee,  be held within the Trust Fund in cash or invested in
short-term  investments  pursuant to Section 4.3. Subject to applicable law, the
Trustee may acquire Company Stock on the open market, through private purchases,
purchases from the Company (including purchases of treasury shares or authorized
by unissued shares), or otherwise.

         4.3 Investment of non-ESOP  Contributions  - Powers of Trustee.  Except
for any portion of the Trust Fund which has been  invested at the  direction  of
the Committee (or a participant or  beneficiary)  pursuant to Section 4.4, or at
the direction of an investment  manager pursuant to Article V, the Trustee shall
have the following rights,  powers, and duties with respect to the investment of
contributions  made under the non-ESOP portion of the Plan, in addition to those
provided elsewhere in this Agreement, the Plan, or by law:


                                        3

<PAGE>



         (a)   To retain,  without  liability for  depreciation or loss, any and
               all stocks,  bonds,  notes, or other securities,  including those
               issued  by  the   Employer,   and  those   issued  by  a  foreign
               corporation,  or  any  variety  of  real  or  personal  property,
               including  that which it may receive as a  contribution  from the
               Employer.

         (b)   To sell, lease, pledge, mortgage, transfer, exchange, convert, or
               otherwise  dispose of, or grant  options with respect to, any and
               all  property at any time that forms part of the Trust  Fund,  in
               such manner,  at such time or times, for such purposes,  for such
               prices,  and upon such terms and conditions as it may decide. Any
               sale may be made by private  contract or by public auction and no
               person  who deals with the  Trustee  shall be bound to see to the
               application  of  the  purchase  money  or  to  inquire  into  the
               validity,  expediency,  or  propriety  of any such  sale or other
               disposition.

         (c)   To borrow money for any purpose  connected  with the  protection,
               preservation,  or  improvement  of any assets of the Trust  Fund,
               whenever, in its judgment, it appears advisable and, as security,
               to mortgage or pledge any real estate or personal property of the
               Trust  Fund,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as it may  deem
               advisable.

         (d)   Subject  to  Section  4.5,  to vote,  in person or by  general or
               limited proxy,  any shares of stock or other  securities  held by
               it;  to   consent,   directly   or  through  an  agent,   to  the
               reorganization,    consolidation,    merger,    dissolution,   or
               liquidation of any  corporation in which the Trustee may have any
               interest,  or to the sale,  pledge,  lease,  or  mortgage  of any
               property by or to any such corporation;  and to make any payments
               and to take any steps  which it may deem  necessary  or proper to
               enable it to obtain the benefit of any such transaction.

         (e)   To acquire,  dispose of, or exercise  all  options,  rights,  and
               privileges to convert stocks, bonds, notes,  mortgages,  or other
               property into other stocks, bonds,  mortgages, or other property;
               to  subscribe  for  addition  or  other  stocks,   bonds,  notes,
               mortgages,  or  other  property;  to make  such  conversions  and
               subscriptions  and to make  payments  therefor;  and to hold such
               stocks, bonds, notes, mortgages, or other property so acquired as
               investments of the Trust Fund.

         (f)   To keep any of the securities or other property  belonging to the
               Trust Fund  registered  or recorded in the name of the Trust Fund
               or in the name of the Trustee as nominee, without disclosing said
               Trust Fund.

         (g)   To pay,  compromise,  compound,  adjust,  submit to  arbitration,
               settle,  or release  any claims or demands of the Trust as it may
               deem  advisable,  including  the  acceptance  of  deeds  of  real
               property in satisfaction of bonds and mortgages,  and to make any
               payments in connection therewith which it may deem advisable.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         (h)   To reduce the interest  rate at any time and from time to time on
               any note or mortgage constituting a portion of the Trust Fund and
               to extend or renew notes and  mortgages  upon or after  maturity,
               with or without  reference to the value of the mortgage  security
               at the time of such extension or renewal.

         (i)   To employ agents, attorneys, and other persons whose services may
               reasonably be required in connection with the  administration  of
               the  Trust  Fund  from  time  to  time,  and  to  pay  reasonable
               compensation therefor.

         (j)   To deposit in its banking  department any or all cash held in the
               Trust  Fund;  provided  that,  if this  power is  exercised,  its
               banking  department  shall not be  obligated  to pay to the Trust
               Fund or to any beneficiary  thereof, any interest,  earnings,  or
               profit  whatsoever  accruing to or deriving to it from such money
               on deposit with it, except for such rate of interest as under its
               current  practices it may be obligated to pay upon demand deposit
               of individuals.

         (k)   To execute and deliver any and all  instruments  in writing which
               it may deem  advisable to carry out any of the foregoing  powers.
               No  party  to any  such  instrument  in  writing,  signed  by the
               Trustee,  shall be  obliged to inquire  into its  validity  or be
               bound to see to the  application  of any money or other  property
               paid or  delivered  to the Trustee  pursuant to the terms of such
               instrument.

         Any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the
Trustee  shall not acquire or dispose of any asset or engage in any  transaction
if such acquisition, disposition, or transaction would cause a tax to be imposed
upon any person under Code section 4975.

         4.4  Investment of non-ESOP  Contributions  - Powers of Committee.  The
Committee  may direct the Trustee as to the  investment  of any or all assets of
the Trust Fund, or may direct the Trustee to maintain or make  available  within
the Trust Fund a diversified group of at least two (2) investment funds in which
the assets of the Trust Fund may be invested at the direction of participants or
beneficiaries.  An "investment  fund" may be any common or collective trust fund
or pooled  investment  fund  maintained  by the Trustee or an  affiliate  of the
Trustee.  All directions of the Committee,  or a participant or beneficiary,  to
the Trustee in this regard shall be in writing,  and the Trustee  shall be under
no duty to question  any such  direction  or to review any  securities  or other
property in connection with such  direction.  The Trustee shall not be liable or
responsible in any way for any losses or unfavorable results that arise from its
compliance with such directions.

         4.5 Voting of Company Stock.  The Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to cause to be delivered to each  participant (or in case of death,  his
beneficiary) such notices and  informational  statements as are furnished to the
Company's  stockholders with respect to the exercise of voting rights on Company
Stock,  together  with a form by which  the  participant  (or  beneficiary)  may
confidentially instruct the Trustee with respect to the voting of Company Stock

                                        5

<PAGE>



allocated to his account  under the Plan.  The Trustee  shall vote Company Stock
held within the Trust Fund as follows:

         (a)   The Trustee shall vote Company Stock credited to a  participant's
               account  under the Plan with  respect  to which the  Trustee  has
               received  timely  direction,  as directed by the  participant (or
               beneficiary) (or abstain if so directed).

         (b)   The Trustee  shall vote (i) all Company Stock not credited to any
               participant's  account under the Plan, and (ii) all Company Stock
               credited to a  participant's  account under the Plan with respect
               to which the Trustee has not received  timely  direction,  in the
               same   proportion   as  the  Company   Stock   specified  in  (a)
               (disregarding  any shares  specified in (a) with respect to which
               the Trustee has received a direction to abstain).

         All  voting  direction  received  by  the  Trustee  shall  be  held  in
confidence  by the  Trustee and shall not be divulged or released to any person,
including an employee or any officer or director of the Company.

         4.6 Tender of Company  Stock.  If there is a tender or  exchange  offer
for, or a request or invitation  for the tender or exchange of,  Company  Stock,
the Trustee promptly shall furnish to each participant (or in case of death, his
beneficiary) a notice of such offer,  request, or invitation,  and shall request
direction from the participant (or  beneficiary) as to the tender or exchange of
Company Stock allocated to the participant's account under the Plan. The Trustee
shall  tender or  exchange,  or retain,  Company  Stock held within the Trust as
follows:

         (a)   The Trustee  shall tender or exchange,  or retain,  Company Stock
               credited to a  participant's  account under the Plan with respect
               to which the Trustee has received timely  direction,  as directed
               by the participant (or beneficiary).

         (b)   The  Trustee   shall   retain   Company   Stock   credited  to  a
               participant's  account  under the Plan which respect to which the
               Trustee has not received timely direction.

         (c)   The Trustee  shall tender or exchange,  or retain,  Company Stock
               not credited to any participant's  account under the Plan, in the
               same proportion as the Company Stock specified in (a) and (b) are
               tendered or exchanged, or retained.

         All tender or exchange directions received by the Trustee shall be held
in  confidence  by the  Trustee  and shall not be  divulged  or  released to any
person, including an employee or any officer or director of the Company.



                                        6

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                               INVESTMENT MANAGERS

         5.1  Appointment  by Company.  The Company may  transfer to one or more
"investment  managers" (as defined  below) the authority and  responsibility  to
direct the investment and management, and/or to have custody and control, of all
or part of the Trust Fund by advance  written  notice to the  Trustee.  Any such
notice shall include the name and a specimen  signature of each such  investment
manager.  Any such transfer of the Trustee's  authority to an investment manager
may be revoked in whole or in part by the Company by delivery to the  investment
manager and to the Trustee of reasonable  advance written notice to that effect,
whereupon  such  authority  shall be restored to the Trustee  unless a successor
investment manager is appointed by the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement,
an  "investment  manager"  is a  fiduciary  that  has  fully  complied  with the
provisions of section 3(38) of ERISA and has provided the Trustee with a written
acknowledgment  that it has done so and that it is a fiduciary  with  respect to
the Trust Fund.

         5.2  Relationship  to  Trustee.  During  such  period  of  time  as  an
investment  manager is authorized to direct the investment and management of all
or part of the Trust Fund  which  remains in the  custody  of the  Trustee,  the
following shall apply:

         (a)   No Liability  for Losses.  The Trustee  shall not be liable or in
               any way responsible for any losses or other  unfavorable  results
               arising  from  the  Trustee's   compliance   with  investment  or
               management directions received by the Trustee from the investment
               manager.

         (b)   Communications to Trustee. All directions concerning  investments
               made by an  investment  manager shall be signed by such person or
               persons,  acting on behalf of the investment  manager,  as may be
               duly  authorized in writing;  provided that, the  transmission to
               the Trustee of such  directions by  photostatic  teletransmission
               with  duplicate or facsimile  signature  or  signatures  shall be
               considered  a delivery  in writing  of the  aforesaid  directions
               until the  Trustee is  notified  in writing  that the use of such
               devices  with  duplicate  or  facsimile  signatures  is no longer
               authorized.

         (c)   Compliance with  Instructions.  The Trustee shall comply with any
               written  directions given by an investment manager as promptly as
               possible, and shall be entitled to presume that any directions so
               given are fully authorized.

         (d)   Absence of Instructions.  The Trustee shall not be liable for its
               failure to invest any or all of the Trust Fund in the  absence of
               written directions from the investment manager.

         (e)   Rights with  Respect to  Securities.  The  Trustee  shall have no
               obligation  to  determine   the  existence  of  any   conversion,
               redemption, exchange, subscription, or

                                        7

<PAGE>



               other right relating to any securities purchases, of which notice
               was given prior to the  purchase of such  securities,  unless the
               Trustee  is  informed  of  the  existence  of  the  right  and is
               instructed to exercise such right, in writing,  by the investment
               manager, within a reasonable time prior to the expiration of such
               right.

         (f)   Common Trust Fund of Investment Managers.  The investment manager
               is  permitted  to instruct  the Trustee to invest that portion of
               the Trust Fund subject to the investment manager's control in any
               common  or  collective  trust  fund  or  pooled  investment  fund
               maintained  by the  investment  manager or any  affiliate  of the
               investment manager. The investment manager also may transfer, and
               temporarily  hold for less  than two (2) days,  assets  under his
               control.  The  Company  and  investment  manager  shall  hold the
               Trustee  harmless  with  respect  to any group  trust  investment
               directed by the investment manager.

         5.3 Fiduciary  Responsibility.  The Company  intends by this Article to
allocate to an investment manager all fiduciary  responsibility  with respect to
the assets of the Trust Fund that are invested,  managed, and controlled by, and
under the custody of the investment  manager.  Unless the Trustee,  by action or
failure to act,  participates  in or undertakes to conceal an act or omission of
an investment manager,  the Trustee shall incur no liability for any loss of any
kind  which  may  result  solely  (i) by  reason  of any  action  taken by it in
accordance with any direction of such investment  manager,  or (ii) by reason of
any act or omission of an investment manager,  and, except where the Trustee has
failed fully to perform and  discharge all of its duties and  obligations  under
this  Agreement,  the Company shall  indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee for
any legal liability  judicially imposed by a court of competent  jurisdiction on
the  Trustee  solely  as a  result  of  complying  with the  instructions  of an
investment  manager appointed by the Company or solely as a result of any act or
omission of the  investment  manager.  The  Trustee  shall not be deemed to be a
party to or to have any  obligations  under any  agreement  with any  investment
manager,  except as otherwise provided for herein. On receipt of directions from
an investment manager,  the trustee promptly shall make,  execute,  acknowledge,
and deliver any and all  documents  of transfer and  conveyance  and any and all
other  instruments  that may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to  carry  out such
directions.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have  participated in any act or
omission of the investment  manager solely by reason of acting or failing to act
in accordance with the direction of the investment manager.

         5.4  Investment  Authority.   An  investment  manager  shall  have  the
investment  powers and duties otherwise  granted to or imposed upon the Trustee,
except as otherwise limited by agreement or by investment objectives provided by
the Company or Committee.



                                        8

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  RECORDKEEPING

         6.1  Recordkeeping.  The  Trustee  shall  keep  accurate  and  detailed
accounts of all its investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions
involving the Trust Fund, and all accounts,  books, and records relating thereto
shall be open to inspection and audit by any person designated by the Company at
all reasonable times during business hours.

          6.2  Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal  year of the Trust  shall be the twelve
month period beginning October 1 and ending the following September 30.

         6.3 Reports.  Within seventy-five (75) days following the close of each
fiscal year of the Trust,  and as soon as practicable,  but not later than sixty
(60) days,  after the removal or resignation  of the Trustee,  the Trustee shall
file with the  Company  a  written  report  that  sets  forth  all  investments,
receipts,  disbursements,  and other  transactions  effected  by it during  such
fiscal year, or portion thereof.  Such report shall contain a description of all
investments  purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such  purchases
or sales (accrued interest paid or received being shown separately), and showing
the investments held at the end of the period for which the report is submitted.
Neither the Company, nor any participant in the Plan, nor any other person shall
have the right to demand or be entitled to any further or  different  accounting
by the  Trustee.  The  foregoing  provisions,  however,  shall not  preclude the
Trustee from having its accounts judicially settled if it so desires.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         7.1  Amendment.  The Company  shall have the right at any time and from
time to time to amend this  Agreement,  in whole or in part, on a prospective or
retroactive  basis;  provided that, no amendment shall be effective if it causes
any part of the Trust Fund to be used for, or diverted to,  purposes  other than
the  exclusive  benefit of employees and their  beneficiaries,  and no amendment
shall be effective  without the Trustee's  consent if it materially  changes the
rights,  duties, and  responsibilities of the Trustee. An amendment shall become
effective upon the date therein so stated.

         7.2 Termination. If the Plan is terminated, this Agreement nevertheless
shall continue in effect until all assets have been  distributed  from the Trust
Fund, at which time the Trust and this Agreement shall terminate.  The Committee
shall notify the Trustee of the  termination  of the Plan, and the Trustee shall
dispose of Trust Fund assets in accordance with the directions of the Committee,
subject to the receipt of such  determination  from the Internal Revenue Service
as to the qualified  status of the Plan and Trust under Code sections 401(a) and
501(a) as may reasonably be required by the Trustee.

                                        9

<PAGE>





                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEES

         8.1 Removal by Company.  The Company may remove the Trustee at any time
upon written notice to the Trustee.  Such removal shall be effective immediately
upon the  Trustee's  receipt of such notice or at such later date as the parties
may agree.

         8.2  Resignation  of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign as trustee at any
time upon written notice to the Company.  Such resignation shall be effective as
of the date the  Company  appoints a successor  trustee;  provided  that,  if no
successor  trustee is  appointed  within  sixty  (60) days  after the  Company's
receipt of the Trustee's notice of resignation, the Trustee may apply to a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  for  appointment  of a  successor  trustee and such
resignation  shall be  effective  as of the date the court  appoints a successor
trustee.

         8.3 Appointment of Successor  Trustee.  To appoint a successor trustee,
the  Company  shall  deliver  to the  Trustee  and to the  successor  trustee an
instrument,  executed by the Company,  appointing  such successor  trustee,  and
deliver to the Trustee a written acceptance executed by the successor trustee so
appointed.  Unless and until superseded by a subsequent trust agreement,  all of
the provisions of this Agreement  shall apply to any successor  trustee with the
same force and effect as if such  successor  trustee  originally  had been named
herein as the Trustee.

         8.4 Transfer of Assets to Successor Trustee.  Upon the appointment of a
successor trustee, the Trustee shall, without requiring any release or agreement
from any party other than the Company,  render a final  accounting in writing to
the  Company  and  transfer  and  deliver  the  assets of the Trust Fund to such
successor  trustee  after  reserving  such  reasonable  amount as it shall  deem
necessary to provide for any fees,  expenses,  or taxes then chargeable  against
the Trust Fund. The receipt of assets by a successor trustee and the approval of
the Company to the final  accounting of the Trustee shall be a full and complete
acquittal and discharge of the Trustee except as otherwise provided under ERISA.
A successor trustee shall have no liability whatsoever for the acts or omissions
of the Trustee. If the Company fails to object to such accounting by delivery to
the Trustee within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of receipt by
the  Company of such final  accounting,  such  accounting  shall be deemed to be
approved by the Company.

         8.5  Reorganization of Trustee.  If, at any time, the Trustee merges or
consolidates with another entity, or sells or transfers substantially all of its
assets and business to another entity,  the entity resulting from such merger or
consolidation,  or the entity into which it is converted,  or to which such sale
or  transfer  is made,  shall  thereupon  become and be the  Trustee  under this
Agreement, with the same effect as though originally so named.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                          GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE POWERS

         9.1  Plan  Administration.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the
Committee,  the individual  members of which have been duly appointed  under the
Plan. The Committee shall have all  administrative  authority and responsibility
with respect to the Plan as is provided in the Plan,  and the Trustee shall have
no obligations with respect to the administration.

         9.2 Reliance upon  Committee.  The Trustee shall be fully  protected in
relying upon any instruction,  direction, or approval of the Committee furnished
to the Trustee if such  instruction,  direction,  or approval is (i) signed by a
majority of the members of the  Committee,  or (ii) signed by one or more of its
members as may be authorized  by the  Committee in  accordance  with the Plan to
execute such instructions, directions, or approvals. The Trustee may rely upon a
certification  by any Company  officer as to the  identity of the members of the
Committee  until  advised to the contrary.  The Company  agrees to indemnify and
hold the  Trustee  harmless  against any  liabilities  it may incur in acting in
accordance with any such written instruction,  direction,  or approval delivered
by the Committee.

         9.3 Reliance  upon  Company.  The Trustee  shall be fully  protected in
acting  upon any  instrument,  certificate,  or paper  signed  on  behalf of the
Company,  provided that the Trustee  reasonably  believes that such  instrument,
certificate,  or paper is genuine and signed by the proper  person.  The Trustee
shall be under no duty to make any  investigation or inquiry as to any statement
of fact  contained  in such  writing,  but may  accept  the  same as  conclusive
evidence of the truth and accuracy  thereof,  including any  statement  that any
amendment or  modification of this Agreement under the provisions of Article VII
complies with the requirements  and restrictions set forth therein.  The Company
agrees to indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless against any liabilities it may
incur in acting in accordance  with any such written  instructions  delivered by
the Company.

         9.4 Reliance  upon Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel,  who
may or may not be counsel  for the  Company,  in respect of any of its duties or
obligations  hereunder and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from
acting in accordance with the written advice of such counsel.

         9.5 No Implied Powers or Obligations. Nothing shall be deemed to impose
any  powers,  duties,  or  responsibilities  on the  Trustee  other  than  those
expressly set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, or under ERISA.

         9.6  Parties to Court  Proceedings.  Except as  otherwise  required  by
ERISA,  only the  Company,  the  Committee,  and the Trustee  shall be necessary
parties to any court  proceeding  involving  the  Trustee  or the Trust,  and no
employee,  former  employee,  or beneficiary  shall be entitled to any notice or
process. Any final judgment entered in any such proceeding shall be

                                       11

<PAGE>



conclusive  upon the Company,  the  Committee,  the Trustee,  employees,  former
employees, and beneficiaries of employees or former employees.

         9.7 Notices. All notices, orders, authorizations,  directions, or other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
given if delivered  personally  or mailed to the following  address,  marked for
attention as indicated, or such other address or marked for such other attention
as may from time to time be  furnished  in  writing  to the other  party to this
Agreement by any such addressee:



         If to the Company or Committee:

               FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK
               20 Davis Straits
               Falmouth, MA 02541

               Attention: President

         If to the Trustee:





               Attention:


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         10.1  Third  Parties.  No  person  dealing  with the  Trustee  shall be
obligated to see to the  application of any money paid or property  delivered to
the  Trustee;  nor shall any such person be required to take  cognizance  of the
provisions  of this  Agreement or the Plan,  or to question the authority of the
Trustee to do any act as respects  the Trust or the  authority of the Trustee to
receive any money  becoming due and  payable,  nor be obligated to inquire as to
whether  the Trustee has  secured  the  direction,  consent,  or approval of the
Company,  the Committee or of any  participant  or  beneficiary  to any proposed
action.  In  general,  each  person  dealing  with the  Trustee may act upon any
advice,  request,  or  representation in writing by the Trustee or the Trustee's
duly authorized agent and shall not be liable to any person in so doing.

          10.2 Reorganization of Company. If the Company  consolidates or merges
with or into any other corporation,  or sells substantially all of its property,
the successor corporation formed

                                       12

<PAGE>



and  resulting  from any such  consolidation,  merger,  or  purchase  of  assets
automatically shall become a party to this Agreement.

         10.3  Prohibition  Against  Assignment.  Except as may be  required  or
permitted  under ERISA and the Code, no interest in any payments under the Trust
Fund shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate,
alienate,  sell, transfer,  assign,  pledge,  encumber, or charge shall be void.
Neither  shall the Trust nor the Trustee be in any manner  liable for or subject
to any  debts,  contracts,  liabilities,  engagements,  or torts  of any  person
entitled to any payment or distribution from the Trust Fund.

          10.4 Governing  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by the internal
laws of the state of  Massachusetts  to the  extent  that  federal  law does not
preempt such laws.

         10.5 Severability of Provisions.  If any provision of this Agreement is
held illegal or invalid for any reason,  such illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, but shall be fully severable,
and this Agreement  shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid
provision had never been included herein.

          10.6 Headings.  All headings in this Agreement are included solely for
ease of reference and do not bear on the interpretation of the text.

         10.7  Co-Trustees.  With the  consent of the  Trustee,  the Company may
appoint  one or more  co-trustees.  During  any  period of time when two or more
persons (whether individuals,  corporations,  or otherwise) make up the Trustee,
the following provisions shall apply:

          (a)  Joint Management. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
               (i) each such  person  shall  use  reasonable  care to  prevent a
               co-trustee  from  committing a breach,  and (ii) each such person
               shall  jointly  manage and  control the assets of the Trust Fund;
               provided that,  this  provision  shall not preclude any agreement
               (and the co-trustees are hereby  authorized to agree in a written
               document  executed  by  all  co-trustees)  to  allocate  specific
               responsibilities,  obligations,  or duties among  themselves,  in
               which  case  a  co-trustee  to  whom  certain   responsibilities,
               obligations,  or  duties  have not been  allocated  shall  not be
               liable by reason of this provision,  either  individually or as a
               trustee,  for any loss  resulting  to the Trust Fund arising from
               acts or omission on the part of another  co-trustee  to whom such
               responsibilities, obligation, or duties have been allocated.

          (b)  Fiduciary  Status.  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  limit  any
               liability that any fiduciary may have under ERISA.

          (c)  Majority  Action.  The  Trustee  shall act by a majority  of such
               persons  at the  time in  office,  and such  action  may be taken
               either by vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting.

                                       13

<PAGE>




          (d)  Signatures.   Persons  serving  as  co-trustees  may  unanimously
               designate any one or more co-trustee(s) to execute any instrument
               or  document on behalf of all,  including  but not limited to the
               signing  or  endorsement  of any  check  and the  signing  of any
               application  or  insurance  contract,  and  the  action  of  such
               designated  co-trustee shall have the same force and effect as if
               taken by all the co-trustees. In the event of such authorization,
               all the  co-trustees  shall in writing notify the Committee,  the
               Company,  and any insurer,  and such parties shall be entitled to
               rely upon such  notification  until one or more co-trustees gives
               written notification to the contrary.

         10.8  Exclusive  Benefit Rule. The assets of the Trust Fund shall never
inure to the benefit of the Company and shall be held for the exclusive  purpose
of  providing  benefits  under the Plan and  defraying  reasonable  expenses  of
administration. The Company shall not be entitled to receive or recover any part
of its contributions to the Trust or the earnings thereon except as follows:

          (a)  Contributions   Conditioned   on   Deductibility.   All   Company
               contributions   to  the   Trust   Fund   are   conditioned   upon
               deductibility  under Code section 404, unless otherwise expressly
               stated by the  Company.  Accordingly,  if and to the extent  that
               such a  deduction  is  disallowed  within the  meaning of section
               403(c)(2) of ERISA,  the contribution in question shall be repaid
               to the Company upon demand (but  subject to  paragraph  (c) below
               and only to the extent disallowed) within one (1) year after such
               disallowance.  If the Company  contribution  for any taxable year
               exceeds  the amount  deductible  for the  taxable  year under the
               Code, but is not repaid pursuant to the foregoing  sentence,  the
               portion  not so  deductible  shall  in  like  amount  reduce  the
               contribution  required in respect of the subsequent  taxable year
               during  which  the   disallowance  or  other   determination   of
               nondeductibility is made and, to the extent not thereby consumed,
               any subsequent taxable year or years.

          (b)  Contributions  Made  by  Mistake.  If and to  the  extent  that a
               contribution  to the  Trust  Fund is made as a  result  of a good
               faith mistake of facts or circumstances, the same shall be repaid
               to the  Company  upon  demand of the  Committee  (but  subject to
               paragraph  (c)  below  and only to the  extent  of such  mistake)
               within one (1) year after the contribution was made.

          (c)  Repayments.  Any repayment of a contribution under paragraphs (a)
               or (b),  above,  shall be subject to the condition  that (i) such
               repayment  shall not include any  earnings  attributable  to that
               portion of the  contribution  that qualifies for repayment  under
               paragraph (a) or (b) above, unless the repayment is being made to
               avoid a detrimental tax effect under Code section 401(k), 401(m),
               or 402(g),  (ii) there shall be deducted  from the amount of such
               repayment  any  losses   attributable  to  that  portion  of  the
               contribution which qualifies for repayment under paragraph (a) or
               (b) above,  and (iii) in no event shall such repayment  result in
               any  participant's  account  being  reduced to a balance which is
               less than the balance which would have been

                                       14

<PAGE>



               in his account had the amount  contributed not been  contributed,
               and the amount of the repayment shall be adjusted accordingly.

         10.9  Unclaimed  Benefits.  If any benefit is unclaimed for a period of
seven years  following  termination  of the Plan, it shall escheat in accordance
with applicable law to the extent permissible under ERISA.


                                       15

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Trustee  have  caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

FALMOUTH CO-OPERATIVE BANK



By     /s/ Santo P. Pasqualucci                       /s/ Armand Ortins
    -----------------------------                   --------------------------
     Its President                                  Trustee



                                                      /s/ John J. Lynch, Jr.
                                                    --------------------------
                                                    Trustee


                                                      /s/ Gardner L. Lewis
                                                    --------------------------
                                                    Trustee


                                       16


15 Christy's Drive
Brockton, MA 02401
Tel  508-583-6519
Fax  508-586-7565


17 Accord Park Drive
Norwell, MA  02061
Tel  617-878-8850
Fax  617-871-0256


                KEITH HERSEY SHEEHAN BENOIT DEMPSEY & OMAN, P.C.


                                November 22, 1996


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

                         Re: Falmouth Co-operative Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have read the section  "Proposal 2 -- Ratification of Appointment of
Independent Auditors" in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus of Falmouth Co-operative
Bank and Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. and agree with the statements contained therein.

                                        Very truly yours,



                                        Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit
                                        Dempsey & Oman, P.C.


                          Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C.
                                   83 Pine St.
                              W. Peabody, MA 09160


               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors
Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.
Falmouth, MA 02540


     We consent to the use of our report dated October 18, 1996, except for Note
14, as to which the date is November 19, 1996, included  herein  relating to the
financial  condition of Falmouth Bancorp,  Inc. as of September 30, 1996 and the
related statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 1996.


                                                   Shatswell MacLeod & Co., P.C.



November 26, 1996
West Peabody, Massachusetts


15 Christy's Drive
Brockton, MA 02401
Tel  508-583-6519
Fax  508-586-7565


17 Accord Park Drive
Norwell, MA  02061
Tel  617-878-8850
Fax  617-871-0256


                KEITH HERSEY SHEEHAN BENOIT DEMPSEY & OMAN, P.C.


               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors
Falmouth Bancorp, Inc.
Falmouth, MA 02540


         We  consent  to the  use  of our  independent  auditor's  report  dated
November  20, 1995  included  herein  relating  to the  financial  condition  of
Falmouth  Co-operative Bank as of September 30, 1995 and the related  statements
of income,  changes  in net worth and cash flows for each of the three  years in
the three-year period ended September 30, 1995.


                                Keith Hersey Sheehan Benoit Dempsey & Oman, P.C.



November 22, 1996
Brockton, Massachusetts



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
balance  sheet and the statement of earnings of Falmouth  Co-operative  Bank for
the period at and ending  September 30, 1996 and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 SEP-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                               1
<CASH>                                                       1,172
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                      66,439
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                             1,583
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                                 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                                 22,713
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                                      22,840
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                        22,845
<LOANS>                                                     40,237
<ALLOWANCE>                                                    498
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                              90,516
<DEPOSITS>                                                  66,439
<SHORT-TERM>                                                     0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                          1,330
<LONG-TERM>                                                    829
                                            0
                                                      0
<COMMON>                                                       145
<OTHER-SE>                                                  21,769
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                              21,914
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                              2,966
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                            2,458
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                               152
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                             5,576
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                           2,798
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                           2,833
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                        2,743
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                                   51
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                               2
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                              1,888
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                929
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                                     929
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                  0
<CHANGES>                                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                                   570
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                  .32
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                  .32
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                                3.40
<LOANS-NON>                                                     14
<LOANS-PAST>                                                    0 
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                                0 
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                               217 
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                              445 
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                                   0 
<RECOVERIES>                                                    2 
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                             498 
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                          282 
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                             0 
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                       216 
                                                           
 
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission